[gtk/docs-gtk-org] gtk3: Update the GIR data
- From: Emmanuele Bassi <ebassi src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtk/docs-gtk-org] gtk3: Update the GIR data
- Date: Sun, 22 Aug 2021 20:09:42 +0000 (UTC)
commit 417df5fcdb251f447ba90201ed2039681489c3eb
Author: Emmanuele Bassi <ebassi gnome org>
Date: Sun Aug 22 21:08:45 2021 +0100
gtk3: Update the GIR data
Properly escape the XML elements in the long description of various
classes.
gtk3/gdk/Gdk-3.0.gir | 176 +-
gtk3/gtk/Gtk-3.0.gir | 11406 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------
2 files changed, 7306 insertions(+), 4276 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gtk3/gdk/Gdk-3.0.gir b/gtk3/gdk/Gdk-3.0.gir
index 92325582d8..ddec5e001c 100644
--- a/gtk3/gdk/Gdk-3.0.gir
+++ b/gtk3/gdk/Gdk-3.0.gir
@@ -1318,6 +1318,7 @@ sufficently new version of the X Render extension.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_cursor_type"
c:identifier="gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type"
+ glib:get-property="cursor-type"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkcursor.c"
@@ -1340,6 +1341,7 @@ sufficently new version of the X Render extension.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_display"
c:identifier="gdk_cursor_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkcursor.c"
@@ -1487,13 +1489,15 @@ if no references remain.</doc>
<property name="cursor-type"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_cursor_type">
<type name="CursorType"/>
</property>
<property name="display"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<type name="Display"/>
</property>
</class>
@@ -2533,6 +2537,7 @@ This is not public API and must not be used by applications.</doc>
</function>
<method name="get_associated_device"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_associated_device"
+ glib:get-property="associated-device"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -2564,6 +2569,7 @@ returned, as there is no associated device.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_axes"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_axes"
+ glib:get-property="axes"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -2727,6 +2733,7 @@ by gdk_device_list_axes()</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_display"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -2750,6 +2757,7 @@ by gdk_device_list_axes()</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_cursor"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_has_cursor"
+ glib:get-property="has-cursor"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -2943,6 +2951,7 @@ application's windows.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_n_axes"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_n_axes"
+ glib:get-property="n-axes"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -2987,6 +2996,7 @@ application's windows.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_name"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_name"
+ glib:get-property="name"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -3121,6 +3131,7 @@ unless there is an ongoing grab on them. See gdk_device_grab().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_product_id"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_product_id"
+ glib:get-property="product-id"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -3145,6 +3156,7 @@ it. See gdk_device_get_vendor_id() for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_seat"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_seat"
+ glib:get-property="seat"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -3241,6 +3253,7 @@ the axes of @device in, or %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_vendor_id"
c:identifier="gdk_device_get_vendor_id"
+ glib:get-property="vendor-id"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
@@ -3715,14 +3728,18 @@ for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.</doc>
</method>
<property name="associated-device"
version="3.0"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_associated_device">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="173">Associated pointer or keyboard with this device, if any. Devices of type
#GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER
always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL associated device.</doc>
<type name="Device"/>
</property>
- <property name="axes" version="3.22" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="axes"
+ version="3.22"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_axes">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="312">The axes currently available for this device.</doc>
@@ -3742,7 +3759,8 @@ always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL asso
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="114">The #GdkDisplay the #GdkDevice pertains to.</doc>
@@ -3752,7 +3770,8 @@ always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL asso
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_has_cursor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="219">Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen. Devices of type
@@ -3772,7 +3791,10 @@ always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL asso
line="188">Source type for the device.</doc>
<type name="InputSource"/>
</property>
- <property name="n-axes" version="3.0" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="n-axes"
+ version="3.0"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_n_axes">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="235">Number of axes in the device.</doc>
@@ -3782,7 +3804,8 @@ always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL asso
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="143">The device name.</doc>
@@ -3804,7 +3827,8 @@ of touches is unknown.</doc>
version="3.16"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_product_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="265">Product ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_product_id().</doc>
@@ -3813,7 +3837,8 @@ of touches is unknown.</doc>
<property name="seat"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_seat">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="280">#GdkSeat of this device.</doc>
@@ -3836,7 +3861,8 @@ of touches is unknown.</doc>
version="3.16"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_vendor_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevice.c"
line="250">Vendor ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_vendor_id().</doc>
@@ -4030,6 +4056,7 @@ and there aren’t other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.</do
</method>
<method name="get_display"
c:identifier="gdk_device_manager_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c"
@@ -4093,7 +4120,8 @@ and there aren’t other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.</do
<property name="display"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<type name="Display"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="device-added" when="last">
@@ -4351,6 +4379,7 @@ current mode.</doc>
glib:get-type="gdk_device_tool_get_type">
<method name="get_hardware_id"
c:identifier="gdk_device_tool_get_hardware_id"
+ glib:get-property="hardware-id"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevicetool.c"
@@ -4381,6 +4410,7 @@ but having different hardware identificators.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_serial"
c:identifier="gdk_device_tool_get_serial"
+ glib:get-property="serial"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevicetool.c"
@@ -4404,6 +4434,7 @@ physical tool (eg. a tablet pen) across program executions.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_tool_type"
c:identifier="gdk_device_tool_get_tool_type"
+ glib:get-property="tool-type"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdevicetool.c"
@@ -4434,19 +4465,22 @@ sort of pen is being used, such as an airbrush or a pencil.</doc>
<property name="hardware-id"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_hardware_id">
<type name="guint64" c:type="guint64"/>
</property>
<property name="serial"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_serial">
<type name="guint64" c:type="guint64"/>
</property>
<property name="tool-type"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_tool_type">
<type name="DeviceToolType"/>
</property>
</class>
@@ -6116,6 +6150,7 @@ to limit what backends can be used.</doc>
</function>
<method name="get_default_display"
c:identifier="gdk_display_manager_get_default_display"
+ glib:get-property="default-display"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c"
@@ -6194,6 +6229,7 @@ to limit what backends can be used.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_default_display"
c:identifier="gdk_display_manager_set_default_display"
+ glib:set-property="default-display"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c"
@@ -6217,7 +6253,11 @@ to limit what backends can be used.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="default-display" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="default-display"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_default_display"
+ getter="get_default_display">
<type name="Display"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="display-opened" when="last" version="2.2">
@@ -6860,6 +6900,7 @@ gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_clip"
c:identifier="gdk_drawing_context_get_clip"
+ glib:get-property="clip"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c"
@@ -6882,6 +6923,7 @@ gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_window"
c:identifier="gdk_drawing_context_get_window"
+ glib:get-property="window"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c"
@@ -6928,7 +6970,8 @@ gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame().</doc>
version="3.22"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_clip">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c"
line="165">The clip region applied to the drawing context.</doc>
@@ -6938,7 +6981,8 @@ gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame().</doc>
version="3.22"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c"
line="152">The #GdkWindow that created the drawing context.</doc>
@@ -11557,6 +11601,7 @@ until gdk_gl_context_make_current() is called.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_display"
c:identifier="gdk_gl_context_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
@@ -11641,6 +11686,7 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_required_version().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_shared_context"
c:identifier="gdk_gl_context_get_shared_context"
+ glib:get-property="shared-context"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
@@ -11724,6 +11770,7 @@ The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_window"
c:identifier="gdk_gl_context_get_window"
+ glib:get-property="window"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
@@ -11965,7 +12012,8 @@ OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders.</doc>
version="3.16"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
line="308">The #GdkDisplay used to create the #GdkGLContext.</doc>
@@ -11975,7 +12023,8 @@ OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders.</doc>
version="3.16"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_shared_context">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
line="340">The #GdkGLContext that this context is sharing data with, or %NULL</doc>
@@ -11985,7 +12034,8 @@ OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders.</doc>
version="3.16"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkglcontext.c"
line="324">The #GdkWindow the gl context is bound to.</doc>
@@ -25097,6 +25147,7 @@ APIs in GdkScreen to obtain monitor-related information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.h" line="40"/>
<method name="get_display"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25119,6 +25170,7 @@ APIs in GdkScreen to obtain monitor-related information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_geometry"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_geometry"
+ glib:get-property="geometry"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25149,6 +25201,7 @@ not in ”device pixels” (see gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor()).</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_height_mm"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_height_mm"
+ glib:get-property="height-mm"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25170,7 +25223,8 @@ not in ”device pixels” (see gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor()).</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_manufacturer"
- c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_manufacturer">
+ c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_manufacturer"
+ glib:get-property="manufacturer">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
line="374">Gets the name or PNP ID of the monitor's manufacturer, if available.
@@ -25195,7 +25249,9 @@ PNP ID registry is located at https://uefi.org/pnp_id_list</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_model" c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_model">
+ <method name="get_model"
+ c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
line="395">Gets the a string identifying the monitor model, if available.</doc>
@@ -25217,6 +25273,7 @@ PNP ID registry is located at https://uefi.org/pnp_id_list</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_refresh_rate"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate"
+ glib:get-property="refresh-rate"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25242,6 +25299,7 @@ is returned as 60000.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_scale_factor"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor"
+ glib:get-property="scale-factor"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25270,6 +25328,7 @@ where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_subpixel_layout"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout"
+ glib:get-property="subpixel-layout"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25293,6 +25352,7 @@ primaries for each pixel in this monitor, if available.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_width_mm"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_width_mm"
+ glib:get-property="width-mm"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25315,6 +25375,7 @@ primaries for each pixel in this monitor, if available.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_workarea"
c:identifier="gdk_monitor_get_workarea"
+ glib:get-property="workarea"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkmonitor.c"
@@ -25379,34 +25440,51 @@ available, or does not apply.</doc>
<property name="display"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<type name="Display"/>
</property>
- <property name="geometry" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="geometry"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_geometry">
<type name="Rectangle"/>
</property>
- <property name="height-mm" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="height-mm"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_height_mm">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="manufacturer" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="manufacturer"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_manufacturer">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="model" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="model" transfer-ownership="none" getter="get_model">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="refresh-rate" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="refresh-rate"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_refresh_rate">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="scale-factor" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="scale-factor"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_scale_factor">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="subpixel-layout" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="subpixel-layout"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_subpixel_layout">
<type name="SubpixelLayout"/>
</property>
- <property name="width-mm" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="width-mm"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_width_mm">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="workarea" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="workarea"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_workarea">
<type name="Rectangle"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="invalidate" when="first">
@@ -26150,6 +26228,7 @@ no longer needed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_font_options"
c:identifier="gdk_screen_get_font_options"
+ glib:get-property="font-options"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkscreen.c"
@@ -26619,6 +26698,7 @@ will be 0, defaulting to the first monitor.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_resolution"
c:identifier="gdk_screen_get_resolution"
+ glib:get-property="resolution"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkscreen.c"
@@ -26972,6 +27052,7 @@ a #GdkDisplay with this screen as the default screen.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_font_options"
c:identifier="gdk_screen_set_font_options"
+ glib:set-property="font-options"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkscreen.c"
@@ -27006,6 +27087,7 @@ have already been created.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_resolution"
c:identifier="gdk_screen_set_resolution"
+ glib:set-property="resolution"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkscreen.c"
@@ -27033,10 +27115,18 @@ font will be 13 units high. (10 * 96. / 72. = 13.3).</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="font-options" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="font-options"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_font_options"
+ getter="get_font_options">
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</property>
- <property name="resolution" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="resolution"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_resolution"
+ getter="get_resolution">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="composited-changed" when="last" version="2.10">
@@ -27157,7 +27247,9 @@ that belong to a user.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_display" c:identifier="gdk_seat_get_display">
+ <method name="get_display"
+ c:identifier="gdk_seat_get_display"
+ glib:get-property="display">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkseat.c"
line="417">Returns the #GdkDisplay this seat belongs to.</doc>
@@ -27387,7 +27479,8 @@ events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.</doc>
version="3.20"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_display">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkseat.c"
line="193">#GdkDisplay of this seat.</doc>
@@ -30118,6 +30211,7 @@ See gdk_window_set_composited().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_cursor"
c:identifier="gdk_window_get_cursor"
+ glib:get-property="cursor"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkwindow.c"
@@ -32587,7 +32681,9 @@ attempting to do so.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_cursor" c:identifier="gdk_window_set_cursor">
+ <method name="set_cursor"
+ c:identifier="gdk_window_set_cursor"
+ glib:set-property="cursor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkwindow.c"
line="6572">Sets the default mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow.
@@ -34047,7 +34143,9 @@ withdraws toplevel windows before hiding them.</doc>
<property name="cursor"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_cursor"
+ getter="get_cursor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gdk/gdkwindow.c"
line="344">The mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow. See gdk_window_set_cursor() and
diff --git a/gtk3/gtk/Gtk-3.0.gir b/gtk3/gtk/Gtk-3.0.gir
index 218bf9ef68..6609b06d37 100644
--- a/gtk3/gtk/Gtk-3.0.gir
+++ b/gtk3/gtk/Gtk-3.0.gir
@@ -714,6 +714,7 @@ the “Close” button returns the #GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL response id.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_artists"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_artists"
+ glib:get-property="artists"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -741,6 +742,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_authors"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_authors"
+ glib:get-property="authors"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -768,6 +770,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_comments"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_comments"
+ glib:get-property="comments"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -791,6 +794,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_copyright"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright"
+ glib:get-property="copyright"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -814,6 +818,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_documenters"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters"
+ glib:get-property="documenters"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -841,6 +846,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_license"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_license"
+ glib:get-property="license"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -864,6 +870,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_license_type"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_license_type"
+ glib:get-property="license-type"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -886,6 +893,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_logo"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_logo"
+ glib:get-property="logo"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -910,6 +918,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_logo_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="logo-icon-name"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -934,6 +943,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_program_name"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_program_name"
+ glib:get-property="program-name"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -957,6 +967,7 @@ tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_translator_credits"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits"
+ glib:get-property="translator-credits"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -981,6 +992,7 @@ in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_version"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_version"
+ glib:get-property="version"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1004,6 +1016,7 @@ in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_website"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_website"
+ glib:get-property="website"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1027,6 +1040,7 @@ in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_website_label"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_website_label"
+ glib:get-property="website-label"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1050,6 +1064,7 @@ in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_wrap_license"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license"
+ glib:get-property="wrap-license"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1073,6 +1088,7 @@ automatically wrapped.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_artists"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_artists"
+ glib:set-property="artists"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1101,6 +1117,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_authors"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_authors"
+ glib:set-property="authors"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1129,6 +1146,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_comments"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_comments"
+ glib:set-property="comments"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1158,6 +1176,7 @@ This should be a short string of one or two lines.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_copyright"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright"
+ glib:set-property="copyright"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1187,6 +1206,7 @@ This should be a short string of one or two lines.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_documenters"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters"
+ glib:set-property="documenters"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1215,6 +1235,7 @@ of the secondary credits dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_license"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_license"
+ glib:set-property="license"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1245,6 +1266,7 @@ hidden.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_license_type"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type"
+ glib:set-property="license-type"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1274,6 +1296,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_license().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_logo"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_logo"
+ glib:set-property="logo"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1304,6 +1327,7 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_logo_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name"
+ glib:set-property="logo-icon-name"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1334,6 +1358,7 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_program_name"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name"
+ glib:set-property="program-name"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1360,6 +1385,7 @@ If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_translator_credits"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits"
+ glib:set-property="translator-credits"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1403,6 +1429,7 @@ and hide the tab.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_version"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_version"
+ glib:set-property="version"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1431,6 +1458,7 @@ and hide the tab.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_website"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_website"
+ glib:set-property="website"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1459,6 +1487,7 @@ and hide the tab.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_website_label"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label"
+ glib:set-property="website-label"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1484,6 +1513,7 @@ and hide the tab.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_wrap_license"
c:identifier="gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license"
+ glib:set-property="wrap-license"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
@@ -1511,7 +1541,9 @@ automatically wrapped.</doc>
<property name="artists"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_artists"
+ getter="get_artists">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="509">The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a %NULL-terminated
@@ -1524,7 +1556,9 @@ will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details.</doc>
<property name="authors"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_authors"
+ getter="get_authors">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="477">The authors of the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
@@ -1537,7 +1571,9 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details.</doc>
<property name="comments"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_comments"
+ getter="get_comments">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="382">Comments about the program. This string is displayed in a label
@@ -1548,7 +1584,9 @@ the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features.</doc>
<property name="copyright"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_copyright"
+ getter="get_copyright">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="368">Copyright information for the program.</doc>
@@ -1557,7 +1595,9 @@ the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features.</doc>
<property name="documenters"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_documenters"
+ getter="get_documenters">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="493">The people documenting the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
@@ -1570,7 +1610,9 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details.</doc>
<property name="license"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_license"
+ getter="get_license">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="398">The license of the program. This string is displayed in a
@@ -1586,7 +1628,9 @@ as a side effect.</doc>
<property name="license-type"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_license_type"
+ getter="get_license_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="419">The license of the program, as a value of the %GtkLicense enumeration.
@@ -1609,7 +1653,9 @@ a side effect.</doc>
<property name="logo"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_logo"
+ getter="get_logo">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="541">A logo for the about box. If it is %NULL, the default window icon
@@ -1619,7 +1665,9 @@ set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.</doc>
<property name="logo-icon-name"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_logo_icon_name"
+ getter="get_logo_icon_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="556">A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property
@@ -1629,7 +1677,9 @@ overrides the #GtkAboutDialog:logo property.</doc>
<property name="program-name"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_program_name"
+ getter="get_program_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="339">The name of the program.
@@ -1639,7 +1689,9 @@ If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().</doc>
<property name="translator-credits"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_translator_credits"
+ getter="get_translator_credits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="525">Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable.
@@ -1650,7 +1702,9 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details.</doc>
<property name="version"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_version"
+ getter="get_version">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="354">The version of the program.</doc>
@@ -1659,7 +1713,9 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details.</doc>
<property name="website"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_website"
+ getter="get_website">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="448">The URL for the link to the website of the program.
@@ -1669,7 +1725,9 @@ This should be a string starting with "http://.</doc>
<property name="website-label"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_website_label"
+ getter="get_website_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="463">The label for the link to the website of the program.</doc>
@@ -1678,7 +1736,9 @@ This should be a string starting with "http://.</doc>
<property name="wrap-license"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_wrap_license"
+ getter="get_wrap_license">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c"
line="571">Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog.</doc>
@@ -2136,6 +2196,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_connect().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_is_locked"
c:identifier="gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked"
+ glib:get-property="is-locked"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c"
@@ -2160,6 +2221,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_unlock().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_modifier_mask"
c:identifier="gtk_accel_group_get_modifier_mask"
+ glib:get-property="modifier-mask"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c"
@@ -2272,10 +2334,14 @@ and @accel_mods.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="is-locked" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="is-locked"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_is_locked">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="modifier-mask" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="modifier-mask"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_modifier_mask">
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -2627,7 +2693,8 @@ gtk_accel_label_set_accel().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_accel_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_get_accel_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_get_accel_widget"
+ glib:get-property="accel-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c"
line="350">Fetches the widget monitored by this accelerator label. See
@@ -2731,7 +2798,8 @@ Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_accel_closure"
- c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_set_accel_closure">
+ c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_set_accel_closure"
+ glib:set-property="accel-closure">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c"
line="594">Sets the closure to be monitored by this accelerator label. The closure
@@ -2762,7 +2830,8 @@ or %NULL</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_accel_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget"
+ glib:set-property="accel-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c"
line="530">Sets the widget to be monitored by this accelerator label. Passing %NULL for
@@ -2789,10 +2858,17 @@ or %NULL</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="accel-closure" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="accel-closure"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_closure">
<type name="GObject.Closure"/>
</property>
- <property name="accel-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="accel-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_widget"
+ getter="get_accel_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<field name="label">
@@ -3472,6 +3548,7 @@ when the widget corresponding to a GtkAccessible is destroyed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_accessible_get_widget"
+ glib:get-property="widget"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccessible.c"
@@ -3497,6 +3574,7 @@ you do not need to unref it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_accessible_set_widget"
+ glib:set-property="widget"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkaccessible.c"
@@ -3528,7 +3606,11 @@ again with @widget set to %NULL.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_widget"
+ getter="get_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -4141,6 +4223,7 @@ equivalent for getting the accel closure</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_always_show_image"
+ glib:get-property="always-show-image"
version="2.20"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4168,6 +4251,7 @@ instead</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_gicon"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_gicon"
+ glib:get-property="gicon"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4195,6 +4279,7 @@ associated with a #GAction</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="icon-name"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4222,6 +4307,7 @@ associated with a #GAction</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_is_important"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_is_important"
+ glib:get-property="is-important"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4248,6 +4334,7 @@ labels are shown directly</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4275,6 +4362,7 @@ widget-specific API to get a label</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_name"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_name"
+ glib:get-property="name"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4329,6 +4417,7 @@ and must not be modified.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_sensitive"
+ glib:get-property="sensitive"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4357,6 +4446,7 @@ instead</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_short_label"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_short_label"
+ glib:get-property="short-label"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4383,6 +4473,7 @@ labels</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_stock_id"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_stock_id"
+ glib:get-property="stock-id"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4409,6 +4500,7 @@ items</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_tooltip"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4435,6 +4527,7 @@ items</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4463,6 +4556,7 @@ for that.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_horizontal"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_visible_horizontal"
+ glib:get-property="visible-horizontal"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4489,6 +4583,7 @@ visibility of associated widgets and menu items directly</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_vertical"
c:identifier="gtk_action_get_visible_vertical"
+ glib:get-property="visible-vertical"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4637,6 +4732,7 @@ g_intern_static_string().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_always_show_image"
+ glib:set-property="always-show-image"
version="2.20"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4670,6 +4766,7 @@ item should have an image</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_gicon"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_gicon"
+ glib:set-property="gicon"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4700,6 +4797,7 @@ add a #GtkImage to a #GtkButton</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_icon_name"
+ glib:set-property="icon-name"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4730,6 +4828,7 @@ add a #GtkImage to a #GtkButton</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_is_important"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_is_important"
+ glib:set-property="is-important"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4761,6 +4860,7 @@ labels are shown directly</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4791,6 +4891,7 @@ API to set a label</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_sensitive"
+ glib:set-property="sensitive"
version="2.6"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4823,6 +4924,7 @@ instead</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_short_label"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_short_label"
+ glib:set-property="short-label"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4852,6 +4954,7 @@ labels</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_stock_id"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_stock_id"
+ glib:set-property="stock-id"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4881,6 +4984,7 @@ items</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_tooltip"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4910,6 +5014,7 @@ items</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible"
version="2.6"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4942,6 +5047,7 @@ for that.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_horizontal"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_visible_horizontal"
+ glib:set-property="visible-horizontal"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -4971,6 +5077,7 @@ visibility of associated widgets and menu items directly</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_vertical"
c:identifier="gtk_action_set_visible_vertical"
+ glib:set-property="visible-vertical"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -5040,7 +5147,9 @@ instead</doc-deprecated>
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_always_show_image"
+ getter="get_always_show_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="502">If %TRUE, the action's menu item proxies will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images
@@ -5057,7 +5166,9 @@ without their image.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_gicon"
+ getter="get_gicon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="324">The #GIcon displayed in the #GtkAction.
@@ -5087,7 +5198,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_name"
+ getter="get_icon_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="346">The name of the icon from the icon theme.
@@ -5105,7 +5218,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_is_important"
+ getter="get_is_important">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="422">Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem
@@ -5118,7 +5233,9 @@ proxies for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="249">The label used for menu items and buttons that activate
@@ -5135,7 +5252,8 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="233">A unique name for the action.</doc>
@@ -5146,7 +5264,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sensitive"
+ getter="get_sensitive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="455">Whether the action is enabled.</doc>
@@ -5158,7 +5278,9 @@ instead</doc-deprecated>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_short_label"
+ getter="get_short_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="270">A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons.
@@ -5173,7 +5295,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_stock_id"
+ getter="get_stock_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="305">The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action.
@@ -5188,7 +5312,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip"
+ getter="get_tooltip">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="290">A tooltip for this action.</doc>
@@ -5199,7 +5325,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="470">Whether the action is visible.</doc>
@@ -5211,7 +5339,9 @@ This is an appearance property and thus only applies if
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_horizontal"
+ getter="get_visible_horizontal">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="370">Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal
orientation.</doc>
@@ -5237,7 +5367,9 @@ toolbar overflow menu.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_vertical"
+ getter="get_visible_vertical">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c"
line="406">Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical
orientation.</doc>
@@ -5692,19 +5824,20 @@ is displayed next to the menu item.
# GtkActionGroup as GtkBuildable # {#GtkActionGroup-BUILDER-UI}
The #GtkActionGroup implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface accepts
-#GtkAction objects as <child> elements in UI definitions.
+#GtkAction objects as `<child>` elements in UI definitions.
Note that it is probably more common to define actions and action groups
in the code, since they are directly related to what the code can do.
The GtkActionGroup implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports
-a custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named “key“ and
+a custom `<accelerator>` element, which has attributes named “key“ and
“modifiers“ and allows to specify accelerators. This is similar to the
-<accelerator> element of #GtkWidget, the main difference is that
+`<accelerator>` element of #GtkWidget, the main difference is that
it doesn’t allow you to specify a signal.
## A #GtkDialog UI definition fragment. ##
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkActionGroup" id="actiongroup">
<child>
<object class="GtkAction" id="About">
@@ -5726,7 +5859,7 @@ it doesn’t allow you to specify a signal.
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="521">Creates a new #GtkActionGroup object. The name of the action group
+ line="522">Creates a new #GtkActionGroup object. The name of the action group
is used when associating [keybindings][Action-Accel]
with the actions.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
@@ -5734,14 +5867,14 @@ with the actions.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="529">the new #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="530">the new #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="523">the name of the action group.</doc>
+ line="524">the name of the action group.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -5753,26 +5886,26 @@ with the actions.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="868">Looks up an action in the action group by name.</doc>
+ line="869">Looks up an action in the action group by name.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="72"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="875">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
+ line="876">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="870">the action group</doc>
+ line="871">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="action_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="871">the name of the action</doc>
+ line="872">the name of the action</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -5784,7 +5917,7 @@ with the actions.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="911">Adds an action object to the action group. Note that this function
+ line="912">Adds an action object to the action group. Note that this function
does not set up the accel path of the action, which can lead to problems
if a user tries to modify the accelerator of a menuitem associated with
the action. Therefore you must either set the accel path yourself with
@@ -5799,13 +5932,13 @@ gtk_action_set_accel_path(), or use
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="913">the action group</doc>
+ line="914">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="914">an action</doc>
+ line="915">an action</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -5817,7 +5950,7 @@ gtk_action_set_accel_path(), or use
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="954">Adds an action object to the action group and sets up the accelerator.
+ line="955">Adds an action object to the action group and sets up the accelerator.
If @accelerator is %NULL, attempts to use the accelerator associated
with the stock_id of the action.
@@ -5832,13 +5965,13 @@ Accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="956">the action group</doc>
+ line="957">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="957">the action to add</doc>
+ line="958">the action to add</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accelerator"
@@ -5847,7 +5980,7 @@ Accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="958">the accelerator for the action, in
+ line="959">the accelerator for the action, in
the format understood by gtk_accelerator_parse(), or "" for no accelerator, or
%NULL to use the stock accelerator</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
@@ -5862,7 +5995,7 @@ Accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1100">This is a convenience function to create a number of actions and add them
+ line="1101">This is a convenience function to create a number of actions and add them
to the action group.
The “activate” signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks
@@ -5876,13 +6009,13 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1102">the action group</doc>
+ line="1103">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1103">an array of action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1104">an array of action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkActionEntry*">
@@ -5892,7 +6025,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1104">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1105">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -5901,7 +6034,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1105">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1106">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -5914,7 +6047,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1152">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_actions() adds a #GDestroyNotify
+ line="1153">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_actions() adds a #GDestroyNotify
callback for @user_data.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="227"/>
@@ -5925,13 +6058,13 @@ callback for @user_data.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1154">the action group</doc>
+ line="1155">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1155">an array of action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1156">an array of action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkActionEntry*">
@@ -5941,7 +6074,7 @@ callback for @user_data.</doc>
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1156">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1157">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -5950,7 +6083,7 @@ callback for @user_data.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1157">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1158">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -5960,7 +6093,7 @@ callback for @user_data.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1158">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
+ line="1159">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -5973,7 +6106,7 @@ callback for @user_data.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1350">This is a convenience routine to create a group of radio actions and
+ line="1351">This is a convenience routine to create a group of radio actions and
add them to the action group.
The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
@@ -5988,13 +6121,13 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1352">the action group</doc>
+ line="1353">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1353">an array of radio action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1354">an array of radio action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkRadioActionEntry*">
@@ -6004,20 +6137,20 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1354">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1355">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1355">the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if
+ line="1356">the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if
no action should be activated</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="on_change" transfer-ownership="none" closure="4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1357">the callback to connect to the changed signal</doc>
+ line="1358">the callback to connect to the changed signal</doc>
<type name="GObject.Callback" c:type="GCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -6026,7 +6159,7 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1358">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1359">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6039,7 +6172,7 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1385">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() adds a
+ line="1386">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() adds a
#GDestroyNotify callback for @user_data.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="239"/>
@@ -6050,13 +6183,13 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1387">the action group</doc>
+ line="1388">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1388">an array of radio action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1389">an array of radio action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkRadioActionEntry*">
@@ -6066,13 +6199,13 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1389">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1390">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1390">the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if
+ line="1391">the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if
no action should be activated</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
@@ -6083,7 +6216,7 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
destroy="5">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1392">the callback to connect to the changed signal</doc>
+ line="1393">the callback to connect to the changed signal</doc>
<type name="GObject.Callback" c:type="GCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -6092,13 +6225,13 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1393">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1394">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1394">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
+ line="1395">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6111,7 +6244,7 @@ The “changed” signal of the first radio action is connected to the
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1234">This is a convenience function to create a number of toggle actions and add them
+ line="1235">This is a convenience function to create a number of toggle actions and add them
to the action group.
The “activate” signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks
@@ -6125,13 +6258,13 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1236">the action group</doc>
+ line="1237">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1237">an array of toggle action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1238">an array of toggle action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkToggleActionEntry*">
@@ -6141,7 +6274,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1238">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1239">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -6150,7 +6283,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1239">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1240">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6163,7 +6296,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1263">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() adds a
+ line="1264">This variant of gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() adds a
#GDestroyNotify callback for @user_data.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="233"/>
@@ -6174,13 +6307,13 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1265">the action group</doc>
+ line="1266">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1266">an array of toggle action descriptions</doc>
+ line="1267">an array of toggle action descriptions</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkToggleActionEntry*">
@@ -6190,7 +6323,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
<parameter name="n_entries" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1267">the number of entries</doc>
+ line="1268">the number of entries</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -6199,7 +6332,7 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1268">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
+ line="1269">data to pass to the action callbacks</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -6209,25 +6342,26 @@ and their accel paths are set to `<Actions>/group-name/action-name`.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1269">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
+ line="1270">destroy notification callback for @user_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_accel_group"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_get_accel_group"
+ glib:get-property="accel-group"
version="3.6"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="763">Gets the accelerator group.</doc>
+ line="764">Gets the accelerator group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="189"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="769">the accelerator group associated with this action
+ line="770">the accelerator group associated with this action
group or %NULL if there is none.</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -6235,7 +6369,7 @@ group or %NULL if there is none.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="765">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="766">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6247,63 +6381,65 @@ group or %NULL if there is none.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="868">Looks up an action in the action group by name.</doc>
+ line="869">Looks up an action in the action group by name.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="195"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="875">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
+ line="876">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="870">the action group</doc>
+ line="871">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="action_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="871">the name of the action</doc>
+ line="872">the name of the action</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_name"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_get_name"
+ glib:get-property="name"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="643">Gets the name of the action group.</doc>
+ line="644">Gets the name of the action group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="177"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="649">the name of the action group.</doc>
+ line="650">the name of the action group.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="645">the action group</doc>
+ line="646">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_get_sensitive"
+ glib:get-property="sensitive"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="667">Returns %TRUE if the group is sensitive. The constituent actions
+ line="668">Returns %TRUE if the group is sensitive. The constituent actions
can only be logically sensitive (see gtk_action_is_sensitive()) if
they are sensitive (see gtk_action_get_sensitive()) and their group
is sensitive.</doc>
@@ -6312,26 +6448,27 @@ is sensitive.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="676">%TRUE if the group is sensitive.</doc>
+ line="677">%TRUE if the group is sensitive.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="669">the action group</doc>
+ line="670">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="736">Returns %TRUE if the group is visible. The constituent actions
+ line="737">Returns %TRUE if the group is visible. The constituent actions
can only be logically visible (see gtk_action_is_visible()) if
they are visible (see gtk_action_get_visible()) and their group
is visible.</doc>
@@ -6340,14 +6477,14 @@ is visible.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="745">%TRUE if the group is visible.</doc>
+ line="746">%TRUE if the group is visible.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="738">the action group</doc>
+ line="739">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6359,13 +6496,13 @@ is visible.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1072">Lists the actions in the action group.</doc>
+ line="1073">Lists the actions in the action group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="198"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1078">an allocated list of the action objects in the action group</doc>
+ line="1079">an allocated list of the action objects in the action group</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="Action"/>
</type>
@@ -6374,7 +6511,7 @@ is visible.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1074">the action group</doc>
+ line="1075">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6386,7 +6523,7 @@ is visible.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1033">Removes an action object from the action group.</doc>
+ line="1034">Removes an action object from the action group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="207"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -6396,25 +6533,26 @@ is visible.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1035">the action group</doc>
+ line="1036">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1036">an action</doc>
+ line="1037">an action</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_accel_group"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_set_accel_group"
+ glib:set-property="accel-group"
version="3.6"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="831">Sets the accelerator group to be used by every action in this group.</doc>
+ line="832">Sets the accelerator group to be used by every action in this group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="191"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -6424,7 +6562,7 @@ is visible.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="833">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="834">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group"
@@ -6433,19 +6571,20 @@ is visible.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="834">a #GtkAccelGroup to set or %NULL</doc>
+ line="835">a #GtkAccelGroup to set or %NULL</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_set_sensitive"
+ glib:set-property="sensitive"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="704">Changes the sensitivity of @action_group</doc>
+ line="705">Changes the sensitivity of @action_group</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="181"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -6455,13 +6594,13 @@ is visible.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="706">the action group</doc>
+ line="707">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="sensitive" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="707">new sensitivity</doc>
+ line="708">new sensitivity</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6473,7 +6612,7 @@ is visible.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1472">Sets a function to be used for translating the @label and @tooltip of
+ line="1473">Sets a function to be used for translating the @label and @tooltip of
#GtkActionEntrys added by gtk_action_group_add_actions().
If you’re using gettext(), it is enough to set the translation domain
@@ -6487,7 +6626,7 @@ with gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1474">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="1475">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -6497,7 +6636,7 @@ with gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain().</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1475">a #GtkTranslateFunc</doc>
+ line="1476">a #GtkTranslateFunc</doc>
<type name="TranslateFunc" c:type="GtkTranslateFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data"
@@ -6506,13 +6645,13 @@ with gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1476">data to be passed to @func and @notify</doc>
+ line="1477">data to be passed to @func and @notify</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="notify" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1477">a #GDestroyNotify function to be called when @action_group is
+ line="1478">a #GDestroyNotify function to be called when @action_group is
destroyed and when the translation function is changed again</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
@@ -6525,7 +6664,7 @@ with gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1521">Sets the translation domain and uses g_dgettext() for translating the
+ line="1522">Sets the translation domain and uses g_dgettext() for translating the
@label and @tooltip of #GtkActionEntrys added by
gtk_action_group_add_actions().
@@ -6540,7 +6679,7 @@ gtk_action_group_set_translate_func().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1523">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="1524">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="domain"
@@ -6549,7 +6688,7 @@ gtk_action_group_set_translate_func().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1524">the translation domain to use for g_dgettext()
+ line="1525">the translation domain to use for g_dgettext()
calls, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain()</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -6557,12 +6696,13 @@ calls, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain()</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_action_group_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="793">Changes the visible of @action_group.</doc>
+ line="794">Changes the visible of @action_group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
line="186"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -6572,13 +6712,13 @@ calls, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain()</doc>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="795">the action group</doc>
+ line="796">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="visible" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="796">new visiblity</doc>
+ line="797">new visiblity</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6590,7 +6730,7 @@ calls, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain()</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1551">Translates a string using the function set with
+ line="1552">Translates a string using the function set with
gtk_action_group_set_translate_func(). This
is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.h"
@@ -6598,20 +6738,20 @@ is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1560">the translation of @string</doc>
+ line="1561">the translation of @string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1553">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
+ line="1554">a #GtkActionGroup</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="string" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="1554">a string</doc>
+ line="1555">a string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6620,10 +6760,12 @@ is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_group"
+ getter="get_accel_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="232">The accelerator group the actions of this group should use.</doc>
+ line="233">The accelerator group the actions of this group should use.</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup"/>
</property>
<property name="name"
@@ -6631,30 +6773,35 @@ is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="190">A name for the action.</doc>
+ line="191">A name for the action.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="sensitive"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sensitive"
+ getter="get_sensitive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="204">Whether the action group is enabled.</doc>
+ line="205">Whether the action group is enabled.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="visible"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="218">Whether the action group is visible.</doc>
+ line="219">Whether the action group is visible.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -6669,7 +6816,7 @@ is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="247">The ::connect-proxy signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to
+ line="248">The ::connect-proxy signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to
an action in the group. Note that the proxy may have been connected
to a different action before.
@@ -6687,13 +6834,13 @@ convenient to use.</doc>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="250">the action</doc>
+ line="251">the action</doc>
<type name="Action"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proxy" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="251">the proxy</doc>
+ line="252">the proxy</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6704,7 +6851,7 @@ convenient to use.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="277">The ::disconnect-proxy signal is emitted after disconnecting a proxy
+ line="278">The ::disconnect-proxy signal is emitted after disconnecting a proxy
from an action in the group.
#GtkUIManager proxies the signal and provides global notification
@@ -6717,13 +6864,13 @@ convenient to use.</doc>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="280">the action</doc>
+ line="281">the action</doc>
<type name="Action"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="proxy" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="281">the proxy</doc>
+ line="282">the proxy</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6734,7 +6881,7 @@ convenient to use.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="325">The ::post-activate signal is emitted just after the @action in the
+ line="326">The ::post-activate signal is emitted just after the @action in the
@action_group is activated
This is intended for #GtkUIManager to proxy the signal and provide global
@@ -6746,7 +6893,7 @@ notification just after any action is activated.</doc>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="328">the action</doc>
+ line="329">the action</doc>
<type name="Action"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6757,7 +6904,7 @@ notification just after any action is activated.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="302">The ::pre-activate signal is emitted just before the @action in the
+ line="303">The ::pre-activate signal is emitted just before the @action in the
@action_group is activated
This is intended for #GtkUIManager to proxy the signal and provide global
@@ -6769,7 +6916,7 @@ notification just before any action is activated.</doc>
<parameter name="action" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="305">the action</doc>
+ line="306">the action</doc>
<type name="Action"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -6793,20 +6940,20 @@ notification just before any action is activated.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="875">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
+ line="876">the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists</doc>
<type name="Action" c:type="GtkAction*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="action_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="870">the action group</doc>
+ line="871">the action group</doc>
<type name="ActionGroup" c:type="GtkActionGroup*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="action_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c"
- line="871">the name of the action</doc>
+ line="872">the name of the action</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -7015,6 +7162,7 @@ rendered inactive).</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_action_name"
c:identifier="gtk_actionable_get_action_name"
+ glib:get-property="action-name"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkactionable.c"
@@ -7063,6 +7211,7 @@ See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_action_name"
c:identifier="gtk_actionable_set_action_name"
+ glib:set-property="action-name"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkactionable.c"
@@ -7101,6 +7250,7 @@ associated with the window.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_action_target"
c:identifier="gtk_actionable_set_action_target"
+ glib:set-property="action-target"
version="3.4"
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -7220,10 +7370,17 @@ as the target.)</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="action-name" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="action-name"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_action_name"
+ getter="get_action_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="action-target" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="action-target"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_action_target">
<type name="GLib.Variant"/>
</property>
</interface>
@@ -7666,6 +7823,7 @@ and registers to the action’s proxy list.
</method>
<method name="get_related_action"
c:identifier="gtk_activatable_get_related_action"
+ glib:get-property="related-action"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -7691,6 +7849,7 @@ and registers to the action’s proxy list.
</method>
<method name="get_use_action_appearance"
c:identifier="gtk_activatable_get_use_action_appearance"
+ glib:get-property="use-action-appearance"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -7718,6 +7877,7 @@ the action changes appearance.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_related_action"
c:identifier="gtk_activatable_set_related_action"
+ glib:set-property="related-action"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -7749,6 +7909,7 @@ the action changes appearance.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_action_appearance"
c:identifier="gtk_activatable_set_use_action_appearance"
+ glib:set-property="use-action-appearance"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -7820,7 +7981,9 @@ or unset and by the implementing class when
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_related_action"
+ getter="get_related_action">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c"
line="275">The action that this activatable will activate and receive
@@ -7835,7 +7998,9 @@ updates from for various states and possibly appearance.
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_action_appearance"
+ getter="get_use_action_appearance">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c"
line="295">Whether this activatable should reset its layout
@@ -8148,6 +8313,7 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</method>
<method name="get_lower"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_lower"
+ glib:get-property="lower"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8192,6 +8358,7 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</method>
<method name="get_page_increment"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_page_increment"
+ glib:get-property="page-increment"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8214,6 +8381,7 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</method>
<method name="get_page_size"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_page_size"
+ glib:get-property="page-size"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8236,6 +8404,7 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</method>
<method name="get_step_increment"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment"
+ glib:get-property="step-increment"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8258,6 +8427,7 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</method>
<method name="get_upper"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_upper"
+ glib:get-property="upper"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8278,7 +8448,9 @@ for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_value" c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_value">
+ <method name="get_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_get_value"
+ glib:get-property="value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="415">Gets the current value of the adjustment.
@@ -8301,6 +8473,7 @@ See gtk_adjustment_set_value().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_lower"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_lower"
+ glib:set-property="lower"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8338,6 +8511,7 @@ of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_page_increment"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment"
+ glib:set-property="page-increment"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8367,6 +8541,7 @@ multiple adjustment properties.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_page_size"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_page_size"
+ glib:set-property="page-size"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8396,6 +8571,7 @@ multiple adjustment properties.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_step_increment"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment"
+ glib:set-property="step-increment"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8425,6 +8601,7 @@ multiple adjustment properties.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_upper"
c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_upper"
+ glib:set-property="upper"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
@@ -8455,7 +8632,9 @@ multiple adjustment properties.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_value" c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_value">
+ <method name="set_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_adjustment_set_value"
+ glib:set-property="value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="549">Sets the #GtkAdjustment value. The value is clamped to lie between
@@ -8510,7 +8689,9 @@ changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property.</doc>
<property name="lower"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_lower"
+ getter="get_lower">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="148">The minimum value of the adjustment.</doc>
@@ -8519,7 +8700,9 @@ changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property.</doc>
<property name="page-increment"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_page_increment"
+ getter="get_page_increment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="196">The page increment of the adjustment.</doc>
@@ -8528,7 +8711,9 @@ changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property.</doc>
<property name="page-size"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_page_size"
+ getter="get_page_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="211">The page size of the adjustment.
@@ -8540,7 +8725,9 @@ if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
<property name="step-increment"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_step_increment"
+ getter="get_step_increment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="181">The step increment of the adjustment.</doc>
@@ -8549,7 +8736,9 @@ if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
<property name="upper"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_upper"
+ getter="get_upper">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="163">The maximum value of the adjustment.
@@ -8561,7 +8750,9 @@ property is nonzero.</doc>
<property name="value"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_value"
+ getter="get_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkadjustment.c"
line="133">The value of the adjustment.</doc>
@@ -9202,6 +9393,7 @@ use gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_content_type"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_get_content_type"
+ glib:get-property="content-type"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooser.c"
@@ -9244,7 +9436,8 @@ use gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info().</doc>
<property name="content-type"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_content_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooser.c"
line="64">The content type of the #GtkAppChooser object.
@@ -9391,7 +9584,8 @@ in the popup.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_heading"
- c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_get_heading">
+ c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_get_heading"
+ glib:get-property="heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
line="970">Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.</doc>
@@ -9414,6 +9608,7 @@ in the popup.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_default_item"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item"
+ glib:get-property="show-default-item"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
@@ -9437,6 +9632,7 @@ property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_dialog_item"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_dialog_item"
+ glib:get-property="show-dialog-item"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
@@ -9488,7 +9684,8 @@ to its initial state.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_heading"
- c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_set_heading">
+ c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_set_heading"
+ glib:set-property="heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
line="950">Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog.
@@ -9514,6 +9711,7 @@ If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_default_item"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_default_item"
+ glib:set-property="show-default-item"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
@@ -9540,6 +9738,7 @@ default application for the given content type at top.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_dialog_item"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_dialog_item"
+ glib:set-property="show-dialog-item"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
@@ -9564,7 +9763,11 @@ entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="heading" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="heading"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_heading"
+ getter="get_heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
line="639">The text to show at the top of the dialog that can be
@@ -9575,7 +9778,9 @@ opened from the button. The string may contain Pango markup.</doc>
version="3.2"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_default_item"
+ getter="get_show_default_item">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
line="623">The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property determines
@@ -9586,7 +9791,9 @@ on top for the provided content type.</doc>
<property name="show-dialog-item"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_dialog_item"
+ getter="get_show_dialog_item">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c"
line="609">The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item property determines
@@ -9756,7 +9963,8 @@ to allow the user to select an application for it.</doc>
</parameters>
</constructor>
<method name="get_heading"
- c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_dialog_get_heading">
+ c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_dialog_get_heading"
+ glib:get-property="heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c"
line="862">Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.</doc>
@@ -9800,7 +10008,8 @@ to allow the user to select an application for it.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_heading"
- c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_dialog_set_heading">
+ c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_dialog_set_heading"
+ glib:set-property="heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c"
line="829">Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog.
@@ -9835,7 +10044,11 @@ The dialog's #GtkAppChooserWidget content type will be guessed from the
file, if present.</doc>
<type name="Gio.File"/>
</property>
- <property name="heading" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="heading"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_heading"
+ getter="get_heading">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c"
line="681">The text to show at the top of the dialog.
@@ -9976,6 +10189,7 @@ that can handle content of the given type.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_default_text"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_default_text"
+ glib:get-property="default-text"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -9999,6 +10213,7 @@ that can handle the content type.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_all"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_all"
+ glib:get-property="show-all"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10022,6 +10237,7 @@ property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_default"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_default"
+ glib:get-property="show-default"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10045,6 +10261,7 @@ property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_fallback"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_fallback"
+ glib:get-property="show-fallback"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10068,6 +10285,7 @@ property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_other"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_other"
+ glib:get-property="show-other"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10091,6 +10309,7 @@ property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_recommended"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_recommended"
+ glib:get-property="show-recommended"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10113,7 +10332,8 @@ property.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_default_text"
- c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text">
+ c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text"
+ glib:set-property="default-text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="1407">Sets the text that is shown if there are not applications
@@ -10139,6 +10359,7 @@ that can handle the content type.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_all"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_all"
+ glib:set-property="show-all"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10165,6 +10386,7 @@ in a flat list.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_default"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_default"
+ glib:set-property="show-default"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10191,6 +10413,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_fallback"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_fallback"
+ glib:set-property="show-fallback"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10217,6 +10440,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_other"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_other"
+ glib:set-property="show-other"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10243,6 +10467,7 @@ which are unrelated to the content type.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_recommended"
c:identifier="gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_recommended"
+ glib:set-property="show-recommended"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
@@ -10267,7 +10492,11 @@ for the content type in a separate section.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="default-text" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="default-text"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_default_text"
+ getter="get_default_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="993">The #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text property determines the text
@@ -10279,7 +10508,9 @@ See also gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text().</doc>
<property name="show-all"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_all"
+ getter="get_show_all">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="979">If the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all property is %TRUE, the app
@@ -10290,7 +10521,9 @@ subsections for default, recommended or related applications.</doc>
<property name="show-default"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_default"
+ getter="get_show_default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="921">The ::show-default property determines whether the app chooser
@@ -10302,7 +10535,9 @@ among the recommended applications.</doc>
<property name="show-fallback"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_fallback"
+ getter="get_show_fallback">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="951">The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback property determines whether
@@ -10314,7 +10549,9 @@ applications.</doc>
<property name="show-other"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_other"
+ getter="get_show_other">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="966">The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other property determines whether
@@ -10324,7 +10561,9 @@ the app chooser should show a section for other applications.</doc>
<property name="show-recommended"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_recommended"
+ getter="get_show_recommended">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c"
line="936">The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended property determines
@@ -10819,6 +11058,7 @@ If you are unsure, check it with gtk_accelerator_parse() first.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_active_window"
c:identifier="gtk_application_get_active_window"
+ glib:get-property="active-window"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplication.c"
@@ -10847,6 +11087,7 @@ recently-focused window within this application.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_app_menu"
c:identifier="gtk_application_get_app_menu"
+ glib:get-property="app-menu"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplication.c"
@@ -10902,6 +11143,7 @@ for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_menubar"
c:identifier="gtk_application_get_menubar"
+ glib:get-property="menubar"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplication.c"
@@ -11288,6 +11530,7 @@ g_action_print_detailed_name().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_app_menu"
c:identifier="gtk_application_set_app_menu"
+ glib:set-property="app-menu"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplication.c"
@@ -11332,6 +11575,7 @@ selecting these menu items.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_menubar"
c:identifier="gtk_application_set_menubar"
+ glib:set-property="menubar"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplication.c"
@@ -11401,13 +11645,23 @@ Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="active-window" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="active-window"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_active_window">
<type name="Window"/>
</property>
- <property name="app-menu" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="app-menu"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_app_menu"
+ getter="get_app_menu">
<type name="Gio.MenuModel"/>
</property>
- <property name="menubar" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="menubar"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_menubar"
+ getter="get_menubar">
<type name="Gio.MenuModel"/>
</property>
<property name="register-session"
@@ -11774,6 +12028,7 @@ a #GtkApplication, returns `0`.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_menubar"
c:identifier="gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar"
+ glib:get-property="show-menubar"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c"
@@ -11829,6 +12084,7 @@ it.
</method>
<method name="set_show_menubar"
c:identifier="gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar"
+ glib:set-property="show-menubar"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c"
@@ -11856,7 +12112,9 @@ and menubar as needed.</doc>
<property name="show-menubar"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_menubar"
+ getter="get_show_menubar">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c"
line="861">If this property is %TRUE, the window will display a menubar
@@ -14868,6 +15126,7 @@ regardless of text direction.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_baseline_position"
c:identifier="gtk_box_get_baseline_position"
+ glib:get-property="baseline-position"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
@@ -14911,7 +15170,9 @@ regardless of text direction.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_homogeneous" c:identifier="gtk_box_get_homogeneous">
+ <method name="get_homogeneous"
+ c:identifier="gtk_box_get_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
line="2247">Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
@@ -14932,7 +15193,9 @@ same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_spacing" c:identifier="gtk_box_get_spacing">
+ <method name="get_spacing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_box_get_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
line="2293">Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().</doc>
@@ -15163,6 +15426,7 @@ same packing type that appear earlier in the list.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_baseline_position"
c:identifier="gtk_box_set_baseline_position"
+ glib:set-property="baseline-position"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
@@ -15270,7 +15534,9 @@ of space.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_homogeneous" c:identifier="gtk_box_set_homogeneous">
+ <method name="set_homogeneous"
+ c:identifier="gtk_box_set_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
line="2217">Sets the #GtkBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling
@@ -15296,7 +15562,9 @@ in the box.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_spacing" c:identifier="gtk_box_set_spacing">
+ <method name="set_spacing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_box_set_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbox.c"
line="2264">Sets the #GtkBox:spacing property of @box, which is the
@@ -15322,13 +15590,23 @@ number of pixels to place between children of @box.</doc>
</method>
<property name="baseline-position"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_baseline_position"
+ getter="get_baseline_position">
<type name="BaselinePosition"/>
</property>
- <property name="homogeneous" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="homogeneous"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_homogeneous">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_spacing"
+ getter="get_spacing">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<field name="container">
@@ -15586,7 +15864,7 @@ the buildable.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbuildable.c"
- line="229">This is called for each unknown element under <child>.</doc>
+ line="229">This is called for each unknown element under `<child>`.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkbuildable.h" line="108"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -15975,7 +16253,7 @@ the buildable.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbuildable.c"
- line="229">This is called for each unknown element under <child>.</doc>
+ line="229">This is called for each unknown element under `<child>`.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkbuildable.h" line="156"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -16606,25 +16884,25 @@ GtkBuilder UI definitions.
[RELAX NG Compact Syntax](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk/-/blob/gtk-3-24/gtk/gtkbuilder.rnc)
-The toplevel element is <interface>. It optionally takes a “domain”
+The toplevel element is `<interface>`. It optionally takes a “domain”
attribute, which will make the builder look for translated strings
using dgettext() in the domain specified. This can also be done by
calling gtk_builder_set_translation_domain() on the builder.
-Objects are described by <object> elements, which can contain
-<property> elements to set properties, <signal> elements which
-connect signals to handlers, and <child> elements, which describe
+Objects are described by `<object>` elements, which can contain
+`<property>` elements to set properties, `<signal>` elements which
+connect signals to handlers, and `<child>` elements, which describe
child objects (most often widgets inside a container, but also e.g.
-actions in an action group, or columns in a tree model). A <child>
-element contains an <object> element which describes the child object.
-The target toolkit version(s) are described by <requires> elements,
+actions in an action group, or columns in a tree model). A `<child>`
+element contains an `<object>` element which describes the child object.
+The target toolkit version(s) are described by `<requires>` elements,
the “lib” attribute specifies the widget library in question (currently
the only supported value is “gtk+”) and the “version” attribute specifies
-the target version in the form “<major>.<minor>”. The builder will error
+the target version in the form `<major>.<minor>`. The builder will error
out if the version requirements are not met.
-Typically, the specific kind of object represented by an <object>
+Typically, the specific kind of object represented by an `<object>`
element is specified by the “class” attribute. If the type has not
-been loaded yet, GTK+ tries to find the get_type() function from the
+been loaded yet, GTK+ tries to find the `get_type()` function from the
class name by applying heuristics. This works in most cases, but if
necessary, it is possible to specify the name of the get_type() function
explictly with the "type-func" attribute. As a special case, GtkBuilder
@@ -16637,10 +16915,10 @@ Objects may be given a name with the “id” attribute, which allows the
application to retrieve them from the builder with gtk_builder_get_object().
An id is also necessary to use the object as property value in other
parts of the UI definition. GTK+ reserves ids starting and ending
-with ___ (3 underscores) for its own purposes.
+with `___` (3 underscores) for its own purposes.
Setting properties of objects is pretty straightforward with the
-<property> element: the “name” attribute specifies the name of the
+`<property>` element: the “name” attribute specifies the name of the
property, and the content of the element specifies the value.
If the “translatable” attribute is set to a true value, GTK+ uses
gettext() (or dgettext() if the builder has a translation domain set)
@@ -16678,7 +16956,7 @@ property value using the attributes
Internally builder implements this using GBinding objects.
For more information see g_object_bind_property()
-Signal handlers are set up with the <signal> element. The “name”
+Signal handlers are set up with the `<signal>` element. The “name”
attribute specifies the name of the signal, and the “handler” attribute
specifies the function to connect to the signal. By default, GTK+ tries
to find the handler using g_module_symbol(), but this can be changed by
@@ -16694,19 +16972,19 @@ Sometimes it is necessary to refer to widgets which have implicitly
been constructed by GTK+ as part of a composite widget, to set
properties on them or to add further children (e.g. the @vbox of
a #GtkDialog). This can be achieved by setting the “internal-child”
-property of the <child> element to a true value. Note that GtkBuilder
-still requires an <object> element for the internal child, even if it
+property of the `<child>` element to a true value. Note that GtkBuilder
+still requires an `<object>` element for the internal child, even if it
has already been constructed.
A number of widgets have different places where a child can be added
(e.g. tabs vs. page content in notebooks). This can be reflected in
-a UI definition by specifying the “type” attribute on a <child>
+a UI definition by specifying the “type” attribute on a `<child>`
The possible values for the “type” attribute are described in the
sections describing the widget-specific portions of UI definitions.
# A GtkBuilder UI Definition
-|[
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<interface>
<object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1">
<child internal-child="vbox">
@@ -16732,14 +17010,14 @@ sections describing the widget-specific portions of UI definitions.
Beyond this general structure, several object classes define their
own XML DTD fragments for filling in the ANY placeholders in the DTD
-above. Note that a custom element in a <child> element gets parsed by
+above. Note that a custom element in a `<child>` element gets parsed by
the custom tag handler of the parent object, while a custom element in
-an <object> element gets parsed by the custom tag handler of the object.
+an `<object>` element gets parsed by the custom tag handler of the object.
These XML fragments are explained in the documentation of the
respective objects.
-Additionally, since 3.10 a special <template> tag has been added
+Additionally, since 3.10 a special `<template>` tag has been added
to the format allowing one to define a widget class’s components.
See the [GtkWidget documentation][composite-templates] for details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkbuilder.h" line="116"/>
@@ -17496,6 +17774,7 @@ objects.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_translation_domain"
c:identifier="gtk_builder_get_translation_domain"
+ glib:get-property="translation-domain"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbuilder.c"
@@ -17612,6 +17891,7 @@ in your process. @application cannot be %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_translation_domain"
c:identifier="gtk_builder_set_translation_domain"
+ glib:set-property="translation-domain"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbuilder.c"
@@ -17746,7 +18026,9 @@ Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a
<property name="translation-domain"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_translation_domain"
+ getter="get_translation_domain">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbuilder.c"
line="280">The translation domain used when translating property values that
@@ -18440,6 +18722,7 @@ its alignment.</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="get_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_button_get_always_show_image"
+ glib:get-property="always-show-image"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18513,6 +18796,7 @@ See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_image"
c:identifier="gtk_button_get_image"
+ glib:get-property="image"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18538,6 +18822,7 @@ or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_image_position"
c:identifier="gtk_button_get_image_position"
+ glib:get-property="image-position"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18559,7 +18844,9 @@ inside the button.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_label" c:identifier="gtk_button_get_label">
+ <method name="get_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="2177">Fetches the text from the label of the button, as set by
@@ -18584,7 +18871,9 @@ by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_relief" c:identifier="gtk_button_get_relief">
+ <method name="get_relief"
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_get_relief"
+ glib:get-property="relief">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="1609">Returns the current relief style of the given #GtkButton.</doc>
@@ -18606,6 +18895,7 @@ by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_button_get_use_stock"
+ glib:get-property="use-stock"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -18630,7 +18920,8 @@ by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_underline"
- c:identifier="gtk_button_get_use_underline">
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_get_use_underline"
+ glib:get-property="use-underline">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="2228">Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a
@@ -18755,6 +19046,7 @@ its alignment.</doc-deprecated>
</method>
<method name="set_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_button_set_always_show_image"
+ glib:set-property="always-show-image"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18815,6 +19107,7 @@ application.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_image"
c:identifier="gtk_button_set_image"
+ glib:set-property="image"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18846,6 +19139,7 @@ gtk_widget_show() on @image yourself.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_image_position"
c:identifier="gtk_button_set_image_position"
+ glib:set-property="image-position"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
@@ -18870,7 +19164,9 @@ inside the button.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_label" c:identifier="gtk_button_set_label">
+ <method name="set_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="2146">Sets the text of the label of the button to @str. This text is
@@ -18897,7 +19193,9 @@ This will also clear any previously set labels.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_relief" c:identifier="gtk_button_set_relief">
+ <method name="set_relief"
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_set_relief"
+ glib:set-property="relief">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="1576">Sets the relief style of the edges of the given #GtkButton widget.
@@ -18926,6 +19224,7 @@ The deprecated value %GTK_RELIEF_HALF behaves the same as
</method>
<method name="set_use_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_button_set_use_stock"
+ glib:set-property="use-stock"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -18952,7 +19251,8 @@ stock id to select the stock item for the button.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_use_underline"
- c:identifier="gtk_button_set_use_underline">
+ c:identifier="gtk_button_set_use_underline"
+ glib:set-property="use-underline">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="2198">If true, an underline in the text of the button label indicates
@@ -18980,7 +19280,9 @@ the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
version="3.6"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_always_show_image"
+ getter="get_always_show_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="380">If %TRUE, the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images
@@ -18993,7 +19295,9 @@ without the image.</doc>
<property name="image"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_image"
+ getter="get_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="351">The child widget to appear next to the button text.</doc>
@@ -19002,7 +19306,9 @@ without the image.</doc>
<property name="image-position"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_image_position"
+ getter="get_image_position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkbutton.c"
line="365">The position of the image relative to the text inside the button.</doc>
@@ -19011,10 +19317,16 @@ without the image.</doc>
<property name="label"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="relief" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="relief"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_relief"
+ getter="get_relief">
<type name="ReliefStyle"/>
</property>
<property name="use-stock"
@@ -19022,13 +19334,17 @@ without the image.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_stock"
+ getter="get_use_stock">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="use-underline"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_underline"
+ getter="get_use_underline">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="xalign"
@@ -20957,6 +21273,7 @@ historically incorrect.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_detail_height_rows"
c:identifier="gtk_calendar_get_detail_height_rows"
+ glib:get-property="detail-height-rows"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
@@ -20980,6 +21297,7 @@ See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_detail_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="detail-width-chars"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
@@ -21155,6 +21473,7 @@ properties.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_detail_height_rows"
c:identifier="gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows"
+ glib:set-property="detail-height-rows"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
@@ -21181,6 +21500,7 @@ See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_detail_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_calendar_set_detail_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="detail-width-chars"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
@@ -21266,7 +21586,9 @@ This property gets initially set to the current day.</doc>
<property name="detail-height-rows"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_detail_height_rows"
+ getter="get_detail_height_rows">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
line="507">Height of a detail cell, in rows.
@@ -21276,7 +21598,9 @@ A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().</doc>
<property name="detail-width-chars"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_detail_width_chars"
+ getter="get_detail_width_chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcalendar.c"
line="491">Width of a detail cell, in characters.
@@ -24686,6 +25010,7 @@ should not be freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_edit_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget"
+ glib:get-property="edit-widget"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
@@ -24709,6 +25034,7 @@ to edit the currently edited cell.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_edited_cell"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell"
+ glib:get-property="edited-cell"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
@@ -24732,6 +25058,7 @@ being edited.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_focus_cell"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell"
+ glib:get-property="focus-cell"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
@@ -25419,6 +25746,7 @@ the base request for the orientation is to be returned.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_focus_cell"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell"
+ glib:set-property="focus-cell"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
@@ -25479,7 +25807,10 @@ See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="edit-widget" version="3.0" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="edit-widget"
+ version="3.0"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_edit_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
line="814">The widget currently editing the edited cell
@@ -25488,7 +25819,10 @@ This property is read-only and only changes as
a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().</doc>
<type name="CellEditable"/>
</property>
- <property name="edited-cell" version="3.0" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="edited-cell"
+ version="3.0"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_edited_cell">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
line="795">The cell in the area that is currently edited
@@ -25500,7 +25834,9 @@ a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().</doc>
<property name="focus-cell"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_focus_cell"
+ getter="get_focus_cell">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellarea.c"
line="779">The cell in the area that currently has focus</doc>
@@ -25681,6 +26017,7 @@ argument to gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start() and gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end().</do
</constructor>
<method name="get_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="spacing"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c"
@@ -25797,6 +26134,7 @@ more than its natural size</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_box_set_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="spacing"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c"
@@ -25823,7 +26161,9 @@ more than its natural size</doc>
<property name="spacing"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_spacing"
+ getter="get_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c"
line="300">The amount of space to reserve between cells.</doc>
@@ -27049,6 +27389,7 @@ the returned value will be -1.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_area"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_area_context_get_area"
+ glib:get-property="area"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c"
@@ -27396,7 +27737,8 @@ Since 3.0</doc>
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_area">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c"
line="105">The #GtkCellArea this context was created by</doc>
@@ -27971,33 +28313,34 @@ value of the attribute for each cell that is rendered.
Implementations of GtkCellLayout which also implement the GtkBuildable
interface (#GtkCellView, #GtkIconView, #GtkComboBox,
#GtkEntryCompletion, #GtkTreeViewColumn) accept GtkCellRenderer objects
-as <child> elements in UI definitions. They support a custom <attributes>
-element for their children, which can contain multiple <attribute>
-elements. Each <attribute> element has a name attribute which specifies
+as `<child>` elements in UI definitions. They support a custom `<attributes>`
+element for their children, which can contain multiple `<attribute>`
+elements. Each `<attribute>` element has a name attribute which specifies
a property of the cell renderer; the content of the element is the
attribute value.
This is an example of a UI definition fragment specifying attributes:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkCellView">
<child>
<object class="GtkCellRendererText"/>
<attributes>
<attribute name="text">0</attribute>
</attributes>
- </child>"
+ </child>
</object>
]|
Furthermore for implementations of GtkCellLayout that use a #GtkCellArea
to lay out cells (all GtkCellLayouts in GTK+ use a GtkCellArea)
[cell properties][cell-properties] can also be defined in the format by
-specifying the custom <cell-packing> attribute which can contain multiple
-<property> elements defined in the normal way.
+specifying the custom `<cell-packing>` attribute which can contain multiple
+`<property>` elements defined in the normal way.
Here is a UI definition fragment specifying cell properties:
-|[
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkTreeViewColumn">
<child>
<object class="GtkCellRendererText"/>
@@ -28005,7 +28348,7 @@ Here is a UI definition fragment specifying cell properties:
<property name="align">True</property>
<property name="expand">False</property>
</cell-packing>
- </child>"
+ </child>
</object>
]|
@@ -28061,7 +28404,7 @@ for your class.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="468">Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout.
+ line="469">Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout.
The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the
@attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for
@@ -28075,25 +28418,25 @@ example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="470">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="471">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="471">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="472">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="attribute" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="472">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
+ line="473">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="473">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
+ line="474">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28101,7 +28444,7 @@ example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
<virtual-method name="clear" invoker="clear" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="400">Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
+ line="401">Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="91"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -28111,7 +28454,7 @@ removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="402">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="403">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28121,7 +28464,7 @@ removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="530">Clears all existing attributes previously set with
+ line="531">Clears all existing attributes previously set with
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="101"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -28131,13 +28474,13 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="532">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="533">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="533">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
+ line="534">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28145,14 +28488,14 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
<virtual-method name="get_area" invoker="get_area" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="595">Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
+ line="596">Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
is used by @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="108"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="603">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
+ line="604">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<type name="CellArea" c:type="GtkCellArea*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -28160,7 +28503,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="597">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="598">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28168,12 +28511,12 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<virtual-method name="get_cells" invoker="get_cells" version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="574">Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.</doc>
+ line="575">Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="106"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="580">
+ line="581">
a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
when no longer needed.</doc>
@@ -28185,7 +28528,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="576">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="577">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28193,7 +28536,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<virtual-method name="pack_end" invoker="pack_end" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="375">Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the
+ line="376">Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the
@cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is
divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
@@ -28206,19 +28549,19 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="377">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="378">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="378">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="379">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="379">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="380">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28226,7 +28569,7 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<virtual-method name="pack_start" invoker="pack_start" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="350">Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE,
+ line="351">Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE,
then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space
is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
@@ -28239,19 +28582,19 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="352">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="353">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="353">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="354">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="354">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="355">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28259,7 +28602,7 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<virtual-method name="reorder" invoker="reorder" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="550">Re-inserts @cell at @position.
+ line="551">Re-inserts @cell at @position.
Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout
for this to function properly.</doc>
@@ -28271,19 +28614,19 @@ for this to function properly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="552">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="553">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="553">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
+ line="554">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="554">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
+ line="555">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28293,7 +28636,7 @@ for this to function properly.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="498">Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
+ line="499">Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping
for setting the column value, and should set the value of @cell_layout’s
@@ -28308,13 +28651,13 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="500">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="501">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="501">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="502">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -28326,7 +28669,7 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
destroy="3">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="502">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="503">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="CellLayoutDataFunc" c:type="GtkCellLayoutDataFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func_data"
@@ -28335,13 +28678,13 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="503">user data for @func</doc>
+ line="504">user data for @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="504">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
+ line="505">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28351,7 +28694,7 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="468">Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout.
+ line="469">Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout.
The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the
@attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for
@@ -28365,25 +28708,25 @@ example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="470">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="471">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="471">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="472">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="attribute" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="472">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
+ line="473">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="473">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
+ line="474">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28391,7 +28734,7 @@ example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
<method name="clear" c:identifier="gtk_cell_layout_clear" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="400">Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
+ line="401">Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="124"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -28401,7 +28744,7 @@ removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="402">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="403">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28411,7 +28754,7 @@ removes all renderers from @cell_layout.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="530">Clears all existing attributes previously set with
+ line="531">Clears all existing attributes previously set with
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="141"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -28421,13 +28764,13 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="532">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="533">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="533">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
+ line="534">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28437,14 +28780,14 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="595">Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
+ line="596">Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
is used by @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="148"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="603">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
+ line="604">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<type name="CellArea" c:type="GtkCellArea*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -28452,7 +28795,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="597">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="598">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28462,12 +28805,12 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="574">Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.</doc>
+ line="575">Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.h" line="122"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="580">
+ line="581">
a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
when no longer needed.</doc>
@@ -28479,7 +28822,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="576">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="577">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28489,7 +28832,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="375">Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the
+ line="376">Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the
@cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is
divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
@@ -28502,19 +28845,19 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="377">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="378">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="378">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="379">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="379">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="380">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28524,7 +28867,7 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="350">Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE,
+ line="351">Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE,
then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space
is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
@@ -28537,19 +28880,19 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="352">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="353">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="353">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="354">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="354">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="355">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28559,7 +28902,7 @@ Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="550">Re-inserts @cell at @position.
+ line="551">Re-inserts @cell at @position.
Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout
for this to function properly.</doc>
@@ -28571,19 +28914,19 @@ for this to function properly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="552">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="553">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="553">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
+ line="554">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="554">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
+ line="555">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28594,7 +28937,7 @@ for this to function properly.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="439">Sets the attributes in list as the attributes of @cell_layout.
+ line="440">Sets the attributes in list as the attributes of @cell_layout.
The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in
gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are
@@ -28607,19 +28950,19 @@ removed, and replaced with the new attributes.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="441">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="442">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="442">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="443">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="443">a %NULL-terminated list of attributes</doc>
+ line="444">a %NULL-terminated list of attributes</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28629,7 +28972,7 @@ removed, and replaced with the new attributes.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="498">Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
+ line="499">Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping
for setting the column value, and should set the value of @cell_layout’s
@@ -28644,13 +28987,13 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
<instance-parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="500">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="501">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="501">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="502">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -28662,7 +29005,7 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
destroy="3">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="502">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="503">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="CellLayoutDataFunc" c:type="GtkCellLayoutDataFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func_data"
@@ -28671,13 +29014,13 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="503">user data for @func</doc>
+ line="504">user data for @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="504">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
+ line="505">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28746,19 +29089,19 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="352">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="353">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="353">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="354">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="354">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="355">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28774,19 +29117,19 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="377">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="378">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="378">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="379">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="379">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
+ line="380">%TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28802,7 +29145,7 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="402">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="403">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28818,25 +29161,25 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="470">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="471">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="471">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="472">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="attribute" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="472">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
+ line="473">an attribute on the renderer</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="473">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
+ line="474">the column position on the model to get the attribute from</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28852,13 +29195,13 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="500">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="501">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="501">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="502">a #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -28870,7 +29213,7 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
destroy="4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="502">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="503">the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="CellLayoutDataFunc" c:type="GtkCellLayoutDataFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func_data"
@@ -28879,13 +29222,13 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="503">user data for @func</doc>
+ line="504">user data for @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="504">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
+ line="505">destroy notify for @func_data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28901,13 +29244,13 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="532">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="533">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="533">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
+ line="534">a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28923,19 +29266,19 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="552">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="553">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="553">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
+ line="554">a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="554">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
+ line="555">new position to insert @cell at</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28947,7 +29290,7 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="580">
+ line="581">
a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
when no longer needed.</doc>
@@ -28959,7 +29302,7 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="576">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="577">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -28971,7 +29314,7 @@ as appropriate.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="603">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
+ line="604">the cell area used by @cell_layout,
or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<type name="CellArea" c:type="GtkCellArea*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -28979,7 +29322,7 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.</doc>
<parameter name="cell_layout" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcelllayout.c"
- line="597">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
+ line="598">a #GtkCellLayout</doc>
<type name="CellLayout" c:type="GtkCellLayout*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -30098,6 +30441,7 @@ or a width-for-height layout.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive"
+ glib:get-property="sensitive"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c"
@@ -30248,6 +30592,7 @@ the given #GtkCellRendererState.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c"
@@ -30438,6 +30783,7 @@ so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire
</method>
<method name="set_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive"
+ glib:set-property="sensitive"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c"
@@ -30463,6 +30809,7 @@ so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c"
@@ -30626,10 +30973,18 @@ in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of
<property name="mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="CellRendererMode"/>
</property>
- <property name="sensitive" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="sensitive"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sensitive"
+ getter="get_sensitive">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="width" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -32912,6 +33267,7 @@ the model.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_activatable"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable"
+ glib:get-property="activatable"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
@@ -32934,7 +33290,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_active"
- c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active">
+ c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
line="557">Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
@@ -32956,7 +33313,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_radio"
- c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio">
+ c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio"
+ glib:get-property="radio">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
line="541">Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.</doc>
@@ -32978,6 +33336,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_activatable"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable"
+ glib:set-property="activatable"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
@@ -33002,7 +33361,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_active"
- c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active">
+ c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
line="574">Activates or deactivates a cell renderer.</doc>
@@ -33026,7 +33386,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_radio"
- c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio">
+ c:identifier="gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio"
+ glib:set-property="radio">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c"
line="515">If @radio is %TRUE, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle
@@ -33055,10 +33416,18 @@ columns with cell renderer properties).</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="activatable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="activatable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activatable"
+ getter="get_activatable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="active" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="active"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="inconsistent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -33067,7 +33436,11 @@ columns with cell renderer properties).</doc>
<property name="indicator-size" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="radio" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="radio"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_radio"
+ getter="get_radio">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -33338,6 +33711,7 @@ displayed row. If no row is currently displayed,
</method>
<method name="get_draw_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive"
+ glib:get-property="draw-sensitive"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33362,6 +33736,7 @@ cells in a sensitive state</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_fit_model"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model"
+ glib:get-property="fit-model"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33386,6 +33761,7 @@ the entire #GtkTreeModel.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_model"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33481,6 +33857,7 @@ displayed row of the #GtkCellView and using gtk_widget_get_preferred_size().</do
</method>
<method name="set_background_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_set_background_rgba"
+ glib:set-property="background-rgba"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33539,6 +33916,7 @@ the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_draw_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive"
+ glib:set-property="draw-sensitive"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33567,6 +33945,7 @@ children appear sensitive in the parent menu item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_fit_model"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_set_fit_model"
+ glib:set-property="fit-model"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33596,6 +33975,7 @@ when selection changes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_model"
c:identifier="gtk_cell_view_set_model"
+ glib:set-property="model"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
@@ -33644,7 +34024,8 @@ set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is
<property name="background-rgba"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_background_rgba">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
line="238">The background color as a #GdkRGBA</doc>
@@ -33687,7 +34068,11 @@ or sibling menus).
since 3.0</doc>
<type name="CellAreaContext"/>
</property>
- <property name="draw-sensitive" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="draw-sensitive"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_draw_sensitive"
+ getter="get_draw_sensitive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
line="312">Whether all cells should be draw as sensitive for this view regardless
@@ -33697,7 +34082,11 @@ sensitive when the items in submenus might be insensitive).
since 3.0</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="fit-model" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="fit-model"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_fit_model"
+ getter="get_fit_model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
line="330">Whether the view should request enough space to always fit
@@ -33708,7 +34097,11 @@ are selected).
since 3.0</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="model" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="model"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_model"
+ getter="get_model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcellview.c"
line="253">The model for cell view
@@ -34061,7 +34454,9 @@ in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
- <method name="get_active" c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_get_active">
+ <method name="get_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
line="431">Returns whether the check menu item is active. See
@@ -34084,6 +34479,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_draw_as_radio"
c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_get_draw_as_radio"
+ glib:get-property="draw-as-radio"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
@@ -34105,7 +34501,8 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_inconsistent"
- c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent"
+ glib:get-property="inconsistent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
line="528">Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent().</doc>
@@ -34125,7 +34522,9 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_active" c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_set_active">
+ <method name="set_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
line="408">Sets the active state of the menu item’s check box.</doc>
@@ -34150,6 +34549,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_draw_as_radio"
c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio"
+ glib:set-property="draw-as-radio"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
@@ -34174,7 +34574,8 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_inconsistent"
- c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent"
+ glib:set-property="inconsistent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c"
line="492">If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or
@@ -34221,13 +34622,25 @@ visual appearance, it doesn’t affect the semantics of the widget.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="active" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="active"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="draw-as-radio" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="draw-as-radio"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_draw_as_radio"
+ getter="get_draw_as_radio">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="inconsistent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="inconsistent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inconsistent"
+ getter="get_inconsistent">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="menu_item">
@@ -36006,6 +36419,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_get_alpha"
+ glib:get-property="alpha"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -36031,6 +36445,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_color"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_get_color"
+ glib:get-property="color"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -36062,6 +36477,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_get_rgba"
+ glib:get-property="rgba"
version="3.0"
introspectable="0"
deprecated="1"
@@ -36094,6 +36510,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
@@ -36116,6 +36533,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_get_use_alpha"
+ glib:get-property="use-alpha"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -36141,6 +36559,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_set_alpha"
+ glib:set-property="alpha"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -36169,6 +36588,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_color"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_set_color"
+ glib:set-property="color"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -36196,6 +36616,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_set_rgba"
+ glib:set-property="rgba"
version="3.0"
introspectable="0"
deprecated="1"
@@ -36225,6 +36646,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
@@ -36250,6 +36672,7 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_button_set_use_alpha"
+ glib:set-property="use-alpha"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -36279,7 +36702,9 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
<property name="alpha"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_alpha"
+ getter="get_alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
line="207">The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque).</doc>
@@ -36290,7 +36715,9 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_color"
+ getter="get_color">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
line="188">The selected color.</doc>
@@ -36300,7 +36727,9 @@ color when the user finishes.</doc>
<property name="rgba"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_rgba"
+ getter="get_rgba">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
line="222">The RGBA color.</doc>
@@ -36323,7 +36752,9 @@ button is already part of a palette.</doc>
<property name="title"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
line="173">The title of the color selection dialog</doc>
@@ -36332,7 +36763,9 @@ button is already part of a palette.</doc>
<property name="use-alpha"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_alpha"
+ getter="get_use_alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c"
line="157">If this property is set to %TRUE, the color swatch on the button is
@@ -36628,6 +37061,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba"
+ glib:get-property="rgba"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
@@ -36656,6 +37090,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha"
+ glib:get-property="use-alpha"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
@@ -36679,6 +37114,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba"
+ glib:set-property="rgba"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
@@ -36704,6 +37140,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha"
+ glib:set-property="use-alpha"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
@@ -36730,7 +37167,9 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.</doc>
<property name="rgba"
version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_rgba"
+ getter="get_rgba">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
line="56">The ::rgba property contains the currently selected color,
@@ -36741,7 +37180,9 @@ the current selection programmatically.</doc>
<property name="use-alpha"
version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_alpha"
+ getter="get_use_alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c"
line="72">When ::use-alpha is %TRUE, colors may have alpha (translucency)
@@ -37302,7 +37743,8 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_current_alpha"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_current_alpha">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_current_alpha"
+ glib:get-property="current-alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2579">Returns the current alpha value.</doc>
@@ -37325,6 +37767,7 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_current_color"
c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_current_color"
+ glib:get-property="current-color"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -37356,6 +37799,7 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_current_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_current_rgba"
+ glib:get-property="current-rgba"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
@@ -37384,7 +37828,8 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_has_opacity_control"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_has_opacity_control">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_has_opacity_control"
+ glib:get-property="has-opacity-control">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2371">Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control.</doc>
@@ -37407,7 +37852,8 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_has_palette"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette"
+ glib:get-property="has-palette">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2431">Determines whether the color selector has a color palette.</doc>
@@ -37534,7 +37980,8 @@ GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_current_alpha"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_current_alpha">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_current_alpha"
+ glib:set-property="current-alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2524">Sets the current opacity to be @alpha.
@@ -37563,6 +38010,7 @@ the original opacity to be @alpha too.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_current_color"
c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_current_color"
+ glib:set-property="current-color"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -37594,6 +38042,7 @@ the original color to be @color too.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_current_rgba"
c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_current_rgba"
+ glib:set-property="current-rgba"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
@@ -37622,7 +38071,8 @@ the original color to be @rgba too.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_has_opacity_control"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control"
+ glib:set-property="has-opacity-control">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2392">Sets the @colorsel to use or not use opacity.</doc>
@@ -37647,7 +38097,8 @@ the original color to be @rgba too.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_has_palette"
- c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette">
+ c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette"
+ glib:set-property="has-palette">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="2451">Shows and hides the palette based upon the value of @has_palette.</doc>
@@ -37763,14 +38214,20 @@ set this color the first time it is called.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="current-alpha" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="current-alpha"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_current_alpha"
+ getter="get_current_alpha">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
<property name="current-color"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_current_color"
+ getter="get_current_color">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="337">The current GdkColor color.</doc>
@@ -37780,7 +38237,9 @@ set this color the first time it is called.</doc>
<property name="current-rgba"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_current_rgba"
+ getter="get_current_rgba">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c"
line="359">The current RGBA color.</doc>
@@ -37788,10 +38247,16 @@ set this color the first time it is called.</doc>
</property>
<property name="has-opacity-control"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_opacity_control"
+ getter="get_has_opacity_control">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="has-palette" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="has-palette"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_palette"
+ getter="get_has_palette">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -37959,6 +38424,7 @@ according to its update policy.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_color_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_color_selection_dialog_get_color_selection"
+ glib:get-property="color-selection"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c"
@@ -37984,7 +38450,9 @@ according to its update policy.</doc>
<property name="cancel-button" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="color-selection" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="color-selection"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_color_selection">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="help-button" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -38267,6 +38735,7 @@ and with the model initialized to @model.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_active"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38294,6 +38763,7 @@ is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns
</method>
<method name="get_active_id"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_active_id"
+ glib:get-property="active-id"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38358,6 +38828,7 @@ Otherwise, @iter is left unchanged.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_add_tearoffs"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_add_tearoffs"
+ glib:get-property="add-tearoffs"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -38381,6 +38852,7 @@ Otherwise, @iter is left unchanged.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_button_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity"
+ glib:get-property="button-sensitivity"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38408,6 +38880,7 @@ sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_column_span_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column"
+ glib:get-property="column-span-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38430,6 +38903,7 @@ sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_entry_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_entry_text_column"
+ glib:get-property="entry-text-column"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38480,6 +38954,7 @@ with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_entry"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_has_entry"
+ glib:get-property="has-entry"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38502,6 +38977,7 @@ with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_id_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_id_column"
+ glib:get-property="id-column"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38525,6 +39001,7 @@ for values from.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_model"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38574,6 +39051,7 @@ applications should have little use for it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popup_fixed_width"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_popup_fixed_width"
+ glib:get-property="popup-fixed-width"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38621,6 +39099,7 @@ the allocated width of the combo box.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_row_span_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column"
+ glib:get-property="row-span-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38669,6 +39148,7 @@ string which must not be freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_wrap_width"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width"
+ glib:get-property="wrap-width"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38764,6 +39244,7 @@ are the only #GdkDevices able to send events to it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_active"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38790,6 +39271,7 @@ no active item</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_active_id"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_active_id"
+ glib:set-property="active-id"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38857,6 +39339,7 @@ unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_add_tearoffs"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs"
+ glib:set-property="add-tearoffs"
version="2.6"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -38885,6 +39368,7 @@ menu item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_button_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity"
+ glib:set-property="button-sensitivity"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38912,6 +39396,7 @@ or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_column_span_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column"
+ glib:set-property="column-span-column"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -38939,6 +39424,7 @@ how many columns an item should span.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_entry_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column"
+ glib:set-property="entry-text-column"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39002,6 +39488,7 @@ the main area of the application.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_id_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_id_column"
+ glib:set-property="id-column"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39029,6 +39516,7 @@ must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_model"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_model"
+ glib:set-property="model"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39062,6 +39550,7 @@ cell renderers for the new model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_popup_fixed_width"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_popup_fixed_width"
+ glib:set-property="popup-fixed-width"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39139,6 +39628,7 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_row_span_column"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column"
+ glib:set-property="row-span-column"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39193,6 +39683,7 @@ an item should span.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_wrap_width"
c:identifier="gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width"
+ glib:set-property="wrap-width"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
@@ -39221,7 +39712,9 @@ in a table.</doc>
<property name="active"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="974">The item which is currently active. If the model is a non-flat treemodel,
@@ -39234,7 +39727,9 @@ where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.</doc>
<property name="active-id"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active_id"
+ getter="get_active_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1135">The value of the ID column of the active row.</doc>
@@ -39245,7 +39740,9 @@ where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_add_tearoffs"
+ getter="get_add_tearoffs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="995">The add-tearoffs property controls whether generated menus
@@ -39257,7 +39754,9 @@ Note that this only affects menu style combo boxes.</doc>
<property name="button-sensitivity"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_button_sensitivity"
+ getter="get_button_sensitivity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1068">Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when
@@ -39280,7 +39779,9 @@ a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.</doc>
<property name="column-span-column"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_column_span_column"
+ getter="get_column_span_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="952">If this is set to a non-negative value, it must be the index of a column
@@ -39293,7 +39794,9 @@ an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkComboBox:wrap-width.</d
<property name="entry-text-column"
version="2.24"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_entry_text_column"
+ getter="get_entry_text_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1100">The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry
@@ -39304,7 +39807,8 @@ if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE.</doc>
version="2.24"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_has_entry">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1085">Whether the combo box has an entry.</doc>
@@ -39323,7 +39827,9 @@ is drawn around the entry.</doc>
<property name="id-column"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_id_column"
+ getter="get_id_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1118">The column in the combo box's model that provides string
@@ -39333,7 +39839,9 @@ IDs for the values in the model, if != -1.</doc>
<property name="model"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_model"
+ getter="get_model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="896">The model from which the combo box takes the values shown
@@ -39343,7 +39851,9 @@ in the list.</doc>
<property name="popup-fixed-width"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popup_fixed_width"
+ getter="get_popup_fixed_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="1151">Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the
@@ -39361,7 +39871,9 @@ it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown.</doc>
<property name="row-span-column"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_span_column"
+ getter="get_row_span_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="931">If this is set to a non-negative value, it must be the index of a column
@@ -39385,7 +39897,9 @@ when the popup is torn-off.</doc>
<property name="wrap-width"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_wrap_width"
+ getter="get_wrap_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcombobox.c"
line="912">If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid
@@ -39639,13 +40153,14 @@ into this combo box via its GtkCellLayout interface.
# GtkComboBoxText as GtkBuildable
The GtkComboBoxText implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports
-adding items directly using the <items> element and specifying <item>
-elements for each item. Each <item> element can specify the “id”
+adding items directly using the `<items>` element and specifying `<item>`
+elements for each item. Each `<item>` element can specify the “id”
corresponding to the appended text and also supports the regular
translation attributes “translatable”, “context” and “comments”.
Here is a UI definition fragment specifying GtkComboBoxText items:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkComboBoxText">
<items>
<item translatable="yes" id="factory">Factory</item>
@@ -39678,13 +40193,13 @@ children, and the .linked class to the node of its internal box.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="331">Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
+ line="332">Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
strings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.h" line="63"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="337">A new #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="338">A new #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -39693,13 +40208,13 @@ strings.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="348">Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
+ line="349">Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.h" line="65"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="354">a new #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="355">a new #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -39708,7 +40223,7 @@ strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="427">Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="428">Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
@@ -39721,7 +40236,7 @@ position of -1.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="429">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="430">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="id"
@@ -39730,13 +40245,13 @@ position of -1.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="430">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="431">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="431">A string</doc>
+ line="432">A string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39746,7 +40261,7 @@ position of -1.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="366">Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="367">Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
position of -1.</doc>
@@ -39758,13 +40273,13 @@ position of -1.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="368">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="369">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="369">A string</doc>
+ line="370">A string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39774,7 +40289,7 @@ position of -1.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="581">Returns the currently active string in @combo_box, or %NULL
+ line="582">Returns the currently active string in @combo_box, or %NULL
if none is selected. If @combo_box contains an entry, this
function will return its contents (which will not necessarily
be an item from the list).</doc>
@@ -39782,7 +40297,7 @@ be an item from the list).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="590">a newly allocated string containing the
+ line="591">a newly allocated string containing the
currently active text. Must be freed with g_free().</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -39790,7 +40305,7 @@ be an item from the list).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="583">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="584">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39800,7 +40315,7 @@ be an item from the list).</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="472">Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="473">Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. See
#GtkComboBox:id-column.
@@ -39813,13 +40328,13 @@ If @position is negative then @text is appended.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="474">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="475">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="475">An index to insert @text</doc>
+ line="476">An index to insert @text</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="id"
@@ -39828,13 +40343,13 @@ If @position is negative then @text is appended.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="476">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="477">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="477">A string to display</doc>
+ line="478">A string to display</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39844,7 +40359,7 @@ If @position is negative then @text is appended.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="404">Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="405">Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
If @position is negative then @text is appended.
@@ -39858,19 +40373,19 @@ ID string.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="406">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="407">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="407">An index to insert @text</doc>
+ line="408">An index to insert @text</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="408">A string</doc>
+ line="409">A string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39880,7 +40395,7 @@ ID string.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="449">Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="450">Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
@@ -39893,7 +40408,7 @@ position of 0.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="451">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
+ line="452">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="id"
@@ -39902,13 +40417,13 @@ position of 0.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="452">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="453">a string ID for this value, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="453">a string</doc>
+ line="454">a string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39918,7 +40433,7 @@ position of 0.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="385">Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
+ line="386">Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
position of 0.</doc>
@@ -39930,13 +40445,13 @@ position of 0.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="387">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
+ line="388">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="388">A string</doc>
+ line="389">A string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39946,7 +40461,7 @@ position of 0.</doc>
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="534">Removes the string at @position from @combo_box.</doc>
+ line="535">Removes the string at @position from @combo_box.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.h" line="77"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -39955,13 +40470,13 @@ position of 0.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="536">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
+ line="537">A #GtkComboBox</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="537">Index of the item to remove</doc>
+ line="538">Index of the item to remove</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -39971,7 +40486,7 @@ position of 0.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="562">Removes all the text entries from the combo box.</doc>
+ line="563">Removes all the text entries from the combo box.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.h" line="80"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -39980,7 +40495,7 @@ position of 0.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="combo_box" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c"
- line="564">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
+ line="565">A #GtkComboBoxText</doc>
<type name="ComboBoxText" c:type="GtkComboBoxText*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40218,19 +40733,20 @@ changes, use gtk_widget_child_notify().
# GtkContainer as GtkBuildable
The GtkContainer implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports
-a <packing> element for children, which can contain multiple <property>
+a `<packing>` element for children, which can contain multiple `<property>`
elements that specify child properties for the child.
Since 2.16, child properties can also be marked as translatable using
the same “translatable”, “comments” and “context” attributes that are used
for regular properties.
-Since 3.16, containers can have a <focus-chain> element containing multiple
-<widget> elements, one for each child that should be added to the focus
+Since 3.16, containers can have a `<focus-chain>` element containing multiple
+`<widget>` elements, one for each child that should be added to the focus
chain. The ”name” attribute gives the id of the widget.
An example of these properties in UI definitions:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkBox">
<child>
<object class="GtkEntry" id="entry1"/>
@@ -40253,7 +40769,7 @@ An example of these properties in UI definitions:
<virtual-method name="add" invoker="add">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1836">Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers
+ line="1837">Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers
such as #GtkWindow, #GtkFrame, or #GtkButton; for more complicated
layout containers such as #GtkBox or #GtkGrid, this function will
pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So
@@ -40273,13 +40789,13 @@ container.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1838">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1839">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1839">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
+ line="1840">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40298,7 +40814,7 @@ container.</doc>
<virtual-method name="child_type" invoker="child_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1024">Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
+ line="1025">Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
Note that this may return %G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more
children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two
@@ -40307,14 +40823,14 @@ children.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1034">a #GType.</doc>
+ line="1035">a #GType.</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1026">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1027">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40336,7 +40852,7 @@ children.</doc>
<virtual-method name="forall" invoker="forall">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2416">Invokes @callback on each direct child of @container, including
+ line="2417">Invokes @callback on each direct child of @container, including
children that are considered “internal” (implementation details
of the container). “Internal” children generally weren’t added
by the user of the container, but were added by the container
@@ -40352,7 +40868,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2418">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2419">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="include_internals" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -40364,7 +40880,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
closure="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2419">a callback</doc>
+ line="2420">a callback</doc>
<type name="Callback" c:type="GtkCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback_data"
@@ -40373,7 +40889,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2420">callback user data</doc>
+ line="2421">callback user data</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40404,26 +40920,26 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
<virtual-method name="get_path_for_child" invoker="get_path_for_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3864">Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy
+ line="3865">Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy
from the toplevel down to and including @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="105"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3872">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
+ line="3873">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
<type name="WidgetPath" c:type="GtkWidgetPath*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3866">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3867">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3867">a child of @container</doc>
+ line="3868">a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40431,7 +40947,7 @@ from the toplevel down to and including @child.</doc>
<virtual-method name="remove" invoker="remove">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1881">Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container.
+ line="1882">Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container.
Note that @container will own a reference to @widget, and that this
may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its
container can destroy that widget. If you want to use @widget
@@ -40448,13 +40964,13 @@ container and help break any circular reference count cycles.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1883">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1884">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1884">a current child of @container</doc>
+ line="1885">a current child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40485,7 +41001,7 @@ container and help break any circular reference count cycles.</doc>
<virtual-method name="set_focus_child" invoker="set_focus_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2481">Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container.
+ line="2482">Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container.
This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of
@container. Implementations of #GtkContainer can override the
@@ -40501,7 +41017,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2483">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2484">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child"
@@ -40510,7 +41026,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2484">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2485">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40518,7 +41034,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
<method name="add" c:identifier="gtk_container_add">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1836">Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers
+ line="1837">Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers
such as #GtkWindow, #GtkFrame, or #GtkButton; for more complicated
layout containers such as #GtkBox or #GtkGrid, this function will
pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So
@@ -40538,13 +41054,13 @@ container.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1838">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1839">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1839">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
+ line="1840">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40554,7 +41070,7 @@ container.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1431">Adds @widget to @container, setting child properties at the same time.
+ line="1432">Adds @widget to @container, setting child properties at the same time.
See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="232"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -40564,25 +41080,25 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1433">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1434">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1434">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
+ line="1435">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_prop_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1435">the name of the first child property to set</doc>
+ line="1436">the name of the first child property to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1436">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
+ line="1437">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
with @first_prop_name</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
@@ -40604,7 +41120,7 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1494">Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1495">Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="242"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40613,25 +41129,25 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1496">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1497">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1497">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1498">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_prop_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1498">the name of the first property to get</doc>
+ line="1499">the name of the first property to get</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1499">return location for the first property, followed
+ line="1500">return location for the first property, followed
optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
@@ -40641,7 +41157,7 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_child_get_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1236">Gets the value of a child property for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1237">Gets the value of a child property for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="262"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40650,25 +41166,25 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1238">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1239">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1239">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1240">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1240">the name of the property to get</doc>
+ line="1241">the name of the property to get</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1241">a location to return the value</doc>
+ line="1242">a location to return the value</doc>
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40678,7 +41194,7 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1167">Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1168">Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="252"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40687,25 +41203,25 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1169">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1170">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1170">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1171">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1171">the name of the first property to get</doc>
+ line="1172">the name of the first property to get</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="var_args" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1172">return location for the first property, followed
+ line="1173">return location for the first property, followed
optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL</doc>
<type name="va_list" c:type="va_list"/>
</parameter>
@@ -40716,7 +41232,7 @@ See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details.</doc>
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1055">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
+ line="1056">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
[child property][child-properties]
@child_property on the child.
@@ -40731,19 +41247,19 @@ Also see gtk_widget_child_notify().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1057">the #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1058">the #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1058">the child widget</doc>
+ line="1059">the child widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="child_property" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1059">the name of a child property installed on
+ line="1060">the name of a child property installed on
the class of @container</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -40754,7 +41270,7 @@ Also see gtk_widget_child_notify().</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1116">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
+ line="1117">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
[child property][child-properties] specified by
@pspec on the child.
@@ -40767,19 +41283,19 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1118">the #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1119">the #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1119">the child widget</doc>
+ line="1120">the child widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pspec" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1120">the #GParamSpec of a child property instealled on
+ line="1121">the #GParamSpec of a child property instealled on
the class of @container</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -40790,7 +41306,7 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1471">Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1472">Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="237"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40799,25 +41315,25 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1473">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1474">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1474">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1475">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_prop_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1475">the name of the first property to set</doc>
+ line="1476">the name of the first property to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1476">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
+ line="1477">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
with @first_prop_name</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
@@ -40827,7 +41343,7 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_child_set_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1383">Sets a child property for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1384">Sets a child property for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="257"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40836,25 +41352,25 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1385">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1386">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1386">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1387">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1387">the name of the property to set</doc>
+ line="1388">the name of the property to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1388">the value to set the property to</doc>
+ line="1389">the value to set the property to</doc>
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="const GValue*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40864,7 +41380,7 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1309">Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
+ line="1310">Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="247"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -40873,25 +41389,25 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1311">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1312">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1312">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
+ line="1313">a widget which is a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1313">the name of the first property to set</doc>
+ line="1314">the name of the first property to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="var_args" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1314">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
+ line="1315">a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
with @first_prop_name</doc>
<type name="va_list" c:type="va_list"/>
</parameter>
@@ -40900,7 +41416,7 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.</doc>
<method name="child_type" c:identifier="gtk_container_child_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1024">Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
+ line="1025">Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
Note that this may return %G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more
children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two
@@ -40909,14 +41425,14 @@ children.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1034">a #GType.</doc>
+ line="1035">a #GType.</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1026">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1027">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40924,7 +41440,7 @@ children.</doc>
<method name="forall" c:identifier="gtk_container_forall">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2416">Invokes @callback on each direct child of @container, including
+ line="2417">Invokes @callback on each direct child of @container, including
children that are considered “internal” (implementation details
of the container). “Internal” children generally weren’t added
by the user of the container, but were added by the container
@@ -40940,7 +41456,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2418">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2419">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="callback"
@@ -40949,7 +41465,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
closure="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2419">a callback</doc>
+ line="2420">a callback</doc>
<type name="Callback" c:type="GtkCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback_data"
@@ -40958,7 +41474,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2420">callback user data</doc>
+ line="2421">callback user data</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -40966,7 +41482,7 @@ than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
<method name="foreach" c:identifier="gtk_container_foreach">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2447">Invokes @callback on each non-internal child of @container.
+ line="2448">Invokes @callback on each non-internal child of @container.
See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes
an “internal” child. For all practical purposes, this function
should iterate over precisely those child widgets that were
@@ -40985,7 +41501,7 @@ rather than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2449">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2450">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="callback"
@@ -40994,7 +41510,7 @@ rather than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
closure="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2450">a callback</doc>
+ line="2451">a callback</doc>
<type name="Callback" c:type="GtkCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback_data"
@@ -41003,29 +41519,30 @@ rather than gtk_container_forall().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2451">callback user data</doc>
+ line="2452">callback user data</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_border_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_container_get_border_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_container_get_border_width"
+ glib:get-property="border-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1819">Retrieves the border width of the container. See
+ line="1820">Retrieves the border width of the container. See
gtk_container_set_border_width().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="147"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1826">the current border width</doc>
+ line="1827">the current border width</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1821">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1822">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41033,13 +41550,13 @@ gtk_container_set_border_width().</doc>
<method name="get_children" c:identifier="gtk_container_get_children">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2528">Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
+ line="2529">Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="169"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2535">a newly-allocated list of the container’s non-internal children.</doc>
+ line="2536">a newly-allocated list of the container’s non-internal children.</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="Widget"/>
</type>
@@ -41048,7 +41565,7 @@ gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.</doc
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2530">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2531">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41059,7 +41576,7 @@ gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.</doc
deprecated-version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3395">Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been
+ line="3396">Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been
set explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly
set, GTK+ computes the focus chain based on the positions
of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in
@@ -41070,7 +41587,7 @@ of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3411">%TRUE if the focus chain of the container
+ line="3412">%TRUE if the focus chain of the container
has been set explicitly.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -41078,7 +41595,7 @@ has been set explicitly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3397">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3398">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="focusable_widgets"
@@ -41087,7 +41604,7 @@ has been set explicitly.</doc>
transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3398">location
+ line="3399">location
to store the focus chain of the
container, or %NULL. You should free this list
using g_list_free() when you are done with it, however
@@ -41104,14 +41621,14 @@ has been set explicitly.</doc>
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2506">Returns the current focus child widget inside @container. This is not the
+ line="2507">Returns the current focus child widget inside @container. This is not the
currently focused widget. That can be obtained by calling
gtk_window_get_focus().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="198"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2514">The child widget which will receive the
+ line="2515">The child widget which will receive the
focus inside @container when the @container is focused,
or %NULL if none is set.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
@@ -41120,7 +41637,7 @@ gtk_window_get_focus().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2508">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2509">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41129,13 +41646,13 @@ gtk_window_get_focus().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_get_focus_hadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3569">Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
+ line="3570">Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="208"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3576">the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
+ line="3577">the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
none has been set.</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -41143,7 +41660,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3571">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3572">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41152,13 +41669,13 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_get_focus_vadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3514">Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
+ line="3515">Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="203"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3521">the vertical focus adjustment, or
+ line="3522">the vertical focus adjustment, or
%NULL if none has been set.</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -41166,7 +41683,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3516">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3517">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41175,37 +41692,38 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_get_path_for_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3864">Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy
+ line="3865">Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy
from the toplevel down to and including @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="300"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3872">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
+ line="3873">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
<type name="WidgetPath" c:type="GtkWidgetPath*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3866">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3867">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3867">a child of @container</doc>
+ line="3868">a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_resize_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_container_get_resize_mode"
+ glib:get-property="resize-mode"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1978">Returns the resize mode for the container. See
+ line="1979">Returns the resize mode for the container. See
gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize modes are deprecated. They aren’t necessary
anymore since frame clocks and might introduce obscure bugs if
@@ -41214,14 +41732,14 @@ gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1985">the current resize mode</doc>
+ line="1986">the current resize mode</doc>
<type name="ResizeMode" c:type="GtkResizeMode"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1980">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1981">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41230,7 +41748,7 @@ gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_propagate_draw">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3773">When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send
+ line="3774">When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send
synthetic #GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don’t have their
own #GdkWindows. This function provides a convenient way of doing this.
A container, when it receives a call to its #GtkWidget::draw function,
@@ -41253,19 +41771,19 @@ and then chain to the ::draw implementation from #GtkContainer.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3775">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3776">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3776">a child of @container</doc>
+ line="3777">a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cr" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3777">Cairo context as passed to the container. If you want to use @cr
+ line="3778">Cairo context as passed to the container. If you want to use @cr
in container’s draw function, consider using cairo_save() and
cairo_restore() before calling this function.</doc>
<type name="cairo.Context" c:type="cairo_t*"/>
@@ -41275,7 +41793,7 @@ and then chain to the ::draw implementation from #GtkContainer.</doc>
<method name="remove" c:identifier="gtk_container_remove">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1881">Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container.
+ line="1882">Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container.
Note that @container will own a reference to @widget, and that this
may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its
container can destroy that widget. If you want to use @widget
@@ -41292,13 +41810,13 @@ container and help break any circular reference count cycles.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1883">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1884">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1884">a current child of @container</doc>
+ line="1885">a current child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41315,16 +41833,17 @@ container and help break any circular reference count cycles.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2223">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2224">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_border_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_container_set_border_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_container_set_border_width"
+ glib:set-property="border-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1781">Sets the border width of the container.
+ line="1782">Sets the border width of the container.
The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave
around the outside of the container. The only exception to this is
@@ -41341,13 +41860,13 @@ the container. To add space to only one side, use a specific
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1783">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1784">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="border_width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1784">amount of blank space to leave outside
+ line="1785">amount of blank space to leave outside
the container. Valid values are in the range 0-65535 pixels.</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
@@ -41359,7 +41878,7 @@ the container. To add space to only one side, use a specific
deprecated-version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3333">Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.
+ line="3334">Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.
In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the
container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it’s allowed
@@ -41376,13 +41895,13 @@ when the focus chain is actually traversed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3335">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3336">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="focusable_widgets" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3336">
+ line="3337">
the new focus chain</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="Widget"/>
@@ -41394,7 +41913,7 @@ when the focus chain is actually traversed.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_set_focus_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2481">Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container.
+ line="2482">Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container.
This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of
@container. Implementations of #GtkContainer can override the
@@ -41410,7 +41929,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2483">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2484">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child"
@@ -41419,7 +41938,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2484">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2485">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41428,7 +41947,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manually set the focus to a specific widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3536">Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child
+ line="3537">Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child
of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that
widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment.
See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining
@@ -41445,13 +41964,13 @@ system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3538">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3539">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="adjustment" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3539">an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is
+ line="3540">an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is
moved among the descendents of @container</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -41461,7 +41980,7 @@ system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3481">Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
+ line="3482">Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to
show that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See
gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining
@@ -41478,13 +41997,13 @@ system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3483">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3484">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="adjustment" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3484">an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus
+ line="3485">an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus
is moved among the descendents of @container</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -41496,7 +42015,7 @@ system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1999">Sets the @reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value.
+ line="2000">Sets the @reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value.
Containers requesting reallocation redraws get automatically
redrawn if any of their children changed allocation.</doc>
@@ -41509,24 +42028,25 @@ redrawn if any of their children changed allocation.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2001">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2002">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="needs_redraws" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2002">the new value for the container’s @reallocate_redraws flag</doc>
+ line="2003">the new value for the container’s @reallocate_redraws flag</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_resize_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_container_set_resize_mode"
+ glib:set-property="resize-mode"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1936">Sets the resize mode for the container.
+ line="1937">Sets the resize mode for the container.
The resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request
will be passed to the container’s parent, queued for later execution
@@ -41542,13 +42062,13 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1938">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1939">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="resize_mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1939">the new resize mode</doc>
+ line="1940">the new resize mode</doc>
<type name="ResizeMode" c:type="GtkResizeMode"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41559,7 +42079,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3438">Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain().</doc>
+ line="3439">Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">For overriding focus behavior, use the
GtkWidgetClass::focus signal.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="183"/>
@@ -41570,12 +42090,16 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3440">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3441">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="border-width" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="border-width"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_border_width"
+ getter="get_border_width">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
<property name="child"
@@ -41584,7 +42108,11 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="resize-mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="resize-mode"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_resize_mode"
+ getter="get_resize_mode">
<type name="ResizeMode"/>
</property>
<field name="widget">
@@ -41824,13 +42352,13 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1838">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1839">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1839">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
+ line="1840">a widget to be placed inside @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41846,13 +42374,13 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1883">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1884">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1884">a current child of @container</doc>
+ line="1885">a current child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41881,7 +42409,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2418">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2419">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="include_internals" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -41893,7 +42421,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
closure="3">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2419">a callback</doc>
+ line="2420">a callback</doc>
<type name="Callback" c:type="GtkCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback_data"
@@ -41902,7 +42430,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2420">callback user data</doc>
+ line="2421">callback user data</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41918,7 +42446,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2483">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="2484">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="child"
@@ -41927,7 +42455,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2484">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2485">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -41939,14 +42467,14 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1034">a #GType.</doc>
+ line="1035">a #GType.</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1026">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="1027">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -42024,20 +42552,20 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3872">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
+ line="3873">A newly created #GtkWidgetPath</doc>
<type name="WidgetPath" c:type="GtkWidgetPath*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="container" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3866">a #GtkContainer</doc>
+ line="3867">a #GtkContainer</doc>
<type name="Container" c:type="GtkContainer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="3867">a child of @container</doc>
+ line="3868">a child of @container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -42114,12 +42642,12 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_class_find_child_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1602">Finds a child property of a container class by name.</doc>
+ line="1603">Finds a child property of a container class by name.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="226"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1609">the #GParamSpec of the child
+ line="1610">the #GParamSpec of the child
property or %NULL if @class has no child property with that
name.</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
@@ -42128,13 +42656,13 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cclass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1604">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
+ line="1605">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
<type name="ContainerClass" c:type="GObjectClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1605">the name of the child property to find</doc>
+ line="1606">the name of the child property to find</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -42143,7 +42671,7 @@ or executed immediately.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_class_handle_border_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2393">Modifies a subclass of #GtkContainerClass to automatically add and
+ line="2394">Modifies a subclass of #GtkContainerClass to automatically add and
remove the border-width setting on GtkContainer. This allows the
subclass to ignore the border width in its size request and
allocate methods. The intent is for a subclass to invoke this
@@ -42161,7 +42689,7 @@ for them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="klass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="2395">the class struct of a #GtkContainer subclass</doc>
+ line="2396">the class struct of a #GtkContainer subclass</doc>
<type name="ContainerClass" c:type="GtkContainerClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -42171,7 +42699,7 @@ for them.</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1562">Installs child properties on a container class.</doc>
+ line="1563">Installs child properties on a container class.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="222"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -42180,19 +42708,19 @@ for them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cclass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1564">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
+ line="1565">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
<type name="ContainerClass" c:type="GtkContainerClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_pspecs" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1565">the length of the #GParamSpec array</doc>
+ line="1566">the length of the #GParamSpec array</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pspecs" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1566">the #GParamSpec array defining the new
+ line="1567">the #GParamSpec array defining the new
child properties</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GParamSpec**">
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
@@ -42204,7 +42732,7 @@ for them.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_class_install_child_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1535">Installs a child property on a container class.</doc>
+ line="1536">Installs a child property on a container class.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="218"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -42213,19 +42741,19 @@ for them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cclass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1537">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
+ line="1538">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
<type name="ContainerClass" c:type="GtkContainerClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="property_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1538">the id for the property</doc>
+ line="1539">the id for the property</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pspec" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1539">the #GParamSpec for the property</doc>
+ line="1540">the #GParamSpec for the property</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -42234,12 +42762,12 @@ for them.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_container_class_list_child_properties">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1626">Returns all child properties of a container class.</doc>
+ line="1627">Returns all child properties of a container class.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.h" line="229"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1633">
+ line="1634">
a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*.
The array must be freed with g_free().</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GParamSpec**">
@@ -42250,7 +42778,7 @@ for them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="cclass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1628">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
+ line="1629">a #GtkContainerClass</doc>
<type name="ContainerClass" c:type="GObjectClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_properties"
@@ -42259,7 +42787,7 @@ for them.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkcontainer.c"
- line="1629">location to return the number of child properties found</doc>
+ line="1630">location to return the number of child properties found</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43527,21 +44055,22 @@ The GtkDialog implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface exposes the
@vbox and @action_area as internal children with the names “vbox” and
“action_area”.
-GtkDialog supports a custom <action-widgets> element, which can contain
-multiple <action-widget> elements. The “response” attribute specifies a
+GtkDialog supports a custom `<action-widgets>` element, which can contain
+multiple `<action-widget>` elements. The “response” attribute specifies a
numeric response, and the content of the element is the id of widget
(which should be a child of the dialogs @action_area). To mark a response
-as default, set the “default“ attribute of the <action-widget> element
+as default, set the “default“ attribute of the `<action-widget>` element
to true.
GtkDialog supports adding action widgets by specifying “action“ as
-the “type“ attribute of a <child> element. The widget will be added
+the “type“ attribute of a `<child>` element. The widget will be added
either to the action area or the headerbar of the dialog, depending
on the “use-header-bar“ property. The response id has to be associated
-with the action widget using the <action-widgets> element.
+with the action widget using the `<action-widgets>` element.
An example of a #GtkDialog UI definition fragment:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1">
<child type="action">
<object class="GtkButton" id="button_cancel"/>
@@ -43563,7 +44092,7 @@ An example of a #GtkDialog UI definition fragment:
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_dialog_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="867">Creates a new dialog box.
+ line="868">Creates a new dialog box.
Widgets should not be packed into this #GtkWindow
directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.</doc>
@@ -43571,7 +44100,7 @@ directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="875">the new dialog as a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="876">the new dialog as a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -43580,7 +44109,7 @@ directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="909">Creates a new #GtkDialog with title @title (or %NULL for the default
+ line="910">Creates a new #GtkDialog with title @title (or %NULL for the default
title; see gtk_window_set_title()) and transient parent @parent (or
%NULL for none; see gtk_window_set_transient_for()). The @flags
argument can be used to make the dialog modal (#GTK_DIALOG_MODAL)
@@ -43616,7 +44145,7 @@ Here’s a simple example:
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="950">a new #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="951">a new #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -43626,7 +44155,7 @@ Here’s a simple example:
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="911">Title of the dialog, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="912">Title of the dialog, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -43635,13 +44164,13 @@ Here’s a simple example:
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="912">Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="913">Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="913">from #GtkDialogFlags</doc>
+ line="914">from #GtkDialogFlags</doc>
<type name="DialogFlags" c:type="GtkDialogFlags"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_button_text"
@@ -43650,13 +44179,13 @@ Here’s a simple example:
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="914">text to go in first button, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="915">text to go in first button, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="915">response ID for first button, then additional buttons, ending with %NULL</doc>
+ line="916">response ID for first button, then additional buttons, ending with %NULL</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43675,7 +44204,7 @@ Here’s a simple example:
<virtual-method name="response" invoker="response">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1217">Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID.
+ line="1218">Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID.
Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way;
typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
::response signal and take appropriate action.</doc>
@@ -43687,13 +44216,13 @@ typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1219">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1220">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1220">response ID</doc>
+ line="1221">response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43702,7 +44231,7 @@ typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
c:identifier="gtk_dialog_add_action_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1001">Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkDialog,
+ line="1002">Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkDialog,
connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkDialog::response
signal on the dialog when the widget is activated. The widget is
appended to the end of the dialog’s action area. If you want to add a
@@ -43716,19 +44245,19 @@ of the #GtkDialog struct.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1003">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1004">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1004">an activatable widget</doc>
+ line="1005">an activatable widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1005">response ID for @child</doc>
+ line="1006">response ID for @child</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43736,7 +44265,7 @@ of the #GtkDialog struct.</doc>
<method name="add_button" c:identifier="gtk_dialog_add_button">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1040">Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that
+ line="1041">Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that
clicking the button will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal with
the given @response_id. The button is appended to the end of the
dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually
@@ -43745,26 +44274,26 @@ you don’t need it.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1052">the #GtkButton widget that was added</doc>
+ line="1053">the #GtkButton widget that was added</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1042">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1043">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="button_text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1043">text of button</doc>
+ line="1044">text of button</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1044">response ID for the button</doc>
+ line="1045">response ID for the button</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43774,7 +44303,7 @@ you don’t need it.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1115">Adds more buttons, same as calling gtk_dialog_add_button()
+ line="1116">Adds more buttons, same as calling gtk_dialog_add_button()
repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated
as with gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both
text and response ID.</doc>
@@ -43786,19 +44315,19 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1117">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1118">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="first_button_text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1118">button text</doc>
+ line="1119">button text</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1119">response ID for first button, then more text-response_id pairs</doc>
+ line="1120">response ID for first button, then more text-response_id pairs</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43810,21 +44339,21 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1938">Returns the action area of @dialog.</doc>
+ line="1939">Returns the action area of @dialog.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Direct access to the action area
is discouraged; use gtk_dialog_add_button(), etc.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="203"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1944">the action area</doc>
+ line="1945">the action area</doc>
<type name="Box" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1940">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1941">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43834,19 +44363,19 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1979">Returns the content area of @dialog.</doc>
+ line="1980">Returns the content area of @dialog.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="205"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1985">the content area #GtkBox.</doc>
+ line="1986">the content area #GtkBox.</doc>
<type name="Box" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1981">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1982">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43856,21 +44385,21 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1959">Returns the header bar of @dialog. Note that the
+ line="1960">Returns the header bar of @dialog. Note that the
headerbar is only used by the dialog if the
#GtkDialog:use-header-bar property is %TRUE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="207"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1967">the header bar</doc>
+ line="1968">the header bar</doc>
<type name="HeaderBar" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1961">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1962">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43880,13 +44409,13 @@ headerbar is only used by the dialog if the
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1465">Gets the response id of a widget in the action area
+ line="1466">Gets the response id of a widget in the action area
of a dialog.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="179"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1473">the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE
+ line="1474">the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE
if @widget doesn’t have a response id set.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -43894,13 +44423,13 @@ of a dialog.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1467">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1468">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1468">a widget in the action area of @dialog</doc>
+ line="1469">a widget in the action area of @dialog</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43910,13 +44439,13 @@ of a dialog.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1421">Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area
+ line="1422">Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area
of a dialog.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="176"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1429">the @widget button that uses the given
+ line="1430">the @widget button that uses the given
@response_id, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -43924,13 +44453,13 @@ of a dialog.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1423">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1424">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1424">the response ID used by the @dialog widget</doc>
+ line="1425">the response ID used by the @dialog widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43938,7 +44467,7 @@ of a dialog.</doc>
<method name="response" c:identifier="gtk_dialog_response">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1217">Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID.
+ line="1218">Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID.
Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way;
typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
::response signal and take appropriate action.</doc>
@@ -43950,13 +44479,13 @@ typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1219">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1220">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1220">response ID</doc>
+ line="1221">response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -43964,7 +44493,7 @@ typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the
<method name="run" c:identifier="gtk_dialog_run">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1298">Blocks in a recursive main loop until the @dialog either emits the
+ line="1299">Blocks in a recursive main loop until the @dialog either emits the
#GtkDialog::response signal, or is destroyed. If the dialog is
destroyed during the call to gtk_dialog_run(), gtk_dialog_run() returns
#GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it returns the response ID from the
@@ -44013,14 +44542,14 @@ be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1348">response ID</doc>
+ line="1349">response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1300">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1301">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -44033,7 +44562,7 @@ be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1552">Sets an alternative button order. If the
+ line="1553">Sets an alternative button order. If the
#GtkSettings:gtk-alternative-button-order setting is set to %TRUE,
the dialog buttons are reordered according to the order of the
response ids passed to this function.
@@ -44078,19 +44607,19 @@ gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order (GTK_DIALOG (dialog),
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1554">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1555">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="first_response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1555">a response id used by one @dialog’s buttons</doc>
+ line="1556">a response id used by one @dialog’s buttons</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1556">a list of more response ids of @dialog’s buttons, terminated by -1</doc>
+ line="1557">a list of more response ids of @dialog’s buttons, terminated by -1</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -44102,7 +44631,7 @@ gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order (GTK_DIALOG (dialog),
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1621">Sets an alternative button order. If the
+ line="1622">Sets an alternative button order. If the
#GtkSettings:gtk-alternative-button-order setting is set to %TRUE,
the dialog buttons are reordered according to the order of the
response ids in @new_order.
@@ -44119,19 +44648,19 @@ This function is for use by language bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1623">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1624">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_params" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1624">the number of response ids in @new_order</doc>
+ line="1625">the number of response ids in @new_order</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="new_order" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1625">an array of response ids of
+ line="1626">an array of response ids of
@dialog’s buttons</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
@@ -44143,7 +44672,7 @@ This function is for use by language bindings.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_dialog_set_default_response">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1179">Sets the last widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id
+ line="1180">Sets the last widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id
as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing “Enter” normally activates
the default widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="173"/>
@@ -44154,13 +44683,13 @@ the default widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1181">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1182">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1182">a response ID</doc>
+ line="1183">a response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -44169,7 +44698,7 @@ the default widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1142">Calls `gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)`
+ line="1143">Calls `gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)`
for each widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id.
A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.h" line="169"/>
@@ -44180,19 +44709,19 @@ A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1144">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1145">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1145">a response ID</doc>
+ line="1146">a response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1146">%TRUE for sensitive</doc>
+ line="1147">%TRUE for sensitive</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -44204,7 +44733,7 @@ A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="638">%TRUE if the dialog uses a #GtkHeaderBar for action buttons
+ line="639">%TRUE if the dialog uses a #GtkHeaderBar for action buttons
instead of the action-area.
For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
@@ -44220,7 +44749,7 @@ property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.</doc>
<glib:signal name="close" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="559">The ::close signal is a
+ line="560">The ::close signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to close
the dialog.
@@ -44233,7 +44762,7 @@ The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.</doc>
<glib:signal name="response" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="539">Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a
+ line="540">Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a
delete event, or the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response().
On a delete event, the response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT.
Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked.</doc>
@@ -44244,7 +44773,7 @@ Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked.</doc>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="542">the response ID</doc>
+ line="543">the response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -44270,13 +44799,13 @@ Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked.</doc>
<parameter name="dialog" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1219">a #GtkDialog</doc>
+ line="1220">a #GtkDialog</doc>
<type name="Dialog" c:type="GtkDialog*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="response_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1220">response ID</doc>
+ line="1221">response ID</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -46406,7 +46935,8 @@ just a single handle for the text cursor, it gets the style class
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_activates_default"
- c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_activates_default">
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_activates_default"
+ glib:get-property="activates-default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8053">Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().</doc>
@@ -46450,6 +46980,7 @@ just a single handle for the text cursor, it gets the style class
</method>
<method name="get_attributes"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_attributes"
+ glib:get-property="attributes"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -46474,6 +47005,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_buffer"
+ glib:get-property="buffer"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -46497,6 +47029,7 @@ this widget.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_completion"
+ glib:get-property="completion"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -46569,7 +47102,9 @@ See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_has_frame" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_has_frame">
+ <method name="get_has_frame"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_has_frame"
+ glib:get-property="has-frame">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8189">Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().</doc>
@@ -46946,6 +47481,7 @@ position in @entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_inner_border"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_inner_border"
+ glib:get-property="inner-border"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -46975,6 +47511,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_input_hints"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_input_hints"
+ glib:get-property="input-hints"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -46994,6 +47531,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_input_purpose"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_input_purpose"
+ glib:get-property="input-purpose"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47012,7 +47550,8 @@ gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_invisible_char"
- c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_invisible_char">
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_invisible_char"
+ glib:get-property="invisible-char">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7832">Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters
@@ -47121,7 +47660,9 @@ indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_max_length" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_max_length">
+ <method name="get_max_length"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_max_length"
+ glib:get-property="max-length">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7975">Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
@@ -47148,6 +47689,7 @@ calling gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length() on it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_max_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="max-width-chars"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47171,6 +47713,7 @@ See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_overwrite_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_overwrite_mode"
+ glib:get-property="overwrite-mode"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47193,6 +47736,7 @@ See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_placeholder_text"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_placeholder_text"
+ glib:get-property="placeholder-text"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47216,6 +47760,7 @@ storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_progress_fraction"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_progress_fraction"
+ glib:get-property="progress-fraction"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47239,6 +47784,7 @@ See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_progress_pulse_step"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step"
+ glib:get-property="progress-pulse-step"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47259,7 +47805,10 @@ See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_tabs" version="3.10">
+ <method name="get_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_tabs"
+ glib:get-property="tabs"
+ version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="11071">Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if
@@ -47280,7 +47829,9 @@ any.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_text" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_text">
+ <method name="get_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_text"
+ glib:get-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7929">Retrieves the contents of the entry widget.
@@ -47342,6 +47893,7 @@ See also gtk_entry_get_icon_area().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_text_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_text_length"
+ glib:get-property="text-length"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47367,7 +47919,9 @@ calling gtk_entry_buffer_get_length() on it.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_visibility" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_visibility">
+ <method name="get_visibility"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_visibility"
+ glib:get-property="visibility">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7778">Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See
@@ -47388,7 +47942,9 @@ gtk_entry_set_visibility().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_width_chars" c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_width_chars">
+ <method name="get_width_chars"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_get_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="width-chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8098">Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars().</doc>
@@ -47546,7 +48102,8 @@ would confuse on-going input method behavior.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_activates_default"
- c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_activates_default">
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_activates_default"
+ glib:set-property="activates-default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8020">If @setting is %TRUE, pressing Enter in the @entry will activate the default
@@ -47606,6 +48163,7 @@ text is shorter than the width of the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_attributes"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_attributes"
+ glib:set-property="attributes"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47632,6 +48190,7 @@ entry text.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_buffer"
+ glib:set-property="buffer"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47658,6 +48217,7 @@ this widget.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_completion"
+ glib:set-property="completion"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -47722,7 +48282,9 @@ as the entry.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_has_frame" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_has_frame">
+ <method name="set_has_frame"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_has_frame"
+ glib:set-property="has-frame">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8160">Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it.</doc>
@@ -48101,6 +48663,7 @@ setting at least one non-empty tooltip on any icon achieves the same result.</do
</method>
<method name="set_inner_border"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_inner_border"
+ glib:set-property="inner-border"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -48141,6 +48704,7 @@ pixel-exact positioning of the entry is important.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_input_hints"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_input_hints"
+ glib:set-property="input-hints"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48167,6 +48731,7 @@ allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_input_purpose"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_input_purpose"
+ glib:set-property="input-purpose"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48193,7 +48758,8 @@ methods to adjust their behaviour.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_invisible_char"
- c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_invisible_char">
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_invisible_char"
+ glib:set-property="invisible-char">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7795">Sets the character to use in place of the actual text when
@@ -48222,7 +48788,9 @@ at all; there will be no text on the screen as they type.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_max_length" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_max_length">
+ <method name="set_max_length"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_max_length"
+ glib:set-property="max-length">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7952">Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. If
@@ -48255,6 +48823,7 @@ calling gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length() on it.
</method>
<method name="set_max_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="max-width-chars"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48280,6 +48849,7 @@ calling gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length() on it.
</method>
<method name="set_overwrite_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode"
+ glib:set-property="overwrite-mode"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48305,6 +48875,7 @@ calling gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length() on it.
</method>
<method name="set_placeholder_text"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text"
+ glib:set-property="placeholder-text"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48341,6 +48912,7 @@ first key event arrives.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_progress_fraction"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction"
+ glib:set-property="progress-fraction"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48368,6 +48940,7 @@ inclusive.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_progress_pulse_step"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step"
+ glib:set-property="progress-pulse-step"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
@@ -48392,7 +48965,10 @@ bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_tabs" version="3.10">
+ <method name="set_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_tabs"
+ glib:set-property="tabs"
+ version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="11038">Sets a #PangoTabArray; the tabstops in the array are applied to the entry
@@ -48416,7 +48992,9 @@ text.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_text" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_text">
+ <method name="set_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_text"
+ glib:set-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7697">Sets the text in the widget to the given
@@ -48442,7 +49020,9 @@ See gtk_entry_buffer_set_text().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_visibility" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_visibility">
+ <method name="set_visibility"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_visibility"
+ glib:set-property="visibility">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="7737">Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not.
@@ -48478,7 +49058,9 @@ in addition to setting visibility to %FALSE.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_width_chars" c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_width_chars">
+ <method name="set_width_chars"
+ c:identifier="gtk_entry_set_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="width-chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="8069">Changes the size request of the entry to be about the right size
@@ -48558,13 +49140,17 @@ default invisible char is used again.</doc>
</method>
<property name="activates-default"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activates_default"
+ getter="get_activates_default">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="attributes"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_attributes"
+ getter="get_attributes">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1479">A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the entry.
@@ -48578,7 +49164,9 @@ The #PangoAttribute's @start_index and @end_index must refer to the
<property name="buffer"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_buffer"
+ getter="get_buffer">
<type name="EntryBuffer"/>
</property>
<property name="caps-lock-warning"
@@ -48597,7 +49185,9 @@ other purpose.</doc>
<property name="completion"
version="3.2"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_completion"
+ getter="get_completion">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1427">The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry.</doc>
@@ -48614,7 +49204,11 @@ other purpose.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="has-frame" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="has-frame"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_frame"
+ getter="get_has_frame">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="im-module"
@@ -48636,7 +49230,9 @@ system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inner_border"
+ getter="get_inner_border">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="2104">Sets the text area's border between the text and the frame.</doc>
@@ -48648,7 +49244,9 @@ system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
<property name="input-hints"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_input_hints"
+ getter="get_input_hints">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1463">Additional hints (beyond #GtkEntry:input-purpose) that
@@ -48658,7 +49256,9 @@ allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.</doc>
<property name="input-purpose"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_input_purpose"
+ getter="get_input_purpose">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1441">The purpose of this text field.
@@ -48674,7 +49274,9 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or
<property name="invisible-char"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_invisible_char"
+ getter="get_invisible_char">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1587">The invisible character is used when masking entry contents (in
@@ -48696,13 +49298,19 @@ to the list of candidates.</doc>
line="1036">Whether the invisible char has been set for the #GtkEntry.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="max-length" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="max-length"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_length"
+ getter="get_max_length">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="max-width-chars"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_width_chars"
+ getter="get_max_width_chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="926">The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
@@ -48713,7 +49321,9 @@ automatically.</doc>
<property name="overwrite-mode"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_overwrite_mode"
+ getter="get_overwrite_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1007">If text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.</doc>
@@ -48722,7 +49332,9 @@ automatically.</doc>
<property name="placeholder-text"
version="3.2"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_placeholder_text"
+ getter="get_placeholder_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1099">The text that will be displayed in the #GtkEntry when it is empty
@@ -48843,7 +49455,9 @@ Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().</doc>
<property name="progress-fraction"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_progress_fraction"
+ getter="get_progress_fraction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1068">The current fraction of the task that's been completed.</doc>
@@ -48852,7 +49466,9 @@ Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().</doc>
<property name="progress-pulse-step"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_progress_pulse_step"
+ getter="get_progress_pulse_step">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1083">The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
@@ -48983,13 +49599,24 @@ Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().</doc>
<property name="show-emoji-icon" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="tabs" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="tabs"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tabs"
+ getter="get_tabs">
<type name="Pango.TabArray"/>
</property>
- <property name="text" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="text"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text"
+ getter="get_text">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="text-length" version="2.14" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="text-length"
+ version="2.14"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_text_length">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentry.c"
line="1021">The length of the text in the #GtkEntry.</doc>
@@ -49004,10 +49631,18 @@ Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().</doc>
line="974">When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visibility" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visibility"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visibility"
+ getter="get_visibility">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="width-chars" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="width-chars"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_width_chars"
+ getter="get_width_chars">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="xalign"
@@ -49692,6 +50327,7 @@ See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_buffer_get_length"
+ glib:get-property="length"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
@@ -49714,6 +50350,7 @@ See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length"
+ glib:get-property="max-length"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
@@ -49738,6 +50375,7 @@ See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_text"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_buffer_get_text"
+ glib:get-property="text"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
@@ -49814,6 +50452,7 @@ Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_max_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length"
+ glib:set-property="max-length"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
@@ -49843,6 +50482,7 @@ will be truncated to fit.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_text"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_buffer_set_text"
+ glib:set-property="text"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
@@ -49877,7 +50517,10 @@ Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="length" version="2.18" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="length"
+ version="2.18"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_length">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
line="355">The length (in characters) of the text in buffer.</doc>
@@ -49886,7 +50529,9 @@ Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.</doc>
<property name="max-length"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_length"
+ getter="get_max_length">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
line="369">The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer.</doc>
@@ -49895,7 +50540,9 @@ Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.</doc>
<property name="text"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text"
+ getter="get_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c"
line="341">The contents of the buffer.</doc>
@@ -50750,6 +51397,7 @@ the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_inline_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion"
+ glib:get-property="inline-completion"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50773,6 +51421,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_inline_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_selection"
+ glib:get-property="inline-selection"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50795,6 +51444,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_minimum_key_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length"
+ glib:get-property="minimum-key-length"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50817,6 +51467,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_model"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50841,6 +51492,7 @@ Returns %NULL if the model is unset.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popup_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion"
+ glib:get-property="popup-completion"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50863,6 +51515,7 @@ Returns %NULL if the model is unset.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popup_set_width"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width"
+ glib:get-property="popup-set-width"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50887,6 +51540,7 @@ width of the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popup_single_match"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match"
+ glib:get-property="popup-single-match"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -50911,6 +51565,7 @@ only a single match.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_get_text_column"
+ glib:get-property="text-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51020,6 +51675,7 @@ the position of an action can change when deleting a different action.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_inline_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion"
+ glib:set-property="inline-completion"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51046,6 +51702,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_inline_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection"
+ glib:set-property="inline-selection"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51121,6 +51778,7 @@ list.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_minimum_key_length"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length"
+ glib:set-property="minimum-key-length"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51149,6 +51807,7 @@ key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway
</method>
<method name="set_model"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_model"
+ glib:set-property="model"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51179,6 +51838,7 @@ If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_popup_completion"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion"
+ glib:set-property="popup-completion"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51204,6 +51864,7 @@ If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_popup_set_width"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width"
+ glib:set-property="popup-set-width"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51230,6 +51891,7 @@ width as the entry.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_popup_single_match"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match"
+ glib:set-property="popup-single-match"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51258,6 +51920,7 @@ are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column"
+ glib:set-property="text-column"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
@@ -51306,7 +51969,9 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented
<property name="inline-completion"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inline_completion"
+ getter="get_inline_completion">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="375">Determines whether the common prefix of the possible completions
@@ -51318,7 +51983,9 @@ match function.</doc>
<property name="inline-selection"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inline_selection"
+ getter="get_inline_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="439">Determines whether the possible completions on the popup
@@ -51327,16 +51994,24 @@ will appear in the entry as you navigate through them.</doc>
</property>
<property name="minimum-key-length"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_minimum_key_length"
+ getter="get_minimum_key_length">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="model" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="model"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_model"
+ getter="get_model">
<type name="TreeModel"/>
</property>
<property name="popup-completion"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popup_completion"
+ getter="get_popup_completion">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="392">Determines whether the possible completions should be
@@ -51346,7 +52021,9 @@ shown in a popup window.</doc>
<property name="popup-set-width"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popup_set_width"
+ getter="get_popup_set_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="407">Determines whether the completions popup window will be
@@ -51356,7 +52033,9 @@ resized to the width of the entry.</doc>
<property name="popup-single-match"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popup_single_match"
+ getter="get_popup_single_match">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="422">Determines whether the completions popup window will shown
@@ -51368,7 +52047,9 @@ this to %FALSE if you are using
<property name="text-column"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text_column"
+ getter="get_text_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c"
line="360">The column of the model containing the strings.
@@ -51734,6 +52415,7 @@ which do not have their own window.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_above_child"
c:identifier="gtk_event_box_get_above_child"
+ glib:get-property="above-child"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventbox.c"
@@ -51759,6 +52441,7 @@ for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_window"
c:identifier="gtk_event_box_get_visible_window"
+ glib:get-property="visible-window"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventbox.c"
@@ -51782,6 +52465,7 @@ See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_above_child"
c:identifier="gtk_event_box_set_above_child"
+ glib:set-property="above-child"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventbox.c"
@@ -51813,6 +52497,7 @@ The default is to keep the window below the child.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_window"
c:identifier="gtk_event_box_set_visible_window"
+ glib:set-property="visible-window"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventbox.c"
@@ -51868,10 +52553,18 @@ descendant windows, not just at the same place on the screen.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="above-child" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="above-child"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_above_child"
+ getter="get_above_child">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible-window" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible-window"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_window"
+ getter="get_visible_window">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="bin">
@@ -51943,6 +52636,7 @@ actions as a consequence of those.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h" line="28"/>
<method name="get_propagation_phase"
c:identifier="gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase"
+ glib:get-property="propagation-phase"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c"
@@ -51965,6 +52659,7 @@ actions as a consequence of those.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_event_controller_get_widget"
+ glib:get-property="widget"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c"
@@ -52038,6 +52733,7 @@ will be dropped at this point.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_propagation_phase"
c:identifier="gtk_event_controller_set_propagation_phase"
+ glib:set-property="propagation-phase"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c"
@@ -52068,7 +52764,9 @@ the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event().</doc>
<property name="propagation-phase"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_propagation_phase"
+ getter="get_propagation_phase">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c"
line="172">The propagation phase at which this controller will handle events.</doc>
@@ -52078,7 +52776,8 @@ the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event().</doc>
version="3.14"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c"
line="159">The widget receiving the #GdkEvents that the controller will handle.</doc>
@@ -52444,6 +53143,7 @@ for the given @widget.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_flags"
c:identifier="gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_flags"
+ glib:get-property="flags"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c"
@@ -52466,6 +53166,7 @@ for the given @widget.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_flags"
c:identifier="gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags"
+ glib:set-property="flags"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c"
@@ -52492,7 +53193,9 @@ for the given @widget.</doc>
<property name="flags"
version="3.24"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_flags"
+ getter="get_flags">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c"
line="364">The flags affecting event controller behavior</doc>
@@ -52733,11 +53436,12 @@ create_expander (void)
The GtkExpander implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports
placing a child in the label position by specifying “label” as the
-“type” attribute of a <child> element. A normal content child can be
-specified without specifying a <child> type attribute.
+“type” attribute of a `<child>` element. A normal content child can be
+specified without specifying a `<child>` type attribute.
An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkExpander:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkExpander">
<child type="label">
<object class="GtkLabel" id="expander-label"/>
@@ -52767,12 +53471,12 @@ expander that is showing its child gets the :checked pseudoclass added to it.</d
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_expander_new" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1220">Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.</doc>
+ line="1221">Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="80"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1226">a new #GtkExpander widget.</doc>
+ line="1227">a new #GtkExpander widget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -52782,7 +53486,7 @@ expander that is showing its child gets the :checked pseudoclass added to it.</d
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1222">the text of the label</doc>
+ line="1223">the text of the label</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -52792,7 +53496,7 @@ expander that is showing its child gets the :checked pseudoclass added to it.</d
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1236">Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
+ line="1237">Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
If characters in @label are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined.
If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use “__” (two
underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
@@ -52802,7 +53506,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1248">a new #GtkExpander widget.</doc>
+ line="1249">a new #GtkExpander widget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -52812,7 +53516,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1238">the text of the label with an underscore
+ line="1239">the text of the label with an underscore
in front of the mnemonic character</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -52831,10 +53535,11 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_expanded"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_expanded"
+ glib:get-property="expanded"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1310">Queries a #GtkExpander and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE
+ line="1311">Queries a #GtkExpander and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE
if the child widget is revealed.
See gtk_expander_set_expanded().</doc>
@@ -52842,24 +53547,25 @@ See gtk_expander_set_expanded().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1319">the current state of the expander</doc>
+ line="1320">the current state of the expander</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1312">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1313">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1416">Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded
+ line="1417">Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded
underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup, as set by
gtk_expander_set_label(). If the label text has not been set the
return value will be %NULL. This will be the case if you create an
@@ -52874,7 +53580,7 @@ widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1432">The text of the label widget. This string is owned
+ line="1433">The text of the label widget. This string is owned
by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -52882,23 +53588,24 @@ widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1418">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1419">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_label_fill"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_label_fill"
+ glib:get-property="label-fill"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1673">Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
+ line="1674">Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
horizontal space allocated to @expander.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="124"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1680">%TRUE if the label widget will fill all
+ line="1681">%TRUE if the label widget will fill all
available horizontal space</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -52906,23 +53613,24 @@ horizontal space allocated to @expander.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1675">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1676">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_label_widget"
+ glib:get-property="label-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1617">Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
+ line="1618">Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
gtk_expander_set_label_widget().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="119"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1624">the label widget,
+ line="1625">the label widget,
or %NULL if there is none</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -52930,95 +53638,99 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_widget().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1619">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1620">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_resize_toplevel"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_resize_toplevel"
+ glib:get-property="resize-toplevel"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1716">Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
+ line="1717">Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="129"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1723">the “resize toplevel” setting.</doc>
+ line="1724">the “resize toplevel” setting.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1718">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1719">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="spacing"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1360">Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().</doc>
+ line="1361">Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use margins on the child instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="95"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1366">spacing between the expander and child</doc>
+ line="1367">spacing between the expander and child</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1362">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1363">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_use_markup"
+ glib:get-property="use-markup"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1539">Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with
+ line="1540">Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with
the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="113"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1547">%TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup</doc>
+ line="1548">%TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1541">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1542">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_get_use_underline"
+ glib:get-property="use-underline"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1485">Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
+ line="1486">Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="107"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1492">%TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
+ line="1493">%TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -53026,17 +53738,18 @@ indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1487">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1488">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_expanded"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_expanded"
+ glib:set-property="expanded"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1261">Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want
+ line="1262">Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want
the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the
child widget to be hidden.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="85"/>
@@ -53047,23 +53760,24 @@ child widget to be hidden.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1263">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1264">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="expanded" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1264">whether the child widget is revealed</doc>
+ line="1265">whether the child widget is revealed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1380">Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label.
+ line="1381">Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label.
This will also clear any previously set labels.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="98"/>
@@ -53074,7 +53788,7 @@ This will also clear any previously set labels.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1382">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1383">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label"
@@ -53083,17 +53797,18 @@ This will also clear any previously set labels.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1383">a string</doc>
+ line="1384">a string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_label_fill"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_label_fill"
+ glib:set-property="label-fill"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1637">Sets whether the label widget should fill all available
+ line="1638">Sets whether the label widget should fill all available
horizontal space allocated to @expander.
Note that this function has no effect since 3.20.</doc>
@@ -53105,13 +53820,13 @@ Note that this function has no effect since 3.20.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1639">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1640">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label_fill" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1640">%TRUE if the label should should fill
+ line="1641">%TRUE if the label should should fill
all available horizontal space</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
@@ -53119,10 +53834,11 @@ Note that this function has no effect since 3.20.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_label_widget"
+ glib:set-property="label-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1559">Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget
+ line="1560">Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget
that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="116"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -53132,7 +53848,7 @@ that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1561">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1562">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label_widget"
@@ -53141,17 +53857,18 @@ that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1562">the new label widget</doc>
+ line="1563">the new label widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_resize_toplevel"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel"
+ glib:set-property="resize-toplevel"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1693">Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
+ line="1694">Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="126"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -53161,25 +53878,26 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1695">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1696">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="resize_toplevel" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1696">whether to resize the toplevel</doc>
+ line="1697">whether to resize the toplevel</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="spacing"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1331">Sets the spacing field of @expander, which is the number of
+ line="1332">Sets the spacing field of @expander, which is the number of
pixels to place between expander and the child.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use margins on the child instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="92"/>
@@ -53190,23 +53908,24 @@ pixels to place between expander and the child.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1333">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1334">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="spacing" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1334">distance between the expander and child in pixels</doc>
+ line="1335">distance between the expander and child in pixels</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_use_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_use_markup"
+ glib:set-property="use-markup"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1505">Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
+ line="1506">Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
[Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_label_set_markup().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="110"/>
@@ -53217,23 +53936,24 @@ See gtk_label_set_markup().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1507">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1508">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="use_markup" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1508">%TRUE if the label’s text should be parsed for markup</doc>
+ line="1509">%TRUE if the label’s text should be parsed for markup</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_expander_set_use_underline"
+ glib:set-property="use-underline"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1452">If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates
+ line="1453">If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates
the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.h" line="104"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -53243,13 +53963,13 @@ the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="expander" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1454">a #GtkExpander</doc>
+ line="1455">a #GtkExpander</doc>
<type name="Expander" c:type="GtkExpander*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="use_underline" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="1455">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
+ line="1456">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -53257,36 +53977,48 @@ the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<property name="expanded"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_expanded"
+ getter="get_expanded">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="label"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="label-fill"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label_fill"
+ getter="get_label_fill">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="356">Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space.
+ line="357">Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space.
Note that this property is ignored since 3.20.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="label-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label_widget"
+ getter="get_label_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="resize-toplevel"
version="3.2"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_resize_toplevel"
+ getter="get_resize_toplevel">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="371">When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel
+ line="372">When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel
widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
@@ -53294,10 +54026,12 @@ widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_spacing"
+ getter="get_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkexpander.c"
- line="329">Space to put between the label and the child when the
+ line="330">Space to put between the label and the child when the
expander is expanded.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">This property is deprecated and ignored.
Use margins on the child instead.</doc-deprecated>
@@ -53306,13 +54040,17 @@ expander is expanded.</doc>
<property name="use-markup"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_markup"
+ getter="get_use_markup">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="use-underline"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_underline"
+ getter="get_use_underline">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="bin">
@@ -54226,6 +54964,7 @@ otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_action"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_action"
+ glib:get-property="action"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54277,6 +55016,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_action().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_create_folders"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders"
+ glib:get-property="create-folders"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54426,6 +55166,7 @@ UTF-8 encoding, which is not necessarily the system’s encoding for filenames.<
</method>
<method name="get_do_overwrite_confirmation"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation"
+ glib:get-property="do-overwrite-confirmation"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54450,6 +55191,7 @@ types a file name that already exists.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_extra_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget"
+ glib:get-property="extra-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54589,6 +55331,7 @@ as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_filter"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_filter"
+ glib:get-property="filter"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54611,6 +55354,7 @@ as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_local_only"
+ glib:get-property="local-only"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54707,6 +55451,7 @@ widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_preview_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget"
+ glib:get-property="preview-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54730,6 +55475,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_preview_widget_active"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active"
+ glib:get-property="preview-widget-active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54754,6 +55500,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_select_multiple"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple"
+ glib:get-property="select-multiple"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54777,6 +55524,7 @@ selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_hidden"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden"
+ glib:get-property="show-hidden"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -54856,7 +55604,8 @@ folder.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_preview_label"
- c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label">
+ c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label"
+ glib:get-property="use-preview-label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
line="1657">Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed
@@ -55188,6 +55937,7 @@ file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of
</method>
<method name="set_action"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_action"
+ glib:set-property="action"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55250,6 +56000,7 @@ possible options are "true" and "false".</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_create_folders"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders"
+ glib:set-property="create-folders"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55411,6 +56162,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name() as well.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_do_overwrite_confirmation"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation"
+ glib:set-property="do-overwrite-confirmation"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55447,6 +56199,7 @@ for the details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_extra_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget"
+ glib:set-property="extra-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55592,6 +56345,7 @@ is already known, so the file chooser will use it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_filter"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_filter"
+ glib:set-property="filter"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55622,6 +56376,7 @@ set of files without letting the user change it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only"
+ glib:set-property="local-only"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55659,6 +56414,7 @@ filesystem (FUSE).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_preview_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget"
+ glib:set-property="preview-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55695,6 +56451,7 @@ will display no preview at all.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_preview_widget_active"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active"
+ glib:set-property="preview-widget-active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55725,6 +56482,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() for more details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_select_multiple"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple"
+ glib:set-property="select-multiple"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55752,6 +56510,7 @@ only relevant if the action is set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN or
</method>
<method name="set_show_hidden"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden"
+ glib:set-property="show-hidden"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55836,6 +56595,7 @@ is already known, so the file chooser will use it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_preview_label"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label"
+ glib:set-property="use-preview-label"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
@@ -55963,13 +56723,19 @@ is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="action" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="action"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_action"
+ getter="get_action">
<type name="FileChooserAction"/>
</property>
<property name="create-folders"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_create_folders"
+ getter="get_create_folders">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
line="448">Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode
@@ -55979,7 +56745,9 @@ will offer the user to create new folders.</doc>
<property name="do-overwrite-confirmation"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_do_overwrite_confirmation"
+ getter="get_do_overwrite_confirmation">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c"
line="430">Whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode
@@ -55987,32 +56755,60 @@ will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if the user
selects a file name that already exists.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="extra-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="extra-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_extra_widget"
+ getter="get_extra_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="filter" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="filter"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_filter"
+ getter="get_filter">
<type name="FileFilter"/>
</property>
- <property name="local-only" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="local-only"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_local_only"
+ getter="get_local_only">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="preview-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="preview-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_preview_widget"
+ getter="get_preview_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="preview-widget-active"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_preview_widget_active"
+ getter="get_preview_widget_active">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="select-multiple" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="select-multiple"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_select_multiple"
+ getter="get_select_multiple">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-hidden" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-hidden"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_hidden"
+ getter="get_show_hidden">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="use-preview-label"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_preview_label"
+ getter="get_use_preview_label">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="confirm-overwrite" when="last" version="2.8">
@@ -56372,6 +57168,7 @@ See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
@@ -56395,6 +57192,7 @@ should not be modified or freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
@@ -56448,6 +57246,7 @@ application.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
@@ -56473,6 +57272,7 @@ application.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
@@ -56510,7 +57310,9 @@ application.</doc>
<property name="title"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
line="434">Title to put on the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button.</doc>
@@ -56519,7 +57321,9 @@ application.</doc>
<property name="width-chars"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_width_chars"
+ getter="get_width_chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c"
line="448">The width of the entry and label inside the button, in characters.</doc>
@@ -57213,6 +58017,7 @@ not supported:
</constructor>
<method name="get_accept_label"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label"
+ glib:get-property="accept-label"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
@@ -57236,6 +58041,7 @@ is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_cancel_label"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label"
+ glib:get-property="cancel-label"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
@@ -57259,6 +58065,7 @@ is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_accept_label"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label"
+ glib:set-property="accept-label"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
@@ -57293,6 +58100,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_cancel_label"
c:identifier="gtk_file_chooser_native_set_cancel_label"
+ glib:set-property="cancel-label"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
@@ -57325,14 +58133,22 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="accept-label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="accept-label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accept_label"
+ getter="get_accept_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
line="819">The text used for the label on the accept button in the dialog, or
%NULL to use the default text.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="cancel-label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="cancel-label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_cancel_label"
+ getter="get_cancel_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c"
line="832">The text used for the label on the cancel button in the dialog, or
@@ -57710,14 +58526,15 @@ to manually use a filter on a file with gtk_file_filter_filter().
# GtkFileFilter as GtkBuildable
The GtkFileFilter implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
-supports adding rules using the <mime-types>, <patterns> and
-<applications> elements and listing the rules within. Specifying
-a <mime-type> or <pattern> has the same effect as as calling
+supports adding rules using the `<mime-types>`, `<patterns>` and
+`<applications>` elements and listing the rules within. Specifying
+a `<mime-type>` or `<pattern>` has the same effect as as calling
gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type() or gtk_file_filter_add_pattern().
An example of a UI definition fragment specifying GtkFileFilter
rules:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkFileFilter">
<mime-types>
<mime-type>text/plain</mime-type>
@@ -57733,7 +58550,7 @@ rules:
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_file_filter_new" version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="382">Creates a new #GtkFileFilter with no rules added to it.
+ line="383">Creates a new #GtkFileFilter with no rules added to it.
Such a filter doesn’t accept any files, so is not
particularly useful until you add rules with
gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_file_filter_add_pattern(),
@@ -57747,7 +58564,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="396">a new #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="397">a new #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -57756,20 +58573,20 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="868">Deserialize a file filter from an a{sv} variant in
+ line="869">Deserialize a file filter from an a{sv} variant in
the format produced by gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="128"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="875">a new #GtkFileFilter object</doc>
+ line="876">a new #GtkFileFilter object</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="variant" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="870">an a{sv} #GVariant</doc>
+ line="871">an a{sv} #GVariant</doc>
<type name="GLib.Variant" c:type="GVariant*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57779,7 +58596,7 @@ the format produced by gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant().</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="533">Adds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback
+ line="534">Adds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback
function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information
about what sorts of information that the filter function needs;
this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when
@@ -57792,13 +58609,13 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="535">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="536">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="needed" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="536">bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom
+ line="537">bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom
filter function needs.</doc>
<type name="FileFilterFlags" c:type="GtkFileFilterFlags"/>
</parameter>
@@ -57809,7 +58626,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
destroy="3">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="538">callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then
+ line="539">callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then
the file will be displayed.</doc>
<type name="FileFilterFunc" c:type="GtkFileFilterFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -57819,13 +58636,13 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="540">data to pass to @func</doc>
+ line="541">data to pass to @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="notify" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="541">function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed.</doc>
+ line="542">function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed.</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57835,7 +58652,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="457">Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter.</doc>
+ line="458">Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="105"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -57844,13 +58661,13 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="459">A #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="460">A #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="mime_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="460">name of a MIME type</doc>
+ line="461">name of a MIME type</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57860,7 +58677,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="483">Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.</doc>
+ line="484">Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="108"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -57869,13 +58686,13 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="485">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="486">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pattern" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="486">a shell style glob</doc>
+ line="487">a shell style glob</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57885,7 +58702,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="509">Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
+ line="510">Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="111"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -57895,7 +58712,7 @@ by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="511">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="512">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57905,7 +58722,7 @@ by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="720">Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter.
+ line="721">Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter.
The #GtkFileFilterInfo @filter_info should include
the fields returned from gtk_file_filter_get_needed().
@@ -57916,20 +58733,20 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="734">%TRUE if the file should be displayed</doc>
+ line="735">%TRUE if the file should be displayed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="722">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="723">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="filter_info" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="723">a #GtkFileFilterInfo containing information
+ line="724">a #GtkFileFilterInfo containing information
about a file.</doc>
<type name="FileFilterInfo" c:type="const GtkFileFilterInfo*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -57940,12 +58757,12 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="429">Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().</doc>
+ line="430">Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="102"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="435">The human-readable name of the filter,
+ line="436">The human-readable name of the filter,
or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
be modified or freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
@@ -57954,7 +58771,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="431">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="432">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57964,7 +58781,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="573">Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkFileFilterInfo
+ line="574">Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkFileFilterInfo
passed to gtk_file_filter_filter()
This function will not typically be used by applications; it
@@ -57974,7 +58791,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="584">bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
+ line="585">bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
calling gtk_file_filter_filter()</doc>
<type name="FileFilterFlags" c:type="GtkFileFilterFlags"/>
</return-value>
@@ -57982,7 +58799,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="575">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="576">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -57992,7 +58809,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="406">Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
+ line="407">Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if
there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="99"/>
@@ -58003,7 +58820,7 @@ there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="408">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="409">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name"
@@ -58012,7 +58829,7 @@ there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="409">the human-readable-name for the filter, or %NULL
+ line="410">the human-readable-name for the filter, or %NULL
to remove any existing name.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -58023,19 +58840,19 @@ there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="813">Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant.</doc>
+ line="814">Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.h" line="126"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="819">a new, floating, #GVariant</doc>
+ line="820">a new, floating, #GVariant</doc>
<type name="GLib.Variant" c:type="GVariant*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfilefilter.c"
- line="815">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
+ line="816">a #GtkFileFilter</doc>
<type name="FileFilter" c:type="GtkFileFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -58597,6 +59414,7 @@ should be implemented by the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:get-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58686,6 +59504,7 @@ should be implemented by the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_column_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="column-spacing"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58708,6 +59527,7 @@ should be implemented by the model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="homogeneous"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58731,6 +59551,7 @@ same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_children_per_line"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line"
+ glib:get-property="max-children-per-line"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58753,6 +59574,7 @@ same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_min_children_per_line"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line"
+ glib:get-property="min-children-per-line"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58775,6 +59597,7 @@ same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="row-spacing"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -58823,6 +59646,7 @@ same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode"
+ glib:get-property="selection-mode"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59014,6 +59838,7 @@ this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:set-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59040,6 +59865,7 @@ on them, otherwise you need to double-click.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_column_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="column-spacing"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59158,6 +59984,7 @@ of the box.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="homogeneous"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59186,6 +60013,7 @@ in the box.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_max_children_per_line"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line"
+ glib:set-property="max-children-per-line"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59216,6 +60044,7 @@ than @n_children children long in the given orientation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_min_children_per_line"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line"
+ glib:set-property="min-children-per-line"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59242,6 +60071,7 @@ in @box’s orientation before flowing.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="row-spacing"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59268,6 +60098,7 @@ See the #GtkFlowBox:row-spacing property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode"
+ glib:set-property="selection-mode"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
@@ -59431,20 +60262,30 @@ mode allows it.</doc>
</method>
<property name="activate-on-single-click"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activate_on_single_click"
+ getter="get_activate_on_single_click">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3828">Determines whether children can be activated with a single
click, or require a double-click.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="column-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="column-spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_column_spacing"
+ getter="get_column_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3898">The amount of horizontal space between two children.</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="homogeneous" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="homogeneous"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3841">Determines whether all children should be allocated the
@@ -59453,7 +60294,9 @@ same size.</doc>
</property>
<property name="max-children-per-line"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_children_per_line"
+ getter="get_max_children_per_line">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3872">The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively
@@ -59462,7 +60305,9 @@ in the given orientation.</doc>
</property>
<property name="min-children-per-line"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_min_children_per_line"
+ getter="get_min_children_per_line">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3854">The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively
@@ -59473,13 +60318,21 @@ that a reasonably small height will be requested
for the overall minimum width of the box.</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="row-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="row-spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_spacing"
+ getter="get_row_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3886">The amount of vertical space between two children.</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="selection-mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="selection-mode"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_selection_mode"
+ getter="get_selection_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkflowbox.c"
line="3815">The selection mode used by the flow box.</doc>
@@ -60211,6 +61064,7 @@ GtkFontButton has a single CSS node with name button and style class .font.</doc
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_font_name"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_font_name"
+ glib:get-property="font-name"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
@@ -60241,6 +61095,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="get_show_size"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_show_size"
+ glib:get-property="show-size"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60263,6 +61118,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="get_show_style"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_show_style"
+ glib:get-property="show-style"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60285,6 +61141,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60307,6 +61164,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="get_use_font"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_use_font"
+ glib:get-property="use-font"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60329,6 +61187,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="get_use_size"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_get_use_size"
+ glib:get-property="use-size"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60351,6 +61210,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_font_name"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_font_name"
+ glib:set-property="font-name"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
@@ -60382,6 +61242,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_show_size"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_show_size"
+ glib:set-property="show-size"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60407,6 +61268,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_show_style"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_show_style"
+ glib:set-property="show-style"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60432,6 +61294,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60457,6 +61320,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_use_font"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_use_font"
+ glib:set-property="use-font"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60482,6 +61346,7 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
</method>
<method name="set_use_size"
c:identifier="gtk_font_button_set_use_size"
+ glib:set-property="use-size"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
@@ -60510,7 +61375,9 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_font_name"
+ getter="get_font_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="495">The name of the currently selected font.</doc>
@@ -60520,7 +61387,9 @@ style, size, weight) just query these properties from the
<property name="show-size"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_size"
+ getter="get_show_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="560">If this property is set to %TRUE, the selected font size will be shown
@@ -60531,7 +61400,9 @@ in the label. For a more WYSIWYG way to show the selected size, see the
<property name="show-style"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_style"
+ getter="get_show_style">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="544">If this property is set to %TRUE, the name of the selected font style
@@ -60542,7 +61413,9 @@ style, see the ::use-font property.</doc>
<property name="title"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="480">The title of the font chooser dialog.</doc>
@@ -60551,7 +61424,9 @@ style, see the ::use-font property.</doc>
<property name="use-font"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_font"
+ getter="get_use_font">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="512">If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
@@ -60561,7 +61436,9 @@ in the selected font.</doc>
<property name="use-size"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_size"
+ getter="get_use_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c"
line="528">If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
@@ -60876,6 +61753,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_font"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_font"
+ glib:get-property="font"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -60909,6 +61787,7 @@ font descriptions.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_font_desc"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc"
+ glib:get-property="font-desc"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -60995,6 +61874,7 @@ If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_font_features"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features"
+ glib:get-property="font-features"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61063,6 +61943,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_language"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_language"
+ glib:get-property="language"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61085,6 +61966,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_level"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_level"
+ glib:get-property="level"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61107,6 +61989,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_preview_text"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text"
+ glib:get-property="preview-text"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61130,6 +62013,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_preview_entry"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry"
+ glib:get-property="show-preview-entry"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61200,6 +62084,7 @@ in the font chooser.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_font"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_font"
+ glib:set-property="font"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61225,6 +62110,7 @@ in the font chooser.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_font_desc"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc"
+ glib:set-property="font-desc"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61302,6 +62188,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
</method>
<method name="set_language"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_language"
+ glib:set-property="language"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61327,6 +62214,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
</method>
<method name="set_level"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_level"
+ glib:set-property="level"
version="3.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61352,6 +62240,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
</method>
<method name="set_preview_text"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text"
+ glib:set-property="preview-text"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61378,6 +62267,7 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_preview_entry"
c:identifier="gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry"
+ glib:set-property="show-preview-entry"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
@@ -61401,13 +62291,21 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="font" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="font"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_font"
+ getter="get_font">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="56">The font description as a string, e.g. "Sans Italic 12".</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="font-desc" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="font-desc"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_font_desc"
+ getter="get_font_desc">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="69">The font description as a #PangoFontDescription.</doc>
@@ -61415,7 +62313,8 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.</doc>
</property>
<property name="font-features"
version="3.24.1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_font_features">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="126">The selected font features, in a format that is compatible with
@@ -61425,7 +62324,9 @@ CSS and with Pango attributes.</doc>
<property name="language"
version="3.24.1"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_language"
+ getter="get_language">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="142">The language for which the #GtkFontChooser:font-features were
@@ -61436,13 +62337,19 @@ attributes.</doc>
<property name="level"
version="3.24.1"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_level"
+ getter="get_level">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="108">The level of granularity to offer for selecting fonts.</doc>
<type name="FontChooserLevel"/>
</property>
- <property name="preview-text" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="preview-text"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_preview_text"
+ getter="get_preview_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="82">The string with which to preview the font.</doc>
@@ -61450,7 +62357,9 @@ attributes.</doc>
</property>
<property name="show-preview-entry"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_preview_entry"
+ getter="get_show_preview_entry">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c"
line="95">Whether to show an entry to change the preview text.</doc>
@@ -62140,6 +63049,7 @@ example, “Sans”, “Serif”, etc.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_font_name"
c:identifier="gtk_font_selection_get_font_name"
+ glib:get-property="font-name"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -62197,6 +63107,7 @@ if you want to compare two font descriptions.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_preview_text"
c:identifier="gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text"
+ glib:get-property="preview-text"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -62300,6 +63211,7 @@ number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_font_name"
c:identifier="gtk_font_selection_set_font_name"
+ glib:set-property="font-name"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -62336,6 +63248,7 @@ for this to work; this can be guaranteed by simply making sure that the
</method>
<method name="set_preview_text"
c:identifier="gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text"
+ glib:set-property="preview-text"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -62362,10 +63275,18 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="font-name" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="font-name"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_font_name"
+ getter="get_font_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="preview-text" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="preview-text"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_preview_text"
+ getter="get_preview_text">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -62724,13 +63645,14 @@ controlled with gtk_frame_set_label_align().
# GtkFrame as GtkBuildable
-The GtkFrame implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports
+The GtkFrame implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports
placing a child in the label position by specifying “label” as the
-“type” attribute of a <child> element. A normal content child can
-be specified without specifying a <child> type attribute.
+“type” attribute of a `<child>` element. A normal content child can
+be specified without specifying a `<child>` type attribute.
-An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkFrame:
-|[
+An example of a UI definition fragment with `GtkFrame`:
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkFrame">
<child type="label">
<object class="GtkLabel" id="frame-label"/>
@@ -62764,13 +63686,13 @@ any other shadow type to remove it.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_frame_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="423">Creates a new #GtkFrame, with optional label @label.
+ line="424">Creates a new #GtkFrame, with optional label @label.
If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="85"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="430">a new #GtkFrame widget</doc>
+ line="431">a new #GtkFrame widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -62780,7 +63702,7 @@ If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="425">the text to use as the label of the frame</doc>
+ line="426">the text to use as the label of the frame</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -62799,10 +63721,12 @@ If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
- <method name="get_label" c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_label">
+ <method name="get_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="497">If the frame’s label widget is a #GtkLabel, returns the
+ line="498">If the frame’s label widget is a #GtkLabel, returns the
text in the label widget. (The frame will have a #GtkLabel
for the label widget if a non-%NULL argument was passed
to gtk_frame_new().)</doc>
@@ -62810,7 +63734,7 @@ to gtk_frame_new().)</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="506">the text in the label, or %NULL if there
+ line="507">the text in the label, or %NULL if there
was no label widget or the lable widget was not
a #GtkLabel. This string is owned by GTK+ and
must not be modified or freed.</doc>
@@ -62820,7 +63744,7 @@ to gtk_frame_new().)</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="499">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="500">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -62828,7 +63752,7 @@ to gtk_frame_new().)</doc>
<method name="get_label_align" c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_label_align">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="637">Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame’s label. See
+ line="638">Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame’s label. See
gtk_frame_set_label_align().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="103"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -62838,7 +63762,7 @@ gtk_frame_set_label_align().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="639">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="640">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="xalign"
@@ -62849,7 +63773,7 @@ gtk_frame_set_label_align().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="640">location to store X alignment of
+ line="641">location to store X alignment of
frame’s label, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -62861,23 +63785,24 @@ gtk_frame_set_label_align().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="642">location to store X alignment of
+ line="643">location to store X alignment of
frame’s label, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_label_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_label_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_label_widget"
+ glib:get-property="label-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="574">Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
+ line="575">Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
gtk_frame_set_label_widget().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="97"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="581">the label widget, or %NULL if
+ line="582">the label widget, or %NULL if
there is none.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -62885,36 +63810,40 @@ there is none.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="576">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="577">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_shadow_type" c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_shadow_type">
+ <method name="get_shadow_type"
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_get_shadow_type"
+ glib:get-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="698">Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See
+ line="699">Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See
gtk_frame_set_shadow_type().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="110"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="705">the current shadow type of the frame.</doc>
+ line="706">the current shadow type of the frame.</doc>
<type name="ShadowType" c:type="GtkShadowType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="700">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="701">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_label" c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_label">
+ <method name="set_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="470">Removes the current #GtkFrame:label-widget. If @label is not %NULL, creates a
+ line="471">Removes the current #GtkFrame:label-widget. If @label is not %NULL, creates a
new #GtkLabel with that text and adds it as the #GtkFrame:label-widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="88"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -62924,7 +63853,7 @@ new #GtkLabel with that text and adds it as the #GtkFrame:label-widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="472">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="473">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label"
@@ -62933,7 +63862,7 @@ new #GtkLabel with that text and adds it as the #GtkFrame:label-widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="473">the text to use as the label of the frame</doc>
+ line="474">the text to use as the label of the frame</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -62941,7 +63870,7 @@ new #GtkLabel with that text and adds it as the #GtkFrame:label-widget.</doc>
<method name="set_label_align" c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_label_align">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="592">Sets the alignment of the frame widget’s label. The
+ line="593">Sets the alignment of the frame widget’s label. The
default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="99"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -62951,13 +63880,13 @@ default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="594">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="595">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="xalign" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="595">The position of the label along the top edge
+ line="596">The position of the label along the top edge
of the widget. A value of 0.0 represents left alignment;
1.0 represents right alignment.</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
@@ -62965,7 +63894,7 @@ default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.</doc>
<parameter name="yalign" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="598">The y alignment of the label. A value of 0.0 aligns under
+ line="599">The y alignment of the label. A value of 0.0 aligns under
the frame; 1.0 aligns above the frame. If the values are exactly
0.0 or 1.0 the gap in the frame won’t be painted because the label
will be completely above or below the frame.</doc>
@@ -62974,10 +63903,11 @@ default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_label_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_label_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_label_widget"
+ glib:set-property="label-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="526">Sets the #GtkFrame:label-widget for the frame. This is the widget that
+ line="527">Sets the #GtkFrame:label-widget for the frame. This is the widget that
will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkframe.h" line="94"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -62987,7 +63917,7 @@ will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="528">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="529">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label_widget"
@@ -62996,15 +63926,17 @@ will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="529">the new label widget</doc>
+ line="530">the new label widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_shadow_type" c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_shadow_type">
+ <method name="set_shadow_type"
+ c:identifier="gtk_frame_set_shadow_type"
+ glib:set-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="665">Sets the #GtkFrame:shadow-type for @frame, i.e. whether it is drawn without
+ line="666">Sets the #GtkFrame:shadow-type for @frame, i.e. whether it is drawn without
(%GTK_SHADOW_NONE) or with (other values) a visible border. Values other than
%GTK_SHADOW_NONE are treated identically by GtkFrame. The chosen type is
applied by removing or adding the .flat class to the CSS node named border.</doc>
@@ -63016,21 +63948,29 @@ applied by removing or adding the .flat class to the CSS node named border.</doc
<instance-parameter name="frame" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="667">a #GtkFrame</doc>
+ line="668">a #GtkFrame</doc>
<type name="Frame" c:type="GtkFrame*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkframe.c"
- line="668">the new #GtkShadowType</doc>
+ line="669">the new #GtkShadowType</doc>
<type name="ShadowType" c:type="GtkShadowType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="label-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label_widget"
+ getter="get_label_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="label-xalign" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -63039,7 +63979,11 @@ applied by removing or adding the .flat class to the CSS node named border.</doc
<property name="label-yalign" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</property>
- <property name="shadow-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="shadow-type"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_shadow_type"
+ getter="get_shadow_type">
<type name="ShadowType"/>
</property>
<field name="bin">
@@ -63605,6 +64549,7 @@ by application code.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_auto_render"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render"
+ glib:get-property="auto-render"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63627,6 +64572,7 @@ by application code.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_context"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_context"
+ glib:get-property="context"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63671,6 +64617,7 @@ by application code.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_has_alpha"
+ glib:get-property="has-alpha"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63693,6 +64640,7 @@ by application code.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_depth_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer"
+ glib:get-property="has-depth-buffer"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63715,6 +64663,7 @@ by application code.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_stencil_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer"
+ glib:get-property="has-stencil-buffer"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63775,6 +64724,7 @@ using gtk_gl_area_set_required_version().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_es"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_get_use_es"
+ glib:get-property="use-es"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63847,6 +64797,7 @@ emit #GtkGLArea::render on each draw.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_auto_render"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render"
+ glib:set-property="auto-render"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63910,6 +64861,7 @@ signal if GL context creation fails.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_alpha"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_set_has_alpha"
+ glib:set-property="has-alpha"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63940,6 +64892,7 @@ buffer will fully replace anything below the widget.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_depth_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer"
+ glib:set-property="has-depth-buffer"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -63967,6 +64920,7 @@ there will be none.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_stencil_buffer"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer"
+ glib:set-property="has-stencil-buffer"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -64028,6 +64982,7 @@ This function must be called before the area has been realized.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_es"
c:identifier="gtk_gl_area_set_use_es"
+ glib:set-property="use-es"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
@@ -64057,7 +65012,9 @@ with either API.</doc>
<property name="auto-render"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_auto_render"
+ getter="get_auto_render">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="790">If set to %TRUE the #GtkGLArea::render signal will be emitted every time
@@ -64071,7 +65028,10 @@ This mode is useful when the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time
to redraw.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="context" version="3.16" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="context"
+ version="3.16"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_context">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="771">The #GdkGLContext used by the #GtkGLArea widget.
@@ -64084,7 +65044,9 @@ depth, etc), use render buffers.</doc>
<property name="has-alpha"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_alpha"
+ getter="get_has_alpha">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="814">If set to %TRUE the buffer allocated by the widget will have an alpha channel
@@ -64098,7 +65060,9 @@ replace anything below the widget.</doc>
<property name="has-depth-buffer"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_depth_buffer"
+ getter="get_has_depth_buffer">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="835">If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a depth buffer for the
@@ -64108,7 +65072,9 @@ target framebuffer.</doc>
<property name="has-stencil-buffer"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_stencil_buffer"
+ getter="get_has_stencil_buffer">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="852">If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the
@@ -64118,7 +65084,9 @@ target framebuffer.</doc>
<property name="use-es"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_es"
+ getter="get_use_es">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkglarea.c"
line="869">If set to %TRUE the widget will try to create a #GdkGLContext using
@@ -64722,6 +65690,7 @@ by @gesture.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_window"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_get_window"
+ glib:get-property="window"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesture.c"
@@ -64995,6 +65964,7 @@ for more details on sequence states.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_window"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_set_window"
+ glib:set-property="window"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesture.c"
@@ -65053,7 +66023,9 @@ a child of it. @window must pertain to gtk_event_controller_get_widget().</doc>
<property name="window"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_window"
+ getter="get_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesture.c"
line="882">If non-%NULL, the gesture will only listen for events that happen on
@@ -65712,6 +66684,7 @@ are received, containing the offset in the given axis.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation"
+ glib:get-property="orientation"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturepan.c"
@@ -65734,6 +66707,7 @@ are received, containing the offset in the given axis.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_pan_set_orientation"
+ glib:set-property="orientation"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturepan.c"
@@ -65760,7 +66734,9 @@ are received, containing the offset in the given axis.</doc>
<property name="orientation"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_orientation"
+ getter="get_orientation">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturepan.c"
line="228">The expected orientation of pan gestures.</doc>
@@ -65910,6 +66886,7 @@ currently pressed can be known through gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button().<
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h" line="40"/>
<method name="get_button"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_get_button"
+ glib:get-property="button"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -65979,6 +66956,7 @@ This is only meaningful if gtk_gesture_is_active() returns %TRUE.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_exclusive"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive"
+ glib:get-property="exclusive"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -66002,6 +66980,7 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_touch_only"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only"
+ glib:get-property="touch-only"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -66024,6 +67003,7 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_button"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_set_button"
+ glib:set-property="button"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -66051,6 +67031,7 @@ Touch events implicitly match with button 1.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_exclusive"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive"
+ glib:set-property="exclusive"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -66079,6 +67060,7 @@ those.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_touch_only"
c:identifier="gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only"
+ glib:set-property="touch-only"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
@@ -66107,7 +67089,9 @@ mouse events will be handled too.</doc>
<property name="button"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_button"
+ getter="get_button">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
line="282">Mouse button number to listen to, or 0 to listen for any button.</doc>
@@ -66116,7 +67100,9 @@ mouse events will be handled too.</doc>
<property name="exclusive"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_exclusive"
+ getter="get_exclusive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
line="267">Whether the gesture is exclusive. Exclusive gestures only listen to pointer
@@ -66126,7 +67112,9 @@ and pointer emulated events.</doc>
<property name="touch-only"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_touch_only"
+ getter="get_touch_only">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c"
line="253">Whether the gesture handles only touch events.</doc>
@@ -66986,6 +67974,7 @@ Attaching widgets labeled [1], [2], [3] with @sibling == %NULL and
</method>
<method name="get_baseline_row"
c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_baseline_row"
+ glib:get-property="baseline-row"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
@@ -67042,7 +68031,8 @@ cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_column_homogeneous"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_column_homogeneous">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_column_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="column-homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2369">Returns whether all columns of @grid have the same width.</doc>
@@ -67063,7 +68053,8 @@ cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_column_spacing"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_column_spacing">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_column_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="column-spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2463">Returns the amount of space between the columns of @grid.</doc>
@@ -67114,7 +68105,8 @@ by gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position() or the default value
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_row_homogeneous"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_row_homogeneous">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_row_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="row-homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2322">Returns whether all rows of @grid have the same height.</doc>
@@ -67134,7 +68126,9 @@ by gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position() or the default value
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_row_spacing" c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_row_spacing">
+ <method name="get_row_spacing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_get_row_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="row-spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2416">Returns the amount of space between the rows of @grid.</doc>
@@ -67311,6 +68305,7 @@ are moved up.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_baseline_row"
c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_baseline_row"
+ glib:set-property="baseline-row"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
@@ -67338,7 +68333,8 @@ parent of the @grid.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_column_homogeneous"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_column_homogeneous">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_column_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="column-homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2341">Sets whether all columns of @grid will have the same width.</doc>
@@ -67362,7 +68358,8 @@ parent of the @grid.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_column_spacing"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_column_spacing">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_column_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="column-spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2435">Sets the amount of space between columns of @grid.</doc>
@@ -67418,7 +68415,8 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_row_homogeneous"
- c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_row_homogeneous">
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_row_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="row-homogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2294">Sets whether all rows of @grid will have the same height.</doc>
@@ -67441,7 +68439,9 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_row_spacing" c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_row_spacing">
+ <method name="set_row_spacing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_grid_set_row_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="row-spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkgrid.c"
line="2388">Sets the amount of space between rows of @grid.</doc>
@@ -67464,21 +68464,39 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="baseline-row" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="baseline-row"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_baseline_row"
+ getter="get_baseline_row">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="column-homogeneous"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_column_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_column_homogeneous">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="column-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="column-spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_column_spacing"
+ getter="get_column_spacing">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="row-homogeneous" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="row-homogeneous"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_row_homogeneous">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="row-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="row-spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_spacing"
+ getter="get_row_spacing">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<field name="container" readable="0" private="1">
@@ -68672,6 +69690,7 @@ so the snap edge should be set to %GTK_POS_BOTTOM.
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_child_detached"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_get_child_detached"
+ glib:get-property="child-detached"
version="2.14"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -68698,6 +69717,7 @@ so the snap edge should be set to %GTK_POS_BOTTOM.
</method>
<method name="get_handle_position"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_get_handle_position"
+ glib:get-property="handle-position"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68724,6 +69744,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_shadow_type"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_get_shadow_type"
+ glib:get-property="shadow-type"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68750,6 +69771,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_snap_edge"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_get_snap_edge"
+ glib:get-property="snap-edge"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68778,6 +69800,7 @@ See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_handle_position"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position"
+ glib:set-property="handle-position"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68806,6 +69829,7 @@ See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_shadow_type"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type"
+ glib:set-property="shadow-type"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68835,6 +69859,7 @@ of the handle box.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_snap_edge"
c:identifier="gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge"
+ glib:set-property="snap-edge"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -68875,16 +69900,30 @@ it will be %GTK_POS_LEFT.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="child-detached" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="child-detached"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_child_detached">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="handle-position" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="handle-position"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_handle_position"
+ getter="get_handle_position">
<type name="PositionType"/>
</property>
- <property name="shadow-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="shadow-type"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_shadow_type"
+ getter="get_shadow_type">
<type name="ShadowType"/>
</property>
- <property name="snap-edge" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="snap-edge"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_snap_edge"
+ getter="get_snap_edge">
<type name="PositionType"/>
</property>
<property name="snap-edge-set" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -69068,6 +70107,7 @@ features typical of titlebars while allowing the addition of child widgets.</doc
</constructor>
<method name="get_custom_title"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_custom_title"
+ glib:get-property="custom-title"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69092,6 +70132,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_decoration_layout"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_decoration_layout"
+ glib:get-property="decoration-layout"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69115,6 +70156,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_subtitle"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle"
+ glib:get-property="has-subtitle"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69139,6 +70181,7 @@ a subtitle, regardless if one is currently set or not.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_show_close_button"
+ glib:get-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69162,6 +70205,7 @@ decorations.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_subtitle"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle"
+ glib:get-property="subtitle"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69186,6 +70230,7 @@ decorations.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69262,6 +70307,7 @@ start of the @bar.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_custom_title"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title"
+ glib:set-property="custom-title"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69299,6 +70345,7 @@ label to be visible again.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_decoration_layout"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout"
+ glib:set-property="decoration-layout"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69344,6 +70391,7 @@ on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_subtitle"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle"
+ glib:set-property="has-subtitle"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69370,6 +70418,7 @@ for a subtitle, even if none is currently set.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_show_close_button"
+ glib:set-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69396,6 +70445,7 @@ including close, maximize, and minimize.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_subtitle"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle"
+ glib:set-property="subtitle"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69429,6 +70479,7 @@ even if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_header_bar_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
@@ -69457,13 +70508,19 @@ application name.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="custom-title" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="custom-title"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_custom_title"
+ getter="get_custom_title">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="decoration-layout"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_decoration_layout"
+ getter="get_decoration_layout">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
line="2071">The decoration layout for buttons. If this property is
@@ -69486,7 +70543,9 @@ about the format of this string.</doc>
<property name="has-subtitle"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_subtitle"
+ getter="get_has_subtitle">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
line="2104">If %TRUE, reserve space for a subtitle, even if none
@@ -69495,7 +70554,9 @@ is currently set.</doc>
</property>
<property name="show-close-button"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_close_button"
+ getter="get_show_close_button">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c"
line="2054">Whether to show window decorations.
@@ -69509,10 +70570,18 @@ shown if the window can't be closed).</doc>
<property name="spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="subtitle" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="subtitle"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_subtitle"
+ getter="get_subtitle">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="title" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="title"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<field name="container">
@@ -76879,8 +77948,8 @@ looking up the icon to use for a given stock ID.
# GtkIconFactory as GtkBuildable # {#GtkIconFactory-BUILDER-UI}
-GtkIconFactory supports a custom <sources> element, which can contain
-multiple <source> elements. The following attributes are allowed:
+GtkIconFactory supports a custom `<sources>` element, which can contain
+multiple `<source>` elements. The following attributes are allowed:
- stock-id
@@ -81269,6 +82338,7 @@ method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:get-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81340,6 +82410,7 @@ This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_column_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="column-spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81362,6 +82433,7 @@ This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_columns"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_columns"
+ glib:get-property="columns"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81626,6 +82698,7 @@ displayed. Column numbers start at 0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_item_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation"
+ glib:get-property="item-orientation"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81649,6 +82722,7 @@ whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_item_padding"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_item_padding"
+ glib:get-property="item-padding"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81700,6 +82774,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_item_width"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_item_width"
+ glib:get-property="item-width"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81722,6 +82797,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_margin"
+ glib:get-property="margin"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81744,6 +82820,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_markup_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column"
+ glib:get-property="markup-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81766,6 +82843,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_model"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81829,6 +82907,7 @@ to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_pixbuf_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column"
+ glib:get-property="pixbuf-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81851,6 +82930,7 @@ to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_reorderable"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable"
+ glib:get-property="reorderable"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81874,6 +82954,7 @@ See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="row-spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81928,6 +83009,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
</method>
<method name="get_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode"
+ glib:get-property="selection-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81950,6 +83032,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
</method>
<method name="get_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81972,6 +83055,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
</method>
<method name="get_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_text_column"
+ glib:get-property="text-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -81994,6 +83078,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-column"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82349,6 +83434,7 @@ selection cannot be modified from within this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:set-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82375,6 +83461,7 @@ a single click instead of a double click.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_column_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="column-spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82401,6 +83488,7 @@ which is inserted between the columns of the icon view.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_columns"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_columns"
+ glib:set-property="columns"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82512,6 +83600,7 @@ Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_item_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation"
+ glib:set-property="item-orientation"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82538,6 +83627,7 @@ are drawn beside the icons instead of below.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_item_padding"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding"
+ glib:set-property="item-padding"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82564,6 +83654,7 @@ around each of the icon view’s items.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_item_width"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_item_width"
+ glib:set-property="item-width"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82591,6 +83682,7 @@ automatically determine a suitable item size.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_margin"
+ glib:set-property="margin"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82618,6 +83710,7 @@ of the icon view.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_markup_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column"
+ glib:set-property="markup-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82646,6 +83739,7 @@ the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_model"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_model"
+ glib:set-property="model"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82677,6 +83771,7 @@ it will unset the old model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_pixbuf_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column"
+ glib:set-property="pixbuf-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82703,6 +83798,7 @@ column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_reorderable"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable"
+ glib:set-property="reorderable"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82739,6 +83835,7 @@ handle drag and drop manually.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="row-spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82765,6 +83862,7 @@ which is inserted between the rows of the icon view.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode"
+ glib:set-property="selection-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82790,6 +83888,7 @@ which is inserted between the rows of the icon view.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="spacing"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82817,6 +83916,7 @@ the text) of an item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_text_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_text_column"
+ glib:set-property="text-column"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -82886,6 +83986,7 @@ See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_column"
c:identifier="gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-column"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
@@ -83038,7 +84139,9 @@ method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<property name="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activate_on_single_click"
+ getter="get_activate_on_single_click">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="654">The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal
@@ -83061,7 +84164,9 @@ a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.</doc>
<property name="column-spacing"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_column_spacing"
+ getter="get_column_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="545">The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
@@ -83071,7 +84176,9 @@ the columns of the icon view.</doc>
<property name="columns"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_columns"
+ getter="get_columns">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="478">The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the
@@ -83082,7 +84189,9 @@ be chosen automatically to fill the available area.</doc>
<property name="item-orientation"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_item_orientation"
+ getter="get_item_orientation">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="577">The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and
@@ -83092,7 +84201,9 @@ the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other.</doc>
<property name="item-padding"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_item_padding"
+ getter="get_item_padding">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="620">The item-padding property specifies the padding around each
@@ -83102,7 +84213,9 @@ of the icon view's item.</doc>
<property name="item-width"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_item_width"
+ getter="get_item_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="496">The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item.
@@ -83113,7 +84226,9 @@ suitable item size.</doc>
<property name="margin"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin"
+ getter="get_margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="561">The margin property specifies the space which is inserted
@@ -83123,7 +84238,9 @@ at the edges of the icon view.</doc>
<property name="markup-column"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_markup_column"
+ getter="get_markup_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="451">The ::markup-column property contains the number of the model column
@@ -83133,13 +84250,19 @@ are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column.
If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="model" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="model"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_model"
+ getter="get_model">
<type name="TreeModel"/>
</property>
<property name="pixbuf-column"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pixbuf_column"
+ getter="get_pixbuf_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="414">The ::pixbuf-column property contains the number of the model column
@@ -83151,7 +84274,9 @@ display of pixbufs.</doc>
<property name="reorderable"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_reorderable"
+ getter="get_reorderable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="594">The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered
@@ -83161,7 +84286,9 @@ by DND.</doc>
<property name="row-spacing"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_spacing"
+ getter="get_row_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="529">The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
@@ -83171,7 +84298,9 @@ the rows of the icon view.</doc>
<property name="selection-mode"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_selection_mode"
+ getter="get_selection_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="396">The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of
@@ -83182,7 +84311,9 @@ is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible.</doc>
<property name="spacing"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_spacing"
+ getter="get_spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="513">The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
@@ -83192,7 +84323,9 @@ the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item.</doc>
<property name="text-column"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text_column"
+ getter="get_text_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkiconview.c"
line="432">The ::text-column property contains the number of the model column
@@ -83201,7 +84334,11 @@ of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column
property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="tooltip-column" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="tooltip-column"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_column"
+ getter="get_tooltip_column">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -84108,6 +85245,7 @@ the image is empty</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_gicon"
c:identifier="gtk_image_get_gicon"
+ glib:get-property="gicon"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
@@ -84155,6 +85293,7 @@ returned #GIcon.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_image_get_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="icon-name"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
@@ -84202,6 +85341,7 @@ be freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_set"
c:identifier="gtk_image_get_icon_set"
+ glib:get-property="icon-set"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -84247,7 +85387,9 @@ The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_pixbuf" c:identifier="gtk_image_get_pixbuf">
+ <method name="get_pixbuf"
+ c:identifier="gtk_image_get_pixbuf"
+ glib:get-property="pixbuf">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
line="1373">Gets the #GdkPixbuf being displayed by the #GtkImage.
@@ -84274,6 +85416,7 @@ the image is empty</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_pixel_size"
c:identifier="gtk_image_get_pixel_size"
+ glib:get-property="pixel-size"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
@@ -84296,6 +85439,7 @@ the image is empty</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_image_get_stock"
+ glib:get-property="stock"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -84344,7 +85488,8 @@ be freed.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_storage_type"
- c:identifier="gtk_image_get_storage_type">
+ c:identifier="gtk_image_get_storage_type"
+ glib:get-property="storage-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
line="1355">Gets the type of representation being used by the #GtkImage
@@ -84632,6 +85777,7 @@ nothing, if you set the animation to %NULL).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_pixel_size"
c:identifier="gtk_image_set_pixel_size"
+ glib:set-property="pixel-size"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
@@ -84663,7 +85809,8 @@ gtk_image_set_from_icon_name().</doc>
<property name="gicon"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_gicon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
line="348">The GIcon displayed in the GtkImage. For themed icons,
@@ -84674,7 +85821,8 @@ automatically.</doc>
<property name="icon-name"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_icon_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
line="333">The name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is
@@ -84685,14 +85833,18 @@ changed, the image will be updated automatically.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_icon_set">
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkImage:icon-name instead.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="IconSet"/>
</property>
<property name="icon-size" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="pixbuf" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="pixbuf"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_pixbuf">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</property>
<property name="pixbuf-animation" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -84701,7 +85853,9 @@ changed, the image will be updated automatically.</doc>
<property name="pixel-size"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pixel_size"
+ getter="get_pixel_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkimage.c"
line="309">The "pixel-size" property can be used to specify a fixed size
@@ -84722,11 +85876,14 @@ overriding the #GtkImage:icon-size property for images of type
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_stock">
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkImage:icon-name instead.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="storage-type" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="storage-type"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_storage_type">
<type name="ImageType"/>
</property>
<property name="surface" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -85051,6 +86208,7 @@ in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_get_always_show_image"
+ glib:get-property="always-show-image"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -85077,6 +86235,7 @@ setting and always show the image, if available.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_image"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_get_image"
+ glib:get-property="image"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -85102,6 +86261,7 @@ See gtk_image_menu_item_set_image().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_get_use_stock"
+ glib:get-property="use-stock"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -85129,6 +86289,7 @@ stock id to select the stock item for the item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_accel_group"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_set_accel_group"
+ glib:set-property="accel-group"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -85163,6 +86324,7 @@ you shouldnt need this (see gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock()).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_always_show_image"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_set_always_show_image"
+ glib:set-property="always-show-image"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -85195,6 +86357,7 @@ without the image.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_image"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_set_image"
+ glib:set-property="image"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -85227,6 +86390,7 @@ the image will be displayed or not.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_image_menu_item_set_use_stock"
+ glib:set-property="use-stock"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -85260,7 +86424,8 @@ stock id to select the stock item for the item.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c"
line="269">The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys</doc>
@@ -85273,7 +86438,9 @@ stock id to select the stock item for the item.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_always_show_image"
+ getter="get_always_show_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c"
line="248">If %TRUE, the menu item will always show the image, if available.
@@ -85288,7 +86455,9 @@ without the image.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_image"
+ getter="get_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c"
line="215">Child widget to appear next to the menu text.</doc>
@@ -85302,7 +86471,9 @@ without the image.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_stock"
+ getter="get_use_stock">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c"
line="230">If %TRUE, the label set in the menuitem is used as a
@@ -85532,8 +86703,8 @@ The GtkInfoBar implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes
the content area and action area as internal children with the names
“content_area” and “action_area”.
-GtkInfoBar supports a custom <action-widgets> element, which can contain
-multiple <action-widget> elements. The “response” attribute specifies a
+GtkInfoBar supports a custom `<action-widgets>` element, which can contain
+multiple `<action-widget>` elements. The “response” attribute specifies a
numeric response, and the content of the element is the id of widget
(which should be a child of the dialogs @action_area).
@@ -85785,6 +86956,7 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_message_type"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_get_message_type"
+ glib:get-property="message-type"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
@@ -85807,6 +86979,7 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_revealed"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_get_revealed"
+ glib:get-property="revealed"
version="3.22.29">
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.h" line="137"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -85826,6 +86999,7 @@ text and response ID.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button"
+ glib:get-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
@@ -85903,6 +87077,7 @@ be added to a widget hierarchy.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_message_type"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_set_message_type"
+ glib:set-property="message-type"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
@@ -85963,6 +87138,7 @@ A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_revealed"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_set_revealed"
+ glib:set-property="revealed"
version="3.22.29">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
@@ -85992,6 +87168,7 @@ have any effect if it is invisible.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button"
+ glib:set-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
@@ -86020,7 +87197,9 @@ the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE.</doc>
version="2.18"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_message_type"
+ getter="get_message_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
line="439">The type of the message.
@@ -86028,14 +87207,20 @@ the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE.</doc>
The type may be used to determine the appearance of the info bar.</doc>
<type name="MessageType"/>
</property>
- <property name="revealed" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="revealed"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_revealed"
+ getter="get_revealed">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="show-close-button"
version="3.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_close_button"
+ getter="get_show_close_button">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinfobar.c"
line="456">Whether to include a standard close button.</doc>
@@ -86464,6 +87649,7 @@ for drag-and-drop.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_invisible_get_screen"
+ glib:get-property="screen"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinvisible.c"
@@ -86486,6 +87672,7 @@ for drag-and-drop.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_invisible_set_screen"
+ glib:set-property="screen"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkinvisible.c"
@@ -86509,7 +87696,11 @@ for drag-and-drop.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="screen" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="screen"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_screen"
+ getter="get_screen">
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</property>
<field name="widget">
@@ -87189,13 +88380,14 @@ visited.
# GtkLabel as GtkBuildable
The GtkLabel implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
-custom <attributes> element, which supports any number of <attribute>
-elements. The <attribute> element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
+custom `<attributes>` element, which supports any number of `<attribute>`
+elements. The `<attribute>` element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
“start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify #PangoAttribute values for
this label.
An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkLabel">
<attributes>
<attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/>
@@ -87343,13 +88535,13 @@ the #GtkLabel::activate-link signal and the gtk_label_get_current_uri() function
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_label_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1746">Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can
+ line="1747">Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can
pass %NULL to get an empty label widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="91"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1753">the new #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="1754">the new #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -87359,7 +88551,7 @@ pass %NULL to get an empty label widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1748">The text of the label</doc>
+ line="1749">The text of the label</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87368,7 +88560,7 @@ pass %NULL to get an empty label widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1768">Creates a new #GtkLabel, containing the text in @str.
+ line="1769">Creates a new #GtkLabel, containing the text in @str.
If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are
underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use
@@ -87386,7 +88578,7 @@ and be activated by the mnemonic.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1788">the new #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="1789">the new #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -87396,7 +88588,7 @@ and be activated by the mnemonic.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1770">The text of the label, with an underscore in front of the
+ line="1771">The text of the label, with an underscore in front of the
mnemonic character</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -87463,31 +88655,34 @@ and be activated by the mnemonic.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_angle"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_angle"
+ glib:get-property="angle"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5653">Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See
+ line="5654">Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See
gtk_label_set_angle().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="183"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5660">the angle of rotation for the label</doc>
+ line="5661">the angle of rotation for the label</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5655">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5656">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_attributes" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_attributes">
+ <method name="get_attributes"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_attributes"
+ glib:get-property="attributes">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2317">Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using
+ line="2318">Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using
gtk_label_set_attributes(), if any. This function does
not reflect attributes that come from the labels markup
(see gtk_label_set_markup()). If you want to get the
@@ -87497,7 +88692,7 @@ pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2328">the attribute list, or %NULL
+ line="2329">the attribute list, or %NULL
if none was set.</doc>
<type name="Pango.AttrList" c:type="PangoAttrList*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87505,7 +88700,7 @@ pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2319">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2320">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87515,7 +88710,7 @@ pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)).</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6833">Returns the URI for the currently active link in the label.
+ line="6834">Returns the URI for the currently active link in the label.
The active link is the one under the mouse pointer or, in a
selectable label, the link in which the text cursor is currently
positioned.
@@ -87526,7 +88721,7 @@ or for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip handler.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6845">the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must
+ line="6846">the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must
not be freed or modified.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87534,64 +88729,69 @@ or for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip handler.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6835">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6836">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_ellipsize"
+ glib:get-property="ellipsize"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3063">Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().</doc>
+ line="3064">Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="145"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3069">#PangoEllipsizeMode</doc>
+ line="3070">#PangoEllipsizeMode</doc>
<type name="Pango.EllipsizeMode" c:type="PangoEllipsizeMode"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3065">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3066">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_justify" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_justify">
+ <method name="get_justify"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_justify"
+ glib:get-property="justify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3014">Returns the justification of the label. See gtk_label_set_justify().</doc>
+ line="3015">Returns the justification of the label. See gtk_label_set_justify().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="140"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3020">#GtkJustification</doc>
+ line="3021">#GtkJustification</doc>
<type name="Justification" c:type="GtkJustification"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3016">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3017">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_label" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_label">
+ <method name="get_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2363">Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded
+ line="2364">Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded
underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See
gtk_label_get_text()).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="108"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2371">the text of the label widget. This string is
+ line="2372">the text of the label widget. This string is
owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87599,7 +88799,7 @@ gtk_label_get_text()).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2365">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2366">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87607,7 +88807,7 @@ gtk_label_get_text()).</doc>
<method name="get_layout" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_layout">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5990">Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the label.
+ line="5991">Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the label.
The layout is useful to e.g. convert text positions to
pixel positions, in combination with gtk_label_get_layout_offsets().
The returned layout is owned by the @label so need not be
@@ -87617,14 +88817,14 @@ any time, so it should be considered read-only.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6001">the #PangoLayout for this label</doc>
+ line="6002">the #PangoLayout for this label</doc>
<type name="Pango.Layout" c:type="PangoLayout*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5992">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5993">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87633,7 +88833,7 @@ any time, so it should be considered read-only.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_layout_offsets">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6017">Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the #PangoLayout
+ line="6018">Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the #PangoLayout
representing the text in the label; useful to convert mouse events
into coordinates inside the #PangoLayout, e.g. to take some action
if some part of the label is clicked. Of course you will need to
@@ -87650,7 +88850,7 @@ and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6019">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6020">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x"
@@ -87661,7 +88861,7 @@ and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6020">location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="6021">location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y"
@@ -87672,7 +88872,7 @@ and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6021">location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="6022">location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87680,20 +88880,20 @@ and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.</doc>
<method name="get_line_wrap" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_line_wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3211">Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped.
+ line="3212">Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped.
See gtk_label_set_line_wrap().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="168"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3218">%TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.</doc>
+ line="3219">%TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3213">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3214">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87703,103 +88903,107 @@ See gtk_label_set_line_wrap().</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3258">Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().</doc>
+ line="3259">Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="173"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3264">%TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.</doc>
+ line="3265">%TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.</doc>
<type name="Pango.WrapMode" c:type="PangoWrapMode"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3260">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3261">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_lines"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_lines"
+ glib:get-property="lines"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7022">Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping
+ line="7023">Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping
label should be limited. See gtk_label_set_lines().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="160"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7029">The number of lines</doc>
+ line="7030">The number of lines</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7024">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="7025">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_max_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_max_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="max-width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3155">Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See
+ line="3156">Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See
gtk_label_set_width_chars().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="155"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3162">the maximum width of the label in characters.</doc>
+ line="3163">the maximum width of the label in characters.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3157">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3158">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_mnemonic_keyval"
- c:identifier="gtk_label_get_mnemonic_keyval">
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_mnemonic_keyval"
+ glib:get-property="mnemonic-keyval">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2118">If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function
+ line="2119">If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function
returns the keyval used for the mnemonic accelerator. If there is no
mnemonic set up it returns #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="127"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2126">GDK keyval usable for accelerators, or #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol</doc>
+ line="2127">GDK keyval usable for accelerators, or #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2120">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2121">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_mnemonic_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_label_get_mnemonic_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_mnemonic_widget"
+ glib:get-property="mnemonic-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2100">Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this
+ line="2101">Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this
label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="132"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2107">the target of the label’s mnemonic,
+ line="2108">the target of the label’s mnemonic,
or %NULL if none has been set and the default algorithm will be used.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87807,27 +89011,29 @@ label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2102">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2103">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_selectable" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_selectable">
+ <method name="get_selectable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_selectable"
+ glib:get-property="selectable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5592">Gets the value set by gtk_label_set_selectable().</doc>
+ line="5593">Gets the value set by gtk_label_set_selectable().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="178"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5598">%TRUE if the user can copy text from the label</doc>
+ line="5599">%TRUE if the user can copy text from the label</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5594">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5595">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87836,20 +89042,20 @@ label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_selection_bounds">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5918">Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning %TRUE
+ line="5919">Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning %TRUE
if there’s a selection.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="189"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5927">%TRUE if selection is non-empty</doc>
+ line="5928">%TRUE if selection is non-empty</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5920">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5921">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="start"
@@ -87858,7 +89064,7 @@ if there’s a selection.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5921">return location for start of selection, as a character offset</doc>
+ line="5922">return location for start of selection, as a character offset</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="end"
@@ -87867,29 +89073,30 @@ if there’s a selection.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5922">return location for end of selection, as a character offset</doc>
+ line="5923">return location for end of selection, as a character offset</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_single_line_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_single_line_mode"
+ glib:get-property="single-line-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6158">Returns whether the label is in single line mode.</doc>
+ line="6159">Returns whether the label is in single line mode.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="204"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6164">%TRUE when the label is in single line mode.</doc>
+ line="6165">%TRUE when the label is in single line mode.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6160">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6161">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -87897,14 +89104,14 @@ if there’s a selection.</doc>
<method name="get_text" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2848">Fetches the text from a label widget, as displayed on the
+ line="2849">Fetches the text from a label widget, as displayed on the
screen. This does not include any embedded underlines
indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_label())</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="98"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2856">the text in the label widget. This is the internal
+ line="2857">the text in the label widget. This is the internal
string used by the label, and must not be modified.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87912,67 +89119,71 @@ indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_label())</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2850">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2851">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_track_visited_links"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_track_visited_links"
+ glib:get-property="track-visited-links"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6898">Returns whether the label is currently keeping track
+ line="6899">Returns whether the label is currently keeping track
of clicked links.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="212"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6905">%TRUE if clicked links are remembered</doc>
+ line="6906">%TRUE if clicked links are remembered</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6900">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6901">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_use_markup" c:identifier="gtk_label_get_use_markup">
+ <method name="get_use_markup"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_use_markup"
+ glib:get-property="use-markup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6068">Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with
+ line="6069">Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with
the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_label_set_use_markup ().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="116"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6076">%TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup.</doc>
+ line="6077">%TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6070">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6071">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_underline"
- c:identifier="gtk_label_get_use_underline">
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_get_use_underline"
+ glib:get-property="use-underline">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6108">Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a
+ line="6109">Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a
mnemonic. See gtk_label_set_use_underline().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="121"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6115">%TRUE whether an embedded underline in the label indicates
+ line="6116">%TRUE whether an embedded underline in the label indicates
the mnemonic accelerator keys.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -87980,74 +89191,77 @@ mnemonic. See gtk_label_set_use_underline().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6110">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6111">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_width_chars"
+ glib:get-property="width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3108">Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See
+ line="3109">Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See
gtk_label_set_width_chars().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="150"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3115">the width of the label in characters.</doc>
+ line="3116">the width of the label in characters.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3110">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3111">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_xalign"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_xalign"
+ glib:get-property="xalign"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7201">Gets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.</doc>
+ line="7202">Gets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="219"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7207">the xalign property</doc>
+ line="7208">the xalign property</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7203">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="7204">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_yalign"
c:identifier="gtk_label_get_yalign"
+ glib:get-property="yalign"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7245">Gets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.</doc>
+ line="7246">Gets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="226"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7251">the yalign property</doc>
+ line="7252">the yalign property</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7247">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="7248">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88055,7 +89269,7 @@ gtk_label_set_width_chars().</doc>
<method name="select_region" c:identifier="gtk_label_select_region">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5882">Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable.
+ line="5883">Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable.
See gtk_label_set_selectable(). If the label is not selectable,
this function has no effect. If @start_offset or
@end_offset are -1, then the end of the label will be substituted.</doc>
@@ -88067,29 +89281,30 @@ this function has no effect. If @start_offset or
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5884">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5885">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="start_offset" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5885">start offset (in characters not bytes)</doc>
+ line="5886">start offset (in characters not bytes)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="end_offset" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5886">end offset (in characters not bytes)</doc>
+ line="5887">end offset (in characters not bytes)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_angle"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_angle"
+ glib:set-property="angle"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5612">Sets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from
+ line="5613">Sets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from
from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. The angle
setting for the label is ignored if the label is selectable,
wrapped, or ellipsized.</doc>
@@ -88101,22 +89316,24 @@ wrapped, or ellipsized.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5614">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5615">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="angle" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5615">the angle that the baseline of the label makes with
+ line="5616">the angle that the baseline of the label makes with
the horizontal, in degrees, measured counterclockwise</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_attributes" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_attributes">
+ <method name="set_attributes"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_attributes"
+ glib:set-property="attributes">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2281">Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the
+ line="2282">Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the
label text.
The attributes set with this function will be applied
@@ -88133,7 +89350,7 @@ to the label after the markup string is parsed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2283">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2284">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="attrs"
@@ -88142,17 +89359,18 @@ to the label after the markup string is parsed.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2284">a #PangoAttrList, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2285">a #PangoAttrList, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Pango.AttrList" c:type="PangoAttrList*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_ellipsize"
+ glib:set-property="ellipsize"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3030">Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text
+ line="3031">Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text
if there is not enough space to render the entire string.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="142"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88162,21 +89380,23 @@ if there is not enough space to render the entire string.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3032">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3033">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3033">a #PangoEllipsizeMode</doc>
+ line="3034">a #PangoEllipsizeMode</doc>
<type name="Pango.EllipsizeMode" c:type="PangoEllipsizeMode"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_justify" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_justify">
+ <method name="set_justify"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_justify"
+ glib:set-property="justify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2979">Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to
+ line="2980">Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to
each other. %GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT is the default value when the widget is
first created with gtk_label_new(). If you instead want to set the
alignment of the label as a whole, use gtk_widget_set_halign() instead.
@@ -88190,21 +89410,23 @@ single line.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2981">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2982">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="jtype" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2982">a #GtkJustification</doc>
+ line="2983">a #GtkJustification</doc>
<type name="Justification" c:type="GtkJustification"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_label" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_label">
+ <method name="set_label"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2339">Sets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as
+ line="2340">Sets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as
including embedded underlines and/or Pango markup depending
on the values of the #GtkLabel:use-underline and
#GtkLabel:use-markup properties.</doc>
@@ -88216,13 +89438,13 @@ on the values of the #GtkLabel:use-underline and
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2341">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2342">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="str" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2342">the new text to set for the label</doc>
+ line="2343">the new text to set for the label</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88230,7 +89452,7 @@ on the values of the #GtkLabel:use-underline and
<method name="set_line_wrap" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_line_wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3174">Toggles line wrapping within the #GtkLabel widget. %TRUE makes it break
+ line="3175">Toggles line wrapping within the #GtkLabel widget. %TRUE makes it break
lines if text exceeds the widget’s size. %FALSE lets the text get cut off
by the edge of the widget if it exceeds the widget size.
@@ -88247,13 +89469,13 @@ set the label’s width using gtk_widget_set_size_request().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3176">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3177">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="wrap" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3177">the setting</doc>
+ line="3178">the setting</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88263,7 +89485,7 @@ set the label’s width using gtk_widget_set_size_request().</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3228">If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how
+ line="3229">If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how
the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means
wrap on word boundaries.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="170"/>
@@ -88274,23 +89496,24 @@ wrap on word boundaries.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3230">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3231">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="wrap_mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3231">the line wrapping mode</doc>
+ line="3232">the line wrapping mode</doc>
<type name="Pango.WrapMode" c:type="PangoWrapMode"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_lines"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_lines"
+ glib:set-property="lines"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6991">Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+ line="6992">Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
should be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping
or ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the
number of lines.</doc>
@@ -88302,13 +89525,13 @@ number of lines.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6993">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6994">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="lines" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6994">the desired number of lines, or -1</doc>
+ line="6995">the desired number of lines, or -1</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88316,7 +89539,7 @@ number of lines.</doc>
<method name="set_markup" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_markup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2767">Parses @str which is marked up with the
+ line="2768">Parses @str which is marked up with the
[Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat], setting the
label’s text and attribute list based on the parse results.
@@ -88350,13 +89573,13 @@ See also: gtk_label_set_text()</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2769">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2770">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="str" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2770">a markup string (see [Pango markup format][PangoMarkupFormat])</doc>
+ line="2771">a markup string (see [Pango markup format][PangoMarkupFormat])</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88365,7 +89588,7 @@ See also: gtk_label_set_text()</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2816">Parses @str which is marked up with the
+ line="2817">Parses @str which is marked up with the
[Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat],
setting the label’s text and attribute list based on the parse results.
If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined
@@ -88381,13 +89604,13 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2818">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2819">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="str" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2819">a markup string (see
+ line="2820">a markup string (see
[Pango markup format][PangoMarkupFormat])</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -88395,10 +89618,11 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_max_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_max_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="max-width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3127">Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars.</doc>
+ line="3128">Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="152"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -88407,22 +89631,23 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3129">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3130">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_chars" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3130">the new desired maximum width, in characters.</doc>
+ line="3131">the new desired maximum width, in characters.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_mnemonic_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget"
+ glib:set-property="mnemonic-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2048">If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using
+ line="2049">If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using
i.e. gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic(),
gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic(), gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic()
or the “use_underline” property) the label can be associated with a
@@ -88444,7 +89669,7 @@ and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2050">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2051">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget"
@@ -88453,15 +89678,17 @@ and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2051">the target #GtkWidget, or %NULL to unset</doc>
+ line="2052">the target #GtkWidget, or %NULL to unset</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_pattern" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_pattern">
+ <method name="set_pattern"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_pattern"
+ glib:set-property="pattern">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2944">The pattern of underlines you want under the existing text within the
+ line="2945">The pattern of underlines you want under the existing text within the
#GtkLabel widget. For example if the current text of the label says
“FooBarBaz” passing a pattern of “___ ___” will underline
“Foo” and “Baz” but not “Bar”.</doc>
@@ -88473,21 +89700,23 @@ and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2946">The #GtkLabel you want to set the pattern to.</doc>
+ line="2947">The #GtkLabel you want to set the pattern to.</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pattern" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2947">The pattern as described above.</doc>
+ line="2948">The pattern as described above.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_selectable" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_selectable">
+ <method name="set_selectable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_selectable"
+ glib:set-property="selectable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5541">Selectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for
+ line="5542">Selectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for
copy-and-paste.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="175"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88497,23 +89726,24 @@ copy-and-paste.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5543">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="5544">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="5544">%TRUE to allow selecting text in the label</doc>
+ line="5545">%TRUE to allow selecting text in the label</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_single_line_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_single_line_mode"
+ glib:set-property="single-line-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6126">Sets whether the label is in single line mode.</doc>
+ line="6127">Sets whether the label is in single line mode.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="201"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -88522,13 +89752,13 @@ copy-and-paste.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6128">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6129">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="single_line_mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6129">%TRUE if the label should be in single line mode</doc>
+ line="6130">%TRUE if the label should be in single line mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88536,7 +89766,7 @@ copy-and-paste.</doc>
<method name="set_text" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2248">Sets the text within the #GtkLabel widget. It overwrites any text that
+ line="2249">Sets the text within the #GtkLabel widget. It overwrites any text that
was there before.
This function will clear any previously set mnemonic accelerators, and
@@ -88554,13 +89784,13 @@ See also: gtk_label_set_markup()</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2250">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="2251">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="str" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="2251">The text you want to set</doc>
+ line="2252">The text you want to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88569,7 +89799,7 @@ See also: gtk_label_set_markup()</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="4541">Sets the label’s text from the string @str.
+ line="4542">Sets the label’s text from the string @str.
If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined
indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic.
The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen
@@ -88582,23 +89812,24 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="4543">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="4544">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="str" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="4544">a string</doc>
+ line="4545">a string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_track_visited_links"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_track_visited_links"
+ glib:set-property="track-visited-links"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6865">Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked
+ line="6866">Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked
links (and use a different color for them).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="209"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88608,21 +89839,23 @@ links (and use a different color for them).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6867">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6868">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="track_links" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6868">%TRUE to track visited links</doc>
+ line="6869">%TRUE to track visited links</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_use_markup" c:identifier="gtk_label_set_use_markup">
+ <method name="set_use_markup"
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_use_markup"
+ glib:set-property="use-markup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6045">Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
+ line="6046">Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
[Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_label_set_markup().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="113"/>
@@ -88633,22 +89866,23 @@ See gtk_label_set_markup().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6047">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6048">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6048">%TRUE if the label’s text should be parsed for markup.</doc>
+ line="6049">%TRUE if the label’s text should be parsed for markup.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_use_underline"
- c:identifier="gtk_label_set_use_underline">
+ c:identifier="gtk_label_set_use_underline"
+ glib:set-property="use-underline">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6086">If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be
+ line="6087">If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be
used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="118"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88658,23 +89892,24 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6088">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="6089">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="6089">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
+ line="6090">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_width_chars"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_width_chars"
+ glib:set-property="width-chars"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3081">Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars.</doc>
+ line="3082">Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="147"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -88683,23 +89918,24 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3083">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="3084">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_chars" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="3084">the new desired width, in characters.</doc>
+ line="3085">the new desired width, in characters.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_xalign"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_xalign"
+ glib:set-property="xalign"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7175">Sets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.</doc>
+ line="7176">Sets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="215"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -88708,23 +89944,24 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7177">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="7178">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="xalign" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7178">the new xalign value, between 0 and 1</doc>
+ line="7179">the new xalign value, between 0 and 1</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_yalign"
c:identifier="gtk_label_set_yalign"
+ glib:set-property="yalign"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7219">Sets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.</doc>
+ line="7220">Sets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtklabel.h" line="222"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -88733,13 +89970,13 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7221">a #GtkLabel</doc>
+ line="7222">a #GtkLabel</doc>
<type name="Label" c:type="GtkLabel*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="yalign" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="7222">the new yalign value, between 0 and 1</doc>
+ line="7223">the new yalign value, between 0 and 1</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88747,16 +89984,22 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<property name="angle"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_angle"
+ getter="get_angle">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1007">The angle that the baseline of the label makes with the horizontal,
+ line="1008">The angle that the baseline of the label makes with the horizontal,
in degrees, measured counterclockwise. An angle of 90 reads from
from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. Ignored
if the label is selectable.</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="attributes" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="attributes"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_attributes"
+ getter="get_attributes">
<type name="Pango.AttrList"/>
</property>
<property name="cursor-position" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88765,10 +90008,12 @@ if the label is selectable.</doc>
<property name="ellipsize"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_ellipsize"
+ getter="get_ellipsize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="944">The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does
+ line="945">The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does
not have enough room to display the entire string, specified as a
#PangoEllipsizeMode.
@@ -88781,13 +90026,21 @@ to set a label's width are gtk_widget_set_size_request() and
gtk_label_set_width_chars().</doc>
<type name="Pango.EllipsizeMode"/>
</property>
- <property name="justify" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="justify"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_justify"
+ getter="get_justify">
<type name="Justification"/>
</property>
- <property name="label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="788">The contents of the label.
+ line="789">The contents of the label.
If the string contains [Pango XML markup][PangoMarkupFormat], you will
have to set the #GtkLabel:use-markup property to %TRUE in order for the
@@ -88803,10 +90056,12 @@ to display them.</doc>
<property name="lines"
version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_lines"
+ getter="get_lines">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1061">The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+ line="1062">The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
should be limited. This property has no effect if the
label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to
-1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.</doc>
@@ -88815,10 +90070,12 @@ label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to
<property name="max-width-chars"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_width_chars"
+ getter="get_max_width_chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1025">The desired maximum width of the label, in characters. If this property
+ line="1026">The desired maximum width of the label, in characters. If this property
is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
@@ -88826,19 +90083,30 @@ for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars
determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="mnemonic-keyval" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="mnemonic-keyval"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_mnemonic_keyval">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="mnemonic-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="mnemonic-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_mnemonic_widget"
+ getter="get_mnemonic_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="pattern"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pattern">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="selectable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="selectable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_selectable"
+ getter="get_selectable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="selection-bound" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -88847,10 +90115,12 @@ determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.</doc>
<property name="single-line-mode"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_single_line_mode"
+ getter="get_single_line_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="989">Whether the label is in single line mode. In single line mode,
+ line="990">Whether the label is in single line mode. In single line mode,
the height of the label does not depend on the actual text, it
is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This can be an
advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text
@@ -88860,27 +90130,39 @@ changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.</doc>
<property name="track-visited-links"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_track_visited_links"
+ getter="get_track_visited_links">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="1045">Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links
+ line="1046">Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links
have been visited. It will then apply the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED
when rendering this link, in addition to #GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="use-markup" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="use-markup"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_markup"
+ getter="get_use_markup">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="use-underline" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="use-underline"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_underline"
+ getter="get_use_underline">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="width-chars"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_width_chars"
+ getter="get_width_chars">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="969">The desired width of the label, in characters. If this property is set to
+ line="970">The desired width of the label, in characters. If this property is set to
-1, the width will be calculated automatically.
See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
@@ -88897,7 +90179,7 @@ determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="889">If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls
+ line="890">If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls
how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD, which
means wrap on word boundaries.</doc>
<type name="Pango.WrapMode"/>
@@ -88905,10 +90187,12 @@ means wrap on word boundaries.</doc>
<property name="xalign"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_xalign"
+ getter="get_xalign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="839">The xalign property determines the horizontal aligment of the label text
+ line="840">The xalign property determines the horizontal aligment of the label text
inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:halign,
which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
space available for the label.</doc>
@@ -88917,10 +90201,12 @@ space available for the label.</doc>
<property name="yalign"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_yalign"
+ getter="get_yalign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="857">The yalign property determines the vertical aligment of the label text
+ line="858">The yalign property determines the vertical aligment of the label text
inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:valign,
which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
space available for the label.</doc>
@@ -88938,7 +90224,7 @@ space available for the label.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="743">A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
+ line="744">A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user activates a link in the label.
Applications may also emit the signal with g_signal_emit_by_name()
@@ -88952,20 +90238,20 @@ The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key.</doc>
<glib:signal name="activate-link" when="last" version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="766">The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI.
+ line="767">The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI.
Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour,
which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="775">%TRUE if the link has been activated</doc>
+ line="776">%TRUE if the link has been activated</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="uri" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="769">the URI that is activated</doc>
+ line="770">the URI that is activated</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -88973,7 +90259,7 @@ which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().</doc>
<glib:signal name="copy-clipboard" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="702">The ::copy-clipboard signal is a
+ line="703">The ::copy-clipboard signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
@@ -88985,7 +90271,7 @@ The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-c.</doc>
<glib:signal name="move-cursor" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="665">The ::move-cursor signal is a
+ line="666">The ::move-cursor signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor movement.
If the cursor is not visible in @entry, this signal causes
@@ -89009,19 +90295,19 @@ There are too many key combinations to list them all here.
<parameter name="step" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="668">the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep</doc>
+ line="669">the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep</doc>
<type name="MovementStep"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="count" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="669">the number of @step units to move</doc>
+ line="670">the number of @step units to move</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="extend_selection" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="670">%TRUE if the move should extend the selection</doc>
+ line="671">%TRUE if the move should extend the selection</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -89029,7 +90315,7 @@ There are too many key combinations to list them all here.
<glib:signal name="populate-popup" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="721">The ::populate-popup signal gets emitted before showing the
+ line="722">The ::populate-popup signal gets emitted before showing the
context menu of the label. Note that only selectable labels
have context menus.
@@ -89042,7 +90328,7 @@ to this signal and append your menuitems to the @menu.</doc>
<parameter name="menu" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklabel.c"
- line="724">the menu that is being populated</doc>
+ line="725">the menu that is being populated</doc>
<type name="Menu"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -89707,8 +90993,8 @@ GtkLevelBar was introduced in GTK+ 3.6.
# GtkLevelBar as GtkBuildable
The GtkLevelBar implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
-custom <offsets> element, which can contain any number of <offset> elements,
-each of which must have name and value attributes.
+custom `<offsets>` element, which can contain any number of `<offset>` elements,
+each of which must have "name" and "value" attributes.
# CSS nodes
@@ -89829,6 +91115,7 @@ replaced by @value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_inverted"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_get_inverted"
+ glib:get-property="inverted"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -89851,6 +91138,7 @@ replaced by @value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_get_max_value"
+ glib:get-property="max-value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -89873,6 +91161,7 @@ replaced by @value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_min_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_get_min_value"
+ glib:get-property="min-value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -89895,6 +91184,7 @@ replaced by @value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_get_mode"
+ glib:get-property="mode"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -89958,6 +91248,7 @@ returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_get_value"
+ glib:get-property="value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90010,6 +91301,7 @@ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_inverted"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_set_inverted"
+ glib:set-property="inverted"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90035,6 +91327,7 @@ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_max_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_set_max_value"
+ glib:set-property="max-value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90063,6 +91356,7 @@ this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_min_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_set_min_value"
+ glib:set-property="min-value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90091,6 +91385,7 @@ this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_set_mode"
+ glib:set-property="mode"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90116,6 +91411,7 @@ this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_value"
c:identifier="gtk_level_bar_set_value"
+ glib:set-property="value"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
@@ -90143,7 +91439,9 @@ this function.</doc>
<property name="inverted"
version="3.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inverted"
+ getter="get_inverted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
line="1087">Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
@@ -90153,7 +91451,9 @@ Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.</doc>
<property name="max-value"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_value"
+ getter="get_max_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
line="1050">The #GtkLevelBar:max-value property determaxes the maximum value of
@@ -90163,7 +91463,9 @@ the interval that can be displayed by the bar.</doc>
<property name="min-value"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_min_value"
+ getter="get_min_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
line="1035">The #GtkLevelBar:min-value property determines the minimum value of
@@ -90173,7 +91475,9 @@ the interval that can be displayed by the bar.</doc>
<property name="mode"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_mode"
+ getter="get_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
line="1065">The #GtkLevelBar:mode property determines the way #GtkLevelBar
@@ -90189,7 +91493,9 @@ the integral roundings of #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value.</do
<property name="value"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_value"
+ getter="get_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklevelbar.c"
line="1020">The #GtkLevelBar:value property determines the currently
@@ -90596,6 +91902,7 @@ it from a plain #GtkButton, it gets the .link style class.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_uri"
c:identifier="gtk_link_button_get_uri"
+ glib:get-property="uri"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
@@ -90619,6 +91926,7 @@ it from a plain #GtkButton, it gets the .link style class.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visited"
c:identifier="gtk_link_button_get_visited"
+ glib:get-property="visited"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
@@ -90645,6 +91953,7 @@ The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_uri"
c:identifier="gtk_link_button_set_uri"
+ glib:set-property="uri"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
@@ -90671,6 +91980,7 @@ this unsets the “visited” state of the button.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visited"
c:identifier="gtk_link_button_set_visited"
+ glib:set-property="visited"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
@@ -90698,7 +92008,9 @@ points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details.</doc>
<property name="uri"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_uri"
+ getter="get_uri">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
line="158">The URI bound to this button.</doc>
@@ -90707,7 +92019,9 @@ points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details.</doc>
<property name="visited"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visited"
+ getter="get_visited">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c"
line="173">The 'visited' state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a
@@ -90870,7 +92184,7 @@ The GtkListBox widget was added in GTK+ 3.10.
The GtkListBox implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports
setting a child as the placeholder by specifying “placeholder” as the “type”
-attribute of a <child> element. See gtk_list_box_set_placeholder() for info.
+attribute of a `<child>` element. See gtk_list_box_set_placeholder() for info.
# CSS nodes
@@ -91137,6 +92451,7 @@ it will have the highlight removed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_get_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:get-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -91293,6 +92608,7 @@ find all selected rows.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode"
+ glib:get-property="selection-mode"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -91527,6 +92843,7 @@ Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:set-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -91736,6 +93053,7 @@ it doesn't display any visible children.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_selection_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode"
+ glib:set-property="selection-mode"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -91860,10 +93178,16 @@ Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
</method>
<property name="activate-on-single-click"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activate_on_single_click"
+ getter="get_activate_on_single_click">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="selection-mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="selection-mode"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_selection_mode"
+ getter="get_selection_mode">
<type name="SelectionMode"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -92337,6 +93661,7 @@ but that is more expensive.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_activatable"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable"
+ glib:get-property="activatable"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -92406,6 +93731,7 @@ set already, and if so to update the state of it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_selectable"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_row_get_selectable"
+ glib:get-property="selectable"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -92452,6 +93778,7 @@ for this row.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_activatable"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable"
+ glib:set-property="activatable"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -92507,6 +93834,7 @@ header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_selectable"
c:identifier="gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable"
+ glib:set-property="selectable"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
@@ -92533,7 +93861,9 @@ header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox.</doc>
<property name="activatable"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activatable"
+ getter="get_activatable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
line="3910">The property determines whether the #GtkListBox::row-activated
@@ -92543,7 +93873,9 @@ signal will be emitted for this row.</doc>
<property name="selectable"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_selectable"
+ getter="get_selectable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklistbox.c"
line="3925">The property determines whether this row can be selected.</doc>
@@ -92736,6 +94068,7 @@ application writer to call gtk_tree_model_row_changed() to emit the
#GdkPixbufs stored.
An example for creating a simple list store:
+
|[<!-- language="C" -->
enum {
COLUMN_STRING,
@@ -92816,14 +94149,14 @@ function must be prepared for that.
# GtkListStore as GtkBuildable
The GtkListStore implementation of the GtkBuildable interface allows
-to specify the model columns with a <columns> element that may contain
-multiple <column> elements, each specifying one model column. The “type”
+to specify the model columns with a `<columns>` element that may contain
+multiple `<column>` elements, each specifying one model column. The “type”
attribute specifies the data type for the column.
Additionally, it is possible to specify content for the list store
-in the UI definition, with the <data> element. It can contain multiple
-<row> elements, each specifying to content for one row of the list model.
-Inside a <row>, the <col> elements specify the content for individual cells.
+in the UI definition, with the `<data>` element. It can contain multiple
+`<row>` elements, each specifying to content for one row of the list model.
+Inside a `<row>`, the `<col>` elements specify the content for individual cells.
Note that it is probably more common to define your models in the code,
and one might consider it a layering violation to specify the content of
@@ -92831,7 +94164,8 @@ a list store in a UI definition, data, not presentation, and common wisdom
is to separate the two, as far as possible.
An example of a UI Definition fragment for a list store:
-|[<!-- language="C" -->
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkListStore">
<columns>
<column type="gchararray"/>
@@ -92864,7 +94198,7 @@ An example of a UI Definition fragment for a list store:
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="399">Creates a new list store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
+ line="401">Creates a new list store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types
are supported.
@@ -92875,20 +94209,20 @@ int, string and #GdkPixbuf respectively.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="412">a new #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="414">a new #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="401">number of columns in the list store</doc>
+ line="403">number of columns in the list store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="402">all #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
+ line="404">all #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -92898,25 +94232,25 @@ int, string and #GdkPixbuf respectively.</doc>
shadows="new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="450">Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.</doc>
+ line="452">Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="70"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="457">a new #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="459">a new #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="452">number of columns in the list store</doc>
+ line="454">number of columns in the list store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="types" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="453">an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
+ line="455">an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GType*">
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</array>
@@ -92926,7 +94260,7 @@ int, string and #GdkPixbuf respectively.</doc>
<method name="append" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_append">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1378">Appends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
+ line="1380">Appends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in
values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="129"/>
@@ -92937,7 +94271,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1380">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1382">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -92946,7 +94280,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1381">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row</doc>
+ line="1383">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -92954,7 +94288,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<method name="clear" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_clear">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1410">Removes all rows from the list store.</doc>
+ line="1412">Removes all rows from the list store.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="132"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -92963,7 +94297,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1412">a #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1414">a #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -92971,7 +94305,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<method name="insert" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_insert">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1233">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new
+ line="1235">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new
row. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows on the list,
then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be empty after
this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
@@ -92984,7 +94318,7 @@ gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1235">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1237">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -92993,13 +94327,13 @@ gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1236">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1238">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1237">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
+ line="1239">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93007,7 +94341,7 @@ gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="insert_after" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_insert_after">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1322">Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
+ line="1324">Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
prepended to the beginning of the list. @iter will be changed to point to
this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill
in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
@@ -93019,7 +94353,7 @@ in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().<
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1324">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1326">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -93028,7 +94362,7 @@ in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().<
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1325">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1327">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sibling"
@@ -93037,7 +94371,7 @@ in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().<
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1326">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1328">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93045,7 +94379,7 @@ in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().<
<method name="insert_before" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_insert_before">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1286">Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
+ line="1288">Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
be appended to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this
new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in
values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
@@ -93057,7 +94391,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1288">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1290">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -93066,7 +94400,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1289">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1291">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sibling"
@@ -93075,7 +94409,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1290">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1292">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93086,7 +94420,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2150">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new
+ line="2152">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new
row. If @position is -1, or larger than the number of rows in the list, then
the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be filled with the
values given to this function.
@@ -93121,7 +94455,7 @@ inserting rows in a sorted list store.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2152">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="2154">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -93132,20 +94466,20 @@ inserting rows in a sorted list store.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2153">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2155">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2154">position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing
+ line="2156">position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing
rows</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2156">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
+ line="2158">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93155,7 +94489,7 @@ inserting rows in a sorted list store.</doc>
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2249">A variant of gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() which
+ line="2251">A variant of gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() which
takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of
varargs. This function is mainly intended for
language-bindings.</doc>
@@ -93167,7 +94501,7 @@ language-bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2251">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="2253">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -93178,19 +94512,19 @@ language-bindings.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2252">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="2254">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2253">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
+ line="2255">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2254">an array of column numbers</doc>
+ line="2256">an array of column numbers</doc>
<array length="4" zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</array>
@@ -93198,7 +94532,7 @@ language-bindings.</doc>
<parameter name="values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2255">an array of GValues</doc>
+ line="2257">an array of GValues</doc>
<array length="4" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GValue*">
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue"/>
</array>
@@ -93206,7 +94540,7 @@ language-bindings.</doc>
<parameter name="n_values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="2256">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
+ line="2258">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93216,7 +94550,7 @@ language-bindings.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1437">> This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
+ line="1439">> This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
> purposes.
Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.</doc>
@@ -93224,20 +94558,20 @@ Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1447">%TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.</doc>
+ line="1449">%TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1439">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1441">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1440">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1442">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93247,7 +94581,7 @@ Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1870">Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this
+ line="1872">Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this
function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
will be moved to the start of the list.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="144"/>
@@ -93258,13 +94592,13 @@ will be moved to the start of the list.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1872">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1874">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1873">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1875">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position"
@@ -93273,7 +94607,7 @@ will be moved to the start of the list.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1874">A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="1876">A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93283,7 +94617,7 @@ will be moved to the start of the list.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1837">Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this
+ line="1839">Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this
function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
will be moved to the end of the list.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="148"/>
@@ -93294,13 +94628,13 @@ will be moved to the end of the list.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1839">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1841">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1840">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1842">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position"
@@ -93309,7 +94643,7 @@ will be moved to the end of the list.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1841">A #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="1843">A #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93317,7 +94651,7 @@ will be moved to the end of the list.</doc>
<method name="prepend" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_prepend">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1358">Prepends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
+ line="1360">Prepends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in
values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="126"/>
@@ -93328,7 +94662,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1360">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1362">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -93337,7 +94671,7 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1361">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepend row</doc>
+ line="1363">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepend row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93345,27 +94679,27 @@ values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value().</do
<method name="remove" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_remove">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1183">Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed,
+ line="1185">Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed,
@iter is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated if it pointed
to the last row in @list_store.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="99"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1192">%TRUE if @iter is valid, %FALSE if not.</doc>
+ line="1194">%TRUE if @iter is valid, %FALSE if not.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1185">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1187">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1186">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
+ line="1188">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93375,7 +94709,7 @@ to the last row in @list_store.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1673">Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that
+ line="1675">Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that
this function only works with unsorted stores.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="137"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -93385,13 +94719,13 @@ this function only works with unsorted stores.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1675">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1677">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="new_order" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1676">an array of integers mapping the new
+ line="1678">an array of integers mapping the new
position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering,
i.e. @new_order`[newpos] = oldpos`. It must have
exactly as many items as the list store’s length.</doc>
@@ -93407,7 +94741,7 @@ this function only works with unsorted stores.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1155">Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter.
+ line="1157">Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter.
The variable argument list should contain integer column numbers,
each column number followed by the value to be set.
The list is terminated by a -1. For example, to set column 0 with type
@@ -93424,19 +94758,19 @@ will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1157">a #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1159">a #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1158">row iterator</doc>
+ line="1160">row iterator</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1159">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
+ line="1161">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93445,7 +94779,7 @@ will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_list_store_set_column_types">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="486">This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkListStore,
+ line="488">This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkListStore,
and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkListStore. It will not
function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel
interface is called.</doc>
@@ -93457,19 +94791,19 @@ interface is called.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="488">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="490">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="489">Number of columns for the list store</doc>
+ line="491">Number of columns for the list store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="types" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="490">An array length n of #GTypes</doc>
+ line="492">An array length n of #GTypes</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GType*">
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</array>
@@ -93481,7 +94815,7 @@ interface is called.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1113">See gtk_list_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for use by language
+ line="1115">See gtk_list_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for use by language
bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="95"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -93491,19 +94825,19 @@ bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1115">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1117">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1116">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="1118">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="var_args" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1117">va_list of column/value pairs</doc>
+ line="1119">va_list of column/value pairs</doc>
<type name="va_list" c:type="va_list"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93511,7 +94845,7 @@ bindings.</doc>
<method name="set_value" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_set_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="912">Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column.
+ line="914">Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column.
The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the
column.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="80"/>
@@ -93522,25 +94856,25 @@ column.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="914">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="916">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="915">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="917">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="916">column number to modify</doc>
+ line="918">column number to modify</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="917">new value for the cell</doc>
+ line="919">new value for the cell</doc>
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93551,7 +94885,7 @@ column.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1063">A variant of gtk_list_store_set_valist() which
+ line="1065">A variant of gtk_list_store_set_valist() which
takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of
varargs. This function is mainly intended for
language-bindings and in case the number of columns to
@@ -93564,19 +94898,19 @@ change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="list_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1065">A #GtkListStore</doc>
+ line="1067">A #GtkListStore</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1066">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="1068">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1067">an array of column numbers</doc>
+ line="1069">an array of column numbers</doc>
<array length="3" zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</array>
@@ -93584,7 +94918,7 @@ change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<parameter name="values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1068">an array of GValues</doc>
+ line="1070">an array of GValues</doc>
<array length="3" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GValue*">
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue"/>
</array>
@@ -93592,7 +94926,7 @@ change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<parameter name="n_values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1069">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
+ line="1071">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93600,7 +94934,7 @@ change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<method name="swap" c:identifier="gtk_list_store_swap" version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1769">Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with
+ line="1771">Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with
unsorted stores.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.h" line="140"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -93610,19 +94944,19 @@ unsorted stores.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1771">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
+ line="1773">A #GtkListStore.</doc>
<type name="ListStore" c:type="GtkListStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="a" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1772">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1774">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="b" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkliststore.c"
- line="1773">Another #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1775">Another #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -93746,6 +95080,7 @@ with the #GtkLockButton:text-lock, #GtkLockButton:text-unlock,
</constructor>
<method name="get_permission"
c:identifier="gtk_lock_button_get_permission"
+ glib:get-property="permission"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklockbutton.c"
@@ -93768,6 +95103,7 @@ with the #GtkLockButton:text-lock, #GtkLockButton:text-unlock,
</method>
<method name="set_permission"
c:identifier="gtk_lock_button_set_permission"
+ glib:set-property="permission"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtklockbutton.c"
@@ -93794,7 +95130,11 @@ with the #GtkLockButton:text-lock, #GtkLockButton:text-unlock,
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="permission" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="permission"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_permission"
+ getter="get_permission">
<type name="Gio.Permission"/>
</property>
<property name="text-lock"
@@ -94612,7 +95952,9 @@ when the gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() function was called.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_accel_group" c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_accel_group">
+ <method name="get_accel_group"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_accel_group"
+ glib:get-property="accel-group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="2703">Gets the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the
@@ -94635,6 +95977,7 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_accel_path"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_accel_path"
+ glib:get-property="accel-path"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
@@ -94655,7 +95998,9 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_active" c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_active">
+ <method name="get_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="2588">Returns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the
@@ -94679,7 +96024,8 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_attach_widget"
- c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_attach_widget">
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_attach_widget"
+ glib:get-property="attach-widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="1585">Returns the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to.</doc>
@@ -94701,6 +96047,7 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_monitor"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_monitor"
+ glib:get-property="monitor"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
@@ -94724,6 +96071,7 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_reserve_toggle_size"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size"
+ glib:get-property="reserve-toggle-size"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
@@ -94747,6 +96095,7 @@ icons, regardless of their actual presence.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_tearoff_state"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state"
+ glib:get-property="tearoff-state"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -95277,7 +96626,9 @@ children.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_accel_group" c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_accel_group">
+ <method name="set_accel_group"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_accel_group"
+ glib:set-property="accel-group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="2669">Set the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the
@@ -95308,7 +96659,9 @@ contained in this group.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_accel_path" c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_accel_path">
+ <method name="set_accel_path"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_accel_path"
+ glib:set-property="accel-path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="2738">Sets an accelerator path for this menu from which accelerator paths
@@ -95354,7 +96707,9 @@ it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_active" c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_active">
+ <method name="set_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="2633">Selects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by
@@ -95381,6 +96736,7 @@ the #GtkComboBox and should not be used by anyone else.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_monitor"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_monitor"
+ glib:set-property="monitor"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
@@ -95415,6 +96771,7 @@ the screen boundaries.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_reserve_toggle_size"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size"
+ glib:set-property="reserve-toggle-size"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
@@ -95470,6 +96827,7 @@ or icons, regardless of their actual presence.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_tearoff_state"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state"
+ glib:set-property="tearoff-state"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -95535,7 +96893,9 @@ text as that menu item’s label.</doc>
<property name="accel-group"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_group"
+ getter="get_accel_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="645">The accel group holding accelerators for the menu.</doc>
@@ -95544,7 +96904,9 @@ text as that menu item’s label.</doc>
<property name="accel-path"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_path"
+ getter="get_accel_path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="660">An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items.</doc>
@@ -95553,7 +96915,9 @@ text as that menu item’s label.</doc>
<property name="active"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="629">The index of the currently selected menu item, or -1 if no
@@ -95586,7 +96950,8 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx,
<property name="attach-widget"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_attach_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="675">The widget the menu is attached to. Setting this property attaches
@@ -95611,7 +96976,9 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
<property name="monitor"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_monitor"
+ getter="get_monitor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="725">The monitor the menu will be popped up on.</doc>
@@ -95649,7 +97016,9 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
<property name="reserve-toggle-size"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_reserve_toggle_size"
+ getter="get_reserve_toggle_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="740">A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for
@@ -95666,7 +97035,9 @@ toggle space for consistency.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tearoff_state"
+ getter="get_tearoff_state">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenu.c"
line="708">A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off.</doc>
@@ -95858,6 +97229,7 @@ widget hierarchy.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_child_pack_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction"
+ glib:get-property="child-pack-direction"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
@@ -95881,6 +97253,7 @@ See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_pack_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction"
+ glib:get-property="pack-direction"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
@@ -95904,6 +97277,7 @@ See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_child_pack_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction"
+ glib:set-property="child-pack-direction"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
@@ -95929,6 +97303,7 @@ See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_pack_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction"
+ glib:set-property="pack-direction"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
@@ -95955,7 +97330,9 @@ See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().</doc>
<property name="child-pack-direction"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_child_pack_direction"
+ getter="get_child_pack_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
line="225">The child pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
@@ -95965,7 +97342,9 @@ the widgets contained in child menuitems are arranged.</doc>
<property name="pack-direction"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pack_direction"
+ getter="get_pack_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubar.c"
line="208">The pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
@@ -96135,6 +97514,7 @@ with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_align_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_align_widget"
+ glib:get-property="align-widget"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96157,6 +97537,7 @@ with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_direction"
+ glib:get-property="direction"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96179,6 +97560,7 @@ with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_menu_model"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_menu_model"
+ glib:get-property="menu-model"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96201,6 +97583,7 @@ with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popover"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_popover"
+ glib:get-property="popover"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96225,6 +97608,7 @@ returns %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_popup"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_popup"
+ glib:get-property="popup"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96249,6 +97633,7 @@ returns %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_popover"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover"
+ glib:get-property="use-popover"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96272,6 +97657,7 @@ from the menu model.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_align_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget"
+ glib:set-property="align-widget"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96307,6 +97693,7 @@ and not for popovers.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_direction"
+ glib:set-property="direction"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96340,6 +97727,7 @@ as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_menu_model"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model"
+ glib:set-property="menu-model"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96379,6 +97767,7 @@ to %NULL.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_popover"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_popover"
+ glib:set-property="popover"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96411,6 +97800,7 @@ are dissociated from the @menu_button, and those properties are set to %NULL.</d
</method>
<method name="set_popup"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_popup"
+ glib:set-property="popup"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96443,6 +97833,7 @@ are dissociated from the @menu_button, and those properties are set to %NULL.</d
</method>
<method name="set_use_popover"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover"
+ glib:set-property="use-popover"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
@@ -96471,7 +97862,9 @@ this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set.</doc>
<property name="align-widget"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_align_widget"
+ getter="get_align_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="510">The #GtkWidget to use to align the menu with.</doc>
@@ -96480,7 +97873,9 @@ this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set.</doc>
<property name="direction"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_direction"
+ getter="get_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="524">The #GtkArrowType representing the direction in which the
@@ -96490,7 +97885,9 @@ menu or popover will be popped out.</doc>
<property name="menu-model"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_menu_model"
+ getter="get_menu_model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="491">The #GMenuModel from which the popup will be created.
@@ -96504,7 +97901,9 @@ See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the
<property name="popover"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popover"
+ getter="get_popover">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="555">The #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is clicked.</doc>
@@ -96513,7 +97912,9 @@ See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the
<property name="popup"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_popup"
+ getter="get_popup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="477">The #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked.</doc>
@@ -96522,7 +97923,9 @@ See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the
<property name="use-popover"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_popover"
+ getter="get_use_popover">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c"
line="540">Whether to construct a #GtkPopover from the menu model,
@@ -96747,6 +98150,7 @@ GtkMenuItem has direct functions to set the label and its mnemonic.
For more advanced label settings, you can fetch the child widget from the GtkBin.
An example for setting markup and accelerator on a MenuItem:
+
|[<!-- language="C" -->
GtkWidget *menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Example Menu Item");
@@ -96759,10 +98163,11 @@ gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GTK_ACCEL_LABEL (child), GDK_KEY_1, 0);
The GtkMenuItem implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports
adding a submenu by specifying “submenu” as the “type” attribute of
-a <child> element.
+a `<child>` element.
An example of UI definition fragment with submenus:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkMenuItem">
<child type="submenu">
<object class="GtkMenu"/>
@@ -96789,12 +98194,12 @@ the .left or .right style class.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="968">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem.</doc>
+ line="970">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="114"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="973">the newly created #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="975">the newly created #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -96802,19 +98207,19 @@ the .left or .right style class.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_new_with_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="981">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem whose child is a #GtkLabel.</doc>
+ line="983">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem whose child is a #GtkLabel.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="116"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="987">the newly created #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="989">the newly created #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="983">the text for the label</doc>
+ line="985">the text for the label</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96823,7 +98228,7 @@ the .left or .right style class.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="998">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem containing a label.
+ line="1000">Creates a new #GtkMenuItem containing a label.
The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(),
so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
@@ -96831,14 +98236,14 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1008">a new #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="1010">a new #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1000">The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the
+ line="1002">The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the
mnemonic character</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -96847,7 +98252,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="activate" invoker="activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1607">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item</doc>
+ line="1609">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="87"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96856,7 +98261,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1609">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1611">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96875,7 +98280,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="deselect" invoker="deselect">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1593">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1595">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="98"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96884,7 +98289,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1595">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1597">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96892,12 +98297,12 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="get_label" invoker="get_label" version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2505">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
+ line="2507">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="95"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2511">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
+ line="2513">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
string used by the label, and must not be modified.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -96905,7 +98310,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2507">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2509">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96913,7 +98318,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="select" invoker="select">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1579">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1581">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="97"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96922,7 +98327,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1581">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1583">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96930,7 +98335,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="set_label" invoker="set_label" version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2487">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
+ line="2489">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="93"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96939,13 +98344,13 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2489">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2491">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2490">the text you want to set</doc>
+ line="2492">the text you want to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96954,7 +98359,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
invoker="toggle_size_allocate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1637">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1639">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="91"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96963,13 +98368,13 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1639">the menu item.</doc>
+ line="1641">the menu item.</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1640">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1642">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -96977,7 +98382,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<virtual-method name="toggle_size_request" invoker="toggle_size_request">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1621">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1623">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="89"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -96986,7 +98391,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1623">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1625">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -96995,7 +98400,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1624">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1626">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97003,7 +98408,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<method name="activate" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1607">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item</doc>
+ line="1609">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="129"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97012,7 +98417,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1609">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1611">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97020,7 +98425,7 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<method name="deselect" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_deselect">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1593">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1595">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="127"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97029,24 +98434,25 @@ so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1595">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1597">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_accel_path"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_accel_path"
+ glib:get-property="accel-path"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2419">Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on @menu_item.
+ line="2421">Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on @menu_item.
See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="145"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2427">the accelerator path corresponding to
+ line="2429">the accelerator path corresponding to
this menu item’s functionality, or %NULL if not set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97054,22 +98460,23 @@ See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2421">a valid #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2423">a valid #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2505">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
+ line="2507">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="151"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2511">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
+ line="2513">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
string used by the label, and must not be modified.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97077,7 +98484,7 @@ See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2507">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2509">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97087,14 +98494,14 @@ See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2613">Returns whether the @menu_item reserves space for
+ line="2615">Returns whether the @menu_item reserves space for
the submenu indicator, regardless if it has a submenu
or not.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="163"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2621">%TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the
+ line="2623">%TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the
submenu indicator</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97102,25 +98509,26 @@ or not.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2615">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2617">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_right_justified"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_right_justified"
+ glib:get-property="right-justified"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2208">Gets whether the menu item appears justified at the right
+ line="2210">Gets whether the menu item appears justified at the right
side of the menu bar.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">See gtk_menu_item_set_right_justified()</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="140"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2215">%TRUE if the menu item will appear at the
+ line="2217">%TRUE if the menu item will appear at the
far right if added to a menu bar.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97128,44 +98536,47 @@ side of the menu bar.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2210">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2212">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_submenu" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_submenu">
+ <method name="get_submenu"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_submenu"
+ glib:get-property="submenu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1550">Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any.
+ line="1552">Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any.
See gtk_menu_item_set_submenu().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="123"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1557">submenu for this menu item, or %NULL if none</doc>
+ line="1559">submenu for this menu item, or %NULL if none</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1552">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="1554">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_get_use_underline"
+ glib:get-property="use-underline"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2553">Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character
+ line="2555">Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character
should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="157"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2560">%TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
+ line="2562">%TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
indicates the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97173,7 +98584,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2555">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2557">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97181,7 +98592,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<method name="select" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_select">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1579">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1581">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="125"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97190,16 +98601,17 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1581">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1583">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_accel_path"
- c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path">
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path"
+ glib:set-property="accel-path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2359">Set the accelerator path on @menu_item, through which runtime
+ line="2361">Set the accelerator path on @menu_item, through which runtime
changes of the menu item’s accelerator caused by the user can be
identified and saved to persistent storage (see gtk_accel_map_save()
on this). To set up a default accelerator for this menu item, call
@@ -97226,7 +98638,7 @@ by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2361">a valid #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2363">a valid #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_path"
@@ -97235,7 +98647,7 @@ by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2362">accelerator path, corresponding to this menu
+ line="2364">accelerator path, corresponding to this menu
item’s functionality, or %NULL to unset the current path.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -97243,10 +98655,11 @@ by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2487">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
+ line="2489">Sets @text on the @menu_item label</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="148"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97255,13 +98668,13 @@ by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2489">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2491">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2490">the text you want to set</doc>
+ line="2492">the text you want to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97271,7 +98684,7 @@ by interning it first with g_intern_static_string().</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2581">Sets whether the @menu_item should reserve space for
+ line="2583">Sets whether the @menu_item should reserve space for
the submenu indicator, regardless if it actually has
a submenu or not.
@@ -97285,24 +98698,25 @@ this functions.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2583">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2585">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="reserve" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2584">the new value</doc>
+ line="2586">the new value</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_right_justified"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_right_justified"
+ glib:set-property="right-justified"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2184">Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right
+ line="2186">Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right
side of a menu bar. This was traditionally done for “Help”
menu items, but is now considered a bad idea. (If the widget
layout is reversed for a right-to-left language like Hebrew
@@ -97317,22 +98731,24 @@ or Arabic, right-justified-menu-items appear at the left.)</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2186">a #GtkMenuItem.</doc>
+ line="2188">a #GtkMenuItem.</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="right_justified" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2187">if %TRUE the menu item will appear at the
+ line="2189">if %TRUE the menu item will appear at the
far right if added to a menu bar</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_submenu" c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_submenu">
+ <method name="set_submenu"
+ c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_submenu"
+ glib:set-property="submenu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1504">Sets or replaces the menu item’s submenu, or removes it when a %NULL
+ line="1506">Sets or replaces the menu item’s submenu, or removes it when a %NULL
submenu is passed.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="120"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -97342,7 +98758,7 @@ submenu is passed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1506">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="1508">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="submenu"
@@ -97351,17 +98767,18 @@ submenu is passed.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1507">the submenu, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1509">the submenu, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Menu" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline"
+ glib:set-property="use-underline"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2524">If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character
+ line="2526">If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character
should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="154"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -97371,13 +98788,13 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2526">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2528">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2527">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
+ line="2529">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97386,7 +98803,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_toggle_size_allocate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1637">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1639">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="134"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97395,13 +98812,13 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1639">the menu item.</doc>
+ line="1641">the menu item.</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1640">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1642">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97410,7 +98827,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_menu_item_toggle_size_request">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1621">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item.</doc>
+ line="1623">Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.h" line="131"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -97419,7 +98836,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1623">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1625">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -97428,7 +98845,7 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1624">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1626">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97436,10 +98853,12 @@ should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.</doc>
<property name="accel-path"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accel_path"
+ getter="get_accel_path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="764">Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime
+ line="766">Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime
changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be
identified and saved to persistant storage.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
@@ -97447,38 +98866,46 @@ identified and saved to persistant storage.</doc>
<property name="label"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="780">The text for the child label.</doc>
+ line="782">The text for the child label.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="right-justified"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_right_justified"
+ getter="get_right_justified">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="735">Sets whether the menu item appears justified
+ line="737">Sets whether the menu item appears justified
at the right side of a menu bar.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="submenu"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_submenu"
+ getter="get_submenu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="750">The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none.</doc>
+ line="752">The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none.</doc>
<type name="Menu"/>
</property>
<property name="use-underline"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_underline"
+ getter="get_use_underline">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="794">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics.</doc>
+ line="796">%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="bin">
@@ -97490,7 +98917,7 @@ at the right side of a menu bar.</doc>
<glib:signal name="activate" when="first" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="664">Emitted when the item is activated.</doc>
+ line="666">Emitted when the item is activated.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97498,7 +98925,7 @@ at the right side of a menu bar.</doc>
<glib:signal name="activate-item" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="680">Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a
+ line="682">Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a
submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
#GtkMenuItem::activate.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -97603,7 +99030,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1609">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1611">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97632,7 +99059,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1623">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1625">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -97641,7 +99068,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1624">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1626">the requisition to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97657,13 +99084,13 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1639">the menu item.</doc>
+ line="1641">the menu item.</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1640">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
+ line="1642">the allocation to use as signal data.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97679,13 +99106,13 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2489">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2491">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2490">the text you want to set</doc>
+ line="2492">the text you want to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97697,7 +99124,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2511">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
+ line="2513">The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
string used by the label, and must not be modified.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -97705,7 +99132,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="2507">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
+ line="2509">a #GtkMenuItem</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97721,7 +99148,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1581">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1583">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -97737,7 +99164,7 @@ submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
<parameter name="menu_item" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c"
- line="1595">the menu item</doc>
+ line="1597">the menu item</doc>
<type name="MenuItem" c:type="GtkMenuItem*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -98284,6 +99711,7 @@ from which it was opened up.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_take_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus"
+ glib:get-property="take-focus"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenushell.c"
@@ -98415,6 +99843,7 @@ item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_take_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus"
+ glib:set-property="take-focus"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenushell.c"
@@ -98467,7 +99896,9 @@ See also gdk_keyboard_grab()</doc>
<property name="take-focus"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_take_focus"
+ getter="get_take_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenushell.c"
line="407">A boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the
@@ -98864,10 +100295,11 @@ Use gtk_menu_tool_button_new() to create a new
The GtkMenuToolButton implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
supports adding a menu by specifying “menu” as the “type” attribute
-of a <child> element.
+of a `<child>` element.
An example for a UI definition fragment with menus:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkMenuToolButton">
<child type="menu">
<object class="GtkMenu"/>
@@ -98884,13 +100316,13 @@ An example for a UI definition fragment with menus:
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="329">Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and
+ line="330">Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and
@label as label.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.h" line="76"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="337">the new #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="338">the new #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="ToolItem" c:type="GtkToolItem*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -98900,7 +100332,7 @@ An example for a UI definition fragment with menus:
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="331">a widget that will be used as icon widget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="332">a widget that will be used as icon widget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="label"
@@ -98909,7 +100341,7 @@ An example for a UI definition fragment with menus:
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="332">a string that will be used as label, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="333">a string that will be used as label, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -98921,7 +100353,7 @@ An example for a UI definition fragment with menus:
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="358">Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton.
+ line="359">Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton.
The new #GtkMenuToolButton will contain an icon and label from
the stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_menu_tool_button_new() instead.</doc-deprecated>
@@ -98929,14 +100361,14 @@ the stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="366">the new #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="367">the new #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="ToolItem" c:type="GtkToolItem*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stock_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="360">the name of a stock item</doc>
+ line="361">the name of a stock item</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -98954,15 +100386,16 @@ the stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_menu"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_tool_button_get_menu"
+ glib:get-property="menu"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="422">Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
+ line="423">Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.h" line="85"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="428">the #GtkMenu associated
+ line="429">the #GtkMenu associated
with #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -98970,7 +100403,7 @@ the stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="424">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="425">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="MenuToolButton" c:type="GtkMenuToolButton*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -98980,7 +100413,7 @@ the stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="467">Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button
+ line="468">Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button
which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting
a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.h" line="90"/>
@@ -98991,13 +100424,13 @@ a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="469">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="470">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="MenuToolButton" c:type="GtkMenuToolButton*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="markup" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="470">markup text to be used as tooltip text for button’s arrow button</doc>
+ line="471">markup text to be used as tooltip text for button’s arrow button</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -99007,7 +100440,7 @@ a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="447">Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which
+ line="448">Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which
pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip
on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.h" line="87"/>
@@ -99018,23 +100451,24 @@ on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="449">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="450">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="MenuToolButton" c:type="GtkMenuToolButton*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="450">text to be used as tooltip text for button’s arrow button</doc>
+ line="451">text to be used as tooltip text for button’s arrow button</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_menu"
c:identifier="gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu"
+ glib:set-property="menu"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="393">Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow.
+ line="394">Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow.
If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.h" line="82"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -99044,18 +100478,22 @@ If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="395">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="396">a #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="MenuToolButton" c:type="GtkMenuToolButton*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="menu" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="396">the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
+ line="397">the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="menu" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="menu"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_menu"
+ getter="get_menu">
<type name="Menu"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -99067,7 +100505,7 @@ If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.</doc>
<glib:signal name="show-menu" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c"
- line="241">The ::show-menu signal is emitted before the menu is shown.
+ line="242">The ::show-menu signal is emitted before the menu is shown.
It can be used to populate the menu on demand, using
gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu().
@@ -99436,6 +100874,7 @@ g_free (msg);
</method>
<method name="get_image"
c:identifier="gtk_message_dialog_get_image"
+ glib:get-property="image"
version="2.14"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
@@ -99461,6 +100900,7 @@ g_free (msg);
</method>
<method name="get_message_area"
c:identifier="gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area"
+ glib:get-property="message-area"
version="2.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c"
@@ -99488,6 +100928,7 @@ function in the parent #GtkDialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_image"
c:identifier="gtk_message_dialog_set_image"
+ glib:set-property="image"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
@@ -99552,14 +100993,19 @@ up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_image"
+ getter="get_image">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c"
line="266">The image for this dialog.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkDialog to create dialogs with images</doc-deprecated>
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="message-area" version="2.22" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="message-area"
+ version="2.22"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_message_area">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c"
line="282">The #GtkBox that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See
@@ -100318,6 +101764,7 @@ This function is called after loading the module.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_parent"
c:identifier="gtk_mount_operation_get_parent"
+ glib:get-property="parent"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c"
@@ -100340,6 +101787,7 @@ This function is called after loading the module.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_mount_operation_get_screen"
+ glib:get-property="screen"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c"
@@ -100363,6 +101811,7 @@ will be shown.</doc>
</method>
<method name="is_showing"
c:identifier="gtk_mount_operation_is_showing"
+ glib:get-property="is-showing"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c"
@@ -100386,6 +101835,7 @@ a window.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_parent"
c:identifier="gtk_mount_operation_set_parent"
+ glib:set-property="parent"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c"
@@ -100415,6 +101865,7 @@ a window.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_mount_operation_set_screen"
+ glib:set-property="screen"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c"
@@ -100438,13 +101889,23 @@ a window.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="is-showing" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="is-showing"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="is_showing">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="parent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="parent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_parent"
+ getter="get_parent">
<type name="Window"/>
</property>
- <property name="screen" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="screen"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_screen"
+ getter="get_screen">
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -100835,6 +102296,7 @@ system to the #GtkNativeDialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_modal"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_get_modal"
+ glib:get-property="modal"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -100857,6 +102319,7 @@ system to the #GtkNativeDialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -100881,6 +102344,7 @@ system to the #GtkNativeDialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transient_for"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_get_transient_for"
+ glib:get-property="transient-for"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -100905,6 +102369,7 @@ or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -100996,6 +102461,7 @@ be triggered during a gtk_native_dialog_run() call.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_modal"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_set_modal"
+ glib:set-property="modal"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -101026,6 +102492,7 @@ will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -101051,6 +102518,7 @@ will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transient_for"
c:identifier="gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for"
+ glib:set-property="transient-for"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
@@ -101108,7 +102576,9 @@ Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.</doc>
<property name="modal"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_modal"
+ getter="get_modal">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
line="219">Whether the window should be modal with respect to its transient parent.</doc>
@@ -101117,7 +102587,9 @@ Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.</doc>
<property name="title"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
line="205">The title of the dialog window</doc>
@@ -101127,7 +102599,9 @@ Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.</doc>
version="3.20"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transient_for"
+ getter="get_transient_for">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
line="247">The transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL for none.</doc>
@@ -101136,7 +102610,8 @@ Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.</doc>
<property name="visible"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknativedialog.c"
line="233">Whether the window is currenlty visible.</doc>
@@ -101279,17 +102754,18 @@ will be a popup menu allowing the users to switch pages.
The GtkNotebook implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface
supports placing children into tabs by specifying “tab” as the
-“type” attribute of a <child> element. Note that the content
+“type” attribute of a `<child>` element. Note that the content
of the tab must be created before the tab can be filled.
-A tab child can be specified without specifying a <child>
+A tab child can be specified without specifying a `<child>`
type attribute.
To add a child widget in the notebooks action area, specify
"action-start" or “action-end” as the “type” attribute of the
-<child> element.
+`<child>` element.
An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkNotebook:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkNotebook">
<child>
<object class="GtkLabel" id="notebook-content">
@@ -101350,12 +102826,12 @@ The nodes are always arranged from left-to-right, regarldess of text direction.<
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1698">Creates a new #GtkNotebook widget with no pages.</doc>
+ line="1699">Creates a new #GtkNotebook widget with no pages.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="128"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1703">the newly created #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="1704">the newly created #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -101546,12 +103022,12 @@ The nodes are always arranged from left-to-right, regarldess of text direction.<
<method name="append_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_append_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6444">Appends a page to @notebook.</doc>
+ line="6445">Appends a page to @notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="130"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6453">the index (starting from 0) of the appended
+ line="6454">the index (starting from 0) of the appended
page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -101559,13 +103035,13 @@ The nodes are always arranged from left-to-right, regarldess of text direction.<
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6446">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6447">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6447">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6448">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -101574,7 +103050,7 @@ The nodes are always arranged from left-to-right, regarldess of text direction.<
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6448">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6449">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -101584,13 +103060,13 @@ The nodes are always arranged from left-to-right, regarldess of text direction.<
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_append_page_menu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6468">Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
+ line="6469">Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
label in the popup menu.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="134"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6484">the index (starting from 0) of the appended
+ line="6485">the index (starting from 0) of the appended
page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -101598,13 +103074,13 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6470">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6471">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6471">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6472">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -101613,7 +103089,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6472">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6473">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -101623,7 +103099,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6474">the widget to use as a label for the
+ line="6475">the widget to use as a label for the
page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
@@ -101638,7 +103114,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="3944">Removes the child from the notebook.
+ line="3945">Removes the child from the notebook.
This function is very similar to gtk_container_remove(),
but additionally informs the notebook that the removal
@@ -101652,13 +103128,13 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="3946">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="3947">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="3947">a child</doc>
+ line="3948">a child</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101668,12 +103144,12 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8022">Gets one of the action widgets. See gtk_notebook_set_action_widget().</doc>
+ line="8023">Gets one of the action widgets. See gtk_notebook_set_action_widget().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="289"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8029">The action widget with the given
+ line="8030">The action widget with the given
@pack_type or %NULL when this action widget has not been set</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -101681,13 +103157,13 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8024">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="8025">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pack_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8025">pack type of the action widget to receive</doc>
+ line="8026">pack type of the action widget to receive</doc>
<type name="PackType" c:type="GtkPackType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101696,12 +103172,12 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_current_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6693">Returns the page number of the current page.</doc>
+ line="6694">Returns the page number of the current page.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="179"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6699">the index (starting from 0) of the current
+ line="6700">the index (starting from 0) of the current
page in the notebook. If the notebook has no pages,
then -1 will be returned.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
@@ -101710,29 +103186,30 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6695">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6696">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_group_name"
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_group_name"
+ glib:get-property="group-name"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7837">Gets the current group name for @notebook.</doc>
+ line="7838">Gets the current group name for @notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="170"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7843">the group name, or %NULL if none is set</doc>
+ line="7844">the group name, or %NULL if none is set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7839">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7840">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101740,12 +103217,12 @@ not be cancelled.</doc>
<method name="get_menu_label" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_menu_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7508">Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing @child.</doc>
+ line="7509">Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="253"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7515">the menu label, or %NULL if the
+ line="7516">the menu label, or %NULL if the
notebook page does not have a menu label other than the default (the tab
label).</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
@@ -101754,13 +103231,13 @@ label).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7510">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7511">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7511">a widget contained in a page of @notebook</doc>
+ line="7512">a widget contained in a page of @notebook</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101769,13 +103246,13 @@ label).</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_menu_label_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7614">Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing
+ line="7615">Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing
@child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="264"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7622">the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the widget does
+ line="7623">the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the widget does
not have a menu label other than the default menu label, or the menu label
widget is not a #GtkLabel. The string is owned by the widget and must not be
freed.</doc>
@@ -101785,13 +103262,13 @@ freed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7616">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7617">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7617">the child widget of a page of the notebook.</doc>
+ line="7618">the child widget of a page of the notebook.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101801,19 +103278,19 @@ freed.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6755">Gets the number of pages in a notebook.</doc>
+ line="6756">Gets the number of pages in a notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="184"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6761">the number of pages in the notebook</doc>
+ line="6762">the number of pages in the notebook</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6757">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6758">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101821,12 +103298,12 @@ freed.</doc>
<method name="get_nth_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_nth_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6718">Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.</doc>
+ line="6719">Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="181"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6726">the child widget, or %NULL if @page_num
+ line="6727">the child widget, or %NULL if @page_num
is out of bounds</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -101834,78 +103311,83 @@ is out of bounds</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6720">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6721">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6721">the index of a page in the notebook, or -1
+ line="6722">the index of a page in the notebook, or -1
to get the last page</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_scrollable" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_scrollable">
+ <method name="get_scrollable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_scrollable"
+ glib:get-property="scrollable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7202">Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling.
+ line="7203">Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling.
See gtk_notebook_set_scrollable().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="219"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7209">%TRUE if arrows for scrolling are present</doc>
+ line="7210">%TRUE if arrows for scrolling are present</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7204">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7205">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_show_border"
- c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_show_border">
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_show_border"
+ glib:get-property="show-border">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6958">Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages.
+ line="6959">Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages.
See gtk_notebook_set_show_border().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="204"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6965">%TRUE if the bevel is drawn</doc>
+ line="6966">%TRUE if the bevel is drawn</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6960">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6961">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_show_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs">
+ <method name="get_show_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs"
+ glib:get-property="show-tabs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7042">Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown.
+ line="7043">Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown.
See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="209"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7049">%TRUE if the tabs are shown</doc>
+ line="7050">%TRUE if the tabs are shown</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7044">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7045">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101915,25 +103397,25 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7920">Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.</doc>
+ line="7921">Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="278"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7927">%TRUE if the tab is detachable.</doc>
+ line="7928">%TRUE if the tab is detachable.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7922">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7923">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7923">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7924">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101945,20 +103427,20 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7219">Returns the horizontal width of a tab border.</doc>
+ line="7220">Returns the horizontal width of a tab border.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">this function returns zero</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="221"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7225">horizontal width of a tab border</doc>
+ line="7226">horizontal width of a tab border</doc>
<type name="guint16" c:type="guint16"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7221">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7222">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101966,27 +103448,27 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
<method name="get_tab_label" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_tab_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7344">Returns the tab label widget for the page @child.
+ line="7345">Returns the tab label widget for the page @child.
%NULL is returned if @child is not in @notebook or
if no tab label has specifically been set for @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="239"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7353">the tab label</doc>
+ line="7354">the tab label</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7346">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7347">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7347">the page</doc>
+ line="7348">the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -101995,13 +103477,13 @@ if no tab label has specifically been set for @child.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_tab_label_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7479">Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing
+ line="7480">Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing
@child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="250"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7487">the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the tab label
+ line="7488">the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the tab label
widget is not a #GtkLabel. The string is owned by the widget and must not be
freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
@@ -102010,34 +103492,36 @@ freed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7481">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7482">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7482">a widget contained in a page of @notebook</doc>
+ line="7483">a widget contained in a page of @notebook</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_tab_pos" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_tab_pos">
+ <method name="get_tab_pos"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_get_tab_pos"
+ glib:get-property="tab-pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7151">Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the
+ line="7152">Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the
notebook are drawn.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="214"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7158">the edge at which the tabs are drawn</doc>
+ line="7159">the edge at which the tabs are drawn</doc>
<type name="PositionType" c:type="GtkPositionType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7153">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7154">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102047,25 +103531,25 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7855">Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.</doc>
+ line="7856">Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="271"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7862">%TRUE if the tab is reorderable.</doc>
+ line="7863">%TRUE if the tab is reorderable.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7857">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7858">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7858">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7859">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102077,20 +103561,20 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7239">Returns the vertical width of a tab border.</doc>
+ line="7240">Returns the vertical width of a tab border.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">this function returns zero</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="223"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7245">vertical width of a tab border</doc>
+ line="7246">vertical width of a tab border</doc>
<type name="guint16" c:type="guint16"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7241">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7242">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102098,12 +103582,12 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
<method name="insert_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_insert_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6558">Insert a page into @notebook at the given position.</doc>
+ line="6559">Insert a page into @notebook at the given position.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="148"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6569">the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
+ line="6570">the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102111,13 +103595,13 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6560">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6561">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6561">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6562">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -102126,14 +103610,14 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6562">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6563">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6564">the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page,
+ line="6565">the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page,
or -1 to append the page after all other pages</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102143,13 +103627,13 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6616">Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying
+ line="6617">Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying
the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="153"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6634">the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
+ line="6635">the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
page in the notebook</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102157,13 +103641,13 @@ the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6618">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6619">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6619">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6620">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -102172,7 +103656,7 @@ the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6620">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6621">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102182,7 +103666,7 @@ the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6622">the widget to use as a label for the
+ line="6623">the widget to use as a label for the
page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
@@ -102193,7 +103677,7 @@ the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6628">the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page,
+ line="6629">the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page,
or -1 to append the page after all other pages.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102202,7 +103686,7 @@ the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.</doc>
<method name="next_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_next_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6852">Switches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is
+ line="6853">Switches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is
the last page.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="192"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102212,7 +103696,7 @@ the last page.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6854">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6855">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102220,13 +103704,13 @@ the last page.</doc>
<method name="page_num" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_page_num">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6777">Finds the index of the page which contains the given child
+ line="6778">Finds the index of the page which contains the given child
widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="186"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6785">the index of the page containing @child, or
+ line="6786">the index of the page containing @child, or
-1 if @child is not in the notebook</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102234,13 +103718,13 @@ widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6779">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6780">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6780">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6781">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102248,7 +103732,7 @@ widget.</doc>
<method name="popup_disable" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_popup_disable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7305">Disables the popup menu.</doc>
+ line="7306">Disables the popup menu.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="232"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -102257,7 +103741,7 @@ widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7307">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7308">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102265,7 +103749,7 @@ widget.</doc>
<method name="popup_enable" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_popup_enable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7267">Enables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right
+ line="7268">Enables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right
mouse button on the tab labels, a menu with all the pages
will be popped up.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="230"/>
@@ -102276,7 +103760,7 @@ will be popped up.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7269">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7270">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102284,12 +103768,12 @@ will be popped up.</doc>
<method name="prepend_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_prepend_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6501">Prepends a page to @notebook.</doc>
+ line="6502">Prepends a page to @notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="139"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6510">the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
+ line="6511">the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102297,13 +103781,13 @@ will be popped up.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6503">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6504">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6504">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6505">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -102312,7 +103796,7 @@ will be popped up.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6505">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6506">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102322,13 +103806,13 @@ will be popped up.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6525">Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
+ line="6526">Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
label in the popup menu.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="143"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6541">the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
+ line="6542">the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102336,13 +103820,13 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6527">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6528">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6528">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
+ line="6529">the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -102351,7 +103835,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6529">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ line="6530">the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102361,7 +103845,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6531">the widget to use as a label for the
+ line="6532">the widget to use as a label for the
page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
@@ -102374,7 +103858,7 @@ label in the popup menu.</doc>
<method name="prev_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_prev_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6880">Switches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page
+ line="6881">Switches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page
is the first page.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="194"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102384,7 +103868,7 @@ is the first page.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6882">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6883">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102392,7 +103876,7 @@ is the first page.</doc>
<method name="remove_page" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_remove_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6656">Removes a page from the notebook given its index
+ line="6657">Removes a page from the notebook given its index
in the notebook.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="159"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102402,13 +103886,13 @@ in the notebook.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6658">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6659">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6659">the index of a notebook page, starting
+ line="6660">the index of a notebook page, starting
from 0. If -1, the last page will be removed.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102417,7 +103901,7 @@ in the notebook.</doc>
<method name="reorder_child" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_reorder_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7730">Reorders the page containing @child, so that it appears in position
+ line="7731">Reorders the page containing @child, so that it appears in position
@position. If @position is greater than or equal to the number of
children in the list or negative, @child will be moved to the end
of the list.</doc>
@@ -102429,19 +103913,19 @@ of the list.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7732">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7733">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7733">the child to move</doc>
+ line="7734">the child to move</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7734">the new position, or -1 to move to the end</doc>
+ line="7735">the new position, or -1 to move to the end</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102451,7 +103935,7 @@ of the list.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8043">Sets @widget as one of the action widgets. Depending on the pack type
+ line="8044">Sets @widget as one of the action widgets. Depending on the pack type
the widget will be placed before or after the tabs. You can use
a #GtkBox if you need to pack more than one widget on the same side.
@@ -102465,19 +103949,19 @@ not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8045">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="8046">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8046">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8047">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pack_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="8047">pack type of the action widget</doc>
+ line="8048">pack type of the action widget</doc>
<type name="PackType" c:type="GtkPackType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102486,7 +103970,7 @@ not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_current_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6816">Switches to the page number @page_num.
+ line="6817">Switches to the page number @page_num.
Note that due to historical reasons, GtkNotebook refuses
to switch to a page unless the child widget is visible.
@@ -102500,13 +103984,13 @@ adding them to a notebook.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6818">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6819">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6819">index of the page to switch to, starting from 0.
+ line="6820">index of the page to switch to, starting from 0.
If negative, the last page will be used. If greater
than the number of pages in the notebook, nothing
will be done.</doc>
@@ -102516,10 +104000,11 @@ adding them to a notebook.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_group_name"
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_group_name"
+ glib:set-property="group-name"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7802">Sets a group name for @notebook.
+ line="7803">Sets a group name for @notebook.
Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs
via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will
@@ -102532,7 +104017,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7804">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7805">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="group_name"
@@ -102541,7 +104026,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7805">the name of the notebook group,
+ line="7806">the name of the notebook group,
or %NULL to unset it</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102550,7 +104035,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
<method name="set_menu_label" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_menu_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7537">Changes the menu label for the page containing @child.</doc>
+ line="7538">Changes the menu label for the page containing @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="256"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -102559,13 +104044,13 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7539">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7540">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7540">the child widget</doc>
+ line="7541">the child widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="menu_label"
@@ -102574,7 +104059,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7541">the menu label, or %NULL for default</doc>
+ line="7542">the menu label, or %NULL for default</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102583,7 +104068,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_menu_label_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7587">Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of @child.</doc>
+ line="7588">Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="260"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -102592,27 +104077,29 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7589">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7590">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7590">the child widget</doc>
+ line="7591">the child widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="menu_text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7591">the label text</doc>
+ line="7592">the label text</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_scrollable" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_scrollable">
+ <method name="set_scrollable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_scrollable"
+ glib:set-property="scrollable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7168">Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for
+ line="7169">Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for
scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="216"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102622,22 +104109,23 @@ scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7170">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7171">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="scrollable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7171">%TRUE if scroll arrows should be added</doc>
+ line="7172">%TRUE if scroll arrows should be added</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_show_border"
- c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_show_border">
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_show_border"
+ glib:set-property="show-border">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6921">Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages.
+ line="6922">Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages.
This only has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown.
See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="201"/>
@@ -102648,21 +104136,23 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6923">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6924">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="show_border" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6924">%TRUE if a bevel should be drawn around the notebook</doc>
+ line="6925">%TRUE if a bevel should be drawn around the notebook</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_show_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs">
+ <method name="set_show_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs"
+ glib:set-property="show-tabs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6975">Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not.</doc>
+ line="6976">Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="206"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -102671,13 +104161,13 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6977">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="6978">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="show_tabs" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="6978">%TRUE if the tabs should be shown</doc>
+ line="6979">%TRUE if the tabs should be shown</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102687,7 +104177,7 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7946">Sets whether the tab can be detached from @notebook to another
+ line="7947">Sets whether the tab can be detached from @notebook to another
notebook or widget.
Note that 2 notebooks must share a common group identificator
@@ -102740,19 +104230,19 @@ you will have to set your own DnD code to do it.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7948">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7949">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7949">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7950">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="detachable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7950">whether the tab is detachable or not</doc>
+ line="7951">whether the tab is detachable or not</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102760,7 +104250,7 @@ you will have to set your own DnD code to do it.</doc>
<method name="set_tab_label" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_tab_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7373">Changes the tab label for @child.
+ line="7374">Changes the tab label for @child.
If %NULL is specified for @tab_label, then the page will
have the label “page N”.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="242"/>
@@ -102771,13 +104261,13 @@ have the label “page N”.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7375">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7376">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7376">the page</doc>
+ line="7377">the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_label"
@@ -102786,7 +104276,7 @@ have the label “page N”.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7377">the tab label widget to use, or %NULL
+ line="7378">the tab label widget to use, or %NULL
for default tab label</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -102796,7 +104286,7 @@ have the label “page N”.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7456">Creates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page
+ line="7457">Creates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page
containing @child.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="246"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102806,27 +104296,29 @@ containing @child.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7458">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7459">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7459">the page</doc>
+ line="7460">the page</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tab_text" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7460">the label text</doc>
+ line="7461">the label text</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_tab_pos" c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos">
+ <method name="set_tab_pos"
+ c:identifier="gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos"
+ glib:set-property="tab-pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7121">Sets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the
+ line="7122">Sets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the
notebook are drawn.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="211"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102836,13 +104328,13 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7123">a #GtkNotebook.</doc>
+ line="7124">a #GtkNotebook.</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pos" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7124">the edge to draw the tabs at</doc>
+ line="7125">the edge to draw the tabs at</doc>
<type name="PositionType" c:type="GtkPositionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102852,7 +104344,7 @@ notebook are drawn.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7881">Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered
+ line="7882">Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered
via drag and drop or not.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.h" line="274"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -102862,19 +104354,19 @@ via drag and drop or not.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="notebook" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7883">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
+ line="7884">a #GtkNotebook</doc>
<type name="Notebook" c:type="GtkNotebook*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7884">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7885">a child #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="reorderable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="7885">whether the tab is reorderable or not</doc>
+ line="7886">whether the tab is reorderable or not</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102885,25 +104377,43 @@ via drag and drop or not.</doc>
<property name="group-name"
version="2.24"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_group_name"
+ getter="get_group_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="807">Group name for tab drag and drop.</doc>
+ line="808">Group name for tab drag and drop.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="page" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="scrollable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="scrollable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_scrollable"
+ getter="get_scrollable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-border" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-border"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_border"
+ getter="get_show_border">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-tabs" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-tabs"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_tabs"
+ getter="get_show_tabs">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="tab-pos" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="tab-pos"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tab_pos"
+ getter="get_tab_pos">
<type name="PositionType"/>
</property>
<field name="container" readable="0" private="1">
@@ -102925,7 +104435,7 @@ via drag and drop or not.</doc>
<glib:signal name="create-window" when="last" version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1186">The ::create-window signal is emitted when a detachable
+ line="1187">The ::create-window signal is emitted when a detachable
tab is dropped on the root window.
A handler for this signal can create a window containing
@@ -102936,7 +104446,7 @@ necessary properties to the notebook (e.g. the
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1202">a #GtkNotebook that @page should be
+ line="1203">a #GtkNotebook that @page should be
added to, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="Notebook"/>
</return-value>
@@ -102944,19 +104454,19 @@ necessary properties to the notebook (e.g. the
<parameter name="page" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1189">the tab of @notebook that is being detached</doc>
+ line="1190">the tab of @notebook that is being detached</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1190">the X coordinate where the drop happens</doc>
+ line="1191">the X coordinate where the drop happens</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1191">the Y coordinate where the drop happens</doc>
+ line="1192">the Y coordinate where the drop happens</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -102984,7 +104494,7 @@ necessary properties to the notebook (e.g. the
<glib:signal name="page-added" when="last" version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1161">the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook
+ line="1162">the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page is added to the notebook.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -102993,13 +104503,13 @@ right after a page is added to the notebook.</doc>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1164">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
+ line="1165">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1165">the new page number for @child</doc>
+ line="1166">the new page number for @child</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -103007,7 +104517,7 @@ right after a page is added to the notebook.</doc>
<glib:signal name="page-removed" when="last" version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1137">the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook
+ line="1138">the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page is removed from the notebook.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -103016,13 +104526,13 @@ right after a page is removed from the notebook.</doc>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1140">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
+ line="1141">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1141">the @child page number</doc>
+ line="1142">the @child page number</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -103030,7 +104540,7 @@ right after a page is removed from the notebook.</doc>
<glib:signal name="page-reordered" when="last" version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1113">the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook
+ line="1114">the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page has been reordered.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -103039,13 +104549,13 @@ right after a page has been reordered.</doc>
<parameter name="child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1116">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
+ line="1117">the child #GtkWidget affected</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1117">the new page number for @child</doc>
+ line="1118">the new page number for @child</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -103076,7 +104586,7 @@ right after a page has been reordered.</doc>
<glib:signal name="switch-page" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1034">Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.</doc>
+ line="1035">Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -103084,13 +104594,13 @@ right after a page has been reordered.</doc>
<parameter name="page" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1037">the new current page</doc>
+ line="1038">the new current page</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="page_num" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtknotebook.c"
- line="1038">the index of the page</doc>
+ line="1039">the index of the page</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -103682,6 +105192,7 @@ a reference to the returned #GIcon.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_background_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_get_background_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="background-icon-name"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103708,6 +105219,7 @@ or %NULL if there’s none.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_count"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_get_count"
+ glib:get-property="count"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103733,6 +105245,7 @@ or %NULL if there’s none.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103758,6 +105271,7 @@ or %NULL if there’s none.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_style_context"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_get_style_context"
+ glib:get-property="style-context"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103824,6 +105338,7 @@ gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_icon_name() has always priority.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_background_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_icon_name"
+ glib:set-property="background-icon-name"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103863,6 +105378,7 @@ and gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_gicon() has always priority.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_count"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_set_count"
+ glib:set-property="count"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103898,6 +105414,7 @@ and gtk_numerable_icon_set_label() has always priority.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103941,6 +105458,7 @@ has always priority.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_style_context"
c:identifier="gtk_numerable_icon_set_style_context"
+ glib:set-property="style-context"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -103973,16 +105491,30 @@ given #GtkStyleContext.</doc>
</property>
<property name="background-icon-name"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_background_icon_name"
+ getter="get_background_icon_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="count" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="count"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_count"
+ getter="get_count">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="style-context" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="style-context"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_style_context"
+ getter="get_style_context">
<type name="StyleContext"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -104253,6 +105785,7 @@ to “flip”.
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkorientable.h" line="47"/>
<method name="get_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_orientable_get_orientation"
+ glib:get-property="orientation"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkorientable.c"
@@ -104275,6 +105808,7 @@ to “flip”.
</method>
<method name="set_orientation"
c:identifier="gtk_orientable_set_orientation"
+ glib:set-property="orientation"
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkorientable.c"
@@ -104301,7 +105835,9 @@ to “flip”.
<property name="orientation"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_orientation"
+ getter="get_orientation">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkorientable.c"
line="52">The orientation of the orientable.</doc>
@@ -106969,7 +108505,9 @@ of the paned, a child and the handle.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_position" c:identifier="gtk_paned_get_position">
+ <method name="get_position"
+ c:identifier="gtk_paned_get_position"
+ glib:get-property="position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpaned.c"
line="2325">Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.</doc>
@@ -106991,6 +108529,7 @@ of the paned, a child and the handle.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_wide_handle"
c:identifier="gtk_paned_get_wide_handle"
+ glib:get-property="wide-handle"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpaned.c"
@@ -107081,7 +108620,9 @@ of the paned, a child and the handle.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_position" c:identifier="gtk_paned_set_position">
+ <method name="set_position"
+ c:identifier="gtk_paned_set_position"
+ glib:set-property="position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpaned.c"
line="2341">Sets the position of the divider between the two panes.</doc>
@@ -107107,6 +108648,7 @@ of the paned, a child and the handle.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_wide_handle"
c:identifier="gtk_paned_set_wide_handle"
+ glib:set-property="wide-handle"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpaned.c"
@@ -107146,7 +108688,11 @@ This property is derived from the size and shrinkability
of the widget's children.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="position" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="position"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_position"
+ getter="get_position">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="position-set" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -107155,7 +108701,9 @@ of the widget's children.</doc>
<property name="wide-handle"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_wide_handle"
+ getter="get_wide_handle">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpaned.c"
line="415">Setting this property to %TRUE indicates that the paned needs
@@ -108413,6 +109961,7 @@ to the sidebar’s list in the same order as the function is called.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_local_only"
+ glib:get-property="local-only"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108435,6 +109984,7 @@ to the sidebar’s list in the same order as the function is called.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_location"
+ glib:get-property="location"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108498,6 +110048,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_open_flags"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_open_flags"
+ glib:get-property="open-flags"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108520,6 +110071,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_connect_to_server"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_connect_to_server"
+ glib:get-property="show-connect-to-server"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -108545,6 +110097,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_desktop"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_desktop"
+ glib:get-property="show-desktop"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108567,6 +110120,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_enter_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_enter_location"
+ glib:get-property="show-enter-location"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108589,6 +110143,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_other_locations"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_other_locations"
+ glib:get-property="show-other-locations"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108611,6 +110166,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_recent"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_recent"
+ glib:get-property="show-recent"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108633,6 +110189,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_starred_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_starred_location"
+ glib:get-property="show-starred-location"
version="3.22.26">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108655,6 +110212,7 @@ the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut "Alt-1".</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_trash"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_trash"
+ glib:get-property="show-trash"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108774,6 +110332,7 @@ to unset the state when the drag ends on some other widget on your application.<
</method>
<method name="set_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_local_only"
+ glib:set-property="local-only"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108799,6 +110358,7 @@ to unset the state when the drag ends on some other widget on your application.<
</method>
<method name="set_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_location"
+ glib:set-property="location"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108831,6 +110391,7 @@ places in the list.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_open_flags"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags"
+ glib:set-property="open-flags"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108870,6 +110431,7 @@ to callbacks for the “open-location” signal.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_connect_to_server"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_connect_to_server"
+ glib:set-property="show-connect-to-server"
version="3.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.18">
@@ -108904,6 +110466,7 @@ If you enable this, you should connect to the
</method>
<method name="set_show_desktop"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_desktop"
+ glib:set-property="show-desktop"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108932,6 +110495,7 @@ used to override it on a per-application basis.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_enter_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_enter_location"
+ glib:set-property="show-enter-location"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108962,6 +110526,7 @@ If you enable this, you should connect to the
</method>
<method name="set_show_other_locations"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_other_locations"
+ glib:set-property="show-other-locations"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -108994,6 +110559,7 @@ If you enable this, you should connect to the
</method>
<method name="set_show_recent"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_recent"
+ glib:set-property="show-recent"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -109022,6 +110588,7 @@ per-application basis.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_starred_location"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_starred_location"
+ glib:set-property="show-starred-location"
version="3.22.26">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -109048,6 +110615,7 @@ per-application basis.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_trash"
c:identifier="gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_trash"
+ glib:set-property="show-trash"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c"
@@ -109071,13 +110639,25 @@ per-application basis.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="local-only" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="local-only"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_local_only"
+ getter="get_local_only">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="location" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="location"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_location"
+ getter="get_location">
<type name="Gio.File"/>
</property>
- <property name="open-flags" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="open-flags"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_open_flags"
+ getter="get_open_flags">
<type name="PlacesOpenFlags"/>
</property>
<property name="populate-all"
@@ -109092,31 +110672,51 @@ is also emitted for popovers.</doc>
</property>
<property name="show-connect-to-server"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_connect_to_server"
+ getter="get_show_connect_to_server">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-desktop" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-desktop"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_desktop"
+ getter="get_show_desktop">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="show-enter-location"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_enter_location"
+ getter="get_show_enter_location">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="show-other-locations"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_other_locations"
+ getter="get_show_other_locations">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-recent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-recent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_recent"
+ getter="get_show_recent">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="show-starred-location"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_starred_location"
+ getter="get_show_starred_location">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-trash" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-trash"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_trash"
+ getter="get_show_trash">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<glib:signal name="drag-action-ask" when="last" version="3.10">
@@ -109614,6 +111214,7 @@ This function will generally only be used by classes deriving from #GtkPlug.</do
</method>
<method name="get_embedded"
c:identifier="gtk_plug_get_embedded"
+ glib:get-property="embedded"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplug.c"
@@ -109658,6 +111259,7 @@ instance with gtk_socket_add_id().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_socket_window"
c:identifier="gtk_plug_get_socket_window"
+ glib:get-property="socket-window"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplug.c"
@@ -109678,13 +111280,19 @@ instance with gtk_socket_add_id().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="embedded" version="2.12" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="embedded"
+ version="2.12"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_embedded">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplug.c"
line="188">%TRUE if the plug is embedded in a socket.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="socket-window" version="2.14" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="socket-window"
+ version="2.14"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_socket_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkplug.c"
line="203">The window of the socket the plug is embedded in.</doc>
@@ -110063,6 +111671,7 @@ then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your
</method>
<method name="get_constrain_to"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_constrain_to"
+ glib:get-property="constrain-to"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110110,6 +111719,7 @@ or %NULL if there is none</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_modal"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_modal"
+ glib:get-property="modal"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110132,7 +111742,8 @@ see the implications of this.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_pointing_to"
- c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_pointing_to">
+ c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_pointing_to"
+ glib:get-property="pointing-to">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="2309">If a rectangle to point to has been set, this function will
@@ -110164,7 +111775,9 @@ widget coordinates.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_position" c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_position">
+ <method name="get_position"
+ c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_position"
+ glib:get-property="position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="2368">Returns the preferred position of @popover.</doc>
@@ -110186,6 +111799,7 @@ widget coordinates.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_relative_to"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_relative_to"
+ glib:get-property="relative-to"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110208,6 +111822,7 @@ widget coordinates.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transitions_enabled"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_get_transitions_enabled"
+ glib:get-property="transitions-enabled"
version="3.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
@@ -110274,6 +111889,7 @@ the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_show().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_constrain_to"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_constrain_to"
+ glib:set-property="constrain-to"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110333,6 +111949,7 @@ when the popover is dismissed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_modal"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_modal"
+ glib:set-property="modal"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110361,6 +111978,7 @@ dismiss the popover and ungrab input.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_pointing_to"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_pointing_to"
+ glib:set-property="pointing-to"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110388,6 +112006,7 @@ see gtk_popover_set_relative_to().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_position"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_position"
+ glib:set-property="position"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110418,6 +112037,7 @@ on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the
</method>
<method name="set_relative_to"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_relative_to"
+ glib:set-property="relative-to"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
@@ -110452,6 +112072,7 @@ unless extra references are kept.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transitions_enabled"
c:identifier="gtk_popover_set_transitions_enabled"
+ glib:set-property="transitions-enabled"
version="3.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
@@ -110483,7 +112104,9 @@ unless extra references are kept.</doc>
<property name="constrain-to"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_constrain_to"
+ getter="get_constrain_to">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1805">Sets a constraint for the popover position.</doc>
@@ -110492,7 +112115,9 @@ unless extra references are kept.</doc>
<property name="modal"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_modal"
+ getter="get_modal">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1772">Sets whether the popover is modal (so other elements in the window do not
@@ -110502,7 +112127,9 @@ receive input while the popover is visible).</doc>
<property name="pointing-to"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pointing_to"
+ getter="get_pointing_to">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1744">Marks a specific rectangle to be pointed.</doc>
@@ -110511,7 +112138,9 @@ receive input while the popover is visible).</doc>
<property name="position"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_position"
+ getter="get_position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1758">Sets the preferred position of the popover.</doc>
@@ -110520,7 +112149,9 @@ receive input while the popover is visible).</doc>
<property name="relative-to"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_relative_to"
+ getter="get_relative_to">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1730">Sets the attached widget.</doc>
@@ -110531,7 +112162,9 @@ receive input while the popover is visible).</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transitions_enabled"
+ getter="get_transitions_enabled">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkpopover.c"
line="1787">Whether show/hide transitions are enabled for this popover.</doc>
@@ -110666,7 +112299,7 @@ as the menu name.
# Example
-|[
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkPopoverMenu">
<child>
<object class="GtkBox">
@@ -111616,6 +113249,7 @@ itself.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_default_page_setup"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_default_page_setup"
+ glib:get-property="default-page-setup"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111639,6 +113273,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_embed_page_setup"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_embed_page_setup"
+ glib:get-property="embed-page-setup"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111684,6 +113319,7 @@ handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong.</doc
</method>
<method name="get_has_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_has_selection"
+ glib:get-property="has-selection"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111706,6 +113342,7 @@ handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong.</doc
</method>
<method name="get_n_pages_to_print"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print"
+ glib:get-property="n-pages-to-print"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111736,6 +113373,7 @@ This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_print_settings"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings"
+ glib:get-property="print-settings"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111762,6 +113400,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_run() have been called.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_status"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_status"
+ glib:get-property="status"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111785,6 +113424,7 @@ Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_status_string"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_status_string"
+ glib:get-property="status-string"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111813,6 +113453,7 @@ value that is suitable for programmatic use.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_support_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_get_support_selection"
+ glib:get-property="support-selection"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111963,6 +113604,7 @@ given #GtkPrintOperation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_allow_async"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async"
+ glib:set-property="allow-async"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -111990,6 +113632,7 @@ some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_current_page"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_current_page"
+ glib:set-property="current-page"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112020,6 +113663,7 @@ Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_custom_tab_label"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label"
+ glib:set-property="custom-tab-label"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112048,6 +113692,7 @@ Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_default_page_setup"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup"
+ glib:set-property="default-page-setup"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112103,6 +113748,7 @@ This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_embed_page_setup"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_embed_page_setup"
+ glib:set-property="embed-page-setup"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112129,6 +113775,7 @@ Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_export_filename"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_export_filename"
+ glib:set-property="export-filename"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112161,6 +113808,7 @@ of printers in the print dialog.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_has_selection"
+ glib:set-property="has-selection"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112190,6 +113838,7 @@ will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of
</method>
<method name="set_job_name"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_job_name"
+ glib:set-property="job-name"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112219,6 +113868,7 @@ numbering successive print jobs.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_n_pages"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages"
+ glib:set-property="n-pages"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112254,6 +113904,7 @@ will be for page @n_pages - 1.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_print_settings"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings"
+ glib:set-property="print-settings"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112284,6 +113935,7 @@ see gtk_print_operation_run().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_progress"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress"
+ glib:set-property="show-progress"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112310,6 +113962,7 @@ progress dialog during the print operation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_support_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_support_selection"
+ glib:set-property="support-selection"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112335,6 +113988,7 @@ progress dialog during the print operation.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_track_print_status"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_track_print_status"
+ glib:set-property="track-print-status"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112366,6 +114020,7 @@ not be enabled unless needed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_unit"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_unit"
+ glib:set-property="unit"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112393,6 +114048,7 @@ units of @unit.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_use_full_page"
c:identifier="gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page"
+ glib:set-property="use-full-page"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
@@ -112424,7 +114080,8 @@ imageable area (i.e. inside the margins).</doc>
<property name="allow-async"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_allow_async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1278">Determines whether the print operation may run asynchronously or not.
@@ -112442,7 +114099,8 @@ is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for
<property name="current-page"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_current_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1179">The current page in the document.
@@ -112456,7 +114114,8 @@ Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.</doc>
<property name="custom-tab-label"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_custom_tab_label">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1362">Used as the label of the tab containing custom widgets.
@@ -112468,7 +114127,9 @@ If this is %NULL, GTK+ uses a default label.</doc>
<property name="default-page-setup"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_default_page_setup"
+ getter="get_default_page_setup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1095">The #GtkPageSetup used by default.
@@ -112481,7 +114142,9 @@ to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.</doc>
<property name="embed-page-setup"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_embed_page_setup"
+ getter="get_embed_page_setup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1414">If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page
setup page.</doc>
@@ -112490,7 +114153,8 @@ to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.</doc>
<property name="export-filename"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_export_filename">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1302">The name of a file to generate instead of showing the print dialog.
@@ -112507,7 +114171,9 @@ list of printers in the print dialog.</doc>
<property name="has-selection"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_selection"
+ getter="get_has_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1396">Determines whether there is a selection in your application.
@@ -112518,7 +114184,8 @@ This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive.</doc>
<property name="job-name"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_job_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1133">A string used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring
@@ -112531,7 +114198,8 @@ by numbering successive print jobs.</doc>
<property name="n-pages"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_n_pages">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1152">The number of pages in the document.
@@ -112549,7 +114217,8 @@ will be for page @n_pages - 1.</doc>
</property>
<property name="n-pages-to-print"
version="2.18"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_n_pages_to_print">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1428">The number of pages that will be printed.
@@ -112566,7 +114235,9 @@ This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.</doc>
<property name="print-settings"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_print_settings"
+ getter="get_print_settings">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1114">The #GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog.
@@ -112579,20 +114250,27 @@ gtk_print_operation_run().</doc>
<property name="show-progress"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_progress">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1262">Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the
print operation.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="status" version="2.10" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="status"
+ version="2.10"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_status">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1325">The status of the print operation.</doc>
<type name="PrintStatus"/>
</property>
- <property name="status-string" version="2.10" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="status-string"
+ version="2.10"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_status_string">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1341">A string representation of the status of the print operation.
@@ -112606,7 +114284,9 @@ is suitable for programmatic use.</doc>
<property name="support-selection"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_support_selection"
+ getter="get_support_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1380">If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection.
@@ -112616,7 +114296,8 @@ This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button.</doc>
<property name="track-print-status"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_track_print_status">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1222">If %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on
@@ -112630,7 +114311,8 @@ not be enabled unless needed.</doc>
<property name="unit"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_unit">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1243">The transformation for the cairo context obtained from
@@ -112641,7 +114323,8 @@ are measured in units of @unit.</doc>
<property name="use-full-page"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_full_page">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c"
line="1201">If %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained
@@ -116111,6 +117794,7 @@ in overlays like the one Epiphany has for page loading progress.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsize"
+ glib:get-property="ellipsize"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
@@ -116132,7 +117816,9 @@ See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_fraction" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction">
+ <method name="get_fraction"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction"
+ glib:get-property="fraction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1726">Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.</doc>
@@ -116152,7 +117838,9 @@ See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_inverted" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_inverted">
+ <method name="get_inverted"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_inverted"
+ glib:get-property="inverted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1758">Gets the value set by gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted().</doc>
@@ -116173,7 +117861,8 @@ See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_pulse_step"
- c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step">
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step"
+ glib:get-property="pulse-step">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1742">Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step().</doc>
@@ -116195,6 +117884,7 @@ See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_text"
c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_show_text"
+ glib:get-property="show-text"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
@@ -116216,7 +117906,9 @@ See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_text" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_text">
+ <method name="get_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_get_text"
+ glib:get-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1706">Retrieves the text that is displayed with the progress bar,
@@ -116263,6 +117955,7 @@ per pulse is determined by gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step()).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize"
+ glib:set-property="ellipsize"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
@@ -116287,7 +117980,9 @@ text if there is not enough space to render the entire string.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_fraction" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction">
+ <method name="set_fraction"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction"
+ glib:set-property="fraction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1423">Causes the progress bar to “fill in” the given fraction
@@ -116312,7 +118007,9 @@ inclusive.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_inverted" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted">
+ <method name="set_inverted"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted"
+ glib:set-property="inverted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1677">Progress bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
@@ -116337,7 +118034,8 @@ Inverted progress bars grow in the opposite direction.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_pulse_step"
- c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step">
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step"
+ glib:set-property="pulse-step">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1613">Sets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the
@@ -116363,6 +118061,7 @@ bouncing block for each call to gtk_progress_bar_pulse().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_text"
c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text"
+ glib:set-property="show-text"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
@@ -116393,7 +118092,9 @@ text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_text" c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_text">
+ <method name="set_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_progress_bar_set_text"
+ glib:set-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="1482">Causes the given @text to appear next to the progress bar.
@@ -116431,7 +118132,9 @@ be styled and sized suitably for containing text, as long as
<property name="ellipsize"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_ellipsize"
+ getter="get_ellipsize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="314">The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does
@@ -116444,19 +118147,33 @@ only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a
progress bar's width is gtk_widget_set_size_request().</doc>
<type name="Pango.EllipsizeMode"/>
</property>
- <property name="fraction" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="fraction"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_fraction"
+ getter="get_fraction">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="inverted" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="inverted"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inverted"
+ getter="get_inverted">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="pulse-step" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="pulse-step"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pulse_step"
+ getter="get_pulse_step">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
<property name="show-text"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_text"
+ getter="get_show_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c"
line="292">Sets whether the progress bar will show a text in addition
@@ -116470,7 +118187,11 @@ showing text (even if the actual text is blank), set
to the empty string (not %NULL).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="text" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="text"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text"
+ getter="get_text">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -117181,6 +118902,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_current_value"
c:identifier="gtk_radio_action_get_current_value"
+ glib:get-property="current-value"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -117299,6 +119021,7 @@ A common way to set up a group of radio actions is the following:
</method>
<method name="set_current_value"
c:identifier="gtk_radio_action_set_current_value"
+ glib:set-property="current-value"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -117328,6 +119051,7 @@ property @current_value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_group"
c:identifier="gtk_radio_action_set_group"
+ glib:set-property="group"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -117364,7 +119088,9 @@ property @current_value.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_current_value"
+ getter="get_current_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c"
line="144">The value property of the currently active member of the group to which
@@ -117377,7 +119103,8 @@ this action belongs.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c"
line="127">Sets a new group for a radio action.</doc>
@@ -117915,7 +119642,9 @@ A common way to set up a group of radio buttons is the following:
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_group" c:identifier="gtk_radio_button_set_group">
+ <method name="set_group"
+ c:identifier="gtk_radio_button_set_group"
+ glib:set-property="group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c"
line="286">Sets a #GtkRadioButton’s group. It should be noted that this does not change
@@ -117950,7 +119679,8 @@ changes.</doc>
<property name="group"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c"
line="177">Sets a new group for a radio button.</doc>
@@ -118400,7 +120130,9 @@ A common way to set up a group of #GtkRadioMenuItem instances is:
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_group" c:identifier="gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group">
+ <method name="set_group"
+ c:identifier="gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group"
+ glib:set-property="group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c"
line="165">Sets the group of a radio menu item, or changes it.</doc>
@@ -118432,7 +120164,8 @@ A common way to set up a group of #GtkRadioMenuItem instances is:
version="2.8"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c"
line="414">The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to.</doc>
@@ -118724,6 +120457,7 @@ stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_group"
c:identifier="gtk_radio_tool_button_set_group"
+ glib:set-property="group"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c"
@@ -118756,7 +120490,8 @@ stock item indicated by @stock_id.</doc>
version="2.4"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c"
line="73">Sets a new group for a radio tool button.</doc>
@@ -118917,7 +120652,9 @@ of the “steppers”. It also provides properties and methods for setting a
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
- <method name="get_adjustment" c:identifier="gtk_range_get_adjustment">
+ <method name="get_adjustment"
+ c:identifier="gtk_range_get_adjustment"
+ glib:get-property="adjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="856">Get the #GtkAdjustment which is the “model” object for #GtkRange.
@@ -118942,6 +120679,7 @@ be unreferenced.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_fill_level"
+ glib:get-property="fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -118984,7 +120722,9 @@ be unreferenced.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_inverted" c:identifier="gtk_range_get_inverted">
+ <method name="get_inverted"
+ c:identifier="gtk_range_get_inverted"
+ glib:get-property="inverted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="1096">Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_inverted().</doc>
@@ -119006,6 +120746,7 @@ be unreferenced.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_lower_stepper_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_lower_stepper_sensitivity"
+ glib:get-property="lower-stepper-sensitivity"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119088,6 +120829,7 @@ This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_restrict_to_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_restrict_to_fill_level"
+ glib:get-property="restrict-to-fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119110,6 +120852,7 @@ This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_round_digits"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_round_digits"
+ glib:get-property="round-digits"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119133,6 +120876,7 @@ it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_show_fill_level"
+ glib:get-property="show-fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119225,6 +120969,7 @@ See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_upper_stepper_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_range_get_upper_stepper_sensitivity"
+ glib:get-property="upper-stepper-sensitivity"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119266,7 +121011,9 @@ See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_adjustment" c:identifier="gtk_range_set_adjustment">
+ <method name="set_adjustment"
+ c:identifier="gtk_range_set_adjustment"
+ glib:set-property="adjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="882">Sets the adjustment to be used as the “model” object for this range
@@ -119297,6 +121044,7 @@ The page size affects the size of the scrollbar slider.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_fill_level"
+ glib:set-property="fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119396,7 +121144,9 @@ is used for example when moving via Page Up or Page Down keys.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_inverted" c:identifier="gtk_range_set_inverted">
+ <method name="set_inverted"
+ c:identifier="gtk_range_set_inverted"
+ glib:set-property="inverted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="1060">Ranges normally move from lower to higher values as the
@@ -119424,6 +121174,7 @@ on the bottom or left.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_lower_stepper_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_lower_stepper_sensitivity"
+ glib:set-property="lower-stepper-sensitivity"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119512,6 +121263,7 @@ page size, it is clamped between @min and @max - page-size.)</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_restrict_to_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level"
+ glib:set-property="restrict-to-fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119539,6 +121291,7 @@ level concept.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_round_digits"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_round_digits"
+ glib:set-property="round-digits"
version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119565,6 +121318,7 @@ it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_fill_level"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_show_fill_level"
+ glib:set-property="show-fill-level"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119620,6 +121374,7 @@ This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_upper_stepper_sensitivity"
c:identifier="gtk_range_set_upper_stepper_sensitivity"
+ glib:set-property="upper-stepper-sensitivity"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
@@ -119673,31 +121428,43 @@ value changes.</doc>
<property name="adjustment"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_adjustment"
+ getter="get_adjustment">
<type name="Adjustment"/>
</property>
<property name="fill-level"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_fill_level"
+ getter="get_fill_level">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="494">The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream).
See gtk_range_set_fill_level().</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="inverted" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="inverted"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inverted"
+ getter="get_inverted">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="lower-stepper-sensitivity"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_lower_stepper_sensitivity"
+ getter="get_lower_stepper_sensitivity">
<type name="SensitivityType"/>
</property>
<property name="restrict-to-fill-level"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_restrict_to_fill_level"
+ getter="get_restrict_to_fill_level">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="478">The restrict-to-fill-level property controls whether slider
@@ -119708,7 +121475,9 @@ fill level. See gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level().</doc>
<property name="round-digits"
version="2.24"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_round_digits"
+ getter="get_round_digits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="510">The number of digits to round the value to when
@@ -119718,7 +121487,9 @@ it changes, or -1. See #GtkRange::change-value.</doc>
<property name="show-fill-level"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_fill_level"
+ getter="get_show_fill_level">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrange.c"
line="462">The show-fill-level property controls whether fill level indicator
@@ -119728,7 +121499,9 @@ gtk_range_set_show_fill_level().</doc>
</property>
<property name="upper-stepper-sensitivity"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_upper_stepper_sensitivity"
+ getter="get_upper_stepper_sensitivity">
<type name="SensitivityType"/>
</property>
<field name="widget">
@@ -120971,9 +122744,9 @@ can be shown by widgets such as #GtkRecentChooserDialog or
#GtkRecentChooserMenu.
To construct a submenu showing recently used files, use a #GtkRecentAction
-as the action for a <menuitem>. To construct a menu toolbutton showing
+as the action for a `<menuitem>`. To construct a menu toolbutton showing
the recently used files in the popup menu, use a #GtkRecentAction as the
-action for a <toolitem> element.</doc>
+action for a `<toolitem>` element.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.h"
line="60"/>
<implements name="Buildable"/>
@@ -121102,6 +122875,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_show_numbers"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_action_get_show_numbers"
+ glib:get-property="show-numbers"
version="2.12"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -121127,6 +122901,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_numbers"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_action_set_show_numbers"
+ glib:set-property="show-numbers"
version="2.12"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -121160,7 +122935,9 @@ label. Only the first ten items get a number to avoid clashes.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_numbers"
+ getter="get_show_numbers">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c"
line="664">Whether the items should be displayed with a number.</doc>
@@ -121649,6 +123426,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_filter"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_filter"
+ glib:get-property="filter"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121702,6 +123480,7 @@ The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and
</method>
<method name="get_limit"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_limit"
+ glib:get-property="limit"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121726,6 +123505,7 @@ and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_local_only"
+ glib:get-property="local-only"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121749,6 +123529,7 @@ resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only()</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_select_multiple"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_select_multiple"
+ glib:get-property="select-multiple"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121771,6 +123552,7 @@ resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only()</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_icons"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_icons"
+ glib:get-property="show-icons"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121793,6 +123575,7 @@ resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only()</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_not_found"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_not_found"
+ glib:get-property="show-not-found"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121817,6 +123600,7 @@ were not found.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_private"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_private"
+ glib:get-property="show-private"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121841,6 +123625,7 @@ registered as private.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_tips"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_tips"
+ glib:get-property="show-tips"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -121865,6 +123650,7 @@ of a recently user resource.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_sort_type"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_get_sort_type"
+ glib:get-property="sort-type"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122059,6 +123845,7 @@ multiple selection.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_filter"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter"
+ glib:set-property="filter"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122088,6 +123875,7 @@ to affect the displayed recently used resources.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_limit"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_limit"
+ glib:set-property="limit"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122114,6 +123902,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_get_items() and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_local_only"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only"
+ glib:set-property="local-only"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122142,6 +123931,7 @@ to be accessible through the operating system native file system.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_select_multiple"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_select_multiple"
+ glib:set-property="select-multiple"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122167,6 +123957,7 @@ to be accessible through the operating system native file system.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_icons"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_icons"
+ glib:set-property="show-icons"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122193,6 +123984,7 @@ displaying it.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_not_found"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_not_found"
+ glib:set-property="show-not-found"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122219,6 +124011,7 @@ it didn’t find. This only applies to local resources.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_private"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_private"
+ glib:set-property="show-private"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122244,6 +124037,7 @@ it didn’t find. This only applies to local resources.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_tips"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_tips"
+ glib:set-property="show-tips"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122325,6 +124119,7 @@ a negative integer if the first item comes after the second.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_sort_type"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type"
+ glib:set-property="sort-type"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
@@ -122396,7 +124191,9 @@ a negative integer if the first item comes after the second.</doc>
<property name="filter"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_filter"
+ getter="get_filter">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="256">The #GtkRecentFilter object to be used when displaying
@@ -122406,7 +124203,9 @@ the recently used resources.</doc>
<property name="limit"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_limit"
+ getter="get_limit">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="226">The maximum number of recently used resources to be displayed,
@@ -122416,7 +124215,9 @@ or -1 to display all items.</doc>
<property name="local-only"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_local_only"
+ getter="get_local_only">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="211">Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display only local (file:)
@@ -122438,7 +124239,9 @@ display the list of recently used resources.</doc>
<property name="select-multiple"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_select_multiple"
+ getter="get_select_multiple">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="197">Allow the user to select multiple resources.</doc>
@@ -122447,7 +124250,9 @@ display the list of recently used resources.</doc>
<property name="show-icons"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_icons"
+ getter="get_show_icons">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="166">Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display an icon near the item.</doc>
@@ -122456,7 +124261,9 @@ display the list of recently used resources.</doc>
<property name="show-not-found"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_not_found"
+ getter="get_show_not_found">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="180">Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display the recently used resources
@@ -122465,13 +124272,19 @@ potentially expensive check on every local resource (every remote
resource will always be displayed).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-private" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-private"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_private"
+ getter="get_show_private">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="show-tips"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_tips"
+ getter="get_show_tips">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="151">Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display a tooltip containing the
@@ -122481,7 +124294,9 @@ full path of the recently used resources.</doc>
<property name="sort-type"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sort_type"
+ getter="get_sort_type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c"
line="241">Sorting order to be used when displaying the recently used resources.</doc>
@@ -123160,6 +124975,7 @@ among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_show_numbers"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_show_numbers"
+ glib:get-property="show-numbers"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c"
@@ -123182,6 +124998,7 @@ among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_numbers"
c:identifier="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers"
+ glib:set-property="show-numbers"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c"
@@ -123211,7 +125028,9 @@ get a number to avoid clashes.</doc>
<property name="show-numbers"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_numbers"
+ getter="get_show_numbers">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c"
line="228">Whether the first ten items in the menu should be prepended by
@@ -123480,14 +125299,16 @@ Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10.
## GtkRecentFilter as GtkBuildable
The GtkRecentFilter implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
-supports adding rules using the <mime-types>, <patterns> and
-<applications> elements and listing the rules within. Specifying
-a <mime-type>, <pattern> or <application> has the same effect as
+supports adding rules using the `<mime-types>`, `<patterns>` and
+`<applications>` elements and listing the rules within. Specifying
+a `<mime-type>`, `<pattern>` or `<application>` has the same effect as
calling gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(),
gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern() or gtk_recent_filter_add_application().
-An example of a UI definition fragment specifying GtkRecentFilter rules:
-|[
+An example of a UI definition fragment specifying `GtkRecentFilter`
+rules:
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkRecentFilter">
<mime-types>
<mime-type>text/plain</mime-type>
@@ -123510,7 +125331,7 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment specifying GtkRecentFilter rules:
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="412">Creates a new #GtkRecentFilter with no rules added to it.
+ line="414">Creates a new #GtkRecentFilter with no rules added to it.
Such filter does not accept any recently used resources, so is not
particularly useful until you add rules with
gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern(), gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(),
@@ -123524,7 +125345,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="426">a new #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="428">a new #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -123533,7 +125354,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="640">Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the number
+ line="642">Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the number
of days elapsed since they were last modified.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="133"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -123543,13 +125364,13 @@ of days elapsed since they were last modified.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="642">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="644">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="days" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="643">number of days</doc>
+ line="645">number of days</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123559,7 +125380,7 @@ of days elapsed since they were last modified.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="586">Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application
+ line="588">Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application
that has registered them.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="127"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -123569,13 +125390,13 @@ that has registered them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="588">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="590">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="application" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="589">an application name</doc>
+ line="591">an application name</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123585,7 +125406,7 @@ that has registered them.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="666">Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom callback
+ line="668">Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom callback
function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information
about what sorts of information that the filter function needs;
this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when
@@ -123598,13 +125419,13 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="668">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="670">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="needed" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="669">bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom
+ line="671">bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom
filter function needs.</doc>
<type name="RecentFilterFlags" c:type="GtkRecentFilterFlags"/>
</parameter>
@@ -123615,7 +125436,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
destroy="3">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="671">callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then
+ line="673">callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then
the file will be displayed.</doc>
<type name="RecentFilterFunc" c:type="GtkRecentFilterFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -123625,7 +125446,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="673">data to pass to @func</doc>
+ line="675">data to pass to @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data_destroy"
@@ -123633,7 +125454,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="674">function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed.</doc>
+ line="676">function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed.</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123643,7 +125464,7 @@ it isn’t needed by the filter.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="613">Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group
+ line="615">Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group
to which they belong</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="130"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -123653,13 +125474,13 @@ to which they belong</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="615">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="617">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="616">a group name</doc>
+ line="618">a group name</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123669,7 +125490,7 @@ to which they belong</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="509">Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type.</doc>
+ line="511">Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="119"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -123678,13 +125499,13 @@ to which they belong</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="511">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="513">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="mime_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="512">a MIME type</doc>
+ line="514">a MIME type</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123694,7 +125515,7 @@ to which they belong</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="535">Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their
+ line="537">Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their
display name.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="122"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -123704,13 +125525,13 @@ display name.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="537">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="539">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pattern" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="538">a file pattern</doc>
+ line="540">a file pattern</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123720,7 +125541,7 @@ display name.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="562">Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
+ line="564">Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="125"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -123730,7 +125551,7 @@ by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="564">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="566">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123740,7 +125561,7 @@ by GdkPixbuf.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="707">Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter.
+ line="709">Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter.
The #GtkRecentFilterInfo @filter_info should include
the fields returned from gtk_recent_filter_get_needed(), and
must set the #GtkRecentFilterInfo.contains field of @filter_info
@@ -123753,20 +125574,20 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="723">%TRUE if the file should be displayed</doc>
+ line="725">%TRUE if the file should be displayed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="709">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="711">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="filter_info" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="710">a #GtkRecentFilterInfo containing information
+ line="712">a #GtkRecentFilterInfo containing information
about a recently used resource</doc>
<type name="RecentFilterInfo" c:type="const GtkRecentFilterInfo*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -123777,13 +125598,13 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="459">Gets the human-readable name for the filter.
+ line="461">Gets the human-readable name for the filter.
See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="116"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="466">the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string
+ line="468">the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string
is owned by the filter object and should not be freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -123791,7 +125612,7 @@ See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="461">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="463">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123801,7 +125622,7 @@ See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="479">Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkRecentFilterInfo
+ line="481">Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkRecentFilterInfo
passed to gtk_recent_filter_filter()
This function will not typically be used by applications; it
@@ -123811,7 +125632,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="490">bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
+ line="492">bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
calling gtk_recent_filter_filter()</doc>
<type name="RecentFilterFlags" c:type="GtkRecentFilterFlags"/>
</return-value>
@@ -123819,7 +125640,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="481">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="483">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -123829,7 +125650,7 @@ is intended principally for use in the implementation of
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="436">Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
+ line="438">Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
that will be displayed in the recently used resources selector
user interface if there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h" line="113"/>
@@ -123840,13 +125661,13 @@ user interface if there is a selectable list of filters.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="filter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="438">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
+ line="440">a #GtkRecentFilter</doc>
<type name="RecentFilter" c:type="GtkRecentFilter*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c"
- line="439">then human readable name of @filter</doc>
+ line="441">then human readable name of @filter</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -125555,12 +127376,12 @@ more information.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_requisition_new" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13373">Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.</doc>
+ line="13377">Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1301"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13378">a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
+ line="13382">a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
be freed with gtk_requisition_free().</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -125568,19 +127389,19 @@ more information.</doc>
<method name="copy" c:identifier="gtk_requisition_copy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13389">Copies a #GtkRequisition.</doc>
+ line="13393">Copies a #GtkRequisition.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1303"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13395">a copy of @requisition</doc>
+ line="13399">a copy of @requisition</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="requisition" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13391">a #GtkRequisition</doc>
+ line="13395">a #GtkRequisition</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="const GtkRequisition*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -125588,7 +127409,7 @@ more information.</doc>
<method name="free" c:identifier="gtk_requisition_free">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13403">Frees a #GtkRequisition.</doc>
+ line="13407">Frees a #GtkRequisition.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1305"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -125597,7 +127418,7 @@ more information.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="requisition" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13405">a #GtkRequisition</doc>
+ line="13409">a #GtkRequisition</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -125785,6 +127606,7 @@ The GtkRevealer widget was added in GTK+ 3.10.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_child_revealed"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed"
+ glib:get-property="child-revealed"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125808,6 +127630,7 @@ the transition to the revealed state is completed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_reveal_child"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child"
+ glib:get-property="reveal-child"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125836,6 +127659,7 @@ use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transition_duration"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration"
+ glib:get-property="transition-duration"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125859,6 +127683,7 @@ transitions will take.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transition_type"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_get_transition_type"
+ glib:get-property="transition-type"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125883,6 +127708,7 @@ for transitions in @revealer.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_reveal_child"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child"
+ glib:set-property="reveal-child"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125911,6 +127737,7 @@ transition type of @revealer.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transition_duration"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration"
+ glib:set-property="transition-duration"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125936,6 +127763,7 @@ transition type of @revealer.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transition_type"
c:identifier="gtk_revealer_set_transition_type"
+ glib:set-property="transition-type"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkrevealer.c"
@@ -125962,25 +127790,33 @@ various kinds of fades and slides.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="child-revealed" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="child-revealed"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_child_revealed">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="reveal-child"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_reveal_child"
+ getter="get_reveal_child">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="transition-duration"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transition_duration"
+ getter="get_transition_duration">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
<property name="transition-type"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transition_type"
+ getter="get_transition_type">
<type name="RevealerTransitionType"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -129602,8 +131438,8 @@ changing the layout of the application (such as movie or music players).
# GtkScale as GtkBuildable
-GtkScale supports a custom <marks> element, which can contain multiple
-<mark> elements. The “value” and “position” attributes have the same
+GtkScale supports a custom `<marks>` element, which can contain multiple
+`<mark>` elements. The “value” and “position” attributes have the same
meaning as gtk_scale_add_mark() parameters of the same name. If the
element is not empty, its content is taken as the markup to show at
the mark. It can be translated with the usual ”translatable” and
@@ -129883,7 +131719,9 @@ To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_digits" c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_digits">
+ <method name="get_digits"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_digits"
+ glib:get-property="digits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1157">Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value.</doc>
@@ -129903,7 +131741,9 @@ To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_draw_value" c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_draw_value">
+ <method name="get_draw_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_draw_value"
+ glib:get-property="draw-value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1359">Returns whether the current value is displayed as a string
@@ -129926,6 +131766,7 @@ next to the slider.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_origin"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_has_origin"
+ glib:get-property="has-origin"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
@@ -130018,7 +131859,9 @@ values are undefined.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_value_pos" c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_value_pos">
+ <method name="get_value_pos"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_get_value_pos"
+ glib:get-property="value-pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1456">Gets the position in which the current value is displayed.</doc>
@@ -130038,7 +131881,9 @@ values are undefined.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_digits" c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_digits">
+ <method name="set_digits"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_digits"
+ glib:set-property="digits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1113">Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. Also
@@ -130071,7 +131916,9 @@ value yourself.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_draw_value" c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_draw_value">
+ <method name="set_draw_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_draw_value"
+ glib:set-property="draw-value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1295">Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next
@@ -130097,6 +131944,7 @@ to the slider.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_origin"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_has_origin"
+ glib:set-property="has-origin"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
@@ -130122,7 +131970,9 @@ and the current value.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_value_pos" c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_value_pos">
+ <method name="set_value_pos"
+ c:identifier="gtk_scale_set_value_pos"
+ glib:set-property="value-pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscale.c"
line="1423">Sets the position in which the current value is displayed.</doc>
@@ -130145,16 +131995,32 @@ and the current value.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="digits" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="digits"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_digits"
+ getter="get_digits">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="draw-value" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="draw-value"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_draw_value"
+ getter="get_draw_value">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="has-origin" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="has-origin"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_origin"
+ getter="get_has_origin">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="value-pos" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="value-pos"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_value_pos"
+ getter="get_value_pos">
<type name="PositionType"/>
</property>
<field name="range">
@@ -130328,6 +132194,7 @@ a stepping of @step.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_adjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_button_get_adjustment"
+ glib:get-property="adjustment"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
@@ -130417,6 +132284,7 @@ See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_value"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_button_get_value"
+ glib:get-property="value"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
@@ -130439,6 +132307,7 @@ See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_adjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_button_set_adjustment"
+ glib:set-property="adjustment"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
@@ -130466,6 +132335,7 @@ See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_icons"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_button_set_icons"
+ glib:set-property="icons"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
@@ -130494,6 +132364,7 @@ For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_value"
c:identifier="gtk_scale_button_set_value"
+ glib:set-property="value"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
@@ -130520,13 +132391,18 @@ signal if the value changes.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="adjustment" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="adjustment"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_adjustment"
+ getter="get_adjustment">
<type name="Adjustment"/>
</property>
<property name="icons"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icons">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c"
line="222">The names of the icons to be used by the scale button.
@@ -130551,7 +132427,11 @@ better for the users.</doc>
<property name="size" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="IconSize"/>
</property>
- <property name="value" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="value"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_value"
+ getter="get_value">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -131126,6 +133006,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_hadjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment"
+ glib:get-property="hadjustment"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131148,6 +133029,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_hscroll_policy"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_get_hscroll_policy"
+ glib:get-property="hscroll-policy"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131170,6 +133052,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_vadjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment"
+ glib:get-property="vadjustment"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131192,6 +133075,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_vscroll_policy"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_get_vscroll_policy"
+ glib:get-property="vscroll-policy"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131214,6 +133098,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_hadjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment"
+ glib:set-property="hadjustment"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131242,6 +133127,7 @@ at the right position.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_hscroll_policy"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy"
+ glib:set-property="hscroll-policy"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131269,6 +133155,7 @@ below the natural width.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_vadjustment"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment"
+ glib:set-property="vadjustment"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131297,6 +133184,7 @@ below the natural width.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_vscroll_policy"
c:identifier="gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy"
+ glib:set-property="vscroll-policy"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
@@ -131326,7 +133214,9 @@ below the natural height.</doc>
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hadjustment"
+ getter="get_hadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
line="68">Horizontal #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is
@@ -131336,7 +133226,9 @@ shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.</doc>
<property name="hscroll-policy"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hscroll_policy"
+ getter="get_hscroll_policy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
line="102">Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable
@@ -131347,7 +133239,9 @@ widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width.<
version="3.0"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vadjustment"
+ getter="get_vadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
line="85">Verical #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared
@@ -131357,7 +133251,9 @@ between the scrollable widget and its parent.</doc>
<property name="vscroll-policy"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vscroll_policy"
+ getter="get_vscroll_policy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrollable.c"
line="118">Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable
@@ -131777,7 +133673,8 @@ scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_hadjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment"
+ glib:get-property="hadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2421">Returns the horizontal scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the
@@ -131823,6 +133720,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_kinetic_scrolling"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling"
+ glib:get-property="kinetic-scrolling"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -131845,6 +133743,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_content_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height"
+ glib:get-property="max-content-height"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -131867,6 +133766,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_max_content_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width"
+ glib:get-property="max-content-width"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -131889,6 +133789,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_min_content_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height"
+ glib:get-property="min-content-height"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -131911,6 +133812,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_min_content_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_width"
+ glib:get-property="min-content-width"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -131933,6 +133835,7 @@ functionality.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_overlay_scrolling"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling"
+ glib:get-property="overlay-scrolling"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132022,6 +133925,7 @@ scrollbars. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_propagate_natural_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_height"
+ glib:get-property="propagate-natural-height"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132045,6 +133949,7 @@ through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_propagate_natural_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width"
+ glib:get-property="propagate-natural-width"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132067,7 +133972,8 @@ through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_shadow_type"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type"
+ glib:get-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2690">Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See
@@ -132089,7 +133995,8 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_vadjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment"
+ glib:get-property="vadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2443">Returns the vertical scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the
@@ -132168,7 +134075,8 @@ This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_hadjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_hadjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_hadjustment"
+ glib:set-property="hadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2269">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the horizontal scrollbar.</doc>
@@ -132196,6 +134104,7 @@ This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_kinetic_scrolling"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling"
+ glib:set-property="kinetic-scrolling"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132223,6 +134132,7 @@ Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source
</method>
<method name="set_max_content_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height"
+ glib:set-property="max-content-height"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132253,6 +134163,7 @@ smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_max_content_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width"
+ glib:set-property="max-content-width"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132283,6 +134194,7 @@ smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_min_content_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height"
+ glib:set-property="min-content-height"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132313,6 +134225,7 @@ value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_min_content_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width"
+ glib:set-property="min-content-width"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132343,6 +134256,7 @@ value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_overlay_scrolling"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling"
+ glib:set-property="overlay-scrolling"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132437,6 +134351,7 @@ than the trough — the display is larger than the page size).</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_propagate_natural_height"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height"
+ glib:set-property="propagate-natural-height"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132463,6 +134378,7 @@ through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_propagate_natural_width"
c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width"
+ glib:set-property="propagate-natural-width"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
@@ -132488,7 +134404,8 @@ through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_shadow_type"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type"
+ glib:set-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2651">Changes the type of shadow drawn around the contents of
@@ -132513,7 +134430,8 @@ through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_vadjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_vadjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_scrolled_window_set_vadjustment"
+ glib:set-property="vadjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="2345">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the vertical scrollbar.</doc>
@@ -132566,7 +134484,9 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement().</doc>
<property name="hadjustment"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hadjustment"
+ getter="get_hadjustment">
<type name="Adjustment"/>
</property>
<property name="hscrollbar-policy"
@@ -132577,7 +134497,9 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement().</doc>
<property name="kinetic-scrolling"
version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_kinetic_scrolling"
+ getter="get_kinetic_scrolling">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="682">Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not. Kinetic scrolling
@@ -132587,7 +134509,9 @@ only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.</doc>
<property name="max-content-height"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_content_height"
+ getter="get_max_content_height">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="731">The maximum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.</doc>
@@ -132596,7 +134520,9 @@ only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.</doc>
<property name="max-content-width"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_content_width"
+ getter="get_max_content_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="717">The maximum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.</doc>
@@ -132605,7 +134531,9 @@ only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.</doc>
<property name="min-content-height"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_min_content_height"
+ getter="get_min_content_height">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="668">The minimum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.</doc>
@@ -132614,7 +134542,9 @@ only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.</doc>
<property name="min-content-width"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_min_content_width"
+ getter="get_min_content_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="654">The minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.</doc>
@@ -132623,7 +134553,9 @@ only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.</doc>
<property name="overlay-scrolling"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_overlay_scrolling"
+ getter="get_overlay_scrolling">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="697">Whether overlay scrolling is enabled or not. If it is, the
@@ -132638,7 +134570,9 @@ the #GtkSettings::gtk-overlay-scrolling setting.</doc>
<property name="propagate-natural-height"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_propagate_natural_height"
+ getter="get_propagate_natural_height">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="763">Whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated
@@ -132651,7 +134585,9 @@ enough space for the natural size of the child.</doc>
<property name="propagate-natural-width"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_propagate_natural_width"
+ getter="get_propagate_natural_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c"
line="745">Whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated
@@ -132661,13 +134597,19 @@ This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
enough space for the natural size of the child.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="shadow-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="shadow-type"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_shadow_type"
+ getter="get_shadow_type">
<type name="ShadowType"/>
</property>
<property name="vadjustment"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vadjustment"
+ getter="get_vadjustment">
<type name="Adjustment"/>
</property>
<property name="vscrollbar-policy"
@@ -133019,6 +134961,7 @@ search bar (as in our main example).</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button"
+ glib:get-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksearchbar.c"
@@ -133133,6 +135076,7 @@ create_toplevel (void)
</method>
<method name="set_show_close_button"
c:identifier="gtk_search_bar_set_show_close_button"
+ glib:set-property="show-close-button"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksearchbar.c"
@@ -133167,7 +135111,9 @@ toggle button.</doc>
<property name="show-close-button"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_close_button"
+ getter="get_show_close_button">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent" readable="0" private="1">
@@ -134394,6 +136340,7 @@ GtkSeparatorToolItem has a single CSS node with name separator.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_draw"
c:identifier="gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw"
+ glib:get-property="draw"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c"
@@ -134417,6 +136364,7 @@ See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_draw"
c:identifier="gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw"
+ glib:set-property="draw"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c"
@@ -134442,7 +136390,11 @@ to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="draw" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="draw"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_draw"
+ getter="get_draw">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -135793,6 +137745,7 @@ in the user interface.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_accelerator"
c:identifier="gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator"
+ glib:get-property="accelerator"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
@@ -135815,6 +137768,7 @@ in the user interface.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_disabled_text"
c:identifier="gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text"
+ glib:get-property="disabled-text"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
@@ -135838,6 +137792,7 @@ accelerator is set.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_accelerator"
c:identifier="gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator"
+ glib:set-property="accelerator"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
@@ -135863,6 +137818,7 @@ accelerator is set.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_disabled_text"
c:identifier="gtk_shortcut_label_set_disabled_text"
+ glib:set-property="disabled-text"
version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
@@ -135889,7 +137845,9 @@ accelerator is set.</doc>
<property name="accelerator"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accelerator"
+ getter="get_accelerator">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
line="470">The accelerator that @self displays. See #GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator
@@ -135899,7 +137857,9 @@ for the accepted syntax.</doc>
<property name="disabled-text"
version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_disabled_text"
+ getter="get_disabled_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c"
line="483">The text that is displayed when no accelerator is set.</doc>
@@ -136165,7 +138125,7 @@ with a short text. This widget is only meant to be used with #GtkShortcutsWindow
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="608">The size group for the accelerator portion of this shortcut.
+ line="609">The size group for the accelerator portion of this shortcut.
This is used internally by GTK+, and must not be modified by applications.</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup"/>
@@ -136179,20 +138139,21 @@ if #GtkShortcutsShortcut:shortcut-type is set to #GTK_SHORTCUT_ACCELERATOR.
The syntax of this property is (an extension of) the syntax understood by
gtk_accelerator_parse(). Multiple accelerators can be specified by separating
them with a space, but keep in mind that the available width is limited.
-It is also possible to specify ranges of shortcuts, using ... between the keys.
-Sequences of keys can be specified using a + or & between the keys.
+It is also possible to specify ranges of shortcuts, using `...` between the keys.
+Sequences of keys can be specified using a `+` or `&` between the keys.
Examples:
-- A single shortcut: <ctl><alt>delete
-- Two alternative shortcuts: <shift>a Home
-- A range of shortcuts: <alt>1...<alt>9
-- Several keys pressed together: Control_L&Control_R
-- A sequence of shortcuts or keys: <ctl>c+<ctl>x
+
+- A single shortcut: `<ctl><alt>delete`
+- Two alternative shortcuts: `<shift>a Home`
+- A range of shortcuts: `<alt>1...<alt>9`
+- Several keys pressed together: `Control_L&Control_R`
+- A sequence of shortcuts or keys: `<ctl>c+<ctl>x`
Use + instead of & when the keys may (or have to be) pressed sequentially (e.g
use t+t for 'press the t key twice').
-Note that <, > and & need to be escaped as &lt;, &gt; and &amp; when used
+Note that `<`, `>` and `&` need to be escaped as &lt;, &gt; and &amp; when used
in .ui files.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
@@ -136202,7 +138163,7 @@ in .ui files.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="664">A detailed action name. If this is set for a shortcut
+ line="665">A detailed action name. If this is set for a shortcut
of type %GTK_SHORTCUT_ACCELERATOR, then GTK+ will use
the accelerators that are associated with the action
via gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(), and setting
@@ -136212,7 +138173,7 @@ via gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(), and setting
<property name="direction" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="636">The text direction for which this shortcut is active. If the shortcut
+ line="637">The text direction for which this shortcut is active. If the shortcut
is used regardless of the text direction, set this property to
#GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.</doc>
<type name="TextDirection"/>
@@ -136220,7 +138181,7 @@ is used regardless of the text direction, set this property to
<property name="icon" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="541">An icon to represent the shortcut or gesture. This property is used if
+ line="542">An icon to represent the shortcut or gesture. This property is used if
#GtkShortcutsShortcut:shortcut-type is set to #GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE.
For the other predefined gesture types, GTK+ provides an icon on its own.</doc>
<type name="Gio.Icon"/>
@@ -136228,19 +138189,19 @@ For the other predefined gesture types, GTK+ provides an icon on its own.</doc>
<property name="icon-set" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="555">%TRUE if an icon has been set.</doc>
+ line="556">%TRUE if an icon has been set.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="shortcut-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="651">The type of shortcut that is represented.</doc>
+ line="652">The type of shortcut that is represented.</doc>
<type name="ShortcutType"/>
</property>
<property name="subtitle" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="580">The subtitle for the shortcut or gesture.
+ line="581">The subtitle for the shortcut or gesture.
This is typically used for gestures and should be a short, one-line
text that describes the gesture itself. For the predefined gesture
@@ -136250,13 +138211,13 @@ types, GTK+ provides a subtitle on its own.</doc>
<property name="subtitle-set" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="596">%TRUE if a subtitle has been set.</doc>
+ line="597">%TRUE if a subtitle has been set.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="title" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="567">The textual description for the shortcut or gesture represented by
+ line="568">The textual description for the shortcut or gesture represented by
this object. This should be a short string that can fit in a single line.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
@@ -136266,7 +138227,7 @@ this object. This should be a short string that can fit in a single line.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c"
- line="622">The size group for the textual portion of this shortcut.
+ line="623">The size group for the textual portion of this shortcut.
This is used internally by GTK+, and must not be modified by applications.</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup"/>
@@ -136493,14 +138454,15 @@ as widgets that grow (such as ellipsizing text) need no such considerations.
# GtkSizeGroup as GtkBuildable
-Size groups can be specified in a UI definition by placing an <object>
+Size groups can be specified in a UI definition by placing an `<object>`
element with `class="GtkSizeGroup"` somewhere in the UI definition. The
-widgets that belong to the size group are specified by a <widgets> element
-that may contain multiple <widget> elements, one for each member of the
+widgets that belong to the size group are specified by a `<widgets>` element
+that may contain multiple `<widget>` elements, one for each member of the
size group. The ”name” attribute gives the id of the widget.
An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkSizeGroup:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkSizeGroup">
<property name="mode">GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL</property>
<widgets>
@@ -136514,19 +138476,19 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkSizeGroup:
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_size_group_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="327">Create a new #GtkSizeGroup.</doc>
+ line="328">Create a new #GtkSizeGroup.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.h" line="65"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="333">a newly created #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="334">a newly created #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="329">the mode for the new size group.</doc>
+ line="330">the mode for the new size group.</doc>
<type name="SizeGroupMode" c:type="GtkSizeGroupMode"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -136534,7 +138496,7 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkSizeGroup:
<method name="add_widget" c:identifier="gtk_size_group_add_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="459">Adds a widget to a #GtkSizeGroup. In the future, the requisition
+ line="460">Adds a widget to a #GtkSizeGroup. In the future, the requisition
of the widget will be determined as the maximum of its requisition
and the requisition of the other widgets in the size group.
Whether this applies horizontally, vertically, or in both directions
@@ -136550,25 +138512,26 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="461">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="462">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="462">the #GtkWidget to add</doc>
+ line="463">the #GtkWidget to add</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_ignore_hidden"
c:identifier="gtk_size_group_get_ignore_hidden"
+ glib:get-property="ignore-hidden"
version="2.8"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="434">Returns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size.</doc>
+ line="435">Returns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Measuring the size of hidden widgets has not worked
reliably for a long time. In most cases, they will report a size
of 0 nowadays, and thus, their size will not affect the other
@@ -136579,34 +138542,36 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="440">%TRUE if invisible widgets are ignored.</doc>
+ line="441">%TRUE if invisible widgets are ignored.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="436">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="437">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_mode" c:identifier="gtk_size_group_get_mode">
+ <method name="get_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_size_group_get_mode"
+ glib:get-property="mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="380">Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().</doc>
+ line="381">Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.h" line="70"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="386">the current mode of the size group.</doc>
+ line="387">the current mode of the size group.</doc>
<type name="SizeGroupMode" c:type="GtkSizeGroupMode"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="382">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="383">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -136616,12 +138581,12 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="528">Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group.</doc>
+ line="529">Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.h" line="83"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="534">a #GSList of
+ line="535">a #GSList of
widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.</doc>
<type name="GLib.SList" c:type="GSList*">
<type name="Widget"/>
@@ -136631,7 +138596,7 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="530">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="531">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -136639,7 +138604,7 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
<method name="remove_widget" c:identifier="gtk_size_group_remove_widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="499">Removes a widget from a #GtkSizeGroup.</doc>
+ line="500">Removes a widget from a #GtkSizeGroup.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.h" line="80"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -136648,25 +138613,26 @@ be removed from the size group.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="501">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="502">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="502">the #GtkWidget to remove</doc>
+ line="503">the #GtkWidget to remove</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_ignore_hidden"
c:identifier="gtk_size_group_set_ignore_hidden"
+ glib:set-property="ignore-hidden"
version="2.8"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="396">Sets whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when
+ line="397">Sets whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when
calculating the size.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Measuring the size of hidden widgets has not worked
reliably for a long time. In most cases, they will report a size
@@ -136682,22 +138648,24 @@ calculating the size.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="398">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="399">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="ignore_hidden" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="399">whether unmapped widgets should be ignored
+ line="400">whether unmapped widgets should be ignored
when calculating the size</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_mode" c:identifier="gtk_size_group_set_mode">
+ <method name="set_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_size_group_set_mode"
+ glib:set-property="mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="346">Sets the #GtkSizeGroupMode of the size group. The mode of the size
+ line="347">Sets the #GtkSizeGroupMode of the size group. The mode of the size
group determines whether the widgets in the size group should
all have the same horizontal requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL)
all have the same vertical requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL),
@@ -136711,13 +138679,13 @@ or should all have the same requisition in both directions
<instance-parameter name="size_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="348">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
+ line="349">a #GtkSizeGroup</doc>
<type name="SizeGroup" c:type="GtkSizeGroup*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="349">the mode to set for the size group.</doc>
+ line="350">the mode to set for the size group.</doc>
<type name="SizeGroupMode" c:type="GtkSizeGroupMode"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -136727,10 +138695,12 @@ or should all have the same requisition in both directions
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.22"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_ignore_hidden"
+ getter="get_ignore_hidden">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtksizegroup.c"
- line="235">If %TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining
+ line="236">If %TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining
the size of the group.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Measuring the size of hidden widgets has not worked
reliably for a long time. In most cases, they will report a size
@@ -136740,7 +138710,11 @@ the size of the group.</doc>
widgets while still having their size taken into account.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="mode"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_mode"
+ getter="get_mode">
<type name="SizeGroupMode"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -137526,7 +139500,8 @@ climb rate, and number of decimal places are updated accordingly.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_adjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment"
+ glib:get-property="adjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2111">Get the adjustment associated with a #GtkSpinButton</doc>
@@ -137546,7 +139521,9 @@ climb rate, and number of decimal places are updated accordingly.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_digits" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_digits">
+ <method name="get_digits"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_digits"
+ glib:get-property="digits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2156">Fetches the precision of @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_digits().</doc>
@@ -137607,7 +139584,9 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_increments().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_numeric" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_numeric">
+ <method name="get_numeric"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_numeric"
+ glib:get-property="numeric">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2423">Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button.
@@ -137669,7 +139648,8 @@ See gtk_spin_button_set_range().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_snap_to_ticks"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks"
+ glib:get-property="snap-to-ticks">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2520">Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step.
@@ -137691,7 +139671,8 @@ See gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_update_policy"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_update_policy">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_update_policy"
+ glib:get-property="update-policy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2379">Gets the update behavior of a spin button.
@@ -137713,7 +139694,9 @@ See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_value" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_value">
+ <method name="get_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_value"
+ glib:get-property="value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2284">Get the value in the @spin_button.</doc>
@@ -137754,7 +139737,9 @@ See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_wrap" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_wrap">
+ <method name="get_wrap"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_get_wrap"
+ glib:get-property="wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2470">Returns whether the spin button’s value wraps around to the
@@ -137777,7 +139762,8 @@ exceeded. See gtk_spin_button_set_wrap().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_adjustment"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment"
+ glib:set-property="adjustment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2085">Replaces the #GtkAdjustment associated with @spin_button.</doc>
@@ -137800,7 +139786,9 @@ exceeded. See gtk_spin_button_set_wrap().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_digits" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_digits">
+ <method name="set_digits"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_digits"
+ glib:set-property="digits">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2127">Set the precision to be displayed by @spin_button. Up to 20 digit precision
@@ -137855,7 +139843,9 @@ quickly the value changes when the spin button’s arrows are activated.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_numeric" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_numeric">
+ <method name="set_numeric"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_numeric"
+ glib:set-property="numeric">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2396">Sets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed
@@ -137912,7 +139902,8 @@ to fit within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_snap_to_ticks"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks"
+ glib:set-property="snap-to-ticks">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2488">Sets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the
@@ -137938,7 +139929,8 @@ providing an invalid value.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_update_policy"
- c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy">
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy"
+ glib:set-property="update-policy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2353">Sets the update behavior of a spin button.
@@ -137964,7 +139956,9 @@ or only when a valid value is set.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_value" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_value">
+ <method name="set_value"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_value"
+ glib:set-property="value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2325">Sets the value of @spin_button.</doc>
@@ -137987,7 +139981,9 @@ or only when a valid value is set.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_wrap" c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_wrap">
+ <method name="set_wrap"
+ c:identifier="gtk_spin_button_set_wrap"
+ glib:set-property="wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c"
line="2440">Sets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps
@@ -138059,28 +140055,56 @@ direction by a specified amount.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="adjustment" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="adjustment"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_adjustment"
+ getter="get_adjustment">
<type name="Adjustment"/>
</property>
<property name="climb-rate" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="digits" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="digits"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_digits"
+ getter="get_digits">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="numeric" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="numeric"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_numeric"
+ getter="get_numeric">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="snap-to-ticks" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="snap-to-ticks"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_snap_to_ticks"
+ getter="get_snap_to_ticks">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="update-policy" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="update-policy"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_update_policy"
+ getter="get_update_policy">
<type name="SpinButtonUpdatePolicy"/>
</property>
- <property name="value" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="value"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_value"
+ getter="get_value">
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="wrap" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="wrap"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_wrap"
+ getter="get_wrap">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="entry">
@@ -138746,6 +140770,7 @@ name.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_hhomogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="hhomogeneous"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138769,6 +140794,7 @@ See gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="homogeneous"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138792,6 +140818,7 @@ See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_interpolate_size"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size"
+ glib:get-property="interpolate-size"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138815,6 +140842,7 @@ the sizes of children on page switch.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transition_duration"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_transition_duration"
+ glib:get-property="transition-duration"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138838,6 +140866,7 @@ transitions between pages in @stack will take.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transition_running"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_transition_running"
+ glib:get-property="transition-running"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138861,6 +140890,7 @@ another.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_transition_type"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_transition_type"
+ glib:get-property="transition-type"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138884,6 +140914,7 @@ for transitions between pages in @stack.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_vhomogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="vhomogeneous"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138907,6 +140938,7 @@ See gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_child"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_visible_child"
+ glib:get-property="visible-child"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138930,6 +140962,7 @@ there are no visible children.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_child_name"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name"
+ glib:get-property="visible-child-name"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138953,6 +140986,7 @@ there are no visible children.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_hhomogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="hhomogeneous"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -138981,6 +141015,7 @@ may change width when a different child becomes visible.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="homogeneous"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139013,6 +141048,7 @@ for horizontal and vertical size, with the
</method>
<method name="set_interpolate_size"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size"
+ glib:set-property="interpolate-size"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139042,6 +141078,7 @@ visible child, according to the set transition duration.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transition_duration"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_transition_duration"
+ glib:set-property="transition-duration"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139068,6 +141105,7 @@ will take.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_transition_type"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_transition_type"
+ glib:set-property="transition-type"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139099,6 +141137,7 @@ based on the page that is about to become current.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_vhomogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="vhomogeneous"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139127,6 +141166,7 @@ may change height when a different child becomes visible.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_child"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_visible_child"
+ glib:set-property="visible-child"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139196,6 +141236,7 @@ child of @stack.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_child_name"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name"
+ glib:set-property="visible-child-name"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
@@ -139231,44 +141272,70 @@ child of @stack.</doc>
<property name="hhomogeneous"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hhomogeneous"
+ getter="get_hhomogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
line="463">%TRUE if the stack allocates the same width for all children.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="homogeneous" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="homogeneous"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_homogeneous">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="interpolate-size" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="interpolate-size"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_interpolate_size"
+ getter="get_interpolate_size">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="transition-duration"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transition_duration"
+ getter="get_transition_duration">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="transition-running" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="transition-running"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_transition_running">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="transition-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="transition-type"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transition_type"
+ getter="get_transition_type">
<type name="StackTransitionType"/>
</property>
<property name="vhomogeneous"
version="3.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vhomogeneous"
+ getter="get_vhomogeneous">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstack.c"
line="475">%TRUE if the stack allocates the same height for all children.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible-child" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible-child"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_child"
+ getter="get_visible_child">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="visible-child-name"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_child_name"
+ getter="get_visible_child_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -139350,6 +141417,7 @@ pages.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_stack"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_sidebar_get_stack"
+ glib:get-property="stack"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c"
@@ -139374,6 +141442,7 @@ See gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_stack"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack"
+ glib:set-property="stack"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c"
@@ -139400,7 +141469,11 @@ The sidebar widget will automatically update according to the order
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="stack" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="stack"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_stack"
+ getter="get_stack">
<type name="Stack"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -139503,6 +141576,7 @@ stack pages.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_stack"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_switcher_get_stack"
+ glib:get-property="stack"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c"
@@ -139527,6 +141601,7 @@ See gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_stack"
c:identifier="gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack"
+ glib:set-property="stack"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c"
@@ -139566,7 +141641,9 @@ when a #GtkStackSwitcher is displaying icons.</doc>
<property name="stack"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_stack"
+ getter="get_stack">
<type name="Stack"/>
</property>
<field name="widget">
@@ -140487,6 +142564,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_is_embedded().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_gicon"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_gicon"
+ glib:get-property="gicon"
version="2.14"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140521,6 +142599,7 @@ If this function fails, @icon is left unchanged;</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_has_tooltip"
+ glib:get-property="has-tooltip"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140550,6 +142629,7 @@ See #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip for more information.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="icon-name"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140582,6 +142662,7 @@ be freed or modified.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_pixbuf"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_pixbuf"
+ glib:get-property="pixbuf"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140615,6 +142696,7 @@ returned pixbuf.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_screen"
+ glib:get-property="screen"
version="2.12"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140643,6 +142725,7 @@ returned pixbuf.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_size"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_size"
+ glib:get-property="size"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140679,6 +142762,7 @@ status icon is embedded (see gtk_status_icon_is_embedded()).</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_stock"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_stock"
+ glib:get-property="stock"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -140710,6 +142794,7 @@ be freed or modified.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_storage_type"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type"
+ glib:get-property="storage-type"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140741,6 +142826,7 @@ the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_title"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title"
version="2.18"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140769,6 +142855,7 @@ the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_tooltip_markup"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-markup"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140798,6 +142885,7 @@ the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_text"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_tooltip_text"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-text"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -140827,6 +142915,7 @@ the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141089,6 +143178,7 @@ See gtk_status_icon_new_from_stock() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_has_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_has_tooltip"
+ glib:set-property="has-tooltip"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141157,6 +143247,7 @@ the user.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_screen"
+ glib:set-property="screen"
version="2.12"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141191,6 +143282,7 @@ then remapped on the new screen.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_title"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title"
version="2.18"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141225,6 +143317,7 @@ readers to render the tray icon.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_tooltip_markup"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-markup"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141266,6 +143359,7 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_markup().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_text"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_tooltip_text"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-text"
version="2.16"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141304,6 +143398,7 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_text().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_status_icon_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible"
version="2.10"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
@@ -141348,7 +143443,8 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_text().</doc>
<property name="gicon"
version="2.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_gicon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkstatusicon.c"
line="268">The #GIcon displayed in the #GtkStatusIcon. For themed icons,
@@ -141358,7 +143454,9 @@ the image will be updated automatically if the theme changes.</doc>
<property name="has-tooltip"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_tooltip"
+ getter="get_has_tooltip">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkstatusicon.c"
line="352">Enables or disables the emission of #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip on
@@ -141376,7 +143474,10 @@ Whether this property is respected is platform dependent.
For plain text tooltips, use #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-text in preference.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="icon-name" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="icon-name"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_icon_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="orientation" version="2.12" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -141386,30 +143487,42 @@ For plain text tooltips, use #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-text in preference.</doc>
is embedded.</doc>
<type name="Orientation"/>
</property>
- <property name="pixbuf" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="pixbuf"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_pixbuf">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</property>
- <property name="screen" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="screen"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_screen"
+ getter="get_screen">
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</property>
- <property name="size" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="size" transfer-ownership="none" getter="get_size">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="stock"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_stock">
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkStatusIcon:icon-name instead.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="storage-type" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="storage-type"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_storage_type">
<type name="ImageType"/>
</property>
<property name="title"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkstatusicon.c"
line="431">The title of this tray icon. This should be a short, human-readable,
@@ -141420,7 +143533,9 @@ like screen readers to render the tray icon.</doc>
<property name="tooltip-markup"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_markup"
+ getter="get_tooltip_markup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkstatusicon.c"
line="405">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
@@ -141439,7 +143554,9 @@ On some platforms, embedded markup will be ignored.</doc>
<property name="tooltip-text"
version="2.16"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_text"
+ getter="get_tooltip_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkstatusicon.c"
line="379">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
@@ -141457,7 +143574,11 @@ that they allow on status icons, e.g. Windows only shows the first
64 characters.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -145566,6 +147687,7 @@ See gtk_style_context_get_property() and
</method>
<method name="get_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_style_context_get_direction"
+ glib:get-property="direction"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.8">
@@ -145747,6 +147869,7 @@ for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_parent"
c:identifier="gtk_style_context_get_parent"
+ glib:get-property="parent"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c"
@@ -145864,7 +147987,9 @@ to free any allocated memory.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_screen" c:identifier="gtk_style_context_get_screen">
+ <method name="get_screen"
+ c:identifier="gtk_style_context_get_screen"
+ glib:get-property="screen">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c"
line="2004">Returns the #GdkScreen to which @context is attached.</doc>
@@ -146639,6 +148764,7 @@ color specified in @context for its current state.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_direction"
c:identifier="gtk_style_context_set_direction"
+ glib:set-property="direction"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.8">
@@ -146738,6 +148864,7 @@ this function manually.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_parent"
c:identifier="gtk_style_context_set_parent"
+ glib:set-property="parent"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c"
@@ -146828,6 +148955,7 @@ this yourself.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_style_context_set_screen"
+ glib:set-property="screen"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c"
@@ -146968,7 +149096,11 @@ the format of the returned string, it may change.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="direction" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="direction"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_direction"
+ getter="get_direction">
<type name="TextDirection"/>
</property>
<property name="paint-clock" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -146977,14 +149109,20 @@ the format of the returned string, it may change.</doc>
<property name="parent"
version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_parent"
+ getter="get_parent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c"
line="249">Sets or gets the style context’s parent. See gtk_style_context_set_parent()
for details.</doc>
<type name="StyleContext"/>
</property>
- <property name="screen" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="screen"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_screen"
+ getter="get_screen">
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_object">
@@ -148122,6 +150260,7 @@ named slider. Neither of them is using any style classes.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_active"
c:identifier="gtk_switch_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
@@ -148144,6 +150283,7 @@ named slider. Neither of them is using any style classes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_state"
c:identifier="gtk_switch_get_state"
+ glib:get-property="state"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
@@ -148166,6 +150306,7 @@ named slider. Neither of them is using any style classes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_active"
c:identifier="gtk_switch_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
@@ -148191,6 +150332,7 @@ named slider. Neither of them is using any style classes.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_state"
c:identifier="gtk_switch_set_state"
+ glib:set-property="state"
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
@@ -148220,7 +150362,11 @@ See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="active" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="active"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
line="871">Whether the #GtkSwitch widget is in its on or off state.</doc>
@@ -148229,7 +150375,9 @@ See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.</doc>
<property name="state"
version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_state"
+ getter="get_state">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkswitch.c"
line="883">The backend state that is controlled by the switch.
@@ -149983,6 +152131,7 @@ the spacing that will be used for newly added rows.
</method>
<method name="get_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_table_get_homogeneous"
+ glib:get-property="homogeneous"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -150009,6 +152158,7 @@ width and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogeneous ())</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_table_get_row_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="row-spacing"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -150186,6 +152336,7 @@ column.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_homogeneous"
c:identifier="gtk_table_set_homogeneous"
+ glib:set-property="homogeneous"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -150216,6 +152367,7 @@ an equal size or not.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_row_spacing"
c:identifier="gtk_table_set_row_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="row-spacing"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -150279,7 +152431,11 @@ an equal size or not.</doc>
<property name="column-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="homogeneous" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="homogeneous"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_homogeneous"
+ getter="get_homogeneous">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="n-columns" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -150288,7 +152444,11 @@ an equal size or not.</doc>
<property name="n-rows" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
- <property name="row-spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="row-spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_row_spacing"
+ getter="get_row_spacing">
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</property>
<field name="container">
@@ -152510,6 +154670,7 @@ count is cached, so this function is very fast.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_copy_target_list"
c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_copy_target_list"
+ glib:get-property="copy-target-list"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
@@ -152603,6 +154764,7 @@ character position 0) to the end iterator.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_has_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_has_selection"
+ glib:get-property="has-selection"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
@@ -152949,6 +155111,7 @@ editor.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_paste_target_list"
c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_paste_target_list"
+ glib:get-property="paste-target-list"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
@@ -153161,7 +155324,8 @@ the iter at character offset 0.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_tag_table"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_tag_table">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_tag_table"
+ glib:get-property="tag-table">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="850">Get the #GtkTextTagTable associated with this buffer.</doc>
@@ -153181,7 +155345,9 @@ the iter at character offset 0.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_text" c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_text">
+ <method name="get_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_get_text"
+ glib:get-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="1837">Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed
@@ -154299,7 +156465,9 @@ bit flips, the buffer emits the #GtkTextBuffer::modified-changed signal.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_text" c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_set_text">
+ <method name="set_text"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_buffer_set_text"
+ glib:set-property="text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="866">Deletes current contents of @buffer, and inserts @text instead. If
@@ -154385,7 +156553,8 @@ gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset()</doc>
</method>
<property name="copy-target-list"
version="2.10"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_copy_target_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="255">The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying
@@ -154402,7 +156571,10 @@ of the buffer). It is useful for getting notified when the
cursor moves.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="has-selection" version="2.10" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="has-selection"
+ version="2.10"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_has_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="224">Whether the buffer has some text currently selected.</doc>
@@ -154410,7 +156582,8 @@ cursor moves.</doc>
</property>
<property name="paste-target-list"
version="2.10"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_paste_target_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="270">The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting
@@ -154420,13 +156593,16 @@ and as DND destination.</doc>
<property name="tag-table"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_tag_table">
<type name="TextTagTable"/>
</property>
<property name="text"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_text"
+ getter="get_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c"
line="209">The text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images,
@@ -155322,7 +157498,7 @@ can have multiple widgets anchored, to allow for multiple views.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_text_child_anchor_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="328">Creates a new #GtkTextChildAnchor. Usually you would then insert
+ line="342">Creates a new #GtkTextChildAnchor. Usually you would then insert
it into a #GtkTextBuffer with gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor().
To perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the
convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().</doc>
@@ -155330,7 +157506,7 @@ convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="336">a new #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
+ line="350">a new #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
<type name="TextChildAnchor" c:type="GtkTextChildAnchor*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -155338,7 +157514,7 @@ convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_text_child_anchor_get_deleted">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="409">Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from
+ line="423">Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from
the buffer. Keep in mind that the child anchor will be
unreferenced when removed from the buffer, so you need to
hold your own reference (with g_object_ref()) if you plan
@@ -155348,14 +157524,14 @@ will also be finalized.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="420">%TRUE if the child anchor has been deleted from its buffer</doc>
+ line="434">%TRUE if the child anchor has been deleted from its buffer</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="anchor" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="411">a #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
+ line="425">a #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
<type name="TextChildAnchor" c:type="GtkTextChildAnchor*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -155364,13 +157540,13 @@ will also be finalized.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_text_child_anchor_get_widgets">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="374">Gets a list of all widgets anchored at this child anchor.
+ line="388">Gets a list of all widgets anchored at this child anchor.
The returned list should be freed with g_list_free().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.h" line="81"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="382">list of widgets anchored at @anchor</doc>
+ line="396">list of widgets anchored at @anchor</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="Widget"/>
</type>
@@ -155379,7 +157555,7 @@ The returned list should be freed with g_list_free().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="anchor" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextchild.c"
- line="376">a #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
+ line="390">a #GtkTextChildAnchor</doc>
<type name="TextChildAnchor" c:type="GtkTextChildAnchor*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -158300,7 +160476,8 @@ for a way to add it to a buffer again.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_left_gravity"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_mark_get_left_gravity">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_mark_get_left_gravity"
+ glib:get-property="left-gravity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextmark.c"
line="358">Determines whether the mark has left gravity.</doc>
@@ -158320,7 +160497,9 @@ for a way to add it to a buffer again.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_name" c:identifier="gtk_text_mark_get_name">
+ <method name="get_name"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_mark_get_name"
+ glib:get-property="name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextmark.c"
line="291">Returns the mark name; returns NULL for anonymous marks.</doc>
@@ -158391,7 +160570,8 @@ Marks are not visible by default.</doc>
<property name="left-gravity"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_left_gravity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextmark.c"
line="141">Whether the mark has left gravity. When text is inserted at the mark’s
@@ -158402,7 +160582,8 @@ to the left of the newly-inserted text, otherwise to the right.</doc>
<property name="name"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextmark.c"
line="128">The name of the mark or %NULL if the mark is anonymous.</doc>
@@ -159234,10 +161415,11 @@ data types related to the text widget and how they work together.
The GtkTextTagTable implementation of the GtkBuildable interface
supports adding tags by specifying “tag” as the “type” attribute
-of a <child> element.
+of a `<child>` element.
An example of a UI definition fragment specifying tags:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkTextTagTable">
<child type="tag">
<object class="GtkTextTag"/>
@@ -159249,13 +161431,13 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment specifying tags:
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="181">Creates a new #GtkTextTagTable. The table contains no tags by
+ line="182">Creates a new #GtkTextTagTable. The table contains no tags by
default.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.h" line="79"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="187">a new #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="188">a new #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -159307,7 +161489,7 @@ default.</doc>
<method name="add" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_add">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="250">Add a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority
+ line="251">Add a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority
in the table.
@tag must not be in a tag table already, and may not have
@@ -159316,20 +161498,20 @@ the same name as an already-added tag.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="261">%TRUE on success.</doc>
+ line="262">%TRUE on success.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="table" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="252">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="253">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tag" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="253">a #GtkTextTag</doc>
+ line="254">a #GtkTextTag</doc>
<type name="TextTag" c:type="GtkTextTag*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159337,7 +161519,7 @@ the same name as an already-added tag.</doc>
<method name="foreach" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_foreach">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="408">Calls @func on each tag in @table, with user data @data.
+ line="409">Calls @func on each tag in @table, with user data @data.
Note that the table may not be modified while iterating
over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.h" line="90"/>
@@ -159348,7 +161530,7 @@ over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="table" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="410">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="411">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -159357,7 +161539,7 @@ over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
closure="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="411">a function to call on each tag</doc>
+ line="412">a function to call on each tag</doc>
<type name="TextTagTableForeach" c:type="GtkTextTagTableForeach"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data"
@@ -159366,7 +161548,7 @@ over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="412">user data</doc>
+ line="413">user data</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159374,19 +161556,19 @@ over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
<method name="get_size" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_get_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="438">Returns the size of the table (number of tags)</doc>
+ line="439">Returns the size of the table (number of tags)</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.h" line="94"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="444">number of tags in @table</doc>
+ line="445">number of tags in @table</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="table" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="440">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="441">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159394,12 +161576,12 @@ over it (you can’t add/remove tags).</doc>
<method name="lookup" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_lookup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="308">Look up a named tag.</doc>
+ line="309">Look up a named tag.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.h" line="87"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="315">The tag, or %NULL if none by that
+ line="316">The tag, or %NULL if none by that
name is in the table.</doc>
<type name="TextTag" c:type="GtkTextTag*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -159407,13 +161589,13 @@ name is in the table.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="table" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="310">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="311">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="311">name of a tag</doc>
+ line="312">name of a tag</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159421,7 +161603,7 @@ name is in the table.</doc>
<method name="remove" c:identifier="gtk_text_tag_table_remove">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="332">Remove a tag from the table. If a #GtkTextBuffer has @table as its tag table,
+ line="333">Remove a tag from the table. If a #GtkTextBuffer has @table as its tag table,
the tag is removed from the buffer. The table’s reference to the tag is
removed, so the tag will end up destroyed if you don’t have a reference to
it.</doc>
@@ -159433,13 +161615,13 @@ it.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="table" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="334">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
+ line="335">a #GtkTextTagTable</doc>
<type name="TextTagTable" c:type="GtkTextTagTable*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tag" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="335">a #GtkTextTag</doc>
+ line="336">a #GtkTextTag</doc>
<type name="TextTag" c:type="GtkTextTag*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159458,7 +161640,7 @@ it.</doc>
<parameter name="tag" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="128">the added tag.</doc>
+ line="129">the added tag.</doc>
<type name="TextTag"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159471,13 +161653,13 @@ it.</doc>
<parameter name="tag" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="107">the changed tag.</doc>
+ line="108">the changed tag.</doc>
<type name="TextTag"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="size_changed" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="108">whether the change affects the #GtkTextView layout.</doc>
+ line="109">whether the change affects the #GtkTextView layout.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -159490,7 +161672,7 @@ it.</doc>
<parameter name="tag" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktexttagtable.c"
- line="144">the removed tag.</doc>
+ line="145">the removed tag.</doc>
<type name="TextTag"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -160171,6 +162353,7 @@ views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_accepts_tab"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_accepts_tab"
+ glib:get-property="accepts-tab"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160223,6 +162406,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_bottom_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_bottom_margin"
+ glib:get-property="bottom-margin"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160243,7 +162427,9 @@ gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_buffer" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_buffer">
+ <method name="get_buffer"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_buffer"
+ glib:get-property="buffer">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="2051">Returns the #GtkTextBuffer being displayed by this text view.
@@ -160336,7 +162522,8 @@ coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_cursor_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible"
+ glib:get-property="cursor-visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3577">Find out whether the cursor should be displayed.</doc>
@@ -160384,7 +162571,9 @@ and should be freed with gtk_text_attributes_unref().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_editable" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_editable">
+ <method name="get_editable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_editable"
+ glib:get-property="editable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="2999">Returns the default editability of the #GtkTextView. Tags in the
@@ -160430,7 +162619,9 @@ buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_indent" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_indent">
+ <method name="get_indent"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_indent"
+ glib:get-property="indent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3455">Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in @text_view.
@@ -160454,6 +162645,7 @@ The indentation may be negative.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_input_hints"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_input_hints"
+ glib:get-property="input-hints"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160473,6 +162665,7 @@ The indentation may be negative.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_input_purpose"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose"
+ glib:get-property="input-purpose"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160639,7 +162832,8 @@ coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_justification"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_justification">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_justification"
+ glib:get-property="justification">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3200">Gets the default justification of paragraphs in @text_view.
@@ -160661,7 +162855,8 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_left_margin"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_left_margin">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_left_margin"
+ glib:get-property="left-margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3251">Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view.
@@ -160773,6 +162968,7 @@ convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords().</doc
</method>
<method name="get_monospace"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_monospace"
+ glib:get-property="monospace"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160795,6 +162991,7 @@ convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords().</doc
</method>
<method name="get_overwrite"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_overwrite"
+ glib:get-property="overwrite"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -160816,7 +163013,8 @@ convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords().</doc
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_pixels_above_lines"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines"
+ glib:get-property="pixels-above-lines">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3048">Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs.
@@ -160839,7 +163037,8 @@ is equal to the line space between each paragraph.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_pixels_below_lines"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_below_lines">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_below_lines"
+ glib:get-property="pixels-below-lines">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3099">Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines().
@@ -160863,7 +163062,8 @@ value returned by gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_pixels_inside_wrap"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_inside_wrap">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_pixels_inside_wrap"
+ glib:get-property="pixels-inside-wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3151">Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap().</doc>
@@ -160884,7 +163084,8 @@ value returned by gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_right_margin"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_right_margin">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_right_margin"
+ glib:get-property="right-margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3302">Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. Tags
@@ -160905,7 +163106,9 @@ in the buffer may override the default.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_tabs">
+ <method name="get_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_tabs"
+ glib:get-property="tabs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3511">Gets the default tabs for @text_view. Tags in the buffer may
@@ -160931,6 +163134,7 @@ with pango_tab_array_free().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_top_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_top_margin"
+ glib:get-property="top-margin"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161066,7 +163270,9 @@ should be called on `event->window` to see which window it was.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_wrap_mode" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_wrap_mode">
+ <method name="get_wrap_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_get_wrap_mode"
+ glib:get-property="wrap-mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="2937">Gets the line wrapping for the view.</doc>
@@ -161465,6 +163671,7 @@ screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin of size
</method>
<method name="set_accepts_tab"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab"
+ glib:set-property="accepts-tab"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161531,6 +163738,7 @@ work with %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET, %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TEXT, or
</method>
<method name="set_bottom_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin"
+ glib:set-property="bottom-margin"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161557,7 +163765,9 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_buffer" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_buffer">
+ <method name="set_buffer"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_buffer"
+ glib:set-property="buffer">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="1890">Sets @buffer as the buffer being displayed by @text_view. The previous
@@ -161588,7 +163798,8 @@ will not “adopt” it.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_cursor_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible"
+ glib:set-property="cursor-visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3537">Toggles whether the insertion point should be displayed. A buffer with
@@ -161616,7 +163827,9 @@ Note that this property may be overridden by the
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_editable" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_editable">
+ <method name="set_editable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_editable"
+ glib:set-property="editable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="2953">Sets the default editability of the #GtkTextView. You can override
@@ -161641,7 +163854,9 @@ attribute of tags.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_indent" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_indent">
+ <method name="set_indent"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_indent"
+ glib:set-property="indent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3423">Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in @text_view.
@@ -161667,6 +163882,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_input_hints"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_input_hints"
+ glib:set-property="input-hints"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161693,6 +163909,7 @@ allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_input_purpose"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_input_purpose"
+ glib:set-property="input-purpose"
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161719,7 +163936,8 @@ methods to adjust their behaviour.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_justification"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_justification">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_justification"
+ glib:set-property="justification">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3167">Sets the default justification of text in @text_view.
@@ -161744,7 +163962,8 @@ Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_left_margin"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_left_margin">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_left_margin"
+ glib:set-property="left-margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3217">Sets the default left margin for text in @text_view.
@@ -161773,6 +163992,7 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_monospace"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_monospace"
+ glib:set-property="monospace"
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161800,6 +164020,7 @@ fonts.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_overwrite"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_overwrite"
+ glib:set-property="overwrite"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161824,7 +164045,8 @@ fonts.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_pixels_above_lines"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_above_lines">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_above_lines"
+ glib:set-property="pixels-above-lines">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3016">Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in @text_view.
@@ -161849,7 +164071,8 @@ Tags in the buffer for @text_view may override the defaults.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_pixels_below_lines"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines"
+ glib:set-property="pixels-below-lines">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3066">Sets the default number of pixels of blank space
@@ -161875,7 +164098,8 @@ by tags applied to @text_view’s buffer.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_pixels_inside_wrap"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap"
+ glib:set-property="pixels-inside-wrap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3118">Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between
@@ -161901,7 +164125,8 @@ tags in @text_view’s buffer.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_right_margin"
- c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_right_margin">
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_right_margin"
+ glib:set-property="right-margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3268">Sets the default right margin for text in the text view.
@@ -161928,7 +164153,9 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_tabs" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_tabs">
+ <method name="set_tabs"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_tabs"
+ glib:set-property="tabs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="3473">Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in @text_view.
@@ -161954,6 +164181,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_top_margin"
c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_top_margin"
+ glib:set-property="top-margin"
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
@@ -161980,7 +164208,9 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_wrap_mode" c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode">
+ <method name="set_wrap_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode"
+ glib:set-property="wrap-mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="2907">Sets the line wrapping for the view.</doc>
@@ -162094,13 +164324,19 @@ gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()).</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="accepts-tab" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="accepts-tab"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accepts_tab"
+ getter="get_accepts_tab">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="bottom-margin"
version="3.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_bottom_margin"
+ getter="get_bottom_margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="909">The bottom margin for text in the text view.
@@ -162112,13 +164348,25 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-bottom.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="buffer" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="buffer"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_buffer"
+ getter="get_buffer">
<type name="TextBuffer"/>
</property>
- <property name="cursor-visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="cursor-visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_cursor_visible"
+ getter="get_cursor_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="editable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="editable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_editable"
+ getter="get_editable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="im-module"
@@ -162135,13 +164383,19 @@ system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
#GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="indent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="indent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_indent"
+ getter="get_indent">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="input-hints"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_input_hints"
+ getter="get_input_hints">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="1018">Additional hints (beyond #GtkTextView:input-purpose) that
@@ -162151,7 +164405,9 @@ allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.</doc>
<property name="input-purpose"
version="3.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_input_purpose"
+ getter="get_input_purpose">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="998">The purpose of this text field.
@@ -162160,10 +164416,18 @@ This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
methods to adjust their behaviour.</doc>
<type name="InputPurpose"/>
</property>
- <property name="justification" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="justification"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_justification"
+ getter="get_justification">
<type name="Justification"/>
</property>
- <property name="left-margin" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="left-margin"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_left_margin"
+ getter="get_left_margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="848">The default left margin for text in the text view.
@@ -162176,25 +164440,39 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-left.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="monospace" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="monospace"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_monospace"
+ getter="get_monospace">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="overwrite" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="overwrite"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_overwrite"
+ getter="get_overwrite">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="pixels-above-lines"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pixels_above_lines"
+ getter="get_pixels_above_lines">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="pixels-below-lines"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pixels_below_lines"
+ getter="get_pixels_below_lines">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="pixels-inside-wrap"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_pixels_inside_wrap"
+ getter="get_pixels_inside_wrap">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="populate-all"
@@ -162207,7 +164485,11 @@ Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-left.</doc>
signal is also emitted for touch popups.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="right-margin" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="right-margin"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_right_margin"
+ getter="get_right_margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="868">The default right margin for text in the text view.
@@ -162220,13 +164502,19 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-right.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="tabs" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="tabs"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tabs"
+ getter="get_tabs">
<type name="Pango.TabArray"/>
</property>
<property name="top-margin"
version="3.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_top_margin"
+ getter="get_top_margin">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktextview.c"
line="888">The top margin for text in the text view.
@@ -162238,7 +164526,11 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-top.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="wrap-mode" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="wrap-mode"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_wrap_mode"
+ getter="get_wrap_mode">
<type name="WrapMode"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -165022,6 +167314,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_active"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_action_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -165047,6 +167340,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_draw_as_radio"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_action_get_draw_as_radio"
+ glib:get-property="draw-as-radio"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -165072,6 +167366,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_active"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_action_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -165100,6 +167395,7 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_draw_as_radio"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_action_set_draw_as_radio"
+ glib:set-property="draw-as-radio"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -165154,7 +167450,9 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c"
line="123">Whether the toggle action should be active.</doc>
@@ -165164,7 +167462,9 @@ call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_draw_as_radio"
+ getter="get_draw_as_radio">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c"
line="105">Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies.
@@ -165467,7 +167767,9 @@ application ever to call this function.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</virtual-method>
- <method name="get_active" c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_get_active">
+ <method name="get_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c"
line="497">Queries a #GtkToggleButton and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if
@@ -165489,7 +167791,8 @@ the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_inconsistent"
- c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistent"
+ glib:get-property="inconsistent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c"
line="570">Gets the value set by gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent().</doc>
@@ -165531,7 +167834,9 @@ and label. See gtk_toggle_button_set_mode().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_active" c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_set_active">
+ <method name="set_active"
+ c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c"
line="455">Sets the status of the toggle button. Set to %TRUE if you want the
@@ -165558,7 +167863,8 @@ This action causes the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal and the
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_inconsistent"
- c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent"
+ glib:set-property="inconsistent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c"
line="530">If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or
@@ -165640,13 +167946,21 @@ application ever to call this function.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="active" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="active"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="draw-indicator" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="inconsistent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="inconsistent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_inconsistent"
+ getter="get_inconsistent">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="button" readable="0" private="1">
@@ -165839,6 +168153,7 @@ It is an error if @stock_id is not a name of a stock item.</doc>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_active"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active"
+ glib:get-property="active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c"
@@ -165862,6 +168177,7 @@ Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.</do
</method>
<method name="set_active"
c:identifier="gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active"
+ glib:set-property="active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c"
@@ -165890,7 +168206,9 @@ This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted.</doc>
<property name="active"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_active"
+ getter="get_active">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c"
line="120">If the toggle tool button should be pressed in.</doc>
@@ -166085,6 +168403,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_icon_name() instead.</doc-deprecated>
</virtual-method>
<method name="get_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="icon-name"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166109,6 +168428,7 @@ no themed icon</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_icon_widget"
+ glib:get-property="icon-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166133,6 +168453,7 @@ See gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166157,6 +168478,7 @@ string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget"
+ glib:get-property="label-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166181,6 +168503,7 @@ See gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_stock_id"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_stock_id"
+ glib:get-property="stock-id"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -166207,6 +168530,7 @@ The returned string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modifed.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline"
+ glib:get-property="use-underline"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166231,6 +168555,7 @@ mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name"
+ glib:set-property="icon-name"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166263,6 +168588,7 @@ overridden by non-%NULL #GtkToolButton:label-widget,
</method>
<method name="set_icon_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget"
+ glib:set-property="icon-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166293,6 +168619,7 @@ overridden by non-%NULL #GtkToolButton:label-widget,
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166326,6 +168653,7 @@ also %NULL, @button will not have a label.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget"
+ glib:set-property="label-widget"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166358,6 +168686,7 @@ determined by the #GtkToolButton:stock-id property is used as label. If
</method>
<method name="set_stock_id"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id"
+ glib:set-property="stock-id"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -166391,6 +168720,7 @@ The stock_id property only has an effect if not overridden by non-%NULL
</method>
<method name="set_use_underline"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline"
+ glib:set-property="use-underline"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
@@ -166424,7 +168754,9 @@ only affects the menu item on the overflow menu.</doc>
<property name="icon-name"
version="2.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_name"
+ getter="get_icon_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c"
line="274">The name of the themed icon displayed on the item.
@@ -166433,24 +168765,42 @@ This property only has an effect if not overridden by
#GtkToolButton:stock-id properties.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="icon-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="icon-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_widget"
+ getter="get_icon_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="label-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label_widget"
+ getter="get_label_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<property name="stock-id"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_stock_id"
+ getter="get_stock_id">
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkToolButton:icon-name instead.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="use-underline" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="use-underline"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_use_underline"
+ getter="get_use_underline">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -166699,6 +169049,7 @@ used for @tool_item</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_is_important"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_get_is_important"
+ glib:get-property="is-important"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -166940,6 +169291,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_window().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_horizontal"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal"
+ glib:get-property="visible-horizontal"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -166964,6 +169316,7 @@ docked horizontally.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_visible_vertical"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical"
+ glib:get-property="visible-vertical"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -167092,6 +169445,7 @@ the same width as the widest of the items.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_is_important"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_set_is_important"
+ glib:set-property="is-important"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -167239,6 +169593,7 @@ even those that would otherwise be sent to a child of @tool_item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_horizontal"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal"
+ glib:set-property="visible-horizontal"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -167264,6 +169619,7 @@ even those that would otherwise be sent to a child of @tool_item.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_visible_vertical"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical"
+ glib:set-property="visible-vertical"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitem.c"
@@ -167312,15 +169668,25 @@ to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="is-important" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="is-important"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_is_important"
+ getter="get_is_important">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="visible-horizontal"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_horizontal"
+ getter="get_visible_horizontal">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible-vertical" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible-vertical"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible_vertical"
+ getter="get_visible_vertical">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -167492,6 +169858,7 @@ GtkToolItemGroup has a single CSS node named toolitemgroup.</doc>
</constructor>
<method name="get_collapsed"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_get_collapsed"
+ glib:get-property="collapsed"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167548,6 +169915,7 @@ GtkToolItemGroup has a single CSS node named toolitemgroup.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_get_ellipsize"
+ glib:get-property="ellipsize"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167570,6 +169938,7 @@ GtkToolItemGroup has a single CSS node named toolitemgroup.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_header_relief"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_get_header_relief"
+ glib:get-property="header-relief"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167620,6 +169989,7 @@ GtkToolItemGroup has a single CSS node named toolitemgroup.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_label"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_get_label"
+ glib:get-property="label"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167644,6 +170014,7 @@ GtkToolItemGroup has a single CSS node named toolitemgroup.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_get_label_widget"
+ glib:get-property="label-widget"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167749,6 +170120,7 @@ See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_collapsed"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_set_collapsed"
+ glib:set-property="collapsed"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167774,6 +170146,7 @@ See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_ellipsize"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_set_ellipsize"
+ glib:set-property="ellipsize"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167799,6 +170172,7 @@ See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget().</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_header_relief"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_set_header_relief"
+ glib:set-property="header-relief"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167858,6 +170232,7 @@ See gtk_button_set_relief() for details.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_set_label"
+ glib:set-property="label"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167884,6 +170259,7 @@ of the group.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_label_widget"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget"
+ glib:set-property="label-widget"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c"
@@ -167909,19 +170285,39 @@ of the usual label.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="collapsed" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="collapsed"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_collapsed"
+ getter="get_collapsed">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="ellipsize" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="ellipsize"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_ellipsize"
+ getter="get_ellipsize">
<type name="Pango.EllipsizeMode"/>
</property>
- <property name="header-relief" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="header-relief"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_header_relief"
+ getter="get_header_relief">
<type name="ReliefStyle"/>
</property>
- <property name="label" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label"
+ getter="get_label">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="label-widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="label-widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_label_widget"
+ getter="get_label_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -168369,6 +170765,7 @@ See gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_size"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_palette_get_icon_size"
+ glib:get-property="icon-size"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c"
@@ -168565,6 +170962,7 @@ If position is 0 the group will become the first child, if position is
</method>
<method name="set_icon_size"
c:identifier="gtk_tool_palette_set_icon_size"
+ glib:set-property="icon-size"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c"
@@ -168657,7 +171055,9 @@ so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.</doc>
<property name="icon-size"
version="2.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_size"
+ getter="get_icon_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c"
line="950">The size of the icons in a tool palette. When this property is set,
@@ -169503,7 +171903,9 @@ inserted.
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_icon_size" c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size">
+ <method name="get_icon_size"
+ c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size"
+ glib:get-property="icon-size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbar.c"
line="2948">Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size().</doc>
@@ -169629,6 +172031,7 @@ gtk_button_set_relief().</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_show_arrow"
c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow"
+ glib:get-property="show-arrow"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbar.c"
@@ -169744,7 +172147,9 @@ toolbar.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_icon_size" c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size">
+ <method name="set_icon_size"
+ c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size"
+ glib:set-property="icon-size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbar.c"
line="3116">This function sets the size of stock icons in the toolbar. You
@@ -169776,6 +172181,7 @@ size of icons.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_show_arrow"
c:identifier="gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow"
+ glib:set-property="show-arrow"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbar.c"
@@ -169867,7 +172273,9 @@ user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.</doc>
<property name="icon-size"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_size"
+ getter="get_icon_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktoolbar.c"
line="548">The size of the icons in a toolbar is normally determined by
@@ -169888,7 +172296,11 @@ size of icons.</doc>
line="570">Is %TRUE if the icon-size property has been set.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="show-arrow" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="show-arrow"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_arrow"
+ getter="get_show_arrow">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="toolbar-style" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -174925,7 +177337,9 @@ sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model,
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_model" c:identifier="gtk_tree_model_sort_get_model">
+ <method name="get_model"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_model_sort_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c"
line="2196">Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting.</doc>
@@ -175000,7 +177414,8 @@ is in “unsorted” state.</doc>
<property name="model"
writable="1"
construct-only="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_model">
<type name="TreeModel"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -175905,7 +178320,9 @@ select_row on an already selected row).</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_mode" c:identifier="gtk_tree_selection_get_mode">
+ <method name="get_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_selection_get_mode"
+ glib:get-property="mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeselection.c"
line="359">Gets the selection mode for @selection. See
@@ -176271,7 +178688,9 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows() might be more useful.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_mode" c:identifier="gtk_tree_selection_set_mode">
+ <method name="set_mode"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_selection_set_mode"
+ glib:set-property="mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeselection.c"
line="281">Sets the selection mode of the @selection. If the previous type was
@@ -176447,7 +178866,9 @@ inclusive.</doc>
<property name="mode"
version="3.2"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_mode"
+ getter="get_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeselection.c"
line="121">Selection mode.
@@ -177340,12 +179761,13 @@ interfaces.
# GtkTreeStore as GtkBuildable
The GtkTreeStore implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface allows
-to specify the model columns with a <columns> element that may contain
-multiple <column> elements, each specifying one model column. The “type”
+to specify the model columns with a `<columns>` element that may contain
+multiple `<column>` elements, each specifying one model column. The “type”
attribute specifies the data type for the column.
An example of a UI Definition fragment for a tree store:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkTreeStore">
<columns>
<column type="gchararray"/>
@@ -177366,7 +179788,7 @@ An example of a UI Definition fragment for a tree store:
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="302">Creates a new tree store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
+ line="303">Creates a new tree store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types
are supported.
@@ -177377,20 +179799,20 @@ GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);` will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="315">a new #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="316">a new #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="304">number of columns in the tree store</doc>
+ line="305">number of columns in the tree store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="305">all #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
+ line="306">all #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177400,25 +179822,25 @@ GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);` will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type
shadows="new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="348">Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.</doc>
+ line="349">Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="70"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="355">a new #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="356">a new #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="350">number of columns in the tree store</doc>
+ line="351">number of columns in the tree store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="types" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="351">an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
+ line="352">an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GType*">
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</array>
@@ -177428,7 +179850,7 @@ GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);` will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type
<method name="append" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_append">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1716">Appends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will append the
+ line="1717">Appends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will append the
new row after the last child of @parent, otherwise it will append a row to
the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will
be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
@@ -177441,7 +179863,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1718">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1719">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177450,7 +179872,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1719">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row</doc>
+ line="1720">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177459,7 +179881,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1720">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1721">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177467,7 +179889,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="clear" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_clear">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1872">Removes all rows from @tree_store</doc>
+ line="1873">Removes all rows from @tree_store</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="146"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -177476,7 +179898,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1874">a #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1875">a #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177484,7 +179906,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="insert" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_insert">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1262">Creates a new row at @position. If parent is non-%NULL, then the row will be
+ line="1263">Creates a new row at @position. If parent is non-%NULL, then the row will be
made a child of @parent. Otherwise, the row will be created at the toplevel.
If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows at that level, then
the new row will be inserted to the end of the list. @iter will be changed
@@ -177499,7 +179921,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1264">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1265">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177508,7 +179930,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1265">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1266">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177517,13 +179939,13 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1266">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1267">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1267">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
+ line="1268">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177531,7 +179953,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="insert_after" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_insert_after">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1405">Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
+ line="1406">Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
prepended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then
the row will be prepended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are
set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set,
@@ -177548,7 +179970,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1407">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1408">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177557,7 +179979,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1408">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1409">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177566,7 +179988,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1409">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1410">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sibling"
@@ -177575,7 +179997,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1410">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1411">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177583,7 +180005,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="insert_before" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_insert_before">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1324">Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
+ line="1325">Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
be appended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then
the row will be appended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are
set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set,
@@ -177600,7 +180022,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1326">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1327">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177609,7 +180031,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1327">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
+ line="1328">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177618,7 +180040,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1328">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1329">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="sibling"
@@ -177627,7 +180049,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1329">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1330">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177639,7 +180061,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1487">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this
+ line="1488">Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this
new row. If @position is -1, or larger than the number of rows on the list, then
the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be filled with
the values given to this function.
@@ -177665,7 +180087,7 @@ inserting rows in a sorted tree store.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1489">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1490">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177676,7 +180098,7 @@ inserting rows in a sorted tree store.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1490">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="1491">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177685,19 +180107,19 @@ inserting rows in a sorted tree store.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1491">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1492">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1492">position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing rows</doc>
+ line="1493">position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing rows</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1493">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
+ line="1494">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177708,7 +180130,7 @@ inserting rows in a sorted tree store.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1579">A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes
+ line="1580">A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes
the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="123"/>
@@ -177719,7 +180141,7 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1581">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1582">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177730,7 +180152,7 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1582">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="1583">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177739,19 +180161,19 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1583">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1584">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1584">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
+ line="1585">position to insert the new row, or -1 for last</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1585">an array of column numbers</doc>
+ line="1586">an array of column numbers</doc>
<array length="5" zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</array>
@@ -177759,7 +180181,7 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<parameter name="values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1586">an array of GValues</doc>
+ line="1587">an array of GValues</doc>
<array length="5" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GValue*">
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue"/>
</array>
@@ -177767,7 +180189,7 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<parameter name="n_values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1587">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
+ line="1588">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177775,32 +180197,32 @@ function is mainly intended for language bindings.</doc>
<method name="is_ancestor" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_is_ancestor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1775">Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the
+ line="1776">Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the
parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="139"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1784">%TRUE, if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant</doc>
+ line="1785">%TRUE, if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1777">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1778">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1778">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
+ line="1779">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="descendant" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1779">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
+ line="1780">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177808,26 +180230,26 @@ parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant.</doc>
<method name="iter_depth" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_iter_depth">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1800">Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1
+ line="1801">Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1
for anything down a level, etc.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="143"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1808">The depth of @iter</doc>
+ line="1809">The depth of @iter</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1802">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1803">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1803">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
+ line="1804">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177837,7 +180259,7 @@ for anything down a level, etc.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1911">WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
+ line="1912">WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
purposes.
Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
@@ -177845,20 +180267,20 @@ Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1921">%TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.</doc>
+ line="1922">%TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1913">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
+ line="1914">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1914">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="1915">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177868,7 +180290,7 @@ Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2829">Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and
+ line="2830">Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and
@position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved
to the start of the level.</doc>
@@ -177880,13 +180302,13 @@ to the start of the level.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2831">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
+ line="2832">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2832">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="2833">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position"
@@ -177895,7 +180317,7 @@ to the start of the level.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2833">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="2834">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177905,7 +180327,7 @@ to the start of the level.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2808">Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and
+ line="2809">Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and
@position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be
moved to the end of the level.</doc>
@@ -177917,13 +180339,13 @@ moved to the end of the level.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2810">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
+ line="2811">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2811">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="2812">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position"
@@ -177932,7 +180354,7 @@ moved to the end of the level.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2812">A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="2813">A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177940,7 +180362,7 @@ moved to the end of the level.</doc>
<method name="prepend" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_prepend">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1657">Prepends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will prepend
+ line="1658">Prepends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will prepend
the new row before the first child of @parent, otherwise it will prepend a row
to the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row
will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to
@@ -177953,7 +180375,7 @@ call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1659">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1660">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -177962,7 +180384,7 @@ call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1660">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepended row</doc>
+ line="1661">An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepended row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -177971,7 +180393,7 @@ call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1661">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="1662">A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -177979,27 +180401,27 @@ call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value().</doc>
<method name="remove" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_remove">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1194">Removes @iter from @tree_store. After being removed, @iter is set to the
+ line="1195">Removes @iter from @tree_store. After being removed, @iter is set to the
next valid row at that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the
last one.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="99"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1203">%TRUE if @iter is still valid, %FALSE if not.</doc>
+ line="1204">%TRUE if @iter is still valid, %FALSE if not.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1196">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1197">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1197">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
+ line="1198">A valid #GtkTreeIter</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178010,7 +180432,7 @@ last one.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2253">Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order
+ line="2254">Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order
indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with
unsorted stores.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="151"/>
@@ -178021,7 +180443,7 @@ unsorted stores.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2255">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="2256">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -178030,13 +180452,13 @@ unsorted stores.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2256">A #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="2257">A #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="new_order" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2257">an array of integers mapping the new position of each child
+ line="2258">an array of integers mapping the new position of each child
to its old position before the re-ordering,
i.e. @new_order`[newpos] = oldpos`.</doc>
<array zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
@@ -178051,7 +180473,7 @@ unsorted stores.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1166">Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter.
+ line="1167">Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter.
The variable argument list should contain integer column numbers,
each column number followed by the value to be set.
The list is terminated by a -1. For example, to set column 0 with type
@@ -178068,19 +180490,19 @@ will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1168">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1169">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1169">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="1170">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1170">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
+ line="1171">pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178089,7 +180511,7 @@ will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_set_column_types">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="384">This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from
+ line="385">This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from
#GtkTreeStore, and should only be used when constructing a new
#GtkTreeStore. It will not function after a row has been added,
or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.</doc>
@@ -178101,19 +180523,19 @@ or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="386">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="387">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="387">Number of columns for the tree store</doc>
+ line="388">Number of columns for the tree store</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="types" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="388">An array of #GType types, one for each column</doc>
+ line="389">An array of #GType types, one for each column</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GType*">
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</array>
@@ -178125,7 +180547,7 @@ or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1126">See gtk_tree_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for
+ line="1127">See gtk_tree_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for
use by language bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="95"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178135,19 +180557,19 @@ use by language bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1128">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1129">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1129">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="1130">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="var_args" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1130">va_list of column/value pairs</doc>
+ line="1131">va_list of column/value pairs</doc>
<type name="va_list" c:type="va_list"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178155,7 +180577,7 @@ use by language bindings.</doc>
<method name="set_value" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_set_value">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="934">Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column.
+ line="935">Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column.
The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the
column.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="80"/>
@@ -178166,25 +180588,25 @@ column.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="936">a #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="937">a #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="937">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="938">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="938">column number to modify</doc>
+ line="939">column number to modify</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="939">new value for the cell</doc>
+ line="940">new value for the cell</doc>
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178195,7 +180617,7 @@ column.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1079">A variant of gtk_tree_store_set_valist() which takes
+ line="1080">A variant of gtk_tree_store_set_valist() which takes
the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case
the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.</doc>
@@ -178207,19 +180629,19 @@ the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1081">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
+ line="1082">A #GtkTreeStore</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1082">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
+ line="1083">A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="columns" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1083">an array of column numbers</doc>
+ line="1084">an array of column numbers</doc>
<array length="3" zero-terminated="0" c:type="gint*">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</array>
@@ -178227,7 +180649,7 @@ the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<parameter name="values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1084">an array of GValues</doc>
+ line="1085">an array of GValues</doc>
<array length="3" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GValue*">
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue"/>
</array>
@@ -178235,7 +180657,7 @@ the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<parameter name="n_values" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="1085">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
+ line="1086">the length of the @columns and @values arrays</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178243,7 +180665,7 @@ the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.</doc>
<method name="swap" c:identifier="gtk_tree_store_swap" version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2344">Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function
+ line="2345">Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function
only works with unsorted stores.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.h" line="155"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178253,19 +180675,19 @@ only works with unsorted stores.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_store" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2346">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
+ line="2347">A #GtkTreeStore.</doc>
<type name="TreeStore" c:type="GtkTreeStore*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="a" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2347">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="2348">A #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="b" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreestore.c"
- line="2348">Another #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
+ line="2349">Another #GtkTreeIter.</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178360,11 +180782,12 @@ former you can use gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords()
# GtkTreeView as GtkBuildable
The GtkTreeView implementation of the GtkBuildable interface accepts
-#GtkTreeViewColumn objects as <child> elements and exposes the internal
+#GtkTreeViewColumn objects as `<child>` elements and exposes the internal
#GtkTreeSelection in UI definitions.
An example of a UI definition fragment with GtkTreeView:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkTreeView" id="treeview">
<property name="model">liststore1</property>
<child>
@@ -178409,12 +180832,12 @@ For rubberband selection, a subnode with name rubberband is used.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11414">Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
+ line="11415">Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="208"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11419">A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
+ line="11420">A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
</constructor>
@@ -178422,19 +180845,19 @@ For rubberband selection, a subnode with name rubberband is used.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_new_with_model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11427">Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model.</doc>
+ line="11428">Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="210"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11433">A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
+ line="11434">A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="model" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11429">the model.</doc>
+ line="11430">the model.</doc>
<type name="TreeModel" c:type="GtkTreeModel*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178501,7 +180924,7 @@ For rubberband selection, a subnode with name rubberband is used.</doc>
<virtual-method name="row_activated" invoker="row_activated">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12679">Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.</doc>
+ line="12680">Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="79"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -178510,19 +180933,19 @@ For rubberband selection, a subnode with name rubberband is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12681">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12682">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12682">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12683">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12683">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12684">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178667,27 +181090,27 @@ For rubberband selection, a subnode with name rubberband is used.</doc>
<method name="append_column" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_append_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12058">Appends @column to the list of columns. If @tree_view has “fixed_height”
+ line="12059">Appends @column to the list of columns. If @tree_view has “fixed_height”
mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property set to be
GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="258"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12067">The number of columns in @tree_view after appending.</doc>
+ line="12068">The number of columns in @tree_view after appending.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12060">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12061">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12061">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to add.</doc>
+ line="12062">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to add.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178695,7 +181118,7 @@ GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<method name="collapse_all" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_collapse_all">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12758">Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="12759">Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="323"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -178704,7 +181127,7 @@ GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12760">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12761">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178712,25 +181135,25 @@ GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<method name="collapse_row" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_collapse_row">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13090">Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).</doc>
+ line="13091">Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="332"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13097">%TRUE if the row was collapsed.</doc>
+ line="13098">%TRUE if the row was collapsed.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13092">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13093">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13093">path to a row in the @tree_view</doc>
+ line="13094">path to a row in the @tree_view</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178739,7 +181162,7 @@ GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_columns_autosize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11871">Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the
+ line="11872">Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the
treeview has been realized.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="239"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178749,7 +181172,7 @@ treeview has been realized.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11873">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11874">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178759,7 +181182,7 @@ treeview has been realized.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14070">Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the
+ line="14071">Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="501"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178769,19 +181192,19 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14072">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14073">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="bx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14073">X coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
+ line="14074">X coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="by" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14074">Y coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
+ line="14075">Y coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tx"
@@ -178790,7 +181213,7 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14075">return location for tree X coordinate</doc>
+ line="14076">return location for tree X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ty"
@@ -178799,7 +181222,7 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14076">return location for tree Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="14077">return location for tree Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178809,7 +181232,7 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14014">Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window())
+ line="14015">Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window())
to widget relative coordinates.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="489"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178819,19 +181242,19 @@ to widget relative coordinates.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14016">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14017">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="bx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14017">bin_window X coordinate</doc>
+ line="14018">bin_window X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="by" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14018">bin_window Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="14019">bin_window Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wx"
@@ -178840,7 +181263,7 @@ to widget relative coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14019">return location for widget X coordinate</doc>
+ line="14020">return location for widget X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wy"
@@ -178849,7 +181272,7 @@ to widget relative coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14020">return location for widget Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="14021">return location for widget Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178859,7 +181282,7 @@ to widget relative coordinates.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14042">Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
+ line="14043">Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to bin_window coordinates.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="495"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178869,19 +181292,19 @@ to bin_window coordinates.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14044">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14045">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14045">tree X coordinate</doc>
+ line="14046">tree X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ty" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14046">tree Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="14047">tree Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bx"
@@ -178890,7 +181313,7 @@ to bin_window coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14047">return location for X coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
+ line="14048">return location for X coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="by"
@@ -178899,7 +181322,7 @@ to bin_window coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14048">return location for Y coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
+ line="14049">return location for Y coordinate relative to bin_window</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178909,7 +181332,7 @@ to bin_window coordinates.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13954">Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
+ line="13955">Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to widget coordinates.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="477"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178919,19 +181342,19 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13956">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13957">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13957">X coordinate relative to the tree</doc>
+ line="13958">X coordinate relative to the tree</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ty" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13958">Y coordinate relative to the tree</doc>
+ line="13959">Y coordinate relative to the tree</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wx"
@@ -178940,7 +181363,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13959">return location for widget X coordinate</doc>
+ line="13960">return location for widget X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wy"
@@ -178949,7 +181372,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13960">return location for widget Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="13961">return location for widget Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -178959,7 +181382,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13986">Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window
+ line="13987">Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window
(see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="483"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -178969,19 +181392,19 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13988">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13989">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="wx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13989">X coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
+ line="13990">X coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wy" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13990">Y coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
+ line="13991">Y coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bx"
@@ -178990,7 +181413,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13991">return location for bin_window X coordinate</doc>
+ line="13992">return location for bin_window X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="by"
@@ -178999,7 +181422,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13992">return location for bin_window Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="13993">return location for bin_window Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179009,7 +181432,7 @@ to widget coordinates.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13922">Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the
+ line="13923">Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="471"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -179019,19 +181442,19 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13924">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13925">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="wx" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13925">X coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
+ line="13926">X coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wy" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13926">Y coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
+ line="13927">Y coordinate relative to the widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tx"
@@ -179040,7 +181463,7 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13927">return location for tree X coordinate</doc>
+ line="13928">return location for tree X coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="ty"
@@ -179049,7 +181472,7 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13928">return location for tree Y coordinate</doc>
+ line="13929">return location for tree Y coordinate</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179058,26 +181481,26 @@ tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_create_row_drag_icon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14632">Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path.
+ line="14633">Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path.
This image is used for a drag icon.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="434"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14640">a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.</doc>
+ line="14641">a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.</doc>
<type name="cairo.Surface" c:type="cairo_surface_t*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14634">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14635">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14635">a #GtkTreePath in @tree_view</doc>
+ line="14636">a #GtkTreePath in @tree_view</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179086,7 +181509,7 @@ This image is used for a drag icon.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14317">Turns @tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling
+ line="14318">Turns @tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling
this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="408"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -179096,13 +181519,13 @@ this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14319">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14320">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="targets" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14320">the table of targets that
+ line="14321">the table of targets that
the drag will support</doc>
<array length="1"
zero-terminated="0"
@@ -179113,13 +181536,13 @@ this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<parameter name="n_targets" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14322">the number of items in @targets</doc>
+ line="14323">the number of items in @targets</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="actions" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14323">the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
+ line="14324">the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
widget</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragAction" c:type="GdkDragAction"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179129,7 +181552,7 @@ this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14279">Turns @tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
+ line="14280">Turns @tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="402"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -179139,19 +181562,19 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14281">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14282">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="start_button_mask" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14282">Mask of allowed buttons to start drag</doc>
+ line="14283">Mask of allowed buttons to start drag</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="targets" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14283">the table of targets that the drag will support</doc>
+ line="14284">the table of targets that the drag will support</doc>
<array length="2"
zero-terminated="0"
c:type="const GtkTargetEntry*">
@@ -179161,13 +181584,13 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<parameter name="n_targets" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14284">the number of items in @targets</doc>
+ line="14285">the number of items in @targets</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="actions" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14285">the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
+ line="14286">the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
widget</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragAction" c:type="GdkDragAction"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179176,7 +181599,7 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<method name="expand_all" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_expand_all">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12727">Recursively expands all nodes in the @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="12728">Recursively expands all nodes in the @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="321"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -179185,7 +181608,7 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12729">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12730">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179193,31 +181616,31 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<method name="expand_row" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_expand_row">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12932">Opens the row so its children are visible.</doc>
+ line="12933">Opens the row so its children are visible.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="328"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12940">%TRUE if the row existed and had children</doc>
+ line="12941">%TRUE if the row existed and had children</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12934">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12935">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12935">path to a row</doc>
+ line="12936">path to a row</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="open_all" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12936">whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children</doc>
+ line="12937">whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179227,7 +181650,7 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12795">Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of
+ line="12796">Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of
@path as necessary.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="325"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -179237,35 +181660,36 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12797">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12798">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12798">path to a row.</doc>
+ line="12799">path to a row.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:get-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12037">Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().</doc>
+ line="12038">Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="251"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12043">%TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click</doc>
+ line="12044">%TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12039">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12040">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179274,7 +181698,7 @@ method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_background_area">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13833">Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
+ line="13834">Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is
%NULL, or points to a node not found in the tree, the @y and @height fields of
the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width
@@ -179291,7 +181715,7 @@ itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13835">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13836">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179300,7 +181724,7 @@ itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13836">a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates</doc>
+ line="13837">a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column"
@@ -179309,7 +181733,7 @@ itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13837">a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical
coordiantes</doc>
+ line="13838">a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical
coordiantes</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rect"
@@ -179318,7 +181742,7 @@ itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13838">rectangle to fill with cell background rect</doc>
+ line="13839">rectangle to fill with cell background rect</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179327,14 +181751,14 @@ itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13504">Returns the window that @tree_view renders to.
+ line="13505">Returns the window that @tree_view renders to.
This is used primarily to compare to `event->window`
to confirm that the event on @tree_view is on the right window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="365"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13512">A #GdkWindow, or %NULL when @tree_view
+ line="13513">A #GdkWindow, or %NULL when @tree_view
hasn’t been realized yet.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179342,7 +181766,7 @@ hasn’t been realized yet.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13506">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13507">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179350,7 +181774,7 @@ hasn’t been realized yet.</doc>
<method name="get_cell_area" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13700">Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
+ line="13701">Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is
%NULL, or points to a path not currently displayed, the @y and @height fields
of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width
@@ -179367,7 +181791,7 @@ realized.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13702">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13703">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179376,7 +181800,7 @@ realized.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13703">a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates</doc>
+ line="13704">a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column"
@@ -179385,7 +181809,7 @@ realized.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13704">a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical
coordinates</doc>
+ line="13705">a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical
coordinates</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="rect"
@@ -179394,7 +181818,7 @@ realized.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13705">rectangle to fill with cell rect</doc>
+ line="13706">rectangle to fill with cell rect</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179402,12 +181826,12 @@ realized.</doc>
<method name="get_column" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12340">Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view.</doc>
+ line="12341">Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="285"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12347">The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the
+ line="12348">The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the
position is outside the range of columns.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179415,13 +181839,13 @@ position is outside the range of columns.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12342">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12343">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12343">The position of the column, counting from 0.</doc>
+ line="12344">The position of the column, counting from 0.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179429,13 +181853,13 @@ position is outside the range of columns.</doc>
<method name="get_columns" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_columns">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12365">Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view.
+ line="12366">Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view.
The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="288"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12372">A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s</doc>
+ line="12373">A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="TreeViewColumn"/>
</type>
@@ -179444,7 +181868,7 @@ The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12367">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12368">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179452,7 +181876,7 @@ The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().</doc>
<method name="get_cursor" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_cursor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13364">Fills in @path and @focus_column with the current path and focus column. If
+ line="13365">Fills in @path and @focus_column with the current path and focus column. If
the cursor isn’t currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no column
currently has focus, then *@focus_column will be %NULL.
@@ -179466,7 +181890,7 @@ you are done with it.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13366">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13367">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179478,7 +181902,7 @@ you are done with it.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13367">A pointer to be
+ line="13368">A pointer to be
filled with the current cursor path, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179491,7 +181915,7 @@ you are done with it.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13369">A
+ line="13370">A
pointer to be filled with the current focus column, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179501,7 +181925,7 @@ you are done with it.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_dest_row_at_pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14526">Determines the destination row for a given position. @drag_x and
+ line="14527">Determines the destination row for a given position. @drag_x and
@drag_y are expected to be in widget coordinates. This function is only
meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always
return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.</doc>
@@ -179509,7 +181933,7 @@ return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14541">whether there is a row at the given position, %TRUE if this
+ line="14542">whether there is a row at the given position, %TRUE if this
is indeed the case.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179517,19 +181941,19 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14528">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14529">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="drag_x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14529">the position to determine the destination row for</doc>
+ line="14530">the position to determine the destination row for</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="drag_y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14530">the position to determine the destination row for</doc>
+ line="14531">the position to determine the destination row for</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179541,7 +181965,7 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14531">Return location for the path of
+ line="14532">Return location for the path of
the highlighted row, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179553,7 +181977,7 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14533">Return location for the drop position, or
+ line="14534">Return location for the drop position, or
%NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewDropPosition"
c:type="GtkTreeViewDropPosition*"/>
@@ -179564,7 +181988,7 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_drag_dest_row">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14494">Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback.</doc>
+ line="14495">Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="424"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -179573,7 +181997,7 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14496">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14497">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179585,7 +182009,7 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14497">Return location for the path of the highlighted row, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="14498">Return location for the path of the highlighted row, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pos"
@@ -179596,45 +182020,47 @@ is indeed the case.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14498">Return location for the drop position, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14499">Return location for the drop position, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewDropPosition"
c:type="GtkTreeViewDropPosition*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_enable_search"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search"
+ glib:get-property="enable-search">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14855">Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
+ line="14856">Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
by typing in text.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="442"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14862">whether or not to let the user search interactively</doc>
+ line="14863">whether or not to let the user search interactively</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14857">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14858">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_enable_tree_lines"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines"
+ glib:get-property="enable-tree-lines"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16066">Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="16067">Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="557"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16072">%TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
+ line="16073">%TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179642,51 +182068,53 @@ otherwise.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16068">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="16069">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_expander_column"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column"
+ glib:get-property="expander-column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12470">Returns the column that is the current expander column.
+ line="12471">Returns the column that is the current expander column.
This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="297"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12477">The expander column.</doc>
+ line="12478">The expander column.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12472">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12473">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_fixed_height_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_fixed_height_mode"
+ glib:get-property="fixed-height-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8539">Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="8540">Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="523"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8545">%TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode</doc>
+ line="8546">%TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8541">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="8542">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179696,12 +182124,12 @@ This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15979">Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="15980">Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="552"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15985">a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
+ line="15986">a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
are enabled.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewGridLines" c:type="GtkTreeViewGridLines"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179709,7 +182137,7 @@ are enabled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15981">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15982">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179720,13 +182148,13 @@ are enabled.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11633">Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect.</doc>
+ line="11634">Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment()</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="222"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11639">A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
+ line="11640">A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
if none is currently being used.</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179734,110 +182162,115 @@ are enabled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11635">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11636">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_headers_clickable"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable"
+ glib:get-property="headers-clickable"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11930">Returns whether all header columns are clickable.</doc>
+ line="11931">Returns whether all header columns are clickable.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="241"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11936">%TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE</doc>
+ line="11937">%TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11932">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11933">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_headers_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visible"
+ glib:get-property="headers-visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11786">Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.</doc>
+ line="11787">Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="234"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11792">Whether the headers are visible or not.</doc>
+ line="11793">Whether the headers are visible or not.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11788">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11789">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_hover_expand"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand"
+ glib:get-property="hover-expand"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15845">Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="15846">Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="533"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15851">%TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode</doc>
+ line="15852">%TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15847">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15848">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_hover_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection"
+ glib:get-property="hover-selection"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15804">Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="15805">Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="528"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15810">%TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode</doc>
+ line="15811">%TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15806">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15807">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_level_indentation"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation"
+ glib:get-property="level-indentation"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16225">Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
+ line="16226">Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="570"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16232">the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
+ line="16233">the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
@tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179845,21 +182278,23 @@ in @tree_view.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16227">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="16228">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_model" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_model">
+ <method name="get_model"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_model"
+ glib:get-property="model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11444">Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
+ line="11445">Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
model is unset.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="214"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11451">A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if
+ line="11452">A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if
none is currently being used.</doc>
<type name="TreeModel" c:type="GtkTreeModel*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -179867,7 +182302,7 @@ none is currently being used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11446">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11447">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179877,19 +182312,19 @@ none is currently being used.</doc>
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12322">Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="12323">Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="283"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12328">The number of columns in the @tree_view</doc>
+ line="12329">The number of columns in the @tree_view</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12324">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12325">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -179898,7 +182333,7 @@ none is currently being used.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13523">Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates
+ line="13524">Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates
(please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).
That is, @x and @y are relative to an events coordinates. @x and @y must
come from an event on the @tree_view only where `event->window ==
@@ -179919,26 +182354,26 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13555">%TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.</doc>
+ line="13556">%TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13525">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="13526">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13526">The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window).</doc>
+ line="13527">The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window).</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13527">The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window).</doc>
+ line="13528">The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window).</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -179950,7 +182385,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13528">A pointer to a #GtkTreePath
+ line="13529">A pointer to a #GtkTreePath
pointer to be filled in, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179963,7 +182398,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13530">A pointer to
+ line="13531">A pointer to
a #GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179975,7 +182410,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13532">A pointer where the X coordinate
+ line="13533">A pointer where the X coordinate
relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -179987,30 +182422,31 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13534">A pointer where the Y coordinate
+ line="13535">A pointer where the Y coordinate
relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_reorderable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_reorderable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_reorderable"
+ glib:get-property="reorderable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13204">Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
+ line="13205">Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="345"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13211">%TRUE if the tree can be reordered.</doc>
+ line="13212">%TRUE if the tree can be reordered.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13206">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13207">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180021,12 +182457,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15928">Returns the current row separator function.</doc>
+ line="15929">Returns the current row separator function.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="544"/>
<return-value>
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15934">the current row separator function.</doc>
+ line="15935">the current row separator function.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180034,75 +182470,78 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15930">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15931">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_rubber_banding"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding"
+ glib:get-property="rubber-banding"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15886">Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the
+ line="15887">Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the
selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="538"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15894">%TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.</doc>
+ line="15895">%TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15888">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15889">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_rules_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_rules_hint"
+ glib:get-property="rules-hint"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11993">Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint().</doc>
+ line="11994">Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="249"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11999">%TRUE if the hint is set</doc>
+ line="12000">%TRUE if the hint is set</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11995">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11996">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_search_column"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_search_column">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_search_column"
+ glib:get-property="search-column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14873">Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.</doc>
+ line="14874">Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="444"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14879">the column the interactive search code searches in.</doc>
+ line="14880">the column the interactive search code searches in.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14875">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14876">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180112,21 +182551,21 @@ user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14965">Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
+ line="14966">Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL
will be returned.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="457"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14973">the entry currently in use as search entry.</doc>
+ line="14974">the entry currently in use as search entry.</doc>
<type name="Entry" c:type="GtkEntry*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14967">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14968">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180136,12 +182575,12 @@ will be returned.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14918">Returns the compare function currently in use.</doc>
+ line="14919">Returns the compare function currently in use.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="449"/>
<return-value>
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14924">the currently used compare function for the search code.</doc>
+ line="14925">the currently used compare function for the search code.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewSearchEqualFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180149,7 +182588,7 @@ will be returned.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14920">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14921">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180160,12 +182599,12 @@ will be returned.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15083">Returns the positioning function currently in use.</doc>
+ line="15084">Returns the positioning function currently in use.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="462"/>
<return-value>
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15089">the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.</doc>
+ line="15090">the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewSearchPositionFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180173,7 +182612,7 @@ will be returned.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15085">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15086">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180181,34 +182620,35 @@ will be returned.</doc>
<method name="get_selection" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11617">Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="11618">Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="219"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11623">A #GtkTreeSelection object.</doc>
+ line="11624">A #GtkTreeSelection object.</doc>
<type name="TreeSelection" c:type="GtkTreeSelection*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11619">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11620">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_show_expanders"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders"
+ glib:get-property="show-expanders"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16184">Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="16185">Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="565"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16190">%TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
+ line="16191">%TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180216,23 +182656,24 @@ otherwise.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16186">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="16187">a #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_column"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_column"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-column"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16540">Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for
+ line="16541">Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for
displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="595"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16547">the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
+ line="16548">the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
used, or -1 if this is disabled.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180240,7 +182681,7 @@ used, or -1 if this is disabled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16542">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16543">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180250,7 +182691,7 @@ used, or -1 if this is disabled.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16363">This function is supposed to be used in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip
+ line="16364">This function is supposed to be used in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip
signal handler for #GtkTreeView. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values
which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this
function without modification.
@@ -180265,14 +182706,14 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16386">whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.</doc>
+ line="16387">whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16365">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16366">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x"
@@ -180281,7 +182722,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16366">the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)</doc>
+ line="16367">the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y"
@@ -180290,13 +182731,13 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16367">the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)</doc>
+ line="16368">the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="keyboard_tip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16368">whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not</doc>
+ line="16369">whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="model"
@@ -180308,7 +182749,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16369">a pointer to
+ line="16370">a pointer to
receive a #GtkTreeModel or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeModel" c:type="GtkTreeModel**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180320,7 +182761,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16371">a pointer to receive a #GtkTreePath or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16372">a pointer to receive a #GtkTreePath or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="iter"
@@ -180331,7 +182772,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16372">a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeIter or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16373">a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeIter or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeIter" c:type="GtkTreeIter*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180342,13 +182783,13 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11709">Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect.</doc>
+ line="11710">Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment()</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="227"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11715">A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
+ line="11716">A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
if none is currently being used.</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180356,7 +182797,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11711">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11712">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180366,7 +182807,7 @@ to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.</doc
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14100">Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path.
+ line="14101">Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path.
Note that there may be invisible paths in between.
The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.</doc>
@@ -180374,14 +182815,14 @@ The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14112">%TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path.</doc>
+ line="14113">%TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14102">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14103">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="start_path"
@@ -180392,7 +182833,7 @@ The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14103">Return location for start of region,
+ line="14104">Return location for start of region,
or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180404,7 +182845,7 @@ The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14105">Return location for end of region, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="14106">Return location for end of region, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180413,7 +182854,7 @@ The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13890">Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the
+ line="13891">Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the
buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates with
gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords().
Tree coordinates start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire
@@ -180426,7 +182867,7 @@ scrollable area of the tree.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13892">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13893">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="visible_rect"
@@ -180435,7 +182876,7 @@ scrollable area of the tree.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13893">rectangle to fill</doc>
+ line="13894">rectangle to fill</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180443,7 +182884,7 @@ scrollable area of the tree.</doc>
<method name="insert_column" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_insert_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12155">This inserts the @column into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is
+ line="12156">This inserts the @column into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is
-1, then the column is inserted at the end. If @tree_view has
“fixed_height” mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property
set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
@@ -180451,26 +182892,26 @@ set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12166">The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.</doc>
+ line="12167">The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12157">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12158">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12158">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted.</doc>
+ line="12159">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12159">The position to insert @column in.</doc>
+ line="12160">The position to insert @column in.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180480,7 +182921,7 @@ set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12226">Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn and inserts it into the @tree_view at
+ line="12227">Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn and inserts it into the @tree_view at
@position. If @position is -1, then the newly created column is inserted at
the end. The column is initialized with the attributes given. If @tree_view
has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its sizing
@@ -180489,38 +182930,38 @@ property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12240">The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.</doc>
+ line="12241">The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12228">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12229">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12229">The position to insert the new column in</doc>
+ line="12230">The position to insert the new column in</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="title" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12230">The title to set the header to</doc>
+ line="12231">The title to set the header to</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12231">The #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
+ line="12232">The #GtkCellRenderer</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12232">A %NULL-terminated list of attributes</doc>
+ line="12233">A %NULL-terminated list of attributes</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180529,7 +182970,7 @@ property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12279">Convenience function that inserts a new column into the #GtkTreeView
+ line="12280">Convenience function that inserts a new column into the #GtkTreeView
with the given cell renderer and a #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to set cell renderer
attributes (normally using data from the model). See also
gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start().
@@ -180539,32 +182980,32 @@ If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12296">number of columns in the tree view post-insert</doc>
+ line="12297">number of columns in the tree view post-insert</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12281">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12282">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12282">Position to insert, -1 for append</doc>
+ line="12283">Position to insert, -1 for append</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="title" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12283">column title</doc>
+ line="12284">column title</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12284">cell renderer for column</doc>
+ line="12285">cell renderer for column</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -180574,7 +183015,7 @@ If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have
destroy="5">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12285">function to set attributes of cell renderer</doc>
+ line="12286">function to set attributes of cell renderer</doc>
<type name="TreeCellDataFunc" c:type="GtkTreeCellDataFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data"
@@ -180583,13 +183024,13 @@ If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12286">data for @func</doc>
+ line="12287">data for @func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dnotify" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12287">destroy notifier for @data</doc>
+ line="12288">destroy notifier for @data</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180599,7 +183040,7 @@ If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14162">Determine whether the point (@x, @y) in @tree_view is blank, that is no
+ line="14163">Determine whether the point (@x, @y) in @tree_view is blank, that is no
cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the
location can be considered as the background. You might wish to take
special action on clicks on the background, such as clearing a current
@@ -180620,7 +183061,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14194">%TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
+ line="14195">%TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
%FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180628,19 +183069,19 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14164">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14165">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14165">The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window)</doc>
+ line="14166">The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14166">The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window)</doc>
+ line="14167">The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -180652,7 +183093,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14167">A pointer to a #GtkTreePath pointer to
+ line="14168">A pointer to a #GtkTreePath pointer to
be filled in, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180665,7 +183106,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14169">A pointer to a
+ line="14170">A pointer to a
#GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn**"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180677,7 +183118,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14171">A pointer where the X coordinate relative to the
+ line="14172">A pointer where the X coordinate relative to the
cell can be placed, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180689,7 +183130,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14173">A pointer where the Y coordinate relative to the
+ line="14174">A pointer where the Y coordinate relative to the
cell can be placed, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -180700,13 +183141,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15904">Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
+ line="15905">Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="541"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15911">%TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
+ line="15912">%TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
done in @tree_view.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -180714,7 +183155,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15906">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15907">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180723,7 +183164,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13150">Calls @func on all expanded rows.</doc>
+ line="13151">Calls @func on all expanded rows.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="335"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -180732,7 +183173,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13152">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13153">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -180741,7 +183182,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
closure="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13153">A function to be called</doc>
+ line="13154">A function to be called</doc>
<type name="TreeViewMappingFunc" c:type="GtkTreeViewMappingFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data"
@@ -180750,7 +183191,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13154">User data to be passed to the function.</doc>
+ line="13155">User data to be passed to the function.</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180759,7 +183200,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_move_column_after">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12382">Moves @column to be after to @base_column. If @base_column is %NULL, then
+ line="12383">Moves @column to be after to @base_column. If @base_column is %NULL, then
@column is placed in the first position.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="290"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -180769,13 +183210,13 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12384">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12385">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12385">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved.</doc>
+ line="12386">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="base_column"
@@ -180784,7 +183225,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12386">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="12387">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180792,25 +183233,25 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<method name="remove_column" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_remove_column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12080">Removes @column from @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="12081">Removes @column from @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="261"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12087">The number of columns in @tree_view after removing.</doc>
+ line="12088">The number of columns in @tree_view after removing.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12082">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12083">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12083">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to remove.</doc>
+ line="12084">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to remove.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180818,7 +183259,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<method name="row_activated" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_row_activated">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12679">Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.</doc>
+ line="12680">Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="317"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -180827,19 +183268,19 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12681">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12682">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12682">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12683">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12683">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12684">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180847,25 +183288,25 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
<method name="row_expanded" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_row_expanded">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13177">Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="13178">Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="339"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13184">%TRUE if #path is expanded.</doc>
+ line="13185">%TRUE if #path is expanded.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13179">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="13180">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13180">A #GtkTreePath to test expansion state.</doc>
+ line="13181">A #GtkTreePath to test expansion state.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180874,7 +183315,7 @@ done in @tree_view.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12560">Moves the alignments of @tree_view to the position specified by @column and
+ line="12561">Moves the alignments of @tree_view to the position specified by @column and
@path. If @column is %NULL, then no horizontal scrolling occurs. Likewise,
if @path is %NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of @column
or @path need to be non-%NULL. @row_align determines where the row is
@@ -180898,7 +183339,7 @@ path will be modified to reflect this change.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12562">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12563">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -180907,7 +183348,7 @@ path will be modified to reflect this change.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12563">The path of the row to move to, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="12564">The path of the row to move to, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column"
@@ -180916,25 +183357,25 @@ path will be modified to reflect this change.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12564">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="12565">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="use_align" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12565">whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE.</doc>
+ line="12566">whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="row_align" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12566">The vertical alignment of the row specified by @path.</doc>
+ line="12567">The vertical alignment of the row specified by @path.</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="col_align" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12567">The horizontal alignment of the column specified by @column.</doc>
+ line="12568">The horizontal alignment of the column specified by @column.</doc>
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -180943,7 +183384,7 @@ path will be modified to reflect this change.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_point">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12526">Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible
+ line="12527">Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible
area is @tree_x, @tree_y, where @tree_x and @tree_y are specified
in tree coordinates. The @tree_view must be realized before
this function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be
@@ -180958,29 +183399,30 @@ If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn’t scrolled.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12528">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12529">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tree_x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12529">X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1</doc>
+ line="12530">X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tree_y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12530">Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1</doc>
+ line="12531">Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_activate_on_single_click"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click"
+ glib:set-property="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12012">Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
+ line="12013">Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
on a single click instead of a double click.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="253"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -180990,13 +183432,13 @@ on a single click instead of a double click.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12014">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12015">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="single" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12015">%TRUE to emit row-activated on a single click</doc>
+ line="12016">%TRUE to emit row-activated on a single click</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181005,7 +183447,7 @@ on a single click instead of a double click.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_column_drag_function">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12493">Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
+ line="12494">Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the
beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The
arguments passed to @func are: the @tree_view, the #GtkTreeViewColumn being
@@ -181022,7 +183464,7 @@ dropped everywhere.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12495">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="12496">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -181034,7 +183476,7 @@ dropped everywhere.</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12496">A function to determine which columns are reorderable, or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="12497">A function to determine which columns are reorderable, or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumnDropFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -181044,7 +183486,7 @@ dropped everywhere.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12497">User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="12498">User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -181054,7 +183496,7 @@ dropped everywhere.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12498">Destroy notifier for @user_data, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="12499">Destroy notifier for @user_data, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181062,7 +183504,7 @@ dropped everywhere.</doc>
<method name="set_cursor" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_cursor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13401">Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
+ line="13402">Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
useful when you want to focus the user’s attention on a particular row. If
@focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by
it. Additionally, if @focus_column is specified, and @start_editing is
@@ -181081,13 +183523,13 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13403">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13404">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13404">A #GtkTreePath</doc>
+ line="13405">A #GtkTreePath</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="focus_column"
@@ -181096,13 +183538,13 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13405">A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="13406">A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="start_editing" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13406">%TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.</doc>
+ line="13407">%TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181112,7 +183554,7 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13430">Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
+ line="13431">Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
useful when you want to focus the user’s attention on a particular row. If
@focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by
it. If @focus_column and @focus_cell are not %NULL, and @focus_column
@@ -181134,13 +183576,13 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13432">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="13433">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13433">A #GtkTreePath</doc>
+ line="13434">A #GtkTreePath</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="focus_column"
@@ -181149,7 +183591,7 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13434">A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="13435">A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="focus_cell"
@@ -181158,13 +183600,13 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13435">A #GtkCellRenderer, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="13436">A #GtkCellRenderer, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="start_editing" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13436">%TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.</doc>
+ line="13437">%TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181175,7 +183617,7 @@ and the function will return without failing.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14795">This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use by
+ line="14796">This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use by
ATK for determining the number of visible children that are removed when the
user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Accessibility does not need the function
anymore.</doc-deprecated>
@@ -181187,7 +183629,7 @@ user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14797">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14798">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -181199,7 +183641,7 @@ user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14798">Function to be called when a view row is destroyed, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14799">Function to be called when a view row is destroyed, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeDestroyCountFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeDestroyCountFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -181209,7 +183651,7 @@ user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14799">User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14800">User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -181219,7 +183661,7 @@ user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14800">Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14801">Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181228,7 +183670,7 @@ user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_drag_dest_row">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14415">Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback.
+ line="14416">Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback.
If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="420"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -181238,7 +183680,7 @@ If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14417">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14418">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -181247,23 +183689,24 @@ If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14418">The path of the row to highlight, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14419">The path of the row to highlight, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="pos" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14419">Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row</doc>
+ line="14420">Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row</doc>
<type name="TreeViewDropPosition"
c:type="GtkTreeViewDropPosition"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_enable_search"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search"
+ glib:set-property="enable-search">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14829">If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through
+ line="14830">If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through
the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find").
Note that even if this is %FALSE, the user can still initiate a search
@@ -181276,23 +183719,24 @@ using the “start-interactive-search” key binding.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14831">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14832">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="enable_search" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14832">%TRUE, if the user can search interactively</doc>
+ line="14833">%TRUE, if the user can search interactively</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_enable_tree_lines"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines"
+ glib:set-property="enable-tree-lines"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16085">Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view.
+ line="16086">Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view.
This does not have any visible effects for lists.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="559"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -181302,22 +183746,23 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16087">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16088">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="enabled" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16088">%TRUE to enable tree line drawing, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
+ line="16089">%TRUE to enable tree line drawing, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_expander_column"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column"
+ glib:set-property="expander-column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12443">Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view.
+ line="12444">Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view.
If @column is %NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first
visible column.
@@ -181331,7 +183776,7 @@ expander column to a hidden column.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12445">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12446">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column"
@@ -181340,17 +183785,18 @@ expander column to a hidden column.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12446">%NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at.</doc>
+ line="12447">%NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_fixed_height_mode"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode"
+ glib:set-property="fixed-height-mode"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8485">Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view.
+ line="8486">Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view.
Fixed height mode speeds up #GtkTreeView by assuming that all
rows have the same height.
Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all
@@ -181363,13 +183809,13 @@ columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8487">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="8488">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="enable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="8488">%TRUE to enable fixed height mode</doc>
+ line="8489">%TRUE to enable fixed height mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181379,7 +183825,7 @@ columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15998">Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="15999">Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="554"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -181388,13 +183834,13 @@ columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16000">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16001">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="grid_lines" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16001">a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to
+ line="16002">a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to
enable.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewGridLines" c:type="GtkTreeViewGridLines"/>
</parameter>
@@ -181406,7 +183852,7 @@ enable.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11658">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current horizontal aspect.</doc>
+ line="11659">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current horizontal aspect.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment()</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="224"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -181416,7 +183862,7 @@ enable.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11660">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11661">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="adjustment"
@@ -181425,16 +183871,17 @@ enable.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11661">The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11662">The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_headers_clickable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable"
+ glib:set-property="headers-clickable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11900">Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.</doc>
+ line="11901">Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="243"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -181443,22 +183890,23 @@ enable.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11902">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11903">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11903">%TRUE if the columns are clickable.</doc>
+ line="11904">%TRUE if the columns are clickable.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_headers_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible"
+ glib:set-property="headers-visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11802">Sets the visibility state of the headers.</doc>
+ line="11803">Sets the visibility state of the headers.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="236"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -181467,23 +183915,24 @@ enable.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11804">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11805">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="headers_visible" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11805">%TRUE if the headers are visible</doc>
+ line="11806">%TRUE if the headers are visible</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_hover_expand"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand"
+ glib:set-property="hover-expand"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15820">Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
+ line="15821">Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer
moves over them.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="530"/>
@@ -181494,23 +183943,24 @@ moves over them.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15822">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15823">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15823">%TRUE to enable hover selection mode</doc>
+ line="15824">%TRUE to enable hover selection mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_hover_selection"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection"
+ glib:set-property="hover-selection"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15778">Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view.
+ line="15779">Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view.
Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
Currently, this works only for the selection modes
%GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.</doc>
@@ -181522,23 +183972,24 @@ Currently, this works only for the selection modes
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15780">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15781">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="hover" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15781">%TRUE to enable hover selection mode</doc>
+ line="15782">%TRUE to enable hover selection mode</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_level_indentation"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation"
+ glib:set-property="level-indentation"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16203">Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view
+ line="16204">Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view
in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in
pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default
indentation will be used.
@@ -181551,21 +184002,23 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16205">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16206">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="indentation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16206">the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in @tree_view.</doc>
+ line="16207">the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in @tree_view.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_model" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_model">
+ <method name="set_model"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_model"
+ glib:set-property="model">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11462">Sets the model for a #GtkTreeView. If the @tree_view already has a model
+ line="11463">Sets the model for a #GtkTreeView. If the @tree_view already has a model
set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL,
then it will unset the old model.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="216"/>
@@ -181576,7 +184029,7 @@ then it will unset the old model.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11464">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="11465">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="model"
@@ -181585,16 +184038,17 @@ then it will unset the old model.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11465">The model.</doc>
+ line="11466">The model.</doc>
<type name="TreeModel" c:type="GtkTreeModel*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_reorderable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable"
+ glib:set-property="reorderable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13221">This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder
+ line="13222">This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder
models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the
#GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support
these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the
@@ -181616,13 +184070,13 @@ handle drag and drop manually.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13223">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
+ line="13224">A #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="reorderable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="13224">%TRUE, if the tree can be reordered.</doc>
+ line="13225">%TRUE, if the tree can be reordered.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181632,7 +184086,7 @@ handle drag and drop manually.</doc>
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15946">Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
+ line="15947">Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="546"/>
@@ -181643,7 +184097,7 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15948">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15949">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -181655,7 +184109,7 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15949">a #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</doc>
+ line="15950">a #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</doc>
<type name="TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -181665,7 +184119,7 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15950">user data to pass to @func, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15951">user data to pass to @func, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -181675,17 +184129,18 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15951">destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15952">destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_rubber_banding"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding"
+ glib:set-property="rubber-banding"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15861">Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode
+ line="15862">Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode
is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
multiple rows by dragging the mouse.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="535"/>
@@ -181696,24 +184151,25 @@ multiple rows by dragging the mouse.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15863">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15864">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="enable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15864">%TRUE to enable rubber banding</doc>
+ line="15865">%TRUE to enable rubber banding</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_rules_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint"
+ glib:set-property="rules-hint"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11954">Sets a hint for the theme to draw even/odd rows in the @tree_view
+ line="11955">Sets a hint for the theme to draw even/odd rows in the @tree_view
with different colors, also known as "zebra striping".
This function tells the GTK+ theme that the user interface for your
@@ -181736,22 +184192,23 @@ generally).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11956">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11957">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11957">%TRUE if the tree requires reading across rows</doc>
+ line="11958">%TRUE if the tree requires reading across rows</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_search_column"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_search_column">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_search_column"
+ glib:set-property="search-column">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14889">Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should
+ line="14890">Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should
search in for the current model.
If the search column is set, users can use the “start-interactive-search”
@@ -181768,13 +184225,13 @@ column is reset to -1 when the model is changed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14891">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14892">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14892">the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching</doc>
+ line="14893">the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181784,7 +184241,7 @@ column is reset to -1 when the model is changed.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14988">Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
+ line="14989">Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
@tree_view. This is useful when you want to provide a search entry
in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for
@entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup
@@ -181797,7 +184254,7 @@ entry again.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14990">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14991">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="entry"
@@ -181806,7 +184263,7 @@ entry again.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14991">the entry the interactive search code of @tree_view should use or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14992">the entry the interactive search code of @tree_view should use or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Entry" c:type="GtkEntry*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181815,7 +184272,7 @@ entry again.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14935">Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note
+ line="14936">Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note
that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
#GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns %FALSE on matches.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="451"/>
@@ -181826,7 +184283,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14937">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14938">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="search_equal_func"
@@ -181836,7 +184293,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14938">the compare function to use during the search</doc>
+ line="14939">the compare function to use during the search</doc>
<type name="TreeViewSearchEqualFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc"/>
</parameter>
@@ -181846,7 +184303,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14939">user data to pass to @search_equal_func, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14940">user data to pass to @search_equal_func, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="search_destroy"
@@ -181856,7 +184313,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14940">Destroy notifier for @search_user_data, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="14941">Destroy notifier for @search_user_data, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181866,7 +184323,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15053">Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.</doc>
+ line="15054">Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="464"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -181875,7 +184332,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15055">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="15056">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="func"
@@ -181887,7 +184344,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15056">the function to use to position the search dialog, or %NULL
+ line="15057">the function to use to position the search dialog, or %NULL
to use the default search position function</doc>
<type name="TreeViewSearchPositionFunc"
c:type="GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc"/>
@@ -181898,7 +184355,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15058">user data to pass to @func, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15059">user data to pass to @func, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="destroy"
@@ -181908,17 +184365,18 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="15059">Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15060">Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_show_expanders"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders"
+ glib:set-property="show-expanders"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16154">Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
+ line="16155">Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
@tree_view. When disabled there will be no expanders visible in trees
and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also
note that hiding the expanders will disable the default indentation. You
@@ -181933,13 +184391,13 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16156">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16157">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="enabled" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16157">%TRUE to enable expander drawing, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
+ line="16158">%TRUE to enable expander drawing, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -181949,7 +184407,7 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16268">Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area @path, @column and @cell have
+ line="16269">Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area @path, @column and @cell have
in common. For example if @path is %NULL and @column is set, the tip
area will be set to the full area covered by @column. See also
gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
@@ -181968,13 +184426,13 @@ See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16270">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16271">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tooltip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16271">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
+ line="16272">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
<type name="Tooltip" c:type="GtkTooltip*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path"
@@ -181983,7 +184441,7 @@ See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16272">a #GtkTreePath or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16273">a #GtkTreePath or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column"
@@ -181992,7 +184450,7 @@ See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16273">a #GtkTreeViewColumn or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16274">a #GtkTreeViewColumn or %NULL</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cell"
@@ -182001,17 +184459,18 @@ See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16274">a #GtkCellRenderer or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16275">a #GtkCellRenderer or %NULL</doc>
<type name="CellRenderer" c:type="GtkCellRenderer*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_column"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-column"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16492">If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
+ line="16493">If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
can use this function to have #GtkTreeView handle these automatically
for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view’s model
containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
@@ -182029,13 +184488,13 @@ so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16494">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16495">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16495">an integer, which is a valid column number for @tree_view’s model</doc>
+ line="16496">an integer, which is a valid column number for @tree_view’s model</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182045,7 +184504,7 @@ so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16245">Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path.
+ line="16246">Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path.
See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="574"/>
@@ -182056,19 +184515,19 @@ See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16247">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="16248">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="tooltip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16248">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
+ line="16249">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
<type name="Tooltip" c:type="GtkTooltip*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="16249">a #GtkTreePath</doc>
+ line="16250">a #GtkTreePath</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182079,7 +184538,7 @@ See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11734">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current vertical aspect.</doc>
+ line="11735">Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current vertical aspect.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment()</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="229"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -182089,7 +184548,7 @@ See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11736">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="11737">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="adjustment"
@@ -182098,7 +184557,7 @@ See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="11737">The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11738">The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Adjustment" c:type="GtkAdjustment*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182107,7 +184566,7 @@ See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_dest">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14383">Undoes the effect of
+ line="14384">Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets
#GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="415"/>
@@ -182118,7 +184577,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14385">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14386">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182127,7 +184586,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14351">Undoes the effect of
+ line="14352">Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets
#GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.h" line="413"/>
@@ -182138,7 +184597,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets
<instance-parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="14353">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="14354">a #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182146,10 +184605,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets
<property name="activate-on-single-click"
version="3.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_activate_on_single_click"
+ getter="get_activate_on_single_click">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1210">The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal
+ line="1211">The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal
will be emitted after a single click.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
@@ -182158,24 +184619,36 @@ will be emitted after a single click.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="TreeViewGridLines"/>
</property>
- <property name="enable-search" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="enable-search"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_enable_search"
+ getter="get_enable_search">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="enable-tree-lines"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_enable_tree_lines"
+ getter="get_enable_tree_lines">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="expander-column" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="expander-column"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_expander_column"
+ getter="get_expander_column">
<type name="TreeViewColumn"/>
</property>
<property name="fixed-height-mode"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_fixed_height_mode"
+ getter="get_fixed_height_mode">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1094">Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to %TRUE speeds up
+ line="1095">Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to %TRUE speeds up
#GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height.
Only enable this option if all rows are the same height.
Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more
@@ -182184,19 +184657,27 @@ information on this option.</doc>
</property>
<property name="headers-clickable"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_headers_clickable"
+ getter="get_headers_clickable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="headers-visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="headers-visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_headers_visible"
+ getter="get_headers_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="hover-expand"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hover_expand"
+ getter="get_hover_expand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1132">Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
+ line="1133">Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves
over them.
@@ -182207,10 +184688,12 @@ in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.</doc>
<property name="hover-selection"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hover_selection"
+ getter="get_hover_selection">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1112">Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view.
+ line="1113">Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view.
Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
Currently, this works only for the selection modes
%GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.
@@ -182222,46 +184705,72 @@ in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.</doc>
<property name="level-indentation"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_level_indentation"
+ getter="get_level_indentation">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1165">Extra indentation for each level.</doc>
+ line="1166">Extra indentation for each level.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="model" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="model"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_model"
+ getter="get_model">
<type name="TreeModel"/>
</property>
- <property name="reorderable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="reorderable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_reorderable"
+ getter="get_reorderable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="rubber-banding" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="rubber-banding"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_rubber_banding"
+ getter="get_rubber_banding">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="rules-hint"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_rules_hint"
+ getter="get_rules_hint">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1064">Sets a hint to the theme to draw rows in alternating colors.</doc>
+ line="1065">Sets a hint to the theme to draw rows in alternating colors.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">The theme is responsible for drawing rows
using zebra striping</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="search-column" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="search-column"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_search_column"
+ getter="get_search_column">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="show-expanders"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_show_expanders"
+ getter="get_show_expanders">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1151">%TRUE if the view has expanders.</doc>
+ line="1152">%TRUE if the view has expanders.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="tooltip-column" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="tooltip-column"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_column"
+ getter="get_tooltip_column">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -182273,7 +184782,7 @@ in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.</doc>
<glib:signal name="columns-changed" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1443">The number of columns of the treeview has changed.</doc>
+ line="1444">The number of columns of the treeview has changed.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -182281,7 +184790,7 @@ in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.</doc>
<glib:signal name="cursor-changed" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1458">The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed.</doc>
+ line="1459">The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -182305,7 +184814,7 @@ in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.</doc>
<glib:signal name="move-cursor" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1473">The #GtkTreeView::move-cursor signal is a [keybinding
+ line="1474">The #GtkTreeView::move-cursor signal is a [keybinding
signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user
presses one of the cursor keys.
@@ -182317,14 +184826,14 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell() when moving horizontally
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1496">%TRUE if @step is supported, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
+ line="1497">%TRUE if @step is supported, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="step" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1476">the granularity of the move, as a
+ line="1477">the granularity of the move, as a
#GtkMovementStep. %GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS,
%GTK_MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS, %GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES,
%GTK_MOVEMENT_PAGES and %GTK_MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS are
@@ -182335,7 +184844,7 @@ supported. %GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS and
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1482">the direction to move: +1 to move forwards;
+ line="1483">the direction to move: +1 to move forwards;
-1 to move backwards. The resulting movement is
undefined for all other values.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
@@ -182345,7 +184854,7 @@ undefined for all other values.</doc>
<glib:signal name="row-activated" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1317">The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
+ line="1318">The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called, when the user double
clicks a treeview row with the "activate-on-single-click"
property set to %FALSE, or when the user single clicks a row when
@@ -182363,13 +184872,13 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1320">the #GtkTreePath for the activated row</doc>
+ line="1321">the #GtkTreePath for the activated row</doc>
<type name="TreePath"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1321">the #GtkTreeViewColumn in which the activation occurred</doc>
+ line="1322">the #GtkTreeViewColumn in which the activation occurred</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182377,7 +184886,7 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<glib:signal name="row-collapsed" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1421">The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden).</doc>
+ line="1422">The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -182385,13 +184894,13 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1424">the tree iter of the collapsed row</doc>
+ line="1425">the tree iter of the collapsed row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1425">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
+ line="1426">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
<type name="TreePath"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182399,7 +184908,7 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<glib:signal name="row-expanded" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1399">The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown).</doc>
+ line="1400">The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
</return-value>
@@ -182407,13 +184916,13 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1402">the tree iter of the expanded row</doc>
+ line="1403">the tree iter of the expanded row</doc>
<type name="TreeIter"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1403">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
+ line="1404">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
<type name="TreePath"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182446,25 +184955,25 @@ as well as #GtkTreeSelection.</doc>
<glib:signal name="test-collapse-row" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1374">The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use this
+ line="1375">The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use this
signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1383">%FALSE to allow collapsing, %TRUE to reject</doc>
+ line="1384">%FALSE to allow collapsing, %TRUE to reject</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1377">the tree iter of the row to collapse</doc>
+ line="1378">the tree iter of the row to collapse</doc>
<type name="TreeIter"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1378">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
+ line="1379">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
<type name="TreePath"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182472,25 +184981,25 @@ signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="test-expand-row" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1349">The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this
+ line="1350">The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this
signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1358">%FALSE to allow expansion, %TRUE to reject</doc>
+ line="1359">%FALSE to allow expansion, %TRUE to reject</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="iter" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1352">the tree iter of the row to expand</doc>
+ line="1353">the tree iter of the row to expand</doc>
<type name="TreeIter"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="1353">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
+ line="1354">a tree path that points to the row</doc>
<type name="TreePath"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -182560,19 +185069,19 @@ signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows.</doc>
<parameter name="tree_view" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12681">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
+ line="12682">A #GtkTreeView</doc>
<type name="TreeView" c:type="GtkTreeView*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12682">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12683">The #GtkTreePath to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreePath" c:type="GtkTreePath*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="column" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeview.c"
- line="12683">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
+ line="12684">The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.</doc>
<type name="TreeViewColumn" c:type="GtkTreeViewColumn*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -183312,7 +185821,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_alignment"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment"
+ glib:get-property="alignment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2564">Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range
@@ -183356,7 +185866,8 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_clickable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable"
+ glib:get-property="clickable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2471">Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.</doc>
@@ -183378,6 +185889,7 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_expand"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand"
+ glib:get-property="expand"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
@@ -183399,7 +185911,8 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_fixed_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width"
+ glib:get-property="fixed-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2178">Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed
@@ -183421,7 +185934,8 @@ width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_max_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width"
+ glib:get-property="max-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2304">Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum
@@ -183443,7 +185957,8 @@ width is set.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_min_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width"
+ glib:get-property="min-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2240">Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum
@@ -183465,7 +185980,8 @@ width is set.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_reorderable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable"
+ glib:get-property="reorderable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2610">Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.</doc>
@@ -183486,7 +186002,8 @@ width is set.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_resizable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable"
+ glib:get-property="resizable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1953">Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user.</doc>
@@ -183506,7 +186023,9 @@ width is set.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_sizing" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing">
+ <method name="get_sizing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing"
+ glib:get-property="sizing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2000">Returns the current type of @tree_column.</doc>
@@ -183527,7 +186046,8 @@ width is set.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_sort_column_id"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_column_id">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_column_id"
+ glib:get-property="sort-column-id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2687">Gets the logical @sort_column_id that the model sorts on when this
@@ -183551,7 +186071,8 @@ See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_sort_indicator"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator"
+ glib:get-property="sort-indicator">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2733">Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().</doc>
@@ -183572,7 +186093,8 @@ See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_sort_order"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order"
+ glib:get-property="sort-order">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2780">Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order().</doc>
@@ -183593,7 +186115,8 @@ See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_spacing"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing"
+ glib:get-property="spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1842">Returns the spacing of @tree_column.</doc>
@@ -183613,7 +186136,9 @@ See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_title" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_title">
+ <method name="get_title"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2369">Returns the title of the widget.</doc>
@@ -183660,7 +186185,8 @@ returned.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1902">Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible.</doc>
@@ -183681,7 +186207,9 @@ the tree will show the column.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_widget" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_widget">
+ <method name="get_widget"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_widget"
+ glib:get-property="widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2517">Returns the #GtkWidget in the button on the column header.
@@ -183703,7 +186231,9 @@ If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_width" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_width">
+ <method name="get_width"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_width"
+ glib:get-property="width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2016">Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels.</doc>
@@ -183725,6 +186255,7 @@ If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_x_offset"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset"
+ glib:get-property="x-offset"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
@@ -183828,7 +186359,8 @@ their sizes renegotiated.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_alignment"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment"
+ glib:set-property="alignment">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2535">Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column header.
@@ -183943,7 +186475,8 @@ older one.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_clickable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable"
+ glib:set-property="clickable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2444">Sets the header to be active if @clickable is %TRUE. When the header is
@@ -183969,6 +186502,7 @@ active, then it can take keyboard focus, and can be clicked.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_expand"
c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand"
+ glib:set-property="expand"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
@@ -183999,7 +186533,8 @@ resized by the user.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_fixed_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width"
+ glib:set-property="fixed-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2138">If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise
@@ -184033,7 +186568,8 @@ resized by the user.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_max_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width"
+ glib:set-property="max-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2257">Sets the maximum width of the @tree_column. If @max_width is -1, then the
@@ -184060,7 +186596,8 @@ fill any extra space.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_min_width"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width"
+ glib:set-property="min-width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2195">Sets the minimum width of the @tree_column. If @min_width is -1, then the
@@ -184085,7 +186622,8 @@ minimum width is unset.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_reorderable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable"
+ glib:set-property="reorderable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2581">If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the column can be reordered by the end user
@@ -184110,7 +186648,8 @@ dragging the header.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_resizable"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable"
+ glib:set-property="resizable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1919">If @resizable is %TRUE, then the user can explicitly resize the column by
@@ -184136,7 +186675,9 @@ mode is changed to #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_sizing" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing">
+ <method name="set_sizing"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing"
+ glib:set-property="sizing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1970">Sets the growth behavior of @tree_column to @type.</doc>
@@ -184161,7 +186702,8 @@ mode is changed to #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_sort_column_id"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id"
+ glib:set-property="sort-column-id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2627">Sets the logical @sort_column_id that this column sorts on when this column
@@ -184186,7 +186728,8 @@ is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column header clickable.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_sort_indicator"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator"
+ glib:set-property="sort-indicator">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2706">Call this function with a @setting of %TRUE to display an arrow in
@@ -184213,7 +186756,8 @@ the arrow.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_sort_order"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order"
+ glib:set-property="sort-order">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2749">Changes the appearance of the sort indicator.
@@ -184247,7 +186791,8 @@ calling this function; see gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_spacing"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing"
+ glib:set-property="spacing">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1814">Sets the spacing field of @tree_column, which is the number of pixels to
@@ -184271,7 +186816,9 @@ place between cell renderers packed into it.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_title" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_title">
+ <method name="set_title"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2342">Sets the title of the @tree_column. If a custom widget has been set, then
@@ -184296,7 +186843,8 @@ this value is ignored.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
- c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible">
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="1864">Sets the visibility of @tree_column.</doc>
@@ -184319,7 +186867,9 @@ this value is ignored.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_widget" c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget">
+ <method name="set_widget"
+ c:identifier="gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget"
+ glib:set-property="widget">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="2487">Sets the widget in the header to be @widget. If widget is %NULL, then the
@@ -184346,7 +186896,11 @@ header button is set with a #GtkLabel set to the title of @tree_column.</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="alignment" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="alignment"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_alignment"
+ getter="get_alignment">
<type name="gfloat" c:type="gfloat"/>
</property>
<property name="cell-area"
@@ -184362,62 +186916,122 @@ If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_co
a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.</doc>
<type name="CellArea"/>
</property>
- <property name="clickable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="clickable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_clickable"
+ getter="get_clickable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="expand" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="expand"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_expand"
+ getter="get_expand">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="fixed-width" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="fixed-width"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_fixed_width"
+ getter="get_fixed_width">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="max-width" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="max-width"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_max_width"
+ getter="get_max_width">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="min-width" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="min-width"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_min_width"
+ getter="get_min_width">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="reorderable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="reorderable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_reorderable"
+ getter="get_reorderable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="resizable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="resizable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_resizable"
+ getter="get_resizable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="sizing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="sizing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sizing"
+ getter="get_sizing">
<type name="TreeViewColumnSizing"/>
</property>
<property name="sort-column-id"
version="2.18"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sort_column_id"
+ getter="get_sort_column_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c"
line="371">Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the
sort column ID makes the column header
clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="sort-indicator" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="sort-indicator"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sort_indicator"
+ getter="get_sort_indicator">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="sort-order" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="sort-order"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sort_order"
+ getter="get_sort_order">
<type name="SortType"/>
</property>
- <property name="spacing" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="spacing"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_spacing"
+ getter="get_spacing">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="title" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="title"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="widget" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="widget"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_widget"
+ getter="get_widget">
<type name="Widget"/>
</property>
- <property name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="width" transfer-ownership="none" getter="get_width">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="x-offset" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="x-offset"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_x_offset">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -184834,16 +187448,16 @@ has some similarity to strcmp() returning 0 for equal strings.</doc>
glib:type-struct="UIManagerClass">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c"
- line="53">> GtkUIManager is deprecated since GTK+ 3.10. To construct user interfaces
+ line="53">A #GtkUIManager constructs a user interface (menus and toolbars) from
+one or more UI definitions, which reference actions from one or more
+action groups.
+
+> GtkUIManager is deprecated since GTK+ 3.10. To construct user interfaces
> from XML definitions, you should use #GtkBuilder, #GMenuModel, et al. To
> work with actions, use #GAction, #GtkActionable et al. These newer classes
> support richer functionality and integration with various desktop shells.
> It should be possible to migrate most/all functionality from GtkUIManager.
-A #GtkUIManager constructs a user interface (menus and toolbars) from
-one or more UI definitions, which reference actions from one or more
-action groups.
-
# UI Definitions # {#XML-UI}
The UI definitions are specified in an XML format which can be
@@ -184904,7 +187518,7 @@ to the &quot; entity.
# A UI definition #
-|[
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<ui>
<menubar>
<menu name="FileMenu" action="FileMenuAction">
@@ -184991,7 +187605,7 @@ toolitem with the same name has path
Every action has an accelerator path. Accelerators are installed together
with menuitem proxies, but they can also be explicitly added with
-<accelerator> elements in the UI definition. This makes it possible to
+`<accelerator>` elements in the UI definition. This makes it possible to
have accelerators for actions even if they have no visible proxies.
# Smart Separators # {#Smart-Separators}
@@ -185024,10 +187638,10 @@ to which the submenu is associated.
# GtkUIManager as GtkBuildable # {#GtkUIManager-BUILDER-UI}
The GtkUIManager implementation of the GtkBuildable interface accepts
-GtkActionGroup objects as <child> elements in UI definitions.
+GtkActionGroup objects as `<child>` elements in UI definitions.
A GtkUIManager UI definition as described above can be embedded in
-an GtkUIManager <object> element in a GtkBuilder UI definition.
+an GtkUIManager `<object>` element in a GtkBuilder UI definition.
The widgets that are constructed by a GtkUIManager can be embedded in
other parts of the constructed user interface with the help of the
@@ -185035,7 +187649,7 @@ other parts of the constructed user interface with the help of the
## An embedded GtkUIManager UI definition
-|[
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkUIManager" id="uiman">
<child>
<object class="GtkActionGroup" id="actiongroup">
@@ -185184,10 +187798,10 @@ for more information about paths.</doc>
line="1091">Looks up a widget by following a path.
The path consists of the names specified in the XML description of the UI.
separated by “/”. Elements which don’t have a name or action attribute in
-the XML (e.g. <popup>) can be addressed by their XML element name
+the XML (e.g. `<popup>`) can be addressed by their XML element name
(e.g. "popup"). The root element ("/ui") can be omitted in the path.
-Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a <menu>;
+Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a `<menu>`;
element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached, not the menu it
manages.
@@ -185398,7 +188012,7 @@ merges it with the current contents of @manager.</doc>
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c"
line="1932">Parses a string containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and merges it with
-the current contents of @manager. An enclosing <ui> element is added if
+the current contents of @manager. An enclosing `<ui>` element is added if
it is missing.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.h"
line="158"/>
@@ -185556,6 +188170,7 @@ for more information about paths.</doc>
</method>
<method name="get_add_tearoffs"
c:identifier="gtk_ui_manager_get_add_tearoffs"
+ glib:get-property="add-tearoffs"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -185620,6 +188235,7 @@ all toplevel widgets of the requested types. Free the returned list with g_slis
</method>
<method name="get_ui"
c:identifier="gtk_ui_manager_get_ui"
+ glib:get-property="ui"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.10">
@@ -185654,10 +188270,10 @@ the merged UI.</doc>
line="1091">Looks up a widget by following a path.
The path consists of the names specified in the XML description of the UI.
separated by “/”. Elements which don’t have a name or action attribute in
-the XML (e.g. <popup>) can be addressed by their XML element name
+the XML (e.g. `<popup>`) can be addressed by their XML element name
(e.g. "popup"). The root element ("/ui") can be omitted in the path.
-Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a <menu>;
+Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a `<menu>`;
element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached, not the menu it
manages.
@@ -185814,6 +188430,7 @@ with @manager.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_add_tearoffs"
c:identifier="gtk_ui_manager_set_add_tearoffs"
+ glib:set-property="add-tearoffs"
version="2.4"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4">
@@ -185851,7 +188468,9 @@ menus never have tearoff menu items.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_add_tearoffs"
+ getter="get_add_tearoffs">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c"
line="446">The "add-tearoffs" property controls whether generated menus
@@ -185863,7 +188482,7 @@ menus never have tearoff menu items.</doc>
be used in newly written code.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="ui" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="ui" transfer-ownership="none" getter="get_ui">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<field name="parent">
@@ -187104,7 +189723,8 @@ adjustments if none are given.</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_shadow_type"
- c:identifier="gtk_viewport_get_shadow_type">
+ c:identifier="gtk_viewport_get_shadow_type"
+ glib:get-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkviewport.c"
line="739">Gets the shadow type of the #GtkViewport. See
@@ -187202,7 +189822,8 @@ gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type().</doc>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_shadow_type"
- c:identifier="gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type">
+ c:identifier="gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type"
+ glib:set-property="shadow-type">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkviewport.c"
line="703">Sets the shadow type of the viewport.</doc>
@@ -187255,7 +189876,11 @@ gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type().</doc>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="shadow-type" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="shadow-type"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_shadow_type"
+ getter="get_shadow_type">
<type name="ShadowType"/>
</property>
<field name="bin">
@@ -187740,23 +190365,25 @@ gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
# GtkWidget as GtkBuildable
The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
-custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named ”key”, ”modifiers”
+custom `<accelerator>` element, which has attributes named ”key”, ”modifiers”
and ”signal” and allows to specify accelerators.
An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkButton">
<accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
</object>
]|
-In addition to accelerators, GtkWidget also support a custom <accessible>
+In addition to accelerators, GtkWidget also support a custom `<accessible>`
element, which supports actions and relations. Properties on the accessible
implementation of an object can be set by accessing the internal child
“accessible” of a #GtkWidget.
An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accessible:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkLabel" id="label1"/>
<property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
</object>
@@ -187774,8 +190401,9 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accessible:
]|
Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
-be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
-|[
+be associated with widgets, using the custom `<style>` element:
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
<style>
<class name="my-special-button-class"/>
@@ -187798,27 +190426,28 @@ The interface description semantics expected in composite template descriptions
is slightly different from regular #GtkBuilder XML.
Unlike regular interface descriptions, gtk_widget_class_set_template() will
-expect a <template> tag as a direct child of the toplevel <interface>
-tag. The <template> tag must specify the “class” attribute which must be
+expect a `<template>` tag as a direct child of the toplevel `<interface>`
+tag. The `<template>` tag must specify the “class” attribute which must be
the type name of the widget. Optionally, the “parent” attribute may be
specified to specify the direct parent type of the widget type, this is
ignored by the GtkBuilder but required for Glade to introspect what kind
of properties and internal children exist for a given type when the actual
type does not exist.
-The XML which is contained inside the <template> tag behaves as if it were
-added to the <object> tag defining @widget itself. You may set properties
-on @widget by inserting <property> tags into the <template> tag, and also
-add <child> tags to add children and extend @widget in the normal way you
-would with <object> tags.
+The XML which is contained inside the `<template>` tag behaves as if it were
+added to the `<object>` tag defining "widget" itself. You may set properties
+on @widget by inserting `<property>` tags into the `<template>` tag, and also
+add `<child>` tags to add children and extend "widget" in the normal way you
+would with `<object>` tags.
-Additionally, <object> tags can also be added before and after the initial
-<template> tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
+Additionally, `<object>` tags can also be added before and after the initial
+`<template>` tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
which might be referenced by other widgets declared as children of the
-<template> tag.
+`<template>` tag.
An example of a GtkBuilder Template Definition:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<interface>
<template class="FooWidget" parent="GtkBox">
<property name="orientation">GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL</property>
@@ -187928,7 +190557,7 @@ foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_widget_new" introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4570">This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
+ line="4574">This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
its properties in one go. For example you might write:
`gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
0.0, NULL)` to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
@@ -187938,26 +190567,26 @@ cast the object yourself.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4584">a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type</doc>
+ line="4588">a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4572">type ID of the widget to create</doc>
+ line="4576">type ID of the widget to create</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="first_property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4573">name of first property to set</doc>
+ line="4577">name of first property to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4574">value of first property, followed by more properties,
+ line="4578">value of first property, followed by more properties,
%NULL-terminated</doc>
<varargs/>
</parameter>
@@ -187967,13 +190596,13 @@ cast the object yourself.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_default_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12111">Obtains the current default reading direction. See
+ line="12115">Obtains the current default reading direction. See
gtk_widget_set_default_direction().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1243"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12117">the current default direction.</doc>
+ line="12121">the current default direction.</doc>
<type name="TextDirection" c:type="GtkTextDirection"/>
</return-value>
</function>
@@ -188002,7 +190631,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_default_direction().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11955">Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().</doc>
+ line="11959">Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_class_set_template(), or don’t use this API at
all.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1202"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -188015,7 +190644,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_default_direction().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11934">Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
+ line="11938">Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
A composite child is a child that’s an implementation detail of the
@@ -188034,7 +190663,7 @@ we have a more complete mechanism for composite children, see gtk_widget_class_s
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_default_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12076">Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
+ line="12080">Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1241"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -188044,7 +190673,7 @@ direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().</doc>
<parameter name="dir" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12078">the new default direction. This cannot be
+ line="12082">the new default direction. This cannot be
%GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.</doc>
<type name="TextDirection" c:type="GtkTextDirection"/>
</parameter>
@@ -188160,7 +190789,7 @@ direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6572">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
+ line="6576">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
signal on @widget; if the signal isn’t overridden by a
@@ -188171,20 +190800,20 @@ its ancestors mapped.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6585">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
+ line="6589">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6574">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6578">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="signal_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6575">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
+ line="6579">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -188192,7 +190821,7 @@ its ancestors mapped.</doc>
<virtual-method name="child_notify" invoker="child_notify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4517">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
+ line="4521">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
[child property][child-properties] @child_property
on @widget.
@@ -188207,13 +190836,13 @@ Also see gtk_container_child_notify().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4519">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4523">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child_property" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4520">the name of a child property installed on the
+ line="4524">the name of a child property installed on the
class of @widget’s parent</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -188292,7 +190921,7 @@ Also see gtk_container_child_notify().</doc>
<virtual-method name="destroy" invoker="destroy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4734">Destroys a widget.
+ line="4738">Destroys a widget.
When a widget is destroyed all references it holds on other objects
will be released:
@@ -188331,7 +190960,7 @@ See also: gtk_container_remove()</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4736">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4740">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -188586,7 +191215,7 @@ See also: gtk_container_remove()</doc>
<virtual-method name="event" invoker="event">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7346">Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
+ line="7350">Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
be emitted without using this function to do so).
If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t use this function;
@@ -188598,7 +191227,7 @@ window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7360">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ line="7364">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
the event was handled)</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -188606,13 +191235,13 @@ window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7348">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7352">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7349">a #GdkEvent</doc>
+ line="7353">a #GdkEvent</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event" c:type="GdkEvent*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -188662,7 +191291,7 @@ window.</doc>
<virtual-method name="get_accessible" invoker="get_accessible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13501">Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
+ line="13505">Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
assistive technology.
If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
@@ -188678,14 +191307,14 @@ library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13518">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
+ line="13522">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
<type name="Atk.Object" c:type="AtkObject*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13503">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13507">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189018,7 +191647,7 @@ capabilities.</doc>
<virtual-method name="grab_focus" invoker="grab_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8073">Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
+ line="8077">Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
something like #GtkFrame won’t work.
@@ -189036,7 +191665,7 @@ will likely fail and cause critical warnings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8075">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8079">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189058,7 +191687,7 @@ will likely fail and cause critical warnings.</doc>
<virtual-method name="hide" invoker="hide">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4916">Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
+ line="4920">Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="379"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -189068,7 +191697,7 @@ hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4918">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4922">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189120,7 +191749,7 @@ hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11091">This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
+ line="11095">This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
#GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
@@ -189151,7 +191780,7 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11124">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
+ line="11128">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -189160,13 +191789,13 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11093">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11097">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11094">direction of focus movement</doc>
+ line="11098">direction of focus movement</doc>
<type name="DirectionType" c:type="GtkDirectionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189188,7 +191817,7 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
<virtual-method name="map" invoker="map">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5022">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
+ line="5026">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="380"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -189198,7 +191827,7 @@ a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5024">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5028">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189220,25 +191849,25 @@ a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
<virtual-method name="mnemonic_activate" invoker="mnemonic_activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6906">Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.</doc>
+ line="6910">Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="424"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6913">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
+ line="6917">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6908">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6912">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="group_cycling" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6909">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
+ line="6913">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189366,7 +191995,7 @@ a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5600">Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by calling
+ line="5604">Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by calling
gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget’s window and all its
child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current
batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window will
@@ -189384,13 +192013,13 @@ implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5602">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5606">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="region" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5603">region to draw</doc>
+ line="5607">region to draw</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="const cairo_region_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189398,7 +192027,7 @@ implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
<virtual-method name="realize" invoker="realize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5462">Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
+ line="5466">Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
@@ -189424,7 +192053,7 @@ called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5464">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5468">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189539,7 +192168,7 @@ called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
<virtual-method name="show" invoker="show">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4804">Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
+ line="4808">Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
container, it’s easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
@@ -189558,7 +192187,7 @@ toplevel container is realized and mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4806">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4810">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189566,7 +192195,7 @@ toplevel container is realized and mapped.</doc>
<virtual-method name="show_all" invoker="show_all">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4999">Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
+ line="5003">Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
a container).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="378"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -189576,7 +192205,7 @@ a container).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5001">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5005">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189598,7 +192227,7 @@ a container).</doc>
<virtual-method name="size_allocate" invoker="size_allocate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6235">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
+ line="6239">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
and position to their child widgets.
In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
@@ -189617,13 +192246,13 @@ instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6237">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6241">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6238">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
+ line="6242">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189698,7 +192327,7 @@ instead.</doc>
<virtual-method name="unmap" invoker="unmap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5056">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
+ line="5060">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="381"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -189708,7 +192337,7 @@ a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5058">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5062">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189730,7 +192359,7 @@ a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<virtual-method name="unrealize" invoker="unrealize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5548">This function is only useful in widget implementations.
+ line="5552">This function is only useful in widget implementations.
Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="383"/>
@@ -189741,7 +192370,7 @@ associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5550">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5554">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189777,7 +192406,7 @@ associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
<method name="activate" c:identifier="gtk_widget_activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7822">For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.)
+ line="7826">For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.)
this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
activatable, the function returns %FALSE.</doc>
@@ -189785,14 +192414,14 @@ activatable, the function returns %FALSE.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7831">%TRUE if the widget was activatable</doc>
+ line="7835">%TRUE if the widget was activatable</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7824">a #GtkWidget that’s activatable</doc>
+ line="7828">a #GtkWidget that’s activatable</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189800,7 +192429,7 @@ activatable, the function returns %FALSE.</doc>
<method name="add_accelerator" c:identifier="gtk_widget_add_accelerator">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6668">Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
+ line="6672">Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
@accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget’s toplevel via
gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
@@ -189816,37 +192445,37 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6670">widget to install an accelerator on</doc>
+ line="6674">widget to install an accelerator on</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_signal" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6671">widget signal to emit on accelerator activation</doc>
+ line="6675">widget signal to emit on accelerator activation</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6672">accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel</doc>
+ line="6676">accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_key" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6673">GDK keyval of the accelerator</doc>
+ line="6677">GDK keyval of the accelerator</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_mods" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6674">modifier key combination of the accelerator</doc>
+ line="6678">modifier key combination of the accelerator</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_flags" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6675">flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE</doc>
+ line="6679">flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE</doc>
<type name="AccelFlags" c:type="GtkAccelFlags"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189856,7 +192485,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11536">Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
+ line="11540">Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
@widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="979"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -189866,19 +192495,19 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11538">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11542">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11539">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="11543">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="events" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11540">an event mask, see #GdkEventMask</doc>
+ line="11544">an event mask, see #GdkEventMask</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventMask" c:type="GdkEventMask"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189886,7 +192515,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
<method name="add_events" c:identifier="gtk_widget_add_events">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11506">Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
+ line="11510">Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
@widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() and the
[input handling overview][event-masks] for details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="972"/>
@@ -189897,13 +192526,13 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11508">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11512">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="events" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11509">an event mask, see #GdkEventMask</doc>
+ line="11513">an event mask, see #GdkEventMask</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189913,7 +192542,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15178">Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
+ line="15182">Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
@@ -189927,13 +192556,13 @@ to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15180">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15184">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15181">a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget</doc>
+ line="15185">a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -189943,7 +192572,7 @@ to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5301">Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
+ line="5305">Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device
or as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is
@@ -189967,7 +192596,7 @@ have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5329">an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
+ line="5333">an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -189975,7 +192604,7 @@ have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5303">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5307">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="callback"
@@ -189985,7 +192614,7 @@ have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5304">function to call for updating animations</doc>
+ line="5308">function to call for updating animations</doc>
<type name="TickCallback" c:type="GtkTickCallback"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data"
@@ -189994,13 +192623,13 @@ have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5305">data to pass to @callback</doc>
+ line="5309">data to pass to @callback</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="notify" transfer-ownership="none" scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5306">function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.</doc>
+ line="5310">function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190010,7 +192639,7 @@ have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6572">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
+ line="6576">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
signal on @widget; if the signal isn’t overridden by a
@@ -190021,20 +192650,20 @@ its ancestors mapped.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6585">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
+ line="6589">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6574">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6578">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="signal_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6575">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
+ line="6579">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190042,7 +192671,7 @@ its ancestors mapped.</doc>
<method name="child_focus" c:identifier="gtk_widget_child_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11037">This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
+ line="11041">This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
writing an app, you’d use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
@@ -190065,20 +192694,20 @@ if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11062">%TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget</doc>
+ line="11066">%TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11039">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11043">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11040">direction of focus movement</doc>
+ line="11044">direction of focus movement</doc>
<type name="DirectionType" c:type="GtkDirectionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190086,7 +192715,7 @@ if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.</doc>
<method name="child_notify" c:identifier="gtk_widget_child_notify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4517">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
+ line="4521">Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
[child property][child-properties] @child_property
on @widget.
@@ -190101,13 +192730,13 @@ Also see gtk_container_child_notify().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4519">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4523">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="child_property" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4520">the name of a child property installed on the
+ line="4524">the name of a child property installed on the
class of @widget’s parent</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -190174,7 +192803,7 @@ never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().</doc>
<method name="compute_expand" c:identifier="gtk_widget_compute_expand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13698">Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
+ line="13702">Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
@@ -190189,20 +192818,20 @@ the widget may expand if some of its children do.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13715">whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded</doc>
+ line="13719">whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13700">the widget</doc>
+ line="13704">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="orientation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13701">expand direction</doc>
+ line="13705">expand direction</doc>
<type name="Orientation" c:type="GtkOrientation"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190211,21 +192840,21 @@ the widget may expand if some of its children do.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_create_pango_context">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10584">Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
+ line="10588">Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
font options, font description, and base direction for drawing
text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1169"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10592">the new #PangoContext</doc>
+ line="10596">the new #PangoContext</doc>
<type name="Pango.Context" c:type="PangoContext*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10586">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10590">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190234,7 +192863,7 @@ text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_create_pango_layout">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10610">Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
+ line="10614">Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget.
@@ -190246,14 +192875,14 @@ on the widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10624">the new #PangoLayout</doc>
+ line="10628">the new #PangoLayout</doc>
<type name="Pango.Layout" c:type="PangoLayout*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10612">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10616">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="text"
@@ -190262,7 +192891,7 @@ on the widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10613">text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)</doc>
+ line="10617">text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190270,7 +192899,7 @@ on the widget.</doc>
<method name="destroy" c:identifier="gtk_widget_destroy">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4734">Destroys a widget.
+ line="4738">Destroys a widget.
When a widget is destroyed all references it holds on other objects
will be released:
@@ -190309,7 +192938,7 @@ See also: gtk_container_remove()</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4736">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4740">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190317,7 +192946,7 @@ See also: gtk_container_remove()</doc>
<method name="destroyed" c:identifier="gtk_widget_destroyed">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4779">This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
+ line="4783">This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
%NULL. It’s intended to be used as a callback connected to the
“destroy” signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
@@ -190332,7 +192961,7 @@ of the same dialog.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4781">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4785">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget_pointer"
@@ -190341,7 +192970,7 @@ of the same dialog.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4782">address of a variable that contains @widget</doc>
+ line="4786">address of a variable that contains @widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget**"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -190351,7 +192980,7 @@ of the same dialog.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8730">Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
+ line="8734">Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
events to @widget. This may be used in the
#GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
@@ -190360,7 +192989,7 @@ devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8741">%TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
+ line="8745">%TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
by another #GtkWidget than @widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -190368,13 +192997,13 @@ devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8732">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8736">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8733">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="8737">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191318,7 +193947,7 @@ a widget.</doc>
<method name="draw" c:identifier="gtk_widget_draw" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7139">Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
+ line="7143">Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
@@ -191343,14 +193972,14 @@ and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7141">the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
+ line="7145">the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cr" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7143">a cairo context to draw to</doc>
+ line="7147">a cairo context to draw to</doc>
<type name="cairo.Context" c:type="cairo_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191385,7 +194014,7 @@ widgets are guaranteed to have a style already.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11144">Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
+ line="11148">Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
@@ -191400,7 +194029,7 @@ or window manager that is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11146">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11150">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191408,7 +194037,7 @@ or window manager that is used.</doc>
<method name="event" c:identifier="gtk_widget_event">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7346">Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
+ line="7350">Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
be emitted without using this function to do so).
If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t use this function;
@@ -191420,7 +194049,7 @@ window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7360">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ line="7364">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
the event was handled)</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -191428,13 +194057,13 @@ window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7348">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7352">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7349">a #GdkEvent</doc>
+ line="7353">a #GdkEvent</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event" c:type="GdkEvent*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191443,7 +194072,7 @@ window.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4494">Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
+ line="4498">Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
on @widget.
@@ -191456,7 +194085,7 @@ This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4496">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4500">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191464,7 +194093,7 @@ This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.</doc>
<method name="get_accessible" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_accessible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13501">Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
+ line="13505">Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
assistive technology.
If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
@@ -191480,14 +194109,14 @@ library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13518">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
+ line="13522">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
<type name="Atk.Object" c:type="AtkObject*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13503">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13507">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191497,7 +194126,7 @@ library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.</doc>
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17326">Retrieves the #GActionGroup that was registered using @prefix. The resulting
+ line="17330">Retrieves the #GActionGroup that was registered using @prefix. The resulting
#GActionGroup may have been registered to @widget or any #GtkWidget in its
ancestry.
@@ -191506,20 +194135,20 @@ If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17337">A #GActionGroup or %NULL.</doc>
+ line="17341">A #GActionGroup or %NULL.</doc>
<type name="Gio.ActionGroup" c:type="GActionGroup*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17328">A #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="17332">A #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="prefix" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17329">The “prefix” of the action group.</doc>
+ line="17333">The “prefix” of the action group.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191529,7 +194158,7 @@ If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15861">Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
+ line="15865">Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the #GtkWidget::draw function, and when allocating child
widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.</doc>
@@ -191537,14 +194166,14 @@ widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15870">the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none</doc>
+ line="15874">the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="int"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15863">the widget to query</doc>
+ line="15867">the widget to query</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191553,21 +194182,21 @@ widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_allocated_height">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15843">Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
+ line="15847">Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the #GtkWidget::draw function.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="925"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15851">the height of the @widget</doc>
+ line="15855">the height of the @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="int"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15845">the widget to query</doc>
+ line="15849">the widget to query</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191577,7 +194206,7 @@ for the #GtkWidget::draw function.</doc>
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15718">Retrieves the widget’s allocated size.
+ line="15722">Retrieves the widget’s allocated size.
This function returns the last values passed to
gtk_widget_size_allocate_with_baseline(). The value differs from
@@ -191594,7 +194223,7 @@ If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15720">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15724">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation"
@@ -191603,7 +194232,7 @@ If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15721">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
+ line="15725">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="baseline"
@@ -191614,7 +194243,7 @@ If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15722">a pointer to an integer to copy to</doc>
+ line="15726">a pointer to an integer to copy to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="int*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191623,21 +194252,21 @@ If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_allocated_width">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15825">Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
+ line="15829">Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the #GtkWidget::draw function.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="923"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15833">the width of the @widget</doc>
+ line="15837">the width of the @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="int"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15827">the widget to query</doc>
+ line="15831">the widget to query</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191647,7 +194276,7 @@ for the #GtkWidget::draw function.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15754">Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
+ line="15758">Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget’s allocation will
be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent
@@ -191671,7 +194300,7 @@ implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15756">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15760">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation"
@@ -191680,7 +194309,7 @@ implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15757">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
+ line="15761">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191688,7 +194317,7 @@ implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.</doc>
<method name="get_ancestor" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_ancestor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11628">Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
+ line="11632">Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
`gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)` gets
the first #GtkBox that’s an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
@@ -191701,30 +194330,31 @@ considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11643">the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found</doc>
+ line="11647">the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11630">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11634">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11631">ancestor type</doc>
+ line="11635">ancestor type</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_app_paintable"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_app_paintable"
+ glib:get-property="app-paintable"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9371">Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
+ line="9375">Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()</doc>
@@ -191732,60 +194362,62 @@ See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9380">%TRUE if the widget is app paintable</doc>
+ line="9384">%TRUE if the widget is app paintable</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9373">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9377">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_can_default"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_can_default"
+ glib:get-property="can-default"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8566">Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
+ line="8570">Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_set_can_default().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="796"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8573">%TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="8577">%TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8568">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8572">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_can_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_can_focus"
+ glib:get-property="can-focus"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8380">Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
+ line="8384">Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_set_can_focus().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="777"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8387">%TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="8391">%TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8382">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8386">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191796,7 +194428,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_focus().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5910">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
+ line="5914">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
@widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
@@ -191823,7 +194455,7 @@ gtk_widget_size_request().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5912">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5916">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -191832,7 +194464,7 @@ gtk_widget_size_request().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5913">a #GtkRequisition to be filled in</doc>
+ line="5917">a #GtkRequisition to be filled in</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191841,7 +194473,7 @@ gtk_widget_size_request().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_child_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10832">Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
+ line="10836">Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
needs reorganization.
@@ -191851,14 +194483,14 @@ never should be called by an application.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10843">%TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.</doc>
+ line="10847">%TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10834">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10838">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191868,7 +194500,7 @@ never should be called by an application.</doc>
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15554">Retrieves the widget’s clip area.
+ line="15558">Retrieves the widget’s clip area.
The clip area is the area in which all of @widget's drawing will
happen. Other toolkits call it the bounding box.
@@ -191883,7 +194515,7 @@ retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15556">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15560">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="clip"
@@ -191892,7 +194524,7 @@ retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15557">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
+ line="15561">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191902,7 +194534,7 @@ retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15112">Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
+ line="15116">Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
window.</doc>
@@ -191910,7 +194542,7 @@ window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15126">the appropriate clipboard object. If no
+ line="15130">the appropriate clipboard object. If no
clipboard already exists, a new one will
be created. Once a clipboard object has
been created, it is persistent for all time.</doc>
@@ -191920,13 +194552,13 @@ window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15114">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15118">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="selection" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15115">a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
+ line="15119">a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
default clipboard. Another common value
is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
@@ -191941,13 +194573,13 @@ window.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11906">Obtains the composite name of a widget.</doc>
+ line="11910">Obtains the composite name of a widget.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_class_set_template(), or don’t use this API at
all.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1193"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11912">the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
+ line="11916">the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
longer needed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
@@ -191956,7 +194588,7 @@ window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11908">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11912">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191966,26 +194598,26 @@ window.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11421">Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
+ line="11425">Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="993"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11429">%TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget</doc>
+ line="11433">%TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11423">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11427">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11424">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="11428">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -191995,26 +194627,26 @@ children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11771">Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
+ line="11775">Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1118"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11779">device event mask for @widget</doc>
+ line="11783">device event mask for @widget</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventMask" c:type="GdkEventMask"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11773">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11777">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11774">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="11778">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192022,20 +194654,20 @@ are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.</doc>
<method name="get_direction" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12038">Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
+ line="12042">Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
gtk_widget_set_direction().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1238"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12045">the reading direction for the widget.</doc>
+ line="12049">the reading direction for the widget.</doc>
<type name="TextDirection" c:type="GtkTextDirection"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12040">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="12044">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192045,7 +194677,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_direction().</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10986">Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
+ line="10990">Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
@@ -192056,46 +194688,49 @@ free those resources when the widget is unrealized.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10998">the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
+ line="11002">the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Display" c:type="GdkDisplay*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10988">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10992">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_double_buffered"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_double_buffered"
+ glib:get-property="double-buffered"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9443">Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
+ line="9447">Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="886"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9451">%TRUE if the widget is double buffered</doc>
+ line="9455">%TRUE if the widget is double buffered</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9445">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9449">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_events" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_events">
+ <method name="get_events"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_events"
+ glib:get-property="events">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11748">Returns the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for the widget. These are the
+ line="11752">Returns the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for the widget. These are the
events that the widget will receive.
Note: Internally, the widget event mask will be the logical OR of the event
@@ -192106,30 +194741,31 @@ widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11760">event mask for @widget</doc>
+ line="11764">event mask for @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11750">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11754">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_focus_on_click"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click"
+ glib:get-property="focus-on-click"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8519">Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
+ line="8523">Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="790"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8526">%TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
+ line="8530">%TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
the mouse.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -192137,7 +194773,7 @@ See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8521">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8525">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192147,19 +194783,19 @@ See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10566">Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().</doc>
+ line="10570">Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1491"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10572">A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="10576">A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Pango.FontMap" c:type="PangoFontMap*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10568">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10572">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192169,20 +194805,20 @@ See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10498">Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
+ line="10502">Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
the defaults font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1176"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10505">the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set</doc>
+ line="10509">the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set</doc>
<type name="cairo.FontOptions" c:type="const cairo_font_options_t*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10500">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10504">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192192,7 +194828,7 @@ the defaults font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5825">Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
+ line="5829">Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
“ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The
most common reason to get the frame clock is to call
gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for
@@ -192217,7 +194853,7 @@ Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5851">a #GdkFrameClock,
+ line="5855">a #GdkFrameClock,
or %NULL if widget is unrealized</doc>
<type name="Gdk.FrameClock" c:type="GdkFrameClock*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -192225,15 +194861,17 @@ or %NULL if widget is unrealized</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5827">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5831">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_halign" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_halign">
+ <method name="get_halign"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_halign"
+ glib:get-property="halign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14694">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
+ line="14698">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
%GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to
@@ -192243,37 +194881,38 @@ alignment.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14705">the horizontal alignment of @widget</doc>
+ line="14709">the horizontal alignment of @widget</doc>
<type name="Align" c:type="GtkAlign"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14696">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14700">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_has_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip"
+ glib:get-property="has-tooltip"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15535">Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
+ line="15539">Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
#GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1288"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15542">current value of has-tooltip on @widget.</doc>
+ line="15546">current value of has-tooltip on @widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15537">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15541">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192283,28 +194922,30 @@ alignment.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9187">Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
+ line="9191">Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
gtk_widget_set_has_window().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="859"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9194">%TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="9198">%TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9189">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9193">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_hexpand" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_hexpand">
+ <method name="get_hexpand"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_hexpand"
+ glib:get-property="hexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13822">Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
+ line="13826">Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
@@ -192322,22 +194963,24 @@ wants to expand.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13841">whether hexpand flag is set</doc>
+ line="13845">whether hexpand flag is set</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13824">the widget</doc>
+ line="13828">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_hexpand_set" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set">
+ <method name="get_hexpand_set"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set"
+ glib:get-property="hexpand-set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13891">Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
+ line="13895">Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
@@ -192351,14 +194994,14 @@ for completeness and consistency.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13906">whether hexpand has been explicitly set</doc>
+ line="13910">whether hexpand has been explicitly set</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13893">the widget</doc>
+ line="13897">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192368,157 +195011,163 @@ for completeness and consistency.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9296">Whether the widget is mapped.</doc>
+ line="9300">Whether the widget is mapped.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="874"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9302">%TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
+ line="9306">%TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9298">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9302">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_bottom"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom"
+ glib:get-property="margin-bottom"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15069">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.</doc>
+ line="15073">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1109"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15075">The bottom margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="15079">The bottom margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15071">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15075">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_end"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_end"
+ glib:get-property="margin-end"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14969">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.</doc>
+ line="14973">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1099"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14975">The end margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="14979">The end margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14971">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14975">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_left"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_left"
+ glib:get-property="margin-left"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14808">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.</doc>
+ line="14812">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_get_margin_start() instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1084"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14814">The left margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="14818">The left margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14810">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14814">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_right"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_right"
+ glib:get-property="margin-right"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14860">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.</doc>
+ line="14864">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_get_margin_end() instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1089"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14866">The right margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="14870">The right margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14862">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14866">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_start"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_start"
+ glib:get-property="margin-start"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14912">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.</doc>
+ line="14916">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1094"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14918">The start margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="14922">The start margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14914">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14918">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_margin_top"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_margin_top"
+ glib:get-property="margin-top"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15026">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.</doc>
+ line="15030">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1104"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15032">The top margin of @widget</doc>
+ line="15036">The top margin of @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15028">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15032">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192528,7 +195177,7 @@ for completeness and consistency.</doc>
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16689">Returns the modifier mask the @widget’s windowing system backend
+ line="16693">Returns the modifier mask the @widget’s windowing system backend
uses for a particular purpose.
See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().</doc>
@@ -192536,20 +195185,20 @@ See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16699">the modifier mask used for @intent.</doc>
+ line="16703">the modifier mask used for @intent.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16691">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16695">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="intent" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16692">the use case for the modifier mask</doc>
+ line="16696">the use case for the modifier mask</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierIntent" c:type="GdkModifierIntent"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192592,16 +195241,18 @@ to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.</doc>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_name" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_name">
+ <method name="get_name"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_name"
+ glib:get-property="name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8820">Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
+ line="8824">Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
significance of widget names.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="820"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8827">name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
+ line="8831">name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
should not be modified or freed</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -192609,54 +195260,56 @@ should not be modified or freed</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8822">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8826">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_no_show_all"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_no_show_all"
+ glib:get-property="no-show-all"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15238">Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
+ line="15242">Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
will affect this widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="637"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15246">the current value of the “no-show-all” property.</doc>
+ line="15250">the current value of the “no-show-all” property.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15240">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15244">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_opacity"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_opacity"
+ glib:get-property="opacity"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16162">Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
+ line="16166">Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
See gtk_widget_set_opacity().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="986"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16169">the requested opacity for this widget.</doc>
+ line="16173">the requested opacity for this widget.</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="double"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16164">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16168">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192665,7 +195318,7 @@ See gtk_widget_set_opacity().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_pango_context">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10361">Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
+ line="10365">Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
@@ -192676,34 +195329,36 @@ by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10373">the #PangoContext for the widget.</doc>
+ line="10377">the #PangoContext for the widget.</doc>
<type name="Pango.Context" c:type="PangoContext*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10363">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10367">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_parent" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_parent">
+ <method name="get_parent"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_parent"
+ glib:get-property="parent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9692">Returns the parent container of @widget.</doc>
+ line="9696">Returns the parent container of @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="896"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9698">the parent container of @widget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="9702">the parent container of @widget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9694">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9698">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192712,12 +195367,12 @@ by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_parent_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10742">Gets @widget’s parent window, or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
+ line="10746">Gets @widget’s parent window, or %NULL if it does not have one.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="902"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10748">the parent window of @widget, or %NULL
+ line="10752">the parent window of @widget, or %NULL
if it does not have a parent window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -192725,7 +195380,7 @@ if it does not have a parent window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10744">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
+ line="10748">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192733,21 +195388,21 @@ if it does not have a parent window.</doc>
<method name="get_path" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16536">Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
+ line="16540">Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
created.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1314"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16544">The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget</doc>
+ line="16548">The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget</doc>
<type name="WidgetPath" c:type="GtkWidgetPath*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16538">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16542">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -192758,7 +195413,7 @@ created.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11800">Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
+ line="11804">Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that return %TRUE for
gtk_widget_get_has_window(); and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
@@ -192772,7 +195427,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window(); and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11802">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11806">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x"
@@ -192783,7 +195438,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window(); and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11803">return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11807">return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y"
@@ -192794,7 +195449,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window(); and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11804">return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11808">return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193142,29 +195797,30 @@ returned by the widget itself.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9255">Determines whether @widget is realized.</doc>
+ line="9259">Determines whether @widget is realized.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="869"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9261">%TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="9265">%TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9257">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9261">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_receives_default"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_receives_default"
+ glib:get-property="receives-default"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8679">Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
+ line="8683">Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.
@@ -193173,7 +195829,7 @@ See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8689">%TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
+ line="8693">%TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
%FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -193181,7 +195837,7 @@ See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8681">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8685">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193221,7 +195877,7 @@ capabilities.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15882">Retrieves the widget’s requisition.
+ line="15886">Retrieves the widget’s requisition.
This function should only be used by widget implementations in
order to figure whether the widget’s requisition has actually
@@ -193240,7 +195896,7 @@ add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.</doc-deprecated>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15884">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15888">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -193249,7 +195905,7 @@ add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.</doc-deprecated>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15885">a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to</doc>
+ line="15889">a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193261,7 +195917,7 @@ add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.</doc-deprecated>
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11010">Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
+ line="11014">Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
@@ -193274,24 +195930,25 @@ and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11023">the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
+ line="11027">the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11012">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11016">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_scale_factor"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_scale_factor"
+ glib:get-property="scale-factor"
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10947">Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
+ line="10951">Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on
high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
@@ -193300,14 +195957,14 @@ See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10957">the scale factor for @widget</doc>
+ line="10961">the scale factor for @widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10949">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10953">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193317,7 +195974,7 @@ See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10871">Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
+ line="10875">Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
at the top.
@@ -193329,24 +195986,25 @@ free those resources when the widget is unrealized.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10884">the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
+ line="10888">the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen" c:type="GdkScreen*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10873">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10877">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_sensitive"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_sensitive"
+ glib:get-property="sensitive"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9546">Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning
+ line="9550">Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning
the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
@@ -193355,14 +196013,14 @@ own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9556">%TRUE if the widget is sensitive</doc>
+ line="9560">%TRUE if the widget is sensitive</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9548">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9552">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193370,7 +196028,7 @@ own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().</doc>
<method name="get_settings" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_settings">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11728">Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
+ line="11732">Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
@@ -193379,14 +196037,14 @@ to a particular #GdkScreen.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11738">the relevant #GtkSettings object</doc>
+ line="11742">the relevant #GtkSettings object</doc>
<type name="Settings" c:type="GtkSettings*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11730">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11734">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193395,7 +196053,7 @@ to a particular #GdkScreen.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_size_request">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11267">Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
+ line="11271">Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
@height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
and the natural requisition of the widget will be used instead. See
@@ -193410,7 +196068,7 @@ this function.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11269">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11273">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width"
@@ -193421,7 +196079,7 @@ this function.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11270">return location for width, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11274">return location for width, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height"
@@ -193432,7 +196090,7 @@ this function.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11271">return location for height, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11275">return location for height, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193444,20 +196102,20 @@ this function.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9023">Returns the widget’s state. See gtk_widget_set_state().</doc>
+ line="9027">Returns the widget’s state. See gtk_widget_set_state().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="827"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9029">the state of @widget.</doc>
+ line="9033">the state of @widget.</doc>
<type name="StateType" c:type="GtkStateType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9025">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9029">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193467,7 +196125,7 @@ this function.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8944">Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
+ line="8948">Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
@widget itself is sensitive.
@@ -193479,20 +196137,21 @@ should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8957">The state flags for widget</doc>
+ line="8961">The state flags for widget</doc>
<type name="StateFlags" c:type="GtkStateFlags"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8946">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8950">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_style"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_style"
+ glib:get-property="style"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -193519,13 +196178,13 @@ should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_style_context">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16636">Returns the style context associated to @widget. The returned object is
+ line="16640">Returns the style context associated to @widget. The returned object is
guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1311"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16643">a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
+ line="16647">a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
must not be freed.</doc>
<type name="StyleContext" c:type="GtkStyleContext*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -193533,7 +196192,7 @@ guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16638">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16642">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193542,20 +196201,20 @@ guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16032">Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
+ line="16036">Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1054"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16039">%TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.</doc>
+ line="16043">%TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16034">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16038">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193564,7 +196223,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_template_child">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17263">Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget
instance.
+ line="17267">Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget
instance.
This will only report children which were previously declared with
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() or one of its
@@ -193577,41 +196236,42 @@ of the GObject structure offsets.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17279">The object built in the template XML with the id @name</doc>
+ line="17283">The object built in the template XML with the id @name</doc>
<type name="GObject.Object" c:type="GObject*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17265">A #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="17269">A #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget_type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17266">The #GType to get a template child for</doc>
+ line="17270">The #GType to get a template child for</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17267">The “id” of the child defined in the template XML</doc>
+ line="17271">The “id” of the child defined in the template XML</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-markup"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15493">Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.</doc>
+ line="15497">Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1283"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15499">the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ line="15503">the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
returned string with g_free() when done.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -193619,22 +196279,23 @@ of the GObject structure offsets.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15495">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15499">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_tooltip_text"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text"
+ glib:get-property="tooltip-text"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15445">Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.</doc>
+ line="15449">Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1278"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15451">the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ line="15455">the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
returned string with g_free() when done.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -193642,7 +196303,7 @@ of the GObject structure offsets.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15447">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15451">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193652,21 +196313,21 @@ of the GObject structure offsets.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15355">Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
+ line="15359">Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1271"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15363">The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.</doc>
+ line="15367">The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15357">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15361">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193674,7 +196335,7 @@ using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().</doc>
<method name="get_toplevel" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_toplevel">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11578">This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
+ line="11582">This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
@widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
@@ -193709,7 +196370,7 @@ get_widget_toplevel_title (GtkWidget *widget)
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11614">the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
+ line="11618">the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
if there’s no ancestor.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -193717,15 +196378,17 @@ get_widget_toplevel_title (GtkWidget *widget)
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11580">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11584">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_valign" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_valign">
+ <method name="get_valign"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_valign"
+ glib:get-property="valign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14760">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
+ line="14764">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
%GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to
@@ -193737,14 +196400,14 @@ also report the true value.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14773">the vertical alignment of @widget, ignoring baseline alignment</doc>
+ line="14777">the vertical alignment of @widget, ignoring baseline alignment</doc>
<type name="Align" c:type="GtkAlign"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14762">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14766">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193754,28 +196417,30 @@ also report the true value.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14742">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property, including
+ line="14746">Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property, including
%GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1079"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14749">the vertical alignment of @widget</doc>
+ line="14753">the vertical alignment of @widget</doc>
<type name="Align" c:type="GtkAlign"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14744">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14748">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_vexpand" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_vexpand">
+ <method name="get_vexpand"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_vexpand"
+ glib:get-property="vexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13947">Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
+ line="13951">Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.
See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.</doc>
@@ -193783,22 +196448,24 @@ See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13956">whether vexpand flag is set</doc>
+ line="13960">whether vexpand flag is set</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13949">the widget</doc>
+ line="13953">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_vexpand_set" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set">
+ <method name="get_vexpand_set"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set"
+ glib:get-property="vexpand-set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13985">Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
+ line="13989">Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.</doc>
@@ -193806,24 +196473,25 @@ See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13994">whether vexpand has been explicitly set</doc>
+ line="13998">whether vexpand has been explicitly set</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13987">the widget</doc>
+ line="13991">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_visible"
+ glib:get-property="visible"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9103">Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
+ line="9107">Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
take into account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as
visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
@@ -193834,14 +196502,14 @@ See gtk_widget_set_visible().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9115">%TRUE if the widget is visible</doc>
+ line="9119">%TRUE if the widget is visible</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9105">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9109">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193849,41 +196517,42 @@ See gtk_widget_set_visible().</doc>
<method name="get_visual" c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_visual">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11689">Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.</doc>
+ line="11693">Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1002"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11695">the visual for @widget</doc>
+ line="11699">the visual for @widget</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Visual" c:type="GdkVisual*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11691">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11695">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_window"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_get_window"
+ glib:get-property="window"
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16014">Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise</doc>
+ line="16018">Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="914"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16020">@widget’s window.</doc>
+ line="16024">@widget’s window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16016">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16020">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193915,7 +196584,7 @@ grabbed widget and this function does nothing.</doc>
<method name="grab_default" c:identifier="gtk_widget_grab_default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8621">Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
+ line="8625">Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
The default widget is activated when
@@ -193932,7 +196601,7 @@ is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8623">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8627">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193940,7 +196609,7 @@ is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.</doc>
<method name="grab_focus" c:identifier="gtk_widget_grab_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8073">Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
+ line="8077">Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
something like #GtkFrame won’t work.
@@ -193958,7 +196627,7 @@ will likely fail and cause critical warnings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8075">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8079">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -193989,13 +196658,13 @@ If @widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8585">Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
+ line="8589">Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="798"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8592">%TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
+ line="8596">%TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -194003,7 +196672,7 @@ toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8587">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8591">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194013,21 +196682,21 @@ toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8399">Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
+ line="8403">Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="779"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8407">%TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.</doc>
+ line="8411">%TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8401">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8405">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194037,7 +196706,7 @@ input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8702">Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
+ line="8706">Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
See also gtk_grab_add().</doc>
@@ -194045,14 +196714,14 @@ See also gtk_grab_add().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8711">%TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack</doc>
+ line="8715">%TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8704">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8708">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194088,7 +196757,7 @@ See also gtk_grab_add().</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10903">Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
+ line="10907">Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
window at the top.</doc>
@@ -194096,7 +196765,7 @@ window at the top.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10912">%TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associated
+ line="10916">%TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associated
with the widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -194104,7 +196773,7 @@ window at the top.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10905">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10909">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194114,7 +196783,7 @@ window at the top.</doc>
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8419">Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
+ line="8423">Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
@@ -194127,14 +196796,14 @@ gtk_widget_has_focus().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8433">%TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”</doc>
+ line="8437">%TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8421">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8425">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194142,7 +196811,7 @@ gtk_widget_has_focus().</doc>
<method name="hide" c:identifier="gtk_widget_hide">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4916">Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
+ line="4920">Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="628"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -194152,7 +196821,7 @@ hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4918">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4922">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194160,7 +196829,7 @@ hidden (invisible to the user).</doc>
<method name="hide_on_delete" c:identifier="gtk_widget_hide_on_delete">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4975">Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
+ line="4979">Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
@@ -194171,14 +196840,14 @@ is received.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4987">%TRUE</doc>
+ line="4991">%TRUE</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4977">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4981">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194186,21 +196855,21 @@ is received.</doc>
<method name="in_destruction" c:identifier="gtk_widget_in_destruction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16249">Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
+ line="16253">Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
unnecessary work.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1308"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16257">%TRUE if @widget is being destroyed</doc>
+ line="16261">%TRUE if @widget is being destroyed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16251">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16255">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194210,7 +196879,7 @@ unnecessary work.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16969">Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
+ line="16973">Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
function must be called in the instance initializer for any
class which assigned itself a template using gtk_widget_class_set_template()
@@ -194234,7 +196903,7 @@ should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16971">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16975">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194244,7 +196913,7 @@ should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13093">Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
+ line="13097">Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1255"/>
@@ -194255,7 +196924,7 @@ gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13095">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13099">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="region"
@@ -194264,7 +196933,7 @@ gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13096">shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape</doc>
+ line="13100">shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="cairo_region_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194274,7 +196943,7 @@ gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.</doc>
version="3.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16791">Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
+ line="16795">Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
#GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
setting their “action-name” to
@prefix.`action-name`.
@@ -194289,13 +196958,13 @@ from @widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16793">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16797">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16794">the prefix for actions in @group</doc>
+ line="16798">the prefix for actions in @group</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="group"
@@ -194304,7 +196973,7 @@ from @widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16795">a #GActionGroup, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="16799">a #GActionGroup, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Gio.ActionGroup" c:type="GActionGroup*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194312,7 +196981,7 @@ from @widget.</doc>
<method name="intersect" c:identifier="gtk_widget_intersect">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7975">Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @area, storing
+ line="7979">Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @area, storing
the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you’re only
interested in whether there was an intersection.</doc>
@@ -194320,20 +196989,20 @@ interested in whether there was an intersection.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7987">%TRUE if there was an intersection</doc>
+ line="7991">%TRUE if there was an intersection</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7977">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7981">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="area" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7978">a rectangle</doc>
+ line="7982">a rectangle</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="const GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="intersection"
@@ -194344,7 +197013,7 @@ interested in whether there was an intersection.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7979">rectangle to store
+ line="7983">rectangle to store
intersection of @widget and @area</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -194353,13 +197022,13 @@ interested in whether there was an intersection.</doc>
<method name="is_ancestor" c:identifier="gtk_widget_is_ancestor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11849">Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
+ line="11853">Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
intermediate containers.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1126"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11857">%TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
+ line="11861">%TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
grandchild, great grandchild, etc.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -194367,13 +197036,13 @@ intermediate containers.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11851">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11855">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="ancestor" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11852">another #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11856">another #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194385,7 +197054,7 @@ intermediate containers.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10063">Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
+ line="10067">Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
compositing manager is running for @widget’s screen.
@@ -194397,7 +197066,7 @@ window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10075">%TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
+ line="10079">%TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
channel being drawn correctly.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -194405,7 +197074,7 @@ channel being drawn correctly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10065">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10069">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194415,20 +197084,20 @@ channel being drawn correctly.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9235">Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
+ line="9239">Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
to if it is mapped and visible.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="864"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9242">%TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="9246">%TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9237">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9241">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194436,7 +197105,7 @@ to if it is mapped and visible.</doc>
<method name="is_focus" c:identifier="gtk_widget_is_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8461">Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
+ line="8465">Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
toplevel. (This does not mean that the #GtkWidget:has-focus property is
necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the
toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)</doc>
@@ -194444,14 +197113,14 @@ toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8470">%TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.</doc>
+ line="8474">%TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8463">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8467">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194461,20 +197130,20 @@ toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9568">Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
+ line="9572">Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="845"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9575">%TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive</doc>
+ line="9579">%TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9570">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9574">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194484,7 +197153,7 @@ it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9206">Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
+ line="9210">Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
#GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
@@ -194493,14 +197162,14 @@ widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9216">%TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
+ line="9220">%TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9208">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9212">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194510,7 +197179,7 @@ widget.</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9127">Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
+ line="9131">Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
visible.
This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
@@ -194520,14 +197189,14 @@ See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9138">%TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible</doc>
+ line="9142">%TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9129">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9133">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194537,7 +197206,7 @@ See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11091">This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
+ line="11095">This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
#GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
@@ -194568,7 +197237,7 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11124">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
+ line="11128">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -194577,13 +197246,13 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11093">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11097">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11094">direction of focus movement</doc>
+ line="11098">direction of focus movement</doc>
<type name="DirectionType" c:type="GtkDirectionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194592,7 +197261,7 @@ that require entering license keys.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_list_accel_closures">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6783">Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
+ line="6787">Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
@@ -194602,7 +197271,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6794">
+ line="6798">
a newly allocated #GList of closures</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="GObject.Closure"/>
@@ -194612,7 +197281,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6785">widget to list accelerator closures for</doc>
+ line="6789">widget to list accelerator closures for</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194622,13 +197291,13 @@ gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().</doc>
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17301">Retrieves a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the prefixes of
+ line="17305">Retrieves a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the prefixes of
#GActionGroup's available to @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1485"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17308">a %NULL-terminated array of strings.</doc>
+ line="17312">a %NULL-terminated array of strings.</doc>
<array c:type="const gchar**">
<type name="utf8"/>
</array>
@@ -194637,7 +197306,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17303">A #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="17307">A #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194647,7 +197316,7 @@ gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15143">Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
+ line="15147">Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
@@ -194661,7 +197330,7 @@ widgets afterwards.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15158">the list of
+ line="15162">the list of
mnemonic labels; free this list
with g_list_free() when you are done with it.</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
@@ -194672,7 +197341,7 @@ widgets afterwards.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15145">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15149">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194680,7 +197349,7 @@ widgets afterwards.</doc>
<method name="map" c:identifier="gtk_widget_map">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5022">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
+ line="5026">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="639"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -194690,7 +197359,7 @@ a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5024">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5028">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -194699,25 +197368,25 @@ a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6906">Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.</doc>
+ line="6910">Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="739"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6913">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
+ line="6917">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6908">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6912">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="group_cycling" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6909">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
+ line="6913">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195044,7 +197713,7 @@ See also gtk_widget_modify_style().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9785">Sets the background color to use for a widget.
+ line="9789">Sets the background color to use for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
@@ -195062,13 +197731,13 @@ See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9787">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9791">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="state" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9788">the state for which to set the background color</doc>
+ line="9792">the state for which to set the background color</doc>
<type name="StateFlags" c:type="GtkStateFlags"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color"
@@ -195077,7 +197746,7 @@ See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9789">the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
+ line="9793">the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()</doc>
<type name="Gdk.RGBA" c:type="const GdkRGBA*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -195090,7 +197759,7 @@ See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9735">Sets the color to use for a widget.
+ line="9739">Sets the color to use for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
@@ -195124,13 +197793,13 @@ priority.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9737">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9741">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="state" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9738">the state for which to set the color</doc>
+ line="9742">the state for which to set the color</doc>
<type name="StateFlags" c:type="GtkStateFlags"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color"
@@ -195139,7 +197808,7 @@ priority.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9739">the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
+ line="9743">the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()</doc>
<type name="Gdk.RGBA" c:type="const GdkRGBA*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -195152,7 +197821,7 @@ priority.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9881">Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
+ line="9885">Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
cursor-color and secondary-cursor-color
style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
@@ -195171,7 +197840,7 @@ so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9883">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9887">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="cursor"
@@ -195180,7 +197849,7 @@ so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9884">the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
+ line="9888">the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
of gtk_widget_override_cursor().</doc>
<type name="Gdk.RGBA" c:type="const GdkRGBA*"/>
@@ -195191,7 +197860,7 @@ so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9887">the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
+ line="9891">the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().</doc>
<type name="Gdk.RGBA" c:type="const GdkRGBA*"/>
@@ -195205,7 +197874,7 @@ so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9819">Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
+ line="9823">Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">This function is not useful in the context of CSS-based
rendering. If you wish to change the font a widget uses to render its text
@@ -195219,7 +197888,7 @@ left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9821">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9825">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="font_desc"
@@ -195228,7 +197897,7 @@ left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9822">the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
+ line="9826">the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()</doc>
<type name="Pango.FontDescription"
c:type="const PangoFontDescription*"/>
@@ -195242,7 +197911,7 @@ left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9847">Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
+ line="9851">Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
@@ -195259,13 +197928,13 @@ or background color.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9849">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9853">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9850">the name of the symbolic color to modify</doc>
+ line="9854">the name of the symbolic color to modify</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color"
@@ -195274,7 +197943,7 @@ or background color.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9851">the color to assign (does not need
+ line="9855">the color to assign (does not need
to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()</doc>
<type name="Gdk.RGBA" c:type="const GdkRGBA*"/>
@@ -195354,7 +198023,7 @@ of @widget’s outermost ancestor.</doc>
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5710">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
+ line="5714">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
Flags the widget for a rerun of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
function. Use this function instead of gtk_widget_queue_resize()
@@ -195370,7 +198039,7 @@ An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5712">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5716">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195379,7 +198048,7 @@ An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13649">Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
+ line="13653">Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
this function when setting legacy expand child properties
on the child of a container.
@@ -195392,7 +198061,7 @@ See gtk_widget_compute_expand().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13651">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13655">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195400,7 +198069,7 @@ See gtk_widget_compute_expand().</doc>
<method name="queue_draw" c:identifier="gtk_widget_queue_draw">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5684">Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
+ line="5688">Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
entire area of a widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="652"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -195410,7 +198079,7 @@ entire area of a widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5686">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5690">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195418,7 +198087,7 @@ entire area of a widget.</doc>
<method name="queue_draw_area" c:identifier="gtk_widget_queue_draw_area">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5637">Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
+ line="5641">Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
the region created from the given coordinates.
The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
@@ -195437,31 +198106,31 @@ nothing. Negative values for @width and @height are not allowed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5639">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5643">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5640">x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw</doc>
+ line="5644">x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5641">y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw</doc>
+ line="5645">y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5642">width of region to draw</doc>
+ line="5646">width of region to draw</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5643">height of region to draw</doc>
+ line="5647">height of region to draw</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195471,7 +198140,7 @@ nothing. Negative values for @width and @height are not allowed.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5600">Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by calling
+ line="5604">Invalidates the area of @widget defined by @region by calling
gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget’s window and all its
child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current
batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window will
@@ -195489,13 +198158,13 @@ implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5602">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5606">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="region" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5603">region to draw</doc>
+ line="5607">region to draw</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="const cairo_region_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195503,7 +198172,7 @@ implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
<method name="queue_resize" c:identifier="gtk_widget_queue_resize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5782">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
+ line="5786">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
@@ -195521,7 +198190,7 @@ GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5784">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5788">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195531,7 +198200,7 @@ GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5808">This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
+ line="5812">This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
except that the widget is not invalidated.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="665"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -195541,7 +198210,7 @@ except that the widget is not invalidated.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5810">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5814">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195549,7 +198218,7 @@ except that the widget is not invalidated.</doc>
<method name="realize" c:identifier="gtk_widget_realize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5462">Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
+ line="5466">Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
@@ -195575,7 +198244,7 @@ called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5464">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5468">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195586,7 +198255,7 @@ called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8020">Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @region, returning
+ line="8024">Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @region, returning
the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
check.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_get_allocation() and
@@ -195595,7 +198264,7 @@ check.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8032">A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
+ line="8036">A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
and @region.</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="cairo_region_t*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -195603,13 +198272,13 @@ check.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8022">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8026">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="region" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8023">a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
+ line="8027">a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
@widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
for widgets which return %FALSE from gtk_widget_get_has_window();
relative to the parent window of @widget->window otherwise.</doc>
@@ -195622,7 +198291,7 @@ check.</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15950">Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that
+ line="15954">Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that
the widget receives events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_window()
when destroying the window.
@@ -195638,13 +198307,13 @@ transparency might not work perfectly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15952">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15956">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15953">a #GdkWindow</doc>
+ line="15957">a #GdkWindow</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195653,38 +198322,38 @@ transparency might not work perfectly.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_remove_accelerator">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6731">Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
+ line="6735">Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
gtk_widget_add_accelerator().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="725"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6741">whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed</doc>
+ line="6745">whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6733">widget to install an accelerator on</doc>
+ line="6737">widget to install an accelerator on</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6734">accel group for this widget</doc>
+ line="6738">accel group for this widget</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_key" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6735">GDK keyval of the accelerator</doc>
+ line="6739">GDK keyval of the accelerator</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_mods" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6736">modifier key combination of the accelerator</doc>
+ line="6740">modifier key combination of the accelerator</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195694,7 +198363,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_accelerator().</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15208">Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
+ line="15212">Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
must have previously been added to the list with
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().</doc>
@@ -195706,13 +198375,13 @@ gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15210">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15214">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="label" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15211">a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemonic label for
+ line="15215">a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemonic label for
@widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -195723,7 +198392,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5375">Removes a tick callback previously registered with
+ line="5379">Removes a tick callback previously registered with
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1340"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -195733,13 +198402,13 @@ gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5377">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5381">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5378">an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()</doc>
+ line="5382">an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195809,7 +198478,7 @@ freed after use with g_object_unref().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10644">A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
+ line="10648">A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
#GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
@@ -195823,7 +198492,7 @@ after use with g_object_unref().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="full" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10662">a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
+ line="10666">a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
stock ID wasn’t known</doc>
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf" c:type="GdkPixbuf*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -195831,19 +198500,19 @@ after use with g_object_unref().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10646">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10650">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="stock_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10647">a stock ID</doc>
+ line="10651">a stock ID</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="size" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10648">a stock size (#GtkIconSize). A size of `(GtkIconSize)-1`
+ line="10652">a stock size (#GtkIconSize). A size of `(GtkIconSize)-1`
means render at the size of the source and don’t scale (if there are
multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="GtkIconSize"/>
@@ -195856,7 +198525,7 @@ after use with g_object_unref().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7927">Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
+ line="7931">Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
count issues to avoid destroying the widget.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_container_remove() and
gtk_container_add().</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="755"/>
@@ -195867,13 +198536,13 @@ count issues to avoid destroying the widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7929">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7933">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="new_parent" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7930">a #GtkContainer to move the widget into</doc>
+ line="7934">a #GtkContainer to move the widget into</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195908,7 +198577,7 @@ This function is not useful for applications.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10151">Updates the style context of @widget and all descendants
+ line="10155">Updates the style context of @widget and all descendants
by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want
to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().</doc>
@@ -195920,7 +198589,7 @@ style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10153">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10157">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195931,7 +198600,7 @@ style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7598">Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
+ line="7602">Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
event to a windowless child widget (gtk_widget_get_has_window() is %FALSE),
@@ -195949,7 +198618,7 @@ with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7614">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ line="7618">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
the event was handled)</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
@@ -195957,13 +198626,13 @@ with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7600">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7604">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7601">a expose #GdkEvent</doc>
+ line="7605">a expose #GdkEvent</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event" c:type="GdkEvent*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -195973,7 +198642,7 @@ with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16193">Sends the focus change @event to @widget
+ line="16197">Sends the focus change @event to @widget
This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
@@ -196000,7 +198669,7 @@ An example of its usage is:
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16222">the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
+ line="16226">the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -196008,13 +198677,13 @@ An example of its usage is:
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16195">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16199">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16196">a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE</doc>
+ line="16200">a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event" c:type="GdkEvent*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196022,7 +198691,7 @@ An example of its usage is:
<method name="set_accel_path" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_accel_path">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6831">Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
+ line="6835">Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
@accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
@@ -196051,7 +198720,7 @@ g_intern_static_string().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6833">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6837">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_path"
@@ -196060,7 +198729,7 @@ g_intern_static_string().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6834">path used to look up the accelerator</doc>
+ line="6838">path used to look up the accelerator</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group"
@@ -196069,7 +198738,7 @@ g_intern_static_string().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6835">a #GtkAccelGroup.</doc>
+ line="6839">a #GtkAccelGroup.</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196079,7 +198748,7 @@ g_intern_static_string().</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15792">Sets the widget’s allocation. This should not be used
+ line="15796">Sets the widget’s allocation. This should not be used
directly, but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.
The allocation set should be the “adjusted” or actual
@@ -196096,22 +198765,23 @@ allocation.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15794">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15798">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15795">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from</doc>
+ line="15799">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="const GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_app_paintable"
- c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_app_paintable">
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_app_paintable"
+ glib:set-property="app-paintable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9335">Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
+ line="9339">Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
@@ -196130,23 +198800,24 @@ Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9337">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9341">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="app_paintable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9338">%TRUE if the application will paint on the widget</doc>
+ line="9342">%TRUE if the application will paint on the widget</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_can_default"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_can_default"
+ glib:set-property="can-default"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8540">Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
+ line="8544">Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
“default”.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="793"/>
@@ -196157,23 +198828,24 @@ gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8542">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8546">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="can_default" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8543">whether or not @widget can be a default widget.</doc>
+ line="8547">whether or not @widget can be a default widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_can_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_can_focus"
+ glib:set-property="can-focus"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8354">Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
+ line="8358">Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="774"/>
@@ -196184,13 +198856,13 @@ widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8356">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8360">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="can_focus" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8357">whether or not @widget can own the input focus.</doc>
+ line="8361">whether or not @widget can own the input focus.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196199,7 +198871,7 @@ widget.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_child_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10768">Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
+ line="10772">Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
@@ -196224,13 +198896,13 @@ never should be called by an application.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10770">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10774">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="is_visible" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10771">if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.</doc>
+ line="10775">if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196240,7 +198912,7 @@ never should be called by an application.</doc>
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15583">Sets the widget’s clip. This must not be used directly,
+ line="15587">Sets the widget’s clip. This must not be used directly,
but from within a widget’s size_allocate method.
It must be called after gtk_widget_set_allocation() (or after chaining up
to the parent class), because that function resets the clip.
@@ -196258,13 +198930,13 @@ the clip will be set to @widget's allocation.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15585">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15589">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="clip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15586">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from</doc>
+ line="15590">a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="const GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196275,7 +198947,7 @@ the clip will be set to @widget's allocation.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11879">Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
+ line="11883">Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_class_set_template(), or don’t use this API at
all.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1190"/>
@@ -196286,13 +198958,13 @@ a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11881">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
+ line="11885">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11882">the name to set</doc>
+ line="11886">the name to set</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196302,7 +198974,7 @@ a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11386">Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
+ line="11390">Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
and all its children.
It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
@@ -196316,19 +198988,19 @@ and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11388">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11392">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11389">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="11393">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="enabled" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11390">whether to enable the device</doc>
+ line="11394">whether to enable the device</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196338,7 +199010,7 @@ and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11343">Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
+ line="11347">Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality,
@@ -196357,19 +199029,19 @@ and receive events on the event box.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11345">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11349">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="device" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11346">a #GdkDevice</doc>
+ line="11350">a #GdkDevice</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Device" c:type="GdkDevice*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="events" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11347">event mask</doc>
+ line="11351">event mask</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventMask" c:type="GdkEventMask"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196377,7 +199049,7 @@ and receive events on the event box.</doc>
<method name="set_direction" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_direction">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12003">Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
+ line="12007">Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
and also the direction in which the children of a container are
packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
@@ -196397,24 +199069,25 @@ set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12005">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="12009">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="dir" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12006">the new direction</doc>
+ line="12010">the new direction</doc>
<type name="TextDirection" c:type="GtkTextDirection"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_double_buffered"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_double_buffered"
+ glib:set-property="double-buffered"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9392">Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
+ line="9396">Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
to turn off the buffering. “Double buffered” simply means that
gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame() are called
automatically around expose events sent to the
@@ -196450,21 +199123,23 @@ It should not be used in newly written code.</doc-deprecated>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9394">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9398">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="double_buffered" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9395">%TRUE to double-buffer a widget</doc>
+ line="9399">%TRUE to double-buffer a widget</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_events" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_events">
+ <method name="set_events"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_events"
+ glib:set-property="events">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11308">Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
+ line="11312">Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality,
@@ -196483,23 +199158,24 @@ box.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11310">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11314">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="events" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11311">event mask</doc>
+ line="11315">event mask</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_focus_on_click"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click"
+ glib:set-property="focus-on-click"
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8487">Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
+ line="8491">Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
application.</doc>
@@ -196511,13 +199187,13 @@ application.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8489">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8493">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="focus_on_click" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8490">whether the widget should grab focus when clicked with the mouse</doc>
+ line="8494">whether the widget should grab focus when clicked with the mouse</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196527,7 +199203,7 @@ application.</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10531">Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
+ line="10535">Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
will inherit the font map from its parent.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1488"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196537,7 +199213,7 @@ will inherit the font map from its parent.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10533">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10537">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="font_map"
@@ -196546,7 +199222,7 @@ will inherit the font map from its parent.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10534">a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL to unset any previously
+ line="10538">a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL to unset any previously
set font map</doc>
<type name="Pango.FontMap" c:type="PangoFontMap*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -196557,7 +199233,7 @@ will inherit the font map from its parent.</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10467">Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
+ line="10471">Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
When not set, the default font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1173"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196567,7 +199243,7 @@ When not set, the default font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10469">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="10473">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="options"
@@ -196576,17 +199252,19 @@ When not set, the default font options for the #GdkScreen will be used.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10470">a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any
+ line="10474">a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any
previously set default font options.</doc>
<type name="cairo.FontOptions"
c:type="const cairo_font_options_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_halign" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_halign">
+ <method name="set_halign"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_halign"
+ glib:set-property="halign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14720">Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
+ line="14724">Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:halign property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1074"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196596,23 +199274,24 @@ See the #GtkWidget:halign property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14722">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14726">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="align" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14723">the horizontal alignment</doc>
+ line="14727">the horizontal alignment</doc>
<type name="Align" c:type="GtkAlign"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_has_tooltip"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip"
+ glib:set-property="has-tooltip"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15516">Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
+ line="15520">Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
#GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1285"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196622,13 +199301,13 @@ See the #GtkWidget:halign property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15518">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15522">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="has_tooltip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15519">whether or not @widget has a tooltip.</doc>
+ line="15523">whether or not @widget has a tooltip.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196638,7 +199317,7 @@ See the #GtkWidget:halign property.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9160">Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
+ line="9164">Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
all realized widgets have a non-%NULL “window” pointer
(gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
is realized), but for many of them it’s actually the #GdkWindow of
@@ -196656,21 +199335,23 @@ and they should call it in their init() function.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9162">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9166">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="has_window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9163">whether or not @widget has a window.</doc>
+ line="9167">whether or not @widget has a window.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_hexpand" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_hexpand">
+ <method name="set_hexpand"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_hexpand"
+ glib:set-property="hexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13851">Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
+ line="13855">Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
@@ -196703,21 +199384,23 @@ value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13853">the widget</doc>
+ line="13857">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13854">whether to expand</doc>
+ line="13858">whether to expand</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_hexpand_set" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set">
+ <method name="set_hexpand_set"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set"
+ glib:set-property="hexpand-set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13916">Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
+ line="13920">Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
be used.
The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
@@ -196740,13 +199423,13 @@ for completeness and consistency.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13918">the widget</doc>
+ line="13922">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="set" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13919">value for hexpand-set property</doc>
+ line="13923">value for hexpand-set property</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -196756,7 +199439,7 @@ for completeness and consistency.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9314">Marks the widget as being mapped.
+ line="9318">Marks the widget as being mapped.
This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
“map” or “unmap” implementation.</doc>
@@ -196768,23 +199451,24 @@ This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9316">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9320">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="mapped" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9317">%TRUE to mark the widget as mapped</doc>
+ line="9321">%TRUE to mark the widget as mapped</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_bottom"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom"
+ glib:set-property="margin-bottom"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15087">Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
+ line="15091">Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1111"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196794,23 +199478,24 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15089">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15093">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15090">the bottom margin</doc>
+ line="15094">the bottom margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_end"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_end"
+ glib:set-property="margin-end"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14990">Sets the end margin of @widget.
+ line="14994">Sets the end margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1101"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196820,25 +199505,26 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14992">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14996">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14993">the end margin</doc>
+ line="14997">the end margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_left"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_left"
+ glib:set-property="margin-left"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14828">Sets the left margin of @widget.
+ line="14832">Sets the left margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_set_margin_start() instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1086"/>
@@ -196849,25 +199535,26 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14830">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14834">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14831">the left margin</doc>
+ line="14835">the left margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_right"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_right"
+ glib:set-property="margin-right"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14880">Sets the right margin of @widget.
+ line="14884">Sets the right margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_set_margin_end() instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1091"/>
@@ -196878,23 +199565,24 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14882">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14886">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14883">the right margin</doc>
+ line="14887">the right margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_start"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_start"
+ glib:set-property="margin-start"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14933">Sets the start margin of @widget.
+ line="14937">Sets the start margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1096"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196904,23 +199592,24 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14935">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14939">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14936">the start margin</doc>
+ line="14940">the start margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_margin_top"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_margin_top"
+ glib:set-property="margin-top"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15044">Sets the top margin of @widget.
+ line="15048">Sets the top margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1106"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -196930,21 +199619,23 @@ See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15046">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15050">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="margin" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15047">the top margin</doc>
+ line="15051">the top margin</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_name" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_name">
+ <method name="set_name"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_name"
+ glib:set-property="name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8782">Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
+ line="8786">Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
@@ -196961,23 +199652,24 @@ of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8784">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8788">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8785">name for the widget</doc>
+ line="8789">name for the widget</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_no_show_all"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_no_show_all"
+ glib:set-property="no-show-all"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15258">Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
+ line="15262">Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
@@ -196990,23 +199682,24 @@ controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15260">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15264">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="no_show_all" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15261">the new value for the “no-show-all” property</doc>
+ line="15265">the new value for the “no-show-all” property</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_opacity"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_opacity"
+ glib:set-property="opacity"
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16115">Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
+ line="16119">Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values
are clamped to the [0,1] range.).
This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there
@@ -197028,21 +199721,23 @@ disables double buffering.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16117">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16121">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="opacity" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16118">desired opacity, between 0 and 1</doc>
+ line="16122">desired opacity, between 0 and 1</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="double"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_parent" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_parent">
+ <method name="set_parent"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_parent"
+ glib:set-property="parent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9587">This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
+ line="9591">This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
#GtkContainer.
Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
some details such as updating the state and style of the child
@@ -197056,13 +199751,13 @@ gtk_widget_unparent().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9589">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9593">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="parent" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9590">parent container</doc>
+ line="9594">parent container</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197071,7 +199766,7 @@ gtk_widget_unparent().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_parent_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10692">Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
+ line="10696">Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
For #GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
@@ -197087,13 +199782,13 @@ window is realized.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10694">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
+ line="10698">a #GtkWidget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="parent_window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="10695">the new parent window.</doc>
+ line="10699">the new parent window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197103,7 +199798,7 @@ window is realized.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9273">Marks the widget as being realized. This function must only be
+ line="9277">Marks the widget as being realized. This function must only be
called after all #GdkWindows for the @widget have been created
and registered.
@@ -197117,23 +199812,24 @@ This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9275">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9279">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="realized" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9276">%TRUE to mark the widget as realized</doc>
+ line="9280">%TRUE to mark the widget as realized</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_receives_default"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_receives_default"
+ glib:set-property="receives-default"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8651">Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
+ line="8655">Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.
@@ -197147,13 +199843,13 @@ See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8653">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8657">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="receives_default" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8654">whether or not @widget can be a default widget.</doc>
+ line="8658">whether or not @widget can be a default widget.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197162,7 +199858,7 @@ See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9463">Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
+ line="9467">Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
@@ -197185,23 +199881,25 @@ regions newly when the widget increases size.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9465">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9469">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="redraw_on_allocate" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9466">if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
+ line="9470">if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
new portion of the widget will be redrawn.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_sensitive" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_sensitive">
+ <method name="set_sensitive"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_sensitive"
+ glib:set-property="sensitive">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9495">Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
+ line="9499">Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the
user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
“inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.</doc>
@@ -197213,13 +199911,13 @@ user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9497">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9501">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="sensitive" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9498">%TRUE to make the widget sensitive</doc>
+ line="9502">%TRUE to make the widget sensitive</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197228,7 +199926,7 @@ user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_size_request">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11212">Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size
+ line="11216">Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size
request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
@@ -197266,19 +199964,19 @@ or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11214">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11218">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11215">width @widget should request, or -1 to unset</doc>
+ line="11219">width @widget should request, or -1 to unset</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11216">height @widget should request, or -1 to unset</doc>
+ line="11220">height @widget should request, or -1 to unset</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197289,7 +199987,7 @@ or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8969">This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
+ line="8973">This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.</doc-deprecated>
@@ -197301,13 +199999,13 @@ the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8971">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8975">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="state" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8972">new state for @widget</doc>
+ line="8976">new state for @widget</doc>
<type name="StateType" c:type="GtkStateType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197317,7 +200015,7 @@ the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8876">This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
+ line="8880">This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
@@ -197338,25 +200036,26 @@ gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8878">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8882">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="flags" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8879">State flags to turn on</doc>
+ line="8883">State flags to turn on</doc>
<type name="StateFlags" c:type="GtkStateFlags"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="clear" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8880">Whether to clear state before turning on @flags</doc>
+ line="8884">Whether to clear state before turning on @flags</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_style"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_style"
+ glib:set-property="style"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
@@ -197393,7 +200092,7 @@ GTK 3, this function does nothing, the passed in style is ignored.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16049">Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
+ line="16053">Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
@widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.</doc>
@@ -197405,23 +200104,24 @@ gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.</d
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16051">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="16055">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="support_multidevice" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16052">%TRUE to support input from multiple devices.</doc>
+ line="16056">%TRUE to support input from multiple devices.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_markup"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-markup"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15468">Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
+ line="15472">Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
@@ -197437,7 +200137,7 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_markup().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15470">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15474">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="markup"
@@ -197446,17 +200146,18 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_markup().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15471">the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15475">the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_tooltip_text"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text"
+ glib:set-property="tooltip-text"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15423">Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
+ line="15427">Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
@@ -197469,7 +200170,7 @@ See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15425">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15429">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="text"
@@ -197478,7 +200179,7 @@ See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15426">the contents of the tooltip for @widget</doc>
+ line="15430">the contents of the tooltip for @widget</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197488,7 +200189,7 @@ See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15317">Replaces the default window used for displaying
+ line="15321">Replaces the default window used for displaying
tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
@@ -197501,7 +200202,7 @@ tooltip window will be used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15319">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15323">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="custom_window"
@@ -197510,15 +200211,17 @@ tooltip window will be used.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15320">a #GtkWindow, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="15324">a #GtkWindow, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_valign" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_valign">
+ <method name="set_valign"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_valign"
+ glib:set-property="valign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14786">Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
+ line="14790">Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:valign property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1081"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -197528,21 +200231,23 @@ See the #GtkWidget:valign property.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14788">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="14792">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="align" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14789">the vertical alignment</doc>
+ line="14793">the vertical alignment</doc>
<type name="Align" c:type="GtkAlign"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_vexpand" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_vexpand">
+ <method name="set_vexpand"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_vexpand"
+ glib:set-property="vexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13966">Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
+ line="13970">Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.
See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.</doc>
@@ -197554,21 +200259,23 @@ See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13968">the widget</doc>
+ line="13972">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="expand" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13969">whether to expand</doc>
+ line="13973">whether to expand</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_vexpand_set" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set">
+ <method name="set_vexpand_set"
+ c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set"
+ glib:set-property="vexpand-set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14004">Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
+ line="14008">Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
be used.
See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.</doc>
@@ -197580,23 +200287,24 @@ See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14006">the widget</doc>
+ line="14010">the widget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="set" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="14007">value for vexpand-set property</doc>
+ line="14011">value for vexpand-set property</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_visible"
+ glib:set-property="visible"
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9056">Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
+ line="9060">Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
%TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see
gtk_widget_get_visible().
@@ -197611,13 +200319,13 @@ some condition.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9058">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="9062">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="visible" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="9059">whether the widget should be shown or not</doc>
+ line="9063">whether the widget should be shown or not</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197625,7 +200333,7 @@ some condition.</doc>
<method name="set_visual" c:identifier="gtk_widget_set_visual">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11660">Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
+ line="11664">Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
#GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
@@ -197640,7 +200348,7 @@ so you should call this function before @widget is realized.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11662">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11666">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="visual"
@@ -197649,7 +200357,7 @@ so you should call this function before @widget is realized.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11663">visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one</doc>
+ line="11667">visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Visual" c:type="GdkVisual*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197659,7 +200367,7 @@ so you should call this function before @widget is realized.</doc>
version="2.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15912">Sets a widget’s window. This function should only be used in a
+ line="15916">Sets a widget’s window. This function should only be used in a
widget’s #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
window of its parent widget as returned by
@@ -197678,13 +200386,13 @@ Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15914">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15918">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15915">a #GdkWindow</doc>
+ line="15919">a #GdkWindow</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197694,7 +200402,7 @@ Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12992">Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
+ line="12996">Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
for more information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1252"/>
@@ -197705,7 +200413,7 @@ for more information.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12994">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="12998">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="region"
@@ -197714,7 +200422,7 @@ for more information.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="12995">shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape</doc>
+ line="12999">shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="cairo_region_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197722,7 +200430,7 @@ for more information.</doc>
<method name="show" c:identifier="gtk_widget_show">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4804">Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
+ line="4808">Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
container, it’s easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
@@ -197741,7 +200449,7 @@ toplevel container is realized and mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4806">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4810">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197749,7 +200457,7 @@ toplevel container is realized and mapped.</doc>
<method name="show_all" c:identifier="gtk_widget_show_all">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4999">Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
+ line="5003">Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
a container).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="632"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -197759,7 +200467,7 @@ a container).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5001">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5005">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197767,7 +200475,7 @@ a container).</doc>
<method name="show_now" c:identifier="gtk_widget_show_now">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4882">Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
+ line="4886">Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
(i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
@@ -197780,7 +200488,7 @@ this function.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4884">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4888">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197788,7 +200496,7 @@ this function.</doc>
<method name="size_allocate" c:identifier="gtk_widget_size_allocate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6235">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
+ line="6239">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
and position to their child widgets.
In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
@@ -197807,13 +200515,13 @@ instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6237">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6241">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6238">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
+ line="6242">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197823,7 +200531,7 @@ instead.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5981">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size,
+ line="5985">This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size,
position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.
In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. It
@@ -197844,19 +200552,19 @@ baseline argument is ignored and -1 is used instead.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5983">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5987">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5984">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
+ line="5988">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="baseline" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5985">The baseline of the child, or -1</doc>
+ line="5989">The baseline of the child, or -1</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197867,7 +200575,7 @@ baseline argument is ignored and -1 is used instead.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5881">This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
+ line="5885">This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
@@ -197888,7 +200596,7 @@ a widget will actually be allocated.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5883">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5887">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="requisition"
@@ -197897,7 +200605,7 @@ a widget will actually be allocated.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5884">a #GtkRequisition to be filled in</doc>
+ line="5888">a #GtkRequisition to be filled in</doc>
<type name="Requisition" c:type="GtkRequisition*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -197939,7 +200647,7 @@ implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13349">Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.</doc>
+ line="13353">Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1228"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -197948,19 +200656,19 @@ implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13351">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13355">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="first_property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13352">the name of the first property to get</doc>
+ line="13356">the name of the first property to get</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="..." transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13353">pairs of property names and locations to return the
+ line="13357">pairs of property names and locations to return the
property values, starting with the location for
@first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.</doc>
<varargs/>
@@ -197971,7 +200679,7 @@ implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
c:identifier="gtk_widget_style_get_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13231">Gets the value of a style property of @widget.</doc>
+ line="13235">Gets the value of a style property of @widget.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1220"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -197980,19 +200688,19 @@ implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13233">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13237">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13234">the name of a style property</doc>
+ line="13238">the name of a style property</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13235">location to return the property value</doc>
+ line="13239">location to return the property value</doc>
<type name="GObject.Value" c:type="GValue*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198002,7 +200710,7 @@ implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13286">Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
+ line="13290">Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
bindings.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1224"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198012,19 +200720,19 @@ bindings.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13288">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13292">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="first_property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13289">the name of the first property to get</doc>
+ line="13293">the name of the first property to get</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="var_args" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13290">a va_list of pairs of property names and
+ line="13294">a va_list of pairs of property names and
locations to return the property values, starting with the location
for @first_property_name.</doc>
<type name="va_list" c:type="va_list"/>
@@ -198035,7 +200743,7 @@ bindings.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4541">Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
+ line="4545">Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
emitted.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="771"/>
@@ -198046,7 +200754,7 @@ emitted.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4543">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4547">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198055,7 +200763,7 @@ emitted.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_translate_coordinates">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6318">Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
+ line="6322">Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this
operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
toplevel.</doc>
@@ -198063,7 +200771,7 @@ toplevel.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6332">%FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
+ line="6336">%FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
*@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -198072,25 +200780,25 @@ toplevel.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="src_widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6320">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6324">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="dest_widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6321">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6325">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="src_x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6322">X position relative to @src_widget</doc>
+ line="6326">X position relative to @src_widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="src_y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6323">Y position relative to @src_widget</doc>
+ line="6327">Y position relative to @src_widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dest_x"
@@ -198101,7 +200809,7 @@ toplevel.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6324">location to store X position relative to @dest_widget</doc>
+ line="6328">location to store X position relative to @dest_widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="dest_y"
@@ -198112,7 +200820,7 @@ toplevel.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6325">location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget</doc>
+ line="6329">location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198122,7 +200830,7 @@ toplevel.</doc>
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15375">Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
+ line="15379">Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
information.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1273"/>
@@ -198133,7 +200841,7 @@ information.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15377">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15381">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198141,7 +200849,7 @@ information.</doc>
<method name="unmap" c:identifier="gtk_widget_unmap">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5056">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
+ line="5060">This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="641"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198151,7 +200859,7 @@ a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5058">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5062">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198159,7 +200867,7 @@ a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.</doc>
<method name="unparent" c:identifier="gtk_widget_unparent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4618">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
+ line="4622">This function is only for use in widget implementations.
Should be called by implementations of the remove method
on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="624"/>
@@ -198170,7 +200878,7 @@ on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4620">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4624">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198178,7 +200886,7 @@ on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.</doc>
<method name="unrealize" c:identifier="gtk_widget_unrealize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5548">This function is only useful in widget implementations.
+ line="5552">This function is only useful in widget implementations.
Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="645"/>
@@ -198189,7 +200897,7 @@ associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5550">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5554">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198199,7 +200907,7 @@ associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).</doc>
version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15985">Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
+ line="15989">Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is
no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="919"/>
@@ -198210,13 +200918,13 @@ no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15987">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="15991">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="15988">a #GdkWindow</doc>
+ line="15992">a #GdkWindow</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198226,7 +200934,7 @@ no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8920">This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
+ line="8924">This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="834"/>
@@ -198237,24 +200945,36 @@ See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8922">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8926">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="flags" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8923">State flags to turn off</doc>
+ line="8927">State flags to turn off</doc>
<type name="StateFlags" c:type="GtkStateFlags"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <property name="app-paintable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="app-paintable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_app_paintable"
+ getter="get_app_paintable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="can-default" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="can-default"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_can_default"
+ getter="get_can_default">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="can-focus" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="can-focus"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_can_focus"
+ getter="get_can_focus">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="composite-child" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198265,14 +200985,20 @@ See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_double_buffered"
+ getter="get_double_buffered">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1352">Whether the widget is double buffered.</doc>
+ line="1356">Whether the widget is double buffered.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Widgets should not use this property.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="events" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="events"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_events"
+ getter="get_events">
<type name="Gdk.EventMask"/>
</property>
<property name="expand"
@@ -198281,16 +201007,18 @@ See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1590">Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and
#GtkWidget:vexpand</doc>
+ line="1594">Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and
#GtkWidget:vexpand</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="focus-on-click"
version="3.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_focus_on_click"
+ getter="get_focus_on_click">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1188">Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
+ line="1192">Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
@@ -198301,10 +201029,12 @@ GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.</doc>
<property name="halign"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_halign"
+ getter="get_halign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1368">How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign</doc>
+ line="1372">How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign</doc>
<type name="Align"/>
</property>
<property name="has-default" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198316,10 +201046,12 @@ GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.</doc>
<property name="has-tooltip"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_tooltip"
+ getter="get_has_tooltip">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1268">Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
+ line="1272">Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
@@ -198336,19 +201068,23 @@ property is set to %FALSE again.</doc>
<property name="hexpand"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hexpand"
+ getter="get_hexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1534">Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().</doc>
+ line="1538">Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="hexpand-set"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hexpand_set"
+ getter="get_hexpand_set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1548">Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().</doc>
+ line="1552">Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="is-focus" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198360,17 +201096,19 @@ property is set to %FALSE again.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1518">Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
+ line="1522">Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
margin on any side.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
<property name="margin-bottom"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_bottom"
+ getter="get_margin_bottom">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1499">Margin on bottom side of widget.
+ line="1503">Margin on bottom side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
@@ -198380,10 +201118,12 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
<property name="margin-end"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_end"
+ getter="get_margin_end">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1460">Margin on end of widget, horizontally. This property supports
+ line="1464">Margin on end of widget, horizontally. This property supports
left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
@@ -198396,10 +201136,12 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_left"
+ getter="get_margin_left">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1398">Margin on left side of widget.
+ line="1402">Margin on left side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
@@ -198412,10 +201154,12 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_right"
+ getter="get_margin_right">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1419">Margin on right side of widget.
+ line="1423">Margin on right side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
@@ -198426,10 +201170,12 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
<property name="margin-start"
version="3.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_start"
+ getter="get_margin_start">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1440">Margin on start of widget, horizontally. This property supports
+ line="1444">Margin on start of widget, horizontally. This property supports
left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
@@ -198440,67 +201186,98 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
<property name="margin-top"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_margin_top"
+ getter="get_margin_top">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1480">Margin on top side of widget.
+ line="1484">Margin on top side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="name" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="name"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_name"
+ getter="get_name">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="no-show-all" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="no-show-all"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_no_show_all"
+ getter="get_no_show_all">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="opacity"
version="3.8"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_opacity"
+ getter="get_opacity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1604">The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for
+ line="1608">The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for
more details about window opacity.
Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</property>
- <property name="parent" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="parent"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_parent"
+ getter="get_parent">
<type name="Container"/>
</property>
- <property name="receives-default" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="receives-default"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_receives_default"
+ getter="get_receives_default">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="scale-factor" version="3.10" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="scale-factor"
+ version="3.10"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_scale_factor">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1622">The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
+ line="1626">The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
more details about widget scaling.</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="sensitive" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="sensitive"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_sensitive"
+ getter="get_sensitive">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="style"
deprecated="1"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_style"
+ getter="get_style">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1237">The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors,
etc).</doc>
+ line="1241">The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors,
etc).</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkStyleContext instead</doc-deprecated>
<type name="Style"/>
</property>
<property name="tooltip-markup"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_markup"
+ getter="get_tooltip_markup">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1314">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
+ line="1318">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
@@ -198516,10 +201293,12 @@ are set, the last one wins.</doc>
<property name="tooltip-text"
version="2.12"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_tooltip_text"
+ getter="get_tooltip_text">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1290">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
+ line="1294">Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
@@ -198535,40 +201314,53 @@ are set, the last one wins.</doc>
<property name="valign"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_valign"
+ getter="get_valign">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1383">How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign</doc>
+ line="1387">How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign</doc>
<type name="Align"/>
</property>
<property name="vexpand"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vexpand"
+ getter="get_vexpand">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1562">Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().</doc>
+ line="1566">Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="vexpand-set"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_vexpand_set"
+ getter="get_vexpand_set">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1576">Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().</doc>
+ line="1580">Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="visible" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="visible"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_visible"
+ getter="get_visible">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="width-request" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</property>
- <property name="window" version="2.14" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="window"
+ version="2.14"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="get_window">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1338">The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.</doc>
+ line="1342">The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window"/>
</property>
<field name="parent_instance">
@@ -198585,7 +201377,7 @@ are set, the last one wins.</doc>
<glib:signal name="button-press-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2170">The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
+ line="2174">The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is pressed.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
@@ -198595,7 +201387,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2184">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2188">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198603,7 +201395,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2173">the #GdkEventButton which triggered
+ line="2177">the #GdkEventButton which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventButton"/>
</parameter>
@@ -198612,7 +201404,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="button-release-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2199">The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
+ line="2203">The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is released.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
@@ -198622,7 +201414,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2213">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2217">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198630,7 +201422,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2202">the #GdkEventButton which triggered
+ line="2206">the #GdkEventButton which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventButton"/>
</parameter>
@@ -198639,7 +201431,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="can-activate-accel" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3442">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
+ line="3446">Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
This signal is present to allow applications and derived
widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
@@ -198647,14 +201439,14 @@ for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3453">%TRUE if the signal can be activated.</doc>
+ line="3457">%TRUE if the signal can be activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="signal_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3445">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
+ line="3449">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198666,7 +201458,7 @@ for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.</doc>
no-hooks="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1962">The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
+ line="1966">The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
[child property][child-properties] that has
changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -198676,7 +201468,7 @@ changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.</doc>
<parameter name="child_property" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1965">the #GParamSpec of the changed child property</doc>
+ line="1969">the #GParamSpec of the changed child property</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198688,7 +201480,7 @@ changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2299">The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
+ line="2303">The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
status of @widgets screen changes.
See gdk_screen_is_composited().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use GdkScreen::composited-changed instead.</doc-deprecated>
@@ -198699,7 +201491,7 @@ See gdk_screen_is_composited().</doc>
<glib:signal name="configure-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2486">The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
+ line="2490">The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -198708,7 +201500,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2499">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2503">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198716,7 +201508,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2489">the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
+ line="2493">the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventConfigure"/>
</parameter>
@@ -198725,13 +201517,13 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="damage-event" when="last" version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3265">Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
+ line="3269">Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
drawable was drawn into.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3274">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="3278">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198739,7 +201531,7 @@ drawable was drawn into.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3268">the #GdkEventExpose event</doc>
+ line="3272">the #GdkEventExpose event</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventExpose"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198747,7 +201539,7 @@ drawable was drawn into.</doc>
<glib:signal name="delete-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2318">The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
+ line="2322">The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
@@ -198755,7 +201547,7 @@ it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2329">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2333">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198763,7 +201555,7 @@ it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2321">the event which triggered this signal</doc>
+ line="2325">the event which triggered this signal</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198771,7 +201563,7 @@ it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.</doc>
<glib:signal name="destroy" when="cleanup" no-recurse="1" no-hooks="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1640">Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
+ line="1644">Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
if all references are released.
@@ -198783,7 +201575,7 @@ This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.</doc>
<glib:signal name="destroy-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2344">The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
+ line="2348">The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
window at destroy time.
@@ -198794,7 +201586,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2358">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2362">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -198802,7 +201594,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2347">the event which triggered this signal</doc>
+ line="2351">the event which triggered this signal</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198810,7 +201602,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="direction-changed" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1919">The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
+ line="1923">The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
of a widget changes.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -198819,7 +201611,7 @@ of a widget changes.</doc>
<parameter name="previous_direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1922">the previous text direction of @widget</doc>
+ line="1926">the previous text direction of @widget</doc>
<type name="TextDirection"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198827,7 +201619,7 @@ of a widget changes.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-begin" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2841">The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
+ line="2845">The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
@@ -198841,7 +201633,7 @@ override what the default handler did.</doc>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2844">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2848">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198849,7 +201641,7 @@ override what the default handler did.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-data-delete" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2883">The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
+ line="2887">The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
"delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.</doc>
@@ -198860,7 +201652,7 @@ handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2886">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2890">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198868,7 +201660,7 @@ handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
<glib:signal name="drag-data-get" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3083">The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
+ line="3087">The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
@@ -198880,26 +201672,26 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_text().</doc>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3086">the drag context</doc>
+ line="3090">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3087">the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data</doc>
+ line="3091">the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data</doc>
<type name="SelectionData"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="info" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3088">the info that has been registered with the target in the
+ line="3092">the info that has been registered with the target in the
#GtkTargetList</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="time" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3090">the timestamp at which the data was requested</doc>
+ line="3094">the timestamp at which the data was requested</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -198907,7 +201699,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_text().</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-data-received" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3114">The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
+ line="3118">The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
to call gdk_drag_status() and not finish the drag.
@@ -198974,38 +201766,38 @@ drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3117">the drag context</doc>
+ line="3121">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3118">where the drop happened</doc>
+ line="3122">where the drop happened</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3119">where the drop happened</doc>
+ line="3123">where the drop happened</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3120">the received data</doc>
+ line="3124">the received data</doc>
<type name="SelectionData"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="info" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3121">the info that has been registered with the target in the
+ line="3125">the info that has been registered with the target in the
#GtkTargetList</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="time" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3123">the timestamp at which the data was received</doc>
+ line="3127">the timestamp at which the data was received</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199013,7 +201805,7 @@ drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
<glib:signal name="drag-drop" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3046">The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
+ line="3050">The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
@@ -199026,32 +201818,32 @@ or more of the supported targets.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3065">whether the cursor position is in a drop zone</doc>
+ line="3069">whether the cursor position is in a drop zone</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3049">the drag context</doc>
+ line="3053">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3050">the x coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
+ line="3054">the x coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3051">the y coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
+ line="3055">the y coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="time" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3052">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
+ line="3056">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199059,7 +201851,7 @@ or more of the supported targets.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-end" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2864">The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
+ line="2868">The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -199069,7 +201861,7 @@ things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.</doc>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2867">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2871">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199077,7 +201869,7 @@ things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-failed" when="last" version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2903">The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
+ line="2907">The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DnD
operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
@@ -199085,20 +201877,20 @@ animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2915">%TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.</doc>
+ line="2919">%TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2906">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2910">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="result" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2907">the result of the drag operation</doc>
+ line="2911">the result of the drag operation</doc>
<type name="DragResult"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199106,7 +201898,7 @@ animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-leave" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2811">The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
+ line="2815">The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
with gtk_drag_unhighlight().
@@ -199122,13 +201914,13 @@ created in the #GtkWidget::drag-motion signal handler.</doc>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2814">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2818">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="time" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2815">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
+ line="2819">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199136,7 +201928,7 @@ created in the #GtkWidget::drag-motion signal handler.</doc>
<glib:signal name="drag-motion" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2933">The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
+ line="2937">The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
@@ -199225,32 +202017,32 @@ drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3028">whether the cursor position is in a drop zone</doc>
+ line="3032">whether the cursor position is in a drop zone</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2936">the drag context</doc>
+ line="2940">the drag context</doc>
<type name="Gdk.DragContext"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2937">the x coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
+ line="2941">the x coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2938">the y coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
+ line="2942">the y coordinate of the current cursor position</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="time" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2939">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
+ line="2943">the timestamp of the motion event</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199258,7 +202050,7 @@ drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
<glib:signal name="draw" when="last" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1981">This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
+ line="1985">This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
@@ -199278,7 +202070,7 @@ cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2004">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2008">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199286,7 +202078,7 @@ cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().</doc>
<parameter name="cr" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1984">the cairo context to draw to</doc>
+ line="1988">the cairo context to draw to</doc>
<type name="cairo.Context"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199294,7 +202086,7 @@ cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().</doc>
<glib:signal name="enter-notify-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2428">The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
+ line="2432">The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
the @widget's window.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199304,7 +202096,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2442">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2446">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199312,7 +202104,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2431">the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
+ line="2435">the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventCrossing"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199321,7 +202113,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2121">The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
+ line="2125">The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
#GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
@@ -199329,7 +202121,7 @@ signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2132">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
+ line="2136">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
%FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
@@ -199340,7 +202132,7 @@ and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2124">the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal</doc>
+ line="2128">the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199348,7 +202140,7 @@ and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
<glib:signal name="event-after">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2150">After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
+ line="2154">After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -199358,7 +202150,7 @@ regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2153">the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal</doc>
+ line="2157">the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199367,7 +202159,7 @@ regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2063">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to
propagate the event further.</doc>
+ line="2067">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to
propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -199379,7 +202171,7 @@ regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.</doc>
<glib:signal name="focus-in-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2514">The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
+ line="2518">The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
enters the @widget's window.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199387,7 +202179,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2526">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2530">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199395,7 +202187,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2517">the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
+ line="2521">the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventFocus"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199404,7 +202196,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<glib:signal name="focus-out-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2541">The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
+ line="2545">The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
leaves the @widget's window.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199412,7 +202204,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2553">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2557">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199420,7 +202212,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2544">the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
+ line="2548">the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventFocus"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199429,7 +202221,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<glib:signal name="grab-broken-event" when="last" version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3291">Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
+ line="3295">Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
to @widget gets broken.
On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
@@ -199438,7 +202230,7 @@ application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3303">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
+ line="3307">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199446,7 +202238,7 @@ application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3294">the #GdkEventGrabBroken event</doc>
+ line="3298">the #GdkEventGrabBroken event</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventGrabBroken"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199459,7 +202251,7 @@ application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.</doc>
<glib:signal name="grab-notify" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1937">The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
+ line="1941">The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
being removed.
@@ -199474,7 +202266,7 @@ its ancestor.</doc>
<parameter name="was_grabbed" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1940">%FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
+ line="1944">%FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
if it becomes unshadowed</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199483,7 +202275,7 @@ its ancestor.</doc>
<glib:signal name="hide" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1675">The ::hide signal is emitted when @widget is hidden, for example with
+ line="1679">The ::hide signal is emitted when @widget is hidden, for example with
gtk_widget_hide().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -199492,7 +202284,7 @@ gtk_widget_hide().</doc>
<glib:signal name="hierarchy-changed" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1844">The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
+ line="1848">The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
“anchored” when its toplevel
ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
@@ -199507,7 +202299,7 @@ a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1847">the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
+ line="1851">the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
if the widget was previously unanchored</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199516,7 +202308,7 @@ a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.</doc>
<glib:signal name="key-press-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2373">The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
+ line="2377">The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199526,7 +202318,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2386">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2390">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199534,7 +202326,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2376">the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.</doc>
+ line="2380">the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventKey"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199542,7 +202334,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="key-release-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2401">The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
+ line="2405">The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
@@ -199551,7 +202343,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2413">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2417">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199559,7 +202351,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2404">the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.</doc>
+ line="2408">the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventKey"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199567,12 +202359,12 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="keynav-failed" when="last" version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2094">Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
+ line="2098">Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2102">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
+ line="2106">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -199581,7 +202373,7 @@ See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.</doc>
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2097">the direction of movement</doc>
+ line="2101">the direction of movement</doc>
<type name="DirectionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199589,7 +202381,7 @@ See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.</doc>
<glib:signal name="leave-notify-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2457">The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
+ line="2461">The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
the @widget's window.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199599,7 +202391,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2471">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2475">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199607,7 +202399,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2460">the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
+ line="2464">the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventCrossing"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199616,7 +202408,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="map" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1691">The ::map signal is emitted when @widget is going to be mapped, that is
+ line="1695">The ::map signal is emitted when @widget is going to be mapped, that is
when the widget is visible (which is controlled with
gtk_widget_set_visible()) and all its parents up to the toplevel widget
are also visible. Once the map has occurred, #GtkWidget::map-event will
@@ -199632,7 +202424,7 @@ emission of #GtkWidget::unmap.</doc>
<glib:signal name="map-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2568">The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
+ line="2572">The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199641,7 +202433,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2580">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2584">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199649,7 +202441,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2571">the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.</doc>
+ line="2575">the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventAny"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199657,12 +202449,12 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="mnemonic-activate" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2021">The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
+ line="2025">The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2029">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2033">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199670,7 +202462,7 @@ is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.</doc>
<parameter name="group_cycling" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2024">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2028">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199678,7 +202470,7 @@ is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.</doc>
<glib:signal name="motion-notify-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2270">The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
+ line="2274">The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
over the widget's #GdkWindow.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
@@ -199688,7 +202480,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2284">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2288">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199696,7 +202488,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2273">the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
+ line="2277">the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventMotion"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199715,7 +202507,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="parent-set" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1825">The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
+ line="1829">The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
has been set on a widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -199727,7 +202519,7 @@ has been set on a widget.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1828">the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
+ line="1832">the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
just got its initial parent.</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199736,7 +202528,7 @@ has been set on a widget.</doc>
<glib:signal name="popup-menu" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3363">This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
+ line="3367">This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
@@ -199746,14 +202538,14 @@ for an example of how to use this signal.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3375">%TRUE if a menu was activated</doc>
+ line="3379">%TRUE if a menu was activated</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
</glib:signal>
<glib:signal name="property-notify-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2622">The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
+ line="2626">The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -199761,7 +202553,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2634">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2638">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199769,7 +202561,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2625">the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
+ line="2629">the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventProperty"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199778,14 +202570,14 @@ to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.</doc>
<glib:signal name="proximity-in-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2759">To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
+ line="2763">To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2770">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2774">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199793,7 +202585,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2762">the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
+ line="2766">the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventProximity"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199802,14 +202594,14 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="proximity-out-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2785">To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
+ line="2789">To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2796">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2800">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199817,7 +202609,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2788">the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
+ line="2792">the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventProximity"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199826,7 +202618,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="query-tooltip" when="last" version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3320">Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the hover timeout
+ line="3324">Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the hover timeout
has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
focus in keyboard mode.
@@ -199841,34 +202633,34 @@ destined function calls.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3343">%TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
+ line="3347">%TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3323">the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
+ line="3327">the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
been emitted, relative to @widget's left side</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3325">the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
+ line="3329">the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
been emitted, relative to @widget's top</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="keyboard_mode" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3327">%TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard</doc>
+ line="3331">%TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="tooltip" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3328">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
+ line="3332">a #GtkTooltip</doc>
<type name="Tooltip"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -199876,7 +202668,7 @@ destined function calls.</doc>
<glib:signal name="realize" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1734">The ::realize signal is emitted when @widget is associated with a
+ line="1738">The ::realize signal is emitted when @widget is associated with a
#GdkWindow, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or the
widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -199886,7 +202678,7 @@ widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).</doc>
<glib:signal name="screen-changed" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3423">The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
+ line="3427">The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
screen of a widget has changed.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -199898,7 +202690,7 @@ screen of a widget has changed.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3426">the previous screen, or %NULL if the
+ line="3430">the previous screen, or %NULL if the
widget was not associated with a screen before</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199907,7 +202699,7 @@ screen of a widget has changed.</doc>
<glib:signal name="scroll-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2240">The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
+ line="2244">The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
@@ -199918,7 +202710,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2255">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2259">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199926,7 +202718,7 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2243">the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
+ line="2247">the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventScroll"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199935,12 +202727,12 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.</doc>
<glib:signal name="selection-clear-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2649">The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
+ line="2653">The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2658">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2662">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -199948,7 +202740,7 @@ the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2652">the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
+ line="2656">the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventSelection"/>
</parameter>
@@ -199974,7 +202766,7 @@ the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2703">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to
propagate the event further.</doc>
+ line="2707">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to
propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -199999,13 +202791,13 @@ the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.</doc>
<glib:signal name="selection-request-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2673">The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
+ line="2677">The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
the @widget's window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2683">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2687">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200013,7 +202805,7 @@ the @widget's window.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2676">the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
+ line="2680">the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventSelection"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200022,7 +202814,7 @@ the @widget's window.</doc>
<glib:signal name="show" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1659">The ::show signal is emitted when @widget is shown, for example with
+ line="1663">The ::show signal is emitted when @widget is shown, for example with
gtk_widget_show().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -200032,7 +202824,7 @@ gtk_widget_show().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3394">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="3398">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200050,7 +202842,7 @@ gtk_widget_show().</doc>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1772">the region which has been
+ line="1776">the region which has been
allocated to the widget.</doc>
<type name="Allocation"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200062,7 +202854,7 @@ gtk_widget_show().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1785">The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
+ line="1789">The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
See gtk_widget_get_state().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.</doc-deprecated>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -200072,7 +202864,7 @@ See gtk_widget_get_state().</doc>
<parameter name="state" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1788">the previous state</doc>
+ line="1792">the previous state</doc>
<type name="StateType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200080,7 +202872,7 @@ See gtk_widget_get_state().</doc>
<glib:signal name="state-flags-changed" when="first" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1805">The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
+ line="1809">The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -200089,7 +202881,7 @@ changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().</doc>
<parameter name="flags" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1808">The previous state flags.</doc>
+ line="1812">The previous state flags.</doc>
<type name="StateFlags"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200100,7 +202892,7 @@ changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().</doc>
deprecated-version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1866">The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
+ line="1870">The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
@@ -200118,7 +202910,7 @@ with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1869">the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
+ line="1873">the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
just got its initial style</doc>
<type name="Style"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200127,7 +202919,7 @@ with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.</doc>
<glib:signal name="style-updated" when="first" version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1897">The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
+ line="1901">The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
#GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated
#GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context().
@@ -200150,7 +202942,7 @@ cause this signal to be emitted.</doc>
<glib:signal name="unmap" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1714">The ::unmap signal is emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped, which
+ line="1718">The ::unmap signal is emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped, which
means that either it or any of its parents up to the toplevel widget have
been set as hidden.
@@ -200163,7 +202955,7 @@ used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.</doc>
<glib:signal name="unmap-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2595">The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
+ line="2599">The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -200172,7 +202964,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2607">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="2611">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200180,7 +202972,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="2598">the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal</doc>
+ line="2602">the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventAny"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200188,7 +202980,7 @@ automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="unrealize" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="1751">The ::unrealize signal is emitted when the #GdkWindow associated with
+ line="1755">The ::unrealize signal is emitted when the #GdkWindow associated with
@widget is destroyed, which means that gtk_widget_unrealize() has been
called or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going to be
hidden).</doc>
@@ -200202,7 +202994,7 @@ hidden).</doc>
deprecated-version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3204">The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's
+ line="3208">The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's
window is obscured or unobscured.
To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
@@ -200214,7 +203006,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3216">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
+ line="3220">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200222,7 +203014,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3207">the #GdkEventVisibility which
+ line="3211">the #GdkEventVisibility which
triggered this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventVisibility"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200231,7 +203023,7 @@ to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.</doc>
<glib:signal name="window-state-event" when="last">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3237">The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
+ line="3241">The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
@@ -200240,7 +203032,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3250">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
+ line="3254">%TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200248,7 +203040,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="3240">the #GdkEventWindowState which
+ line="3244">the #GdkEventWindowState which
triggered this signal.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventWindowState"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200353,7 +203145,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4736">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4740">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200369,7 +203161,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4806">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4810">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200385,7 +203177,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5001">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5005">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200401,7 +203193,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4918">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4922">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200417,7 +203209,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5024">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5028">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200433,7 +203225,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5058">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5062">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200449,7 +203241,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5464">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5468">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200465,7 +203257,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5550">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5554">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200481,13 +203273,13 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6237">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6241">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="allocation" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6238">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
+ line="6242">position and size to be allocated to @widget</doc>
<type name="Allocation" c:type="GtkAllocation*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200615,13 +203407,13 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4519">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="4523">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="child_property" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="4520">the name of a child property installed on the
+ line="4524">the name of a child property installed on the
class of @widget’s parent</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -200833,20 +203625,20 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6913">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
+ line="6917">%TRUE if the signal has been handled</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6908">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6912">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="group_cycling" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6909">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
+ line="6913">%TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200862,7 +203654,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="8075">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="8079">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200906,7 +203698,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11124">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
+ line="11128">%TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -200915,13 +203707,13 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11093">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="11097">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="direction" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="11094">direction of focus movement</doc>
+ line="11098">direction of focus movement</doc>
<type name="DirectionType" c:type="GtkDirectionType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -200933,7 +203725,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7360">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ line="7364">return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
the event was handled)</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -200941,13 +203733,13 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7348">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="7352">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7349">a #GdkEvent</doc>
+ line="7353">a #GdkEvent</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Event" c:type="GdkEvent*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -201621,14 +204413,14 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13518">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
+ line="13522">the #AtkObject associated with @widget</doc>
<type name="Atk.Object" c:type="AtkObject*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13503">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="13507">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -201656,20 +204448,20 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6585">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
+ line="6589">%TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6574">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="6578">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="signal_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6575">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
+ line="6579">the ID of a signal installed on @widget</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -201922,13 +204714,13 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5602">a #GtkWidget</doc>
+ line="5606">a #GtkWidget</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="region" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="5603">region to draw</doc>
+ line="5607">region to draw</doc>
<type name="cairo.Region" c:type="const cairo_region_t*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -201958,7 +204750,7 @@ this mask automatically for all new windows.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17145">Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from the template XML
+ line="17149">Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from the template XML
defined for @widget_type. See gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol().
Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
@@ -201971,13 +204763,13 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17147">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="17151">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="callback_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17148">The name of the callback as expected in the template XML</doc>
+ line="17152">The name of the callback as expected in the template XML</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback_symbol"
@@ -201985,7 +204777,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17149">The callback symbol</doc>
+ line="17153">The callback symbol</doc>
<type name="GObject.Callback" c:type="GCallback"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -201995,7 +204787,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17210">Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to be set to a
location
+ line="17214">Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to be set to a
location
on a freshly built instance’s private data, or alternatively accessible via gtk_widget_get_template_child().
The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should use G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)
@@ -202025,26 +204817,26 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17212">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="17216">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17213">The “id” of the child defined in the template XML</doc>
+ line="17217">The “id” of the child defined in the template XML</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="internal_child" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17214">Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
+ line="17218">Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
when this class is used in GtkBuilder XML</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="struct_offset" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17216">The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance public or private
structure
+ line="17220">The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance public or private
structure
where the automated child pointer should be set, or 0 to not assign the pointer.</doc>
<type name="gssize" c:type="gssize"/>
</parameter>
@@ -202055,12 +204847,12 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13178">Finds a style property of a widget class by name.</doc>
+ line="13182">Finds a style property of a widget class by name.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1214"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13185">the #GParamSpec of the style property or
+ line="13189">the #GParamSpec of the style property or
%NULL if @class has no style property with that name.</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -202068,13 +204860,13 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="klass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13180">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="13184">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="property_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13181">the name of the style property to find</doc>
+ line="13185">the name of the style property to find</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202084,20 +204876,20 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16598">Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
+ line="16602">Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1320"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16605">the CSS name of the given class</doc>
+ line="16609">the CSS name of the given class</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const char*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16600">class to set the name on</doc>
+ line="16604">class to set the name on</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202106,7 +204898,7 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_widget_class_install_style_property">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13156">Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
+ line="13160">Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1207"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -202116,13 +204908,13 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="klass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13158">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="13162">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pspec" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13159">the #GParamSpec for the property</doc>
+ line="13163">the #GParamSpec for the property</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202132,7 +204924,7 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
introspectable="0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13125">Installs a style property on a widget class.</doc>
+ line="13129">Installs a style property on a widget class.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1210"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -202141,19 +204933,19 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="klass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13127">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="13131">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="pspec" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13128">the #GParamSpec for the style property</doc>
+ line="13132">the #GParamSpec for the style property</doc>
<type name="GObject.ParamSpec" c:type="GParamSpec*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="parser" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13129">the parser for the style property</doc>
+ line="13133">the parser for the style property</doc>
<type name="RcPropertyParser" c:type="GtkRcPropertyParser"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202163,12 +204955,12 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13202">Returns all style properties of a widget class.</doc>
+ line="13206">Returns all style properties of a widget class.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.h" line="1217"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13209">a
+ line="13213">a
newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
freed with g_free().</doc>
<array length="0" zero-terminated="0" c:type="GParamSpec**">
@@ -202179,7 +204971,7 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="klass" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13204">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="13208">a #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="n_properties"
@@ -202188,7 +204980,7 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
transfer-ownership="full">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13205">location to return the number of style properties found</doc>
+ line="13209">location to return the number of style properties found</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202198,7 +204990,7 @@ style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.</doc>
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13448">Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
+ line="13452">Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
@@ -202220,13 +205012,13 @@ This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13450">class to set the accessible role for</doc>
+ line="13454">class to set the accessible role for</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="role" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13451">The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class</doc>
+ line="13455">The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class</doc>
<type name="Atk.Role" c:type="AtkRole"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202236,7 +205028,7 @@ This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.</doc>
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13419">Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
+ line="13423">Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
@widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
accessibles of the parent class.
@@ -202249,13 +205041,13 @@ This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13421">class to set the accessible type for</doc>
+ line="13425">class to set the accessible type for</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="13422">The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class</doc>
+ line="13426">The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class</doc>
<type name="GType" c:type="GType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202265,7 +205057,7 @@ This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17175">For use in language bindings, this will override the default
#GtkBuilderConnectFunc to be
+ line="17179">For use in language bindings, this will override the default
#GtkBuilderConnectFunc to be
used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from this class’s template data.
Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
@@ -202278,7 +205070,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17177">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="17181">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="connect_func"
@@ -202288,7 +205080,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
destroy="2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17178">The #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to use when connecting signals in the class
template</doc>
+ line="17182">The #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to use when connecting signals in the class
template</doc>
<type name="BuilderConnectFunc" c:type="GtkBuilderConnectFunc"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="connect_data"
@@ -202297,7 +205089,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17179">The data to pass to @connect_func</doc>
+ line="17183">The data to pass to @connect_func</doc>
<type name="gpointer" c:type="gpointer"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="connect_data_destroy"
@@ -202305,7 +205097,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
scope="async">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17180">The #GDestroyNotify to free @connect_data, this will only be used at
+ line="17184">The #GDestroyNotify to free @connect_data, this will only be used at
class finalization time, when no classes of type @widget_type are in use
anymore.</doc>
<type name="GLib.DestroyNotify" c:type="GDestroyNotify"/>
</parameter>
@@ -202316,7 +205108,7 @@ initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().</doc>
version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16572">Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
+ line="16576">Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
If this function is not called for a given class, the name
of the parent class is used.</doc>
@@ -202328,13 +205120,13 @@ of the parent class is used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16574">class to set the name on</doc>
+ line="16578">class to set the name on</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16575">name to use</doc>
+ line="16579">name to use</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const char*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202344,7 +205136,7 @@ of the parent class is used.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17075">This should be called at class initialization time to specify
+ line="17079">This should be called at class initialization time to specify
the GtkBuilder XML to be used to extend a widget.
For convenience, gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource() is also provided.
@@ -202359,13 +205151,13 @@ in the widget’s instance initializer.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17077">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="17081">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="template_bytes" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17078">A #GBytes holding the #GtkBuilder XML</doc>
+ line="17082">A #GBytes holding the #GtkBuilder XML</doc>
<type name="GLib.Bytes" c:type="GBytes*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202375,7 +205167,7 @@ in the widget’s instance initializer.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17102">A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
+ line="17106">A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
in the widget’s instance initializer.</doc>
@@ -202387,13 +205179,13 @@ in the widget’s instance initializer.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="widget_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17104">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
+ line="17108">A #GtkWidgetClass</doc>
<type name="WidgetClass" c:type="GtkWidgetClass*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="resource_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="17105">The name of the resource to load the template from</doc>
+ line="17109">The name of the resource to load the template from</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -202502,7 +205294,7 @@ that applies to the described widget.</doc>
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16462">Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
+ line="16466">Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
@widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
adding the style classes from @widget.</doc>
@@ -202510,20 +205302,20 @@ adding the style classes from @widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16472">the position where the data was inserted</doc>
+ line="16476">the position where the data was inserted</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="path" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16464">a widget path</doc>
+ line="16468">a widget path</doc>
<type name="WidgetPath" c:type="GtkWidgetPath*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="16465">the widget to append to the widget path</doc>
+ line="16469">the widget to append to the widget path</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203681,15 +206473,16 @@ of the windowing system and allow the user to manipulate the window
# GtkWindow as GtkBuildable
The GtkWindow implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports a
-custom <accel-groups> element, which supports any number of <group>
+custom `<accel-groups>` element, which supports any number of `<group>`
elements representing the #GtkAccelGroup objects you want to add to
your window (synonymous with gtk_window_add_accel_group().
-It also supports the <initial-focus> element, whose name property names
+It also supports the `<initial-focus>` element, whose name property names
the widget to receive the focus when the window is mapped.
An example of a UI definition fragment with accel groups:
-|[
+
+|[<!-- language="xml" -->
<object class="GtkWindow">
<accel-groups>
<group name="accelgroup1"/>
@@ -203704,7 +206497,7 @@ An example of a UI definition fragment with accel groups:
The GtkWindow implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports
setting a child as the titlebar by specifying “titlebar” as the “type”
-attribute of a <child> element.
+attribute of a `<child>` element.
# CSS nodes
@@ -203734,7 +206527,7 @@ widget that is added as a titlebar child.</doc>
<constructor name="new" c:identifier="gtk_window_new">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2299">Creates a new #GtkWindow, which is a toplevel window that can
+ line="2300">Creates a new #GtkWindow, which is a toplevel window that can
contain other widgets. Nearly always, the type of the window should
be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. If you’re implementing something like a
popup menu from scratch (which is a bad idea, just use #GtkMenu),
@@ -203758,14 +206551,14 @@ To delete a #GtkWindow, call gtk_widget_destroy().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2324">a new #GtkWindow.</doc>
+ line="2325">a new #GtkWindow.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="type" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2301">type of window</doc>
+ line="2302">type of window</doc>
<type name="WindowType" c:type="GtkWindowType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203774,7 +206567,7 @@ To delete a #GtkWindow, call gtk_widget_destroy().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_default_icon_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5125">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_default_icon_list().
+ line="5126">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_default_icon_list().
The list is a copy and should be freed with g_list_free(),
but the pixbufs in the list have not had their reference count
incremented.</doc>
@@ -203782,7 +206575,7 @@ incremented.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5133">copy of default icon list</doc>
+ line="5134">copy of default icon list</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</type>
@@ -203793,7 +206586,7 @@ incremented.</doc>
version="2.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5076">Returns the fallback icon name for windows that has been set
+ line="5077">Returns the fallback icon name for windows that has been set
with gtk_window_set_default_icon_name(). The returned
string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. It
is only valid until the next call to
@@ -203802,14 +206595,14 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_name().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5085">the fallback icon name for windows</doc>
+ line="5086">the fallback icon name for windows</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
</function>
<function name="list_toplevels" c:identifier="gtk_window_list_toplevels">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3119">Returns a list of all existing toplevel windows. The widgets
+ line="3120">Returns a list of all existing toplevel windows. The widgets
in the list are not individually referenced. If you want
to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you must call
@@ -203819,7 +206612,7 @@ then unref all the widgets afterwards.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3129">list of toplevel widgets</doc>
+ line="3130">list of toplevel widgets</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="Widget"/>
</type>
@@ -203830,7 +206623,7 @@ then unref all the widgets afterwards.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12247">By default, after showing the first #GtkWindow, GTK+ calls
+ line="12248">By default, after showing the first #GtkWindow, GTK+ calls
gdk_notify_startup_complete(). Call this function to disable
the automatic startup notification. You might do this if your
first window is a splash screen, and you want to delay notification
@@ -203847,7 +206640,7 @@ showing the main window would automatically result in notification.</doc>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12249">%TRUE to automatically do startup notification</doc>
+ line="12250">%TRUE to automatically do startup notification</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203857,7 +206650,7 @@ showing the main window would automatically result in notification.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5008">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
+ line="5009">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a pixbuf.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="320"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -203867,7 +206660,7 @@ had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a pixbuf.</doc>
<parameter name="icon" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5010">the icon</doc>
+ line="5011">the icon</doc>
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf" c:type="GdkPixbuf*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203878,21 +206671,21 @@ had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a pixbuf.</doc>
throws="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5095">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
+ line="5096">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a file
on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="326"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5104">%TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.</doc>
+ line="5105">%TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filename" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5097">location of icon file</doc>
+ line="5098">location of icon file</doc>
<type name="filename" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203901,7 +206694,7 @@ on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_default_icon_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4956">Sets an icon list to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
+ line="4957">Sets an icon list to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them to set up a
window-specific icon list. This function allows you to set up the
icon for all windows in your app at once.
@@ -203915,7 +206708,7 @@ See gtk_window_set_icon_list() for more details.</doc>
<parameter name="list" transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4958">a list of #GdkPixbuf</doc>
+ line="4959">a list of #GdkPixbuf</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</type>
@@ -203927,7 +206720,7 @@ See gtk_window_set_icon_list() for more details.</doc>
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5029">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
+ line="5030">Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a named
themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="322"/>
@@ -203938,7 +206731,7 @@ themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().</doc>
<parameter name="name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5031">the name of the themed icon</doc>
+ line="5032">the name of the themed icon</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -203948,7 +206741,7 @@ themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().</doc>
version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12817">Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging],
+ line="12818">Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging],
which offers access to the widget hierarchy of the application
and to useful debugging tools.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="498"/>
@@ -203959,7 +206752,7 @@ and to useful debugging tools.</doc>
<parameter name="enable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12819">%TRUE to enable interactive debugging</doc>
+ line="12820">%TRUE to enable interactive debugging</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204014,7 +206807,7 @@ and to useful debugging tools.</doc>
<virtual-method name="set_focus" invoker="set_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2573">If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets
+ line="2574">If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets
it as the focus widget for the window. If @focus is %NULL, unsets
the focus widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular
widget in the toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use
@@ -204027,7 +206820,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2575">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2576">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="focus"
@@ -204036,7 +206829,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2576">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
+ line="2577">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
any focus widget for the toplevel window.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -204046,7 +206839,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_activate_default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3024">Activates the default widget for the window, unless the current
+ line="3025">Activates the default widget for the window, unless the current
focused widget has been configured to receive the default action
(see gtk_widget_set_receives_default()), in which case the
focused widget is activated.</doc>
@@ -204054,14 +206847,14 @@ focused widget is activated.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3033">%TRUE if a widget got activated.</doc>
+ line="3034">%TRUE if a widget got activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3026">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3027">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204069,19 +206862,19 @@ focused widget is activated.</doc>
<method name="activate_focus" c:identifier="gtk_window_activate_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2973">Activates the current focused widget within the window.</doc>
+ line="2974">Activates the current focused widget within the window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="175"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2979">%TRUE if a widget got activated.</doc>
+ line="2980">%TRUE if a widget got activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2975">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2976">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204091,7 +206884,7 @@ focused widget is activated.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11980">Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this #GtkWindow. This is normally
+ line="11981">Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this #GtkWindow. This is normally
called by the default ::key_press_event handler for toplevel windows,
however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when
overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
@@ -204099,20 +206892,20 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11990">%TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.</doc>
+ line="11991">%TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11982">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11983">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11983">a #GdkEventKey</doc>
+ line="11984">a #GdkEventKey</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventKey" c:type="GdkEventKey*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204120,7 +206913,7 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<method name="add_accel_group" c:identifier="gtk_window_add_accel_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2760">Associate @accel_group with @window, such that calling
+ line="2761">Associate @accel_group with @window, such that calling
gtk_accel_groups_activate() on @window will activate accelerators
in @accel_group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="166"/>
@@ -204131,13 +206924,13 @@ in @accel_group.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2762">window to attach accelerator group to</doc>
+ line="2763">window to attach accelerator group to</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2763">a #GtkAccelGroup</doc>
+ line="2764">a #GtkAccelGroup</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204145,7 +206938,7 @@ in @accel_group.</doc>
<method name="add_mnemonic" c:identifier="gtk_window_add_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2816">Adds a mnemonic to this window.</doc>
+ line="2817">Adds a mnemonic to this window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="345"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -204154,19 +206947,19 @@ in @accel_group.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2818">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2819">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="keyval" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2819">the mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2820">the mnemonic</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="target" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2820">the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2821">the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204174,7 +206967,7 @@ in @accel_group.</doc>
<method name="begin_move_drag" c:identifier="gtk_window_begin_move_drag">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11103">Starts moving a window. This function is used if an application has
+ line="11104">Starts moving a window. This function is used if an application has
window movement grips. When GDK can support it, the window movement
will be done using the standard mechanism for the
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing
@@ -204188,31 +206981,31 @@ potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11105">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11106">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11106">mouse button that initiated the drag</doc>
+ line="11107">mouse button that initiated the drag</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="root_x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11107">X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window
coordinates</doc>
+ line="11108">X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window
coordinates</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="root_y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11108">Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag</doc>
+ line="11109">Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timestamp" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11109">timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag</doc>
+ line="11110">timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag</doc>
<type name="guint32" c:type="guint32"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204221,7 +207014,7 @@ potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_begin_resize_drag">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11064">Starts resizing a window. This function is used if an application
+ line="11065">Starts resizing a window. This function is used if an application
has window resizing controls. When GDK can support it, the resize
will be done using the standard mechanism for the
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing
@@ -204235,37 +207028,37 @@ potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11066">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11067">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="edge" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11068">position of the resize control</doc>
+ line="11069">position of the resize control</doc>
<type name="Gdk.WindowEdge" c:type="GdkWindowEdge"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="button" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11067">mouse button that initiated the drag</doc>
+ line="11068">mouse button that initiated the drag</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="root_x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11069">X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window
coordinates</doc>
+ line="11070">X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window
coordinates</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="root_y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11070">Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag</doc>
+ line="11071">Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="timestamp" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11071">timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag</doc>
+ line="11072">timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag</doc>
<type name="guint32" c:type="guint32"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204273,7 +207066,7 @@ potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system.</doc>
<method name="close" c:identifier="gtk_window_close" version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1339">Requests that the window is closed, similar to what happens
+ line="1340">Requests that the window is closed, similar to what happens
when a window manager close button is clicked.
This function can be used with close buttons in custom
@@ -204286,7 +207079,7 @@ titlebars.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1341">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="1342">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204294,7 +207087,7 @@ titlebars.</doc>
<method name="deiconify" c:identifier="gtk_window_deiconify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10612">Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified @window. Note
+ line="10613">Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified @window. Note
that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely deiconified
afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch])) could iconify it
@@ -204310,7 +207103,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10614">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10615">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204320,7 +207113,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10765">Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you
+ line="10766">Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you
shouldn’t assume the window is definitely full screen afterward,
because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unfullscreen it
@@ -204338,7 +207131,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10767">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10768">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204348,7 +207141,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
version="3.18">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10797">Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you shouldn't assume
+ line="10798">Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you shouldn't assume
the window is definitely full screen afterward.
You can track the fullscreen state via the "window-state-event" signal
@@ -204361,79 +207154,82 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10799">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10800">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="screen" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10800">a #GdkScreen to draw to</doc>
+ line="10801">a #GdkScreen to draw to</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen" c:type="GdkScreen*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="monitor" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10801">which monitor to go fullscreen on</doc>
+ line="10802">which monitor to go fullscreen on</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_accept_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_accept_focus"
+ glib:get-property="accept-focus"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3821">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().</doc>
+ line="3822">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="228"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3827">%TRUE if window should receive the input focus</doc>
+ line="3828">%TRUE if window should receive the input focus</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3823">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3824">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_application"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_application"
+ glib:get-property="application"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3496">Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).</doc>
+ line="3497">Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="469"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3502">a #GtkApplication, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="3503">a #GtkApplication, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Application" c:type="GtkApplication*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3498">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3499">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_attached_to"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_attached_to"
+ glib:get-property="attached-to"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3431">Fetches the attach widget for this window. See
+ line="3432">Fetches the attach widget for this window. See
gtk_window_set_attached_to().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="198"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3438">the widget where the window
+ line="3439">the widget where the window
is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204441,28 +207237,30 @@ is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3433">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3434">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_decorated" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_decorated">
+ <method name="get_decorated"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_decorated"
+ glib:get-property="decorated">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4342">Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations
+ line="4343">Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations
such as a title bar via gtk_window_set_decorated().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="289"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4349">%TRUE if the window has been set to have decorations</doc>
+ line="4350">%TRUE if the window has been set to have decorations</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4344">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4345">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204471,7 +207269,7 @@ such as a title bar via gtk_window_set_decorated().</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_default_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5322">Gets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or
+ line="5323">Gets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or
height indicates that a default size has not been explicitly set
for that dimension, so the “natural” size of the window will be
used.</doc>
@@ -204483,7 +207281,7 @@ used.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5324">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5325">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width"
@@ -204494,7 +207292,7 @@ used.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5325">location to store the default width, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="5326">location to store the default width, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height"
@@ -204505,7 +207303,7 @@ used.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5326">location to store the default height, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="5327">location to store the default height, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204515,13 +207313,13 @@ used.</doc>
version="2.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2711">Returns the default widget for @window. See
+ line="2712">Returns the default widget for @window. See
gtk_window_set_default() for more details.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="185"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2718">the default widget, or %NULL
+ line="2719">the default widget, or %NULL
if there is none.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204529,52 +207327,54 @@ if there is none.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2713">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2714">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_deletable"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_deletable"
+ glib:get-property="deletable"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4411">Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button
+ line="4412">Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button
via gtk_window_set_deletable().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="294"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4418">%TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button</doc>
+ line="4419">%TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4413">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4414">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_destroy_with_parent"
- c:identifier="gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent"
+ glib:get-property="destroy-with-parent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3928">Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. See
+ line="3929">Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. See
gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent ().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="238"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3935">%TRUE if the window will be destroyed with its transient parent.</doc>
+ line="3936">%TRUE if the window will be destroyed with its transient parent.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3930">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3931">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204582,7 +207382,7 @@ gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent ().</doc>
<method name="get_focus" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2996">Retrieves the current focused widget within the window.
+ line="2997">Retrieves the current focused widget within the window.
Note that this is the widget that would have the focus
if the toplevel window focused; if the toplevel window
is not focused then `gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)` will
@@ -204591,7 +207391,7 @@ not be %TRUE for the widget.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3006">the currently focused widget,
+ line="3007">the currently focused widget,
or %NULL if there is none.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204599,22 +207399,23 @@ or %NULL if there is none.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2998">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2999">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_focus_on_map"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_focus_on_map"
+ glib:get-property="focus-on-map"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3872">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map().</doc>
+ line="3873">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="233"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3878">%TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
+ line="3879">%TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
mapped.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204622,22 +207423,23 @@ mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3874">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3875">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_focus_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_focus_visible"
+ glib:get-property="focus-visible"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12367">Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.</doc>
+ line="12368">Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="253"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12373">%TRUE if “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible
+ line="12374">%TRUE if “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible
in this window.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204645,27 +207447,29 @@ mapped.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12369">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12370">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_gravity" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_gravity">
+ <method name="get_gravity"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_gravity"
+ glib:get-property="gravity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11048">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_gravity().</doc>
+ line="11049">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_gravity().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="265"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11054">window gravity</doc>
+ line="11055">window gravity</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Gravity" c:type="GdkGravity"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11050">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11051">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204675,14 +207479,14 @@ mapped.</doc>
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11352">Returns the group for @window or the default group, if
+ line="11353">Returns the group for @window or the default group, if
@window is %NULL or if @window does not have an explicit
window group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="456"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11360">the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group</doc>
+ line="11361">the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group</doc>
<type name="WindowGroup" c:type="GtkWindowGroup*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -204692,48 +207496,50 @@ window group.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11354">a #GtkWindow, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="11355">a #GtkWindow, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_has_resize_grip"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_has_resize_grip"
+ glib:get-property="has-resize-grip"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8097">Determines whether the window may have a resize grip.</doc>
+ line="8098">Determines whether the window may have a resize grip.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize grips have been removed.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="481"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8103">%TRUE if the window has a resize grip</doc>
+ line="8104">%TRUE if the window has a resize grip</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8099">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="8100">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_hide_titlebar_when_maximized"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_hide_titlebar_when_maximized"
+ glib:get-property="hide-titlebar-when-maximized"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3993">Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden
+ line="3994">Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden
when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized ().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="243"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4000">%TRUE if the window has requested to have its titlebar
+ line="4001">%TRUE if the window has requested to have its titlebar
hidden when maximized</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204741,29 +207547,31 @@ when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized ().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3995">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3996">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_icon" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_icon">
+ <method name="get_icon"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_icon"
+ glib:get-property="icon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4872">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_icon() (or if you've
+ line="4873">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_icon() (or if you've
called gtk_window_set_icon_list(), gets the first icon in
the icon list).</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="312"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4880">icon for window or %NULL if none</doc>
+ line="4881">icon for window or %NULL if none</doc>
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf" c:type="GdkPixbuf*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4874">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4875">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204771,14 +207579,14 @@ the icon list).</doc>
<method name="get_icon_list" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_icon_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4728">Retrieves the list of icons set by gtk_window_set_icon_list().
+ line="4729">Retrieves the list of icons set by gtk_window_set_icon_list().
The list is copied, but the reference count on each
member won’t be incremented.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="300"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="container">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4736">copy of window’s icon list</doc>
+ line="4737">copy of window’s icon list</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</type>
@@ -204787,23 +207595,24 @@ member won’t be incremented.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4730">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4731">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_icon_name"
+ glib:get-property="icon-name"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4848">Returns the name of the themed icon for the window,
+ line="4849">Returns the name of the themed icon for the window,
see gtk_window_set_icon_name().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="314"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4855">the icon name or %NULL if the window has
+ line="4856">the icon name or %NULL if the window has
no themed icon</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204811,7 +207620,7 @@ no themed icon</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4850">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4851">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204820,13 +207629,13 @@ no themed icon</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_mnemonic_modifier">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2912">Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See
+ line="2913">Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See
gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="360"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2919">the modifier mask used to activate
+ line="2920">the modifier mask used to activate
mnemonics on this window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204834,22 +207643,23 @@ gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2914">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2915">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_mnemonics_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible"
+ glib:get-property="mnemonics-visible"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12287">Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.</doc>
+ line="12288">Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="248"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12293">%TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible
+ line="12294">%TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible
in this window.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204857,20 +207667,22 @@ in this window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12289">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12290">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_modal" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_modal">
+ <method name="get_modal"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_modal"
+ glib:get-property="modal">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3102">Returns whether the window is modal. See gtk_window_set_modal().</doc>
+ line="3103">Returns whether the window is modal. See gtk_window_set_modal().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="337"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3108">%TRUE if the window is set to be modal and
+ line="3109">%TRUE if the window is set to be modal and
establishes a grab when shown</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
@@ -204878,7 +207690,7 @@ in this window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3104">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3105">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204890,21 +207702,21 @@ in this window.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3476">Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See
+ line="3477">Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See
gtk_window_set_opacity().</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Use gtk_widget_get_opacity instead.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="203"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3483">the requested opacity for this window.</doc>
+ line="3484">the requested opacity for this window.</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3478">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3479">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -204912,7 +207724,7 @@ gtk_window_set_opacity().</doc>
<method name="get_position" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5731">This function returns the position you need to pass to
+ line="5732">This function returns the position you need to pass to
gtk_window_move() to keep @window in its current position.
This means that the meaning of the returned value varies with
window gravity. See gtk_window_move() for more details.
@@ -204956,7 +207768,7 @@ use a platform-specific protocol, wherever that is available.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5733">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5734">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="root_x"
@@ -204967,7 +207779,7 @@ use a platform-specific protocol, wherever that is available.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5734">return location for X coordinate of
+ line="5735">return location for X coordinate of
gravity-determined reference point, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -204979,28 +207791,30 @@ use a platform-specific protocol, wherever that is available.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5736">return location for Y coordinate of
+ line="5737">return location for Y coordinate of
gravity-determined reference point, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_resizable" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_resizable">
+ <method name="get_resizable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_resizable"
+ glib:get-property="resizable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10997">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable().</doc>
+ line="10998">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="259"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11003">%TRUE if the user can resize the window</doc>
+ line="11004">%TRUE if the user can resize the window</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10999">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11000">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205012,21 +207826,21 @@ use a platform-specific protocol, wherever that is available.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8118">If a window has a resize grip, this will retrieve the grip
+ line="8119">If a window has a resize grip, this will retrieve the grip
position, width and height into the specified #GdkRectangle.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize grips have been removed.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="485"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8127">%TRUE if the resize grip’s area was retrieved</doc>
+ line="8128">%TRUE if the resize grip’s area was retrieved</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8120">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="8121">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="rect"
@@ -205035,22 +207849,24 @@ position, width and height into the specified #GdkRectangle.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8121">a pointer to a #GdkRectangle which we should store
+ line="8122">a pointer to a #GdkRectangle which we should store
the resize grip area</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Rectangle" c:type="GdkRectangle*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_role" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_role">
+ <method name="get_role"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_role"
+ glib:get-property="role">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2555">Returns the role of the window. See gtk_window_set_role() for
+ line="2556">Returns the role of the window. See gtk_window_set_role() for
further explanation.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="164"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2562">the role of the window if set, or %NULL. The
+ line="2563">the role of the window if set, or %NULL. The
returned is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -205058,29 +207874,30 @@ returned is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2557">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2558">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_screen"
+ glib:get-property="screen"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11284">Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @window.</doc>
+ line="11285">Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="278"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11290">a #GdkScreen.</doc>
+ line="11291">a #GdkScreen.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen" c:type="GdkScreen*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11286">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
+ line="11287">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205088,7 +207905,7 @@ returned is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<method name="get_size" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5432">Obtains the current size of @window.
+ line="5433">Obtains the current size of @window.
If @window is not visible on screen, this function return the size GTK+
will suggest to the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] for the initial window
@@ -205168,7 +207985,7 @@ see: gtk_window_set_position().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5434">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5435">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width"
@@ -205178,7 +207995,7 @@ see: gtk_window_set_position().</doc>
nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5435">return location for width, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="5436">return location for width, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height"
@@ -205188,64 +208005,68 @@ see: gtk_window_set_position().</doc>
nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5436">return location for height, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="5437">return location for height, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_skip_pager_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint"
+ glib:get-property="skip-pager-hint"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3721">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().</doc>
+ line="3722">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="218"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3727">%TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager</doc>
+ line="3728">%TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3723">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3724">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_skip_taskbar_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint"
+ glib:get-property="skip-taskbar-hint"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3668">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()</doc>
+ line="3669">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="213"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3674">%TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar</doc>
+ line="3675">%TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3670">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3671">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_title" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_title">
+ <method name="get_title"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_title"
+ glib:get-property="title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2392">Retrieves the title of the window. See gtk_window_set_title().</doc>
+ line="2393">Retrieves the title of the window. See gtk_window_set_title().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="152"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2398">the title of the window, or %NULL if none has
+ line="2399">the title of the window, or %NULL if none has
been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
@@ -205254,7 +208075,7 @@ and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2394">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2395">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205264,35 +208085,36 @@ and must not be modified or freed.</doc>
version="3.16">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4250">Returns the custom titlebar that has been set with
+ line="4251">Returns the custom titlebar that has been set with
gtk_window_set_titlebar().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="492"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4257">the custom titlebar, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="4258">the custom titlebar, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4252">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4253">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_transient_for"
- c:identifier="gtk_window_get_transient_for">
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_transient_for"
+ glib:get-property="transient-for">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3357">Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
+ line="3358">Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
gtk_window_set_transient_for().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="193"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none" nullable="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3364">the transient parent for this
+ line="3365">the transient parent for this
window, or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</return-value>
@@ -205300,49 +208122,52 @@ window, or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3359">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3360">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="get_type_hint" c:identifier="gtk_window_get_type_hint">
+ <method name="get_type_hint"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_get_type_hint"
+ glib:get-property="type-hint">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3620">Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint().</doc>
+ line="3621">Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="208"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3626">the type hint for @window.</doc>
+ line="3627">the type hint for @window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.WindowTypeHint" c:type="GdkWindowTypeHint"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3622">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3623">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="get_urgency_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_get_urgency_hint"
+ glib:get-property="urgency-hint"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3771">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()</doc>
+ line="3772">Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="223"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3777">%TRUE if window is urgent</doc>
+ line="3778">%TRUE if window is urgent</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3773">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3774">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205352,19 +208177,19 @@ window, or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.</doc>
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12269">Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.</doc>
+ line="12270">Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="465"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12275">the type of the window</doc>
+ line="12276">the type of the window</doc>
<type name="WindowType" c:type="GtkWindowType"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12271">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12272">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205372,12 +208197,12 @@ window, or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.</doc>
<method name="has_group" c:identifier="gtk_window_has_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11380">Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.</doc>
+ line="11381">Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="458"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11386">%TRUE if @window has an explicit window group.
+ line="11387">%TRUE if @window has an explicit window group.
Since 2.22</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
@@ -205386,31 +208211,32 @@ Since 2.22</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11382">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11383">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="has_toplevel_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_window_has_toplevel_focus"
+ glib:get-property="has-toplevel-focus"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11332">Returns whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow.
+ line="11333">Returns whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow.
For real toplevel windows, this is identical to gtk_window_is_active(),
but for embedded windows, like #GtkPlug, the results will differ.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="283"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11340">%TRUE if the input focus is within this GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11341">%TRUE if the input focus is within this GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11334">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11335">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205418,7 +208244,7 @@ but for embedded windows, like #GtkPlug, the results will differ.</doc>
<method name="iconify" c:identifier="gtk_window_iconify">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10578">Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified @window. Note that
+ line="10579">Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified @window. Note that
you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely iconified afterward,
because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could deiconify it
@@ -205440,17 +208266,18 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10580">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10581">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="is_active"
c:identifier="gtk_window_is_active"
+ glib:get-property="is-active"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11308">Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel.
+ line="11309">Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel.
(That is, the toplevel window receiving keystrokes.)
The return value is %TRUE if the window is active toplevel
itself, but also if it is, say, a #GtkPlug embedded in the active toplevel.
@@ -205461,24 +208288,25 @@ See gtk_window_has_toplevel_focus()</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11320">%TRUE if the window part of the current active window.</doc>
+ line="11321">%TRUE if the window part of the current active window.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11310">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11311">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="is_maximized"
c:identifier="gtk_window_is_maximized"
+ glib:get-property="is-maximized"
version="3.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1276">Retrieves the current maximized state of @window.
+ line="1277">Retrieves the current maximized state of @window.
Note that since maximization is ultimately handled by the window
manager and happens asynchronously to an application request, you
@@ -205489,14 +208317,14 @@ gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize().</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1288">whether the window has a maximized state.</doc>
+ line="1289">whether the window has a maximized state.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1278">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="1279">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205504,7 +208332,7 @@ gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize().</doc>
<method name="maximize" c:identifier="gtk_window_maximize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10701">Asks to maximize @window, so that it becomes full-screen. Note that
+ line="10702">Asks to maximize @window, so that it becomes full-screen. Note that
you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely maximized afterward,
because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unmaximize it
@@ -205527,7 +208355,7 @@ on #GtkWidget, or by listening to notifications on the
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10703">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10704">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205536,31 +208364,31 @@ on #GtkWidget, or by listening to notifications on the
c:identifier="gtk_window_mnemonic_activate">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2858">Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic.</doc>
+ line="2859">Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="353"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2866">%TRUE if the activation is done.</doc>
+ line="2867">%TRUE if the activation is done.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2860">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2861">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="keyval" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2861">the mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2862">the mnemonic</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="modifier" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2862">the modifiers</doc>
+ line="2863">the modifiers</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205568,7 +208396,7 @@ on #GtkWidget, or by listening to notifications on the
<method name="move" c:identifier="gtk_window_move">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5631">Asks the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to move
+ line="5632">Asks the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to move
@window to the given position. Window managers are free to ignore
this; most window managers ignore requests for initial window
positions (instead using a user-defined placement algorithm) and
@@ -205609,19 +208437,19 @@ The gtk_window_get_position() documentation may also be relevant.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5633">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5634">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="x" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5634">X coordinate to move window to</doc>
+ line="5635">X coordinate to move window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="y" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5635">Y coordinate to move window to</doc>
+ line="5636">Y coordinate to move window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205632,7 +208460,7 @@ The gtk_window_get_position() documentation may also be relevant.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11593">Parses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the
+ line="11594">Parses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the
manual page for X (type “man X”) for details on this.
gtk_window_parse_geometry() does work on all GTK+ ports
including Win32 but is primarily intended for an X environment.
@@ -205708,20 +208536,20 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11670">%TRUE if string was parsed successfully</doc>
+ line="11671">%TRUE if string was parsed successfully</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11595">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11596">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="geometry" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11596">geometry string</doc>
+ line="11597">geometry string</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205729,7 +208557,7 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
<method name="present" c:identifier="gtk_window_present">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10491">Presents a window to the user. This function should not be used
+ line="10492">Presents a window to the user. This function should not be used
as when it is called, it is too late to gather a valid timestamp
to allow focus stealing prevention to work correctly.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="370"/>
@@ -205740,7 +208568,7 @@ to allow focus stealing prevention to work correctly.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10493">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10494">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205750,7 +208578,7 @@ to allow focus stealing prevention to work correctly.</doc>
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10505">Presents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window
+ line="10506">Presents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window
in the stacking order, deiconifying it, moving it to the current
desktop, and/or giving it the keyboard focus, possibly dependent
on the user’s platform, window manager, and preferences.
@@ -205776,13 +208604,13 @@ ready to be shown.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10507">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10508">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="timestamp" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10508">the timestamp of the user interaction (typically a
+ line="10509">the timestamp of the user interaction (typically a
button or key press event) which triggered this call</doc>
<type name="guint32" c:type="guint32"/>
</parameter>
@@ -205793,7 +208621,7 @@ ready to be shown.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8183">Propagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and
+ line="8184">Propagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and
up the focus container chain until a widget handles @event.
This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event and
::key_release_event handlers for toplevel windows,
@@ -205803,20 +208631,20 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8195">%TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.</doc>
+ line="8196">%TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8185">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="8186">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="event" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8186">a #GdkEventKey</doc>
+ line="8187">a #GdkEventKey</doc>
<type name="Gdk.EventKey" c:type="GdkEventKey*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205825,7 +208653,7 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_remove_accel_group">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2783">Reverses the effects of gtk_window_add_accel_group().</doc>
+ line="2784">Reverses the effects of gtk_window_add_accel_group().</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="169"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -205834,13 +208662,13 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2785">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2786">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="accel_group" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2786">a #GtkAccelGroup</doc>
+ line="2787">a #GtkAccelGroup</doc>
<type name="AccelGroup" c:type="GtkAccelGroup*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205848,7 +208676,7 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<method name="remove_mnemonic" c:identifier="gtk_window_remove_mnemonic">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2837">Removes a mnemonic from this window.</doc>
+ line="2838">Removes a mnemonic from this window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="349"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -205857,19 +208685,19 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2839">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2840">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="keyval" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2840">the mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2841">the mnemonic</doc>
<type name="guint" c:type="guint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="target" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2841">the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic</doc>
+ line="2842">the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205880,7 +208708,7 @@ overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5903">Hides @window, then reshows it, resetting the
+ line="5904">Hides @window, then reshows it, resetting the
default size and position of the window. Used
by GUI builders only.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">GUI builders can call gtk_widget_hide(),
@@ -205894,7 +208722,7 @@ by GUI builders only.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5905">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5906">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205902,7 +208730,7 @@ by GUI builders only.</doc>
<method name="resize" c:identifier="gtk_window_resize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5352">Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry
+ line="5353">Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry
constraints. The default geometry constraint is that windows may
not be smaller than their size request; to override this
constraint, call gtk_widget_set_size_request() to set the window's
@@ -205938,19 +208766,19 @@ a larger window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5354">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5355">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5355">width in pixels to resize the window to</doc>
+ line="5356">width in pixels to resize the window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5356">height in pixels to resize the window to</doc>
+ line="5357">height in pixels to resize the window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205962,20 +208790,20 @@ a larger window.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8077">Determines whether a resize grip is visible for the specified window.</doc>
+ line="8078">Determines whether a resize grip is visible for the specified window.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize grips have been removed.</doc-deprecated>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="483"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8083">%TRUE if a resize grip exists and is visible</doc>
+ line="8084">%TRUE if a resize grip exists and is visible</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8079">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="8080">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -205987,7 +208815,7 @@ a larger window.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5407">Like gtk_window_resize(), but @width and @height are interpreted
+ line="5408">Like gtk_window_resize(), but @width and @height are interpreted
in terms of the base size and increment set with
gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">This function does nothing. Use
@@ -206000,29 +208828,30 @@ gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5409">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5410">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5410">width in resize increments to resize the window to</doc>
+ line="5411">width in resize increments to resize the window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5411">height in resize increments to resize the window to</doc>
+ line="5412">height in resize increments to resize the window to</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_accept_focus"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_accept_focus"
+ glib:set-property="accept-focus"
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3789">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
+ line="3790">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
the input focus. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="225"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -206032,23 +208861,24 @@ the input focus. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3791">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3792">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3792">%TRUE to let this window receive input focus</doc>
+ line="3793">%TRUE to let this window receive input focus</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_application"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_application"
+ glib:set-property="application"
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3530">Sets or unsets the #GtkApplication associated with the window.
+ line="3531">Sets or unsets the #GtkApplication associated with the window.
The application will be kept alive for at least as long as it has any windows
associated with it (see g_application_hold() for a way to keep it alive
@@ -206068,7 +208898,7 @@ gtk_application_add_window() on the old/new applications as relevant.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3532">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3533">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="application"
@@ -206077,17 +208907,18 @@ gtk_application_add_window() on the old/new applications as relevant.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3533">a #GtkApplication, or %NULL to unset</doc>
+ line="3534">a #GtkApplication, or %NULL to unset</doc>
<type name="Application" c:type="GtkApplication*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_attached_to"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_attached_to"
+ glib:set-property="attached-to"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3375">Marks @window as attached to @attach_widget. This creates a logical binding
+ line="3376">Marks @window as attached to @attach_widget. This creates a logical binding
between the window and the widget it belongs to, which is used by GTK+ to
propagate information such as styling or accessibility to @window as if it
was a children of @attach_widget.
@@ -206109,7 +208940,7 @@ Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3377">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3378">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="attach_widget"
@@ -206118,15 +208949,17 @@ Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3378">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="3379">a #GtkWidget, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_decorated" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_decorated">
+ <method name="set_decorated"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_decorated"
+ glib:set-property="decorated">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4286">By default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize
+ line="4287">By default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize
controls, etc. Some [window managers][gtk-X11-arch]
allow GTK+ to disable these decorations, creating a
borderless window. If you set the decorated property to %FALSE
@@ -206145,13 +208978,13 @@ policy involved.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4288">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4289">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4289">%TRUE to decorate the window</doc>
+ line="4290">%TRUE to decorate the window</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206159,7 +208992,7 @@ policy involved.</doc>
<method name="set_default" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_default">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2644">The default widget is the widget that’s activated when the user
+ line="2645">The default widget is the widget that’s activated when the user
presses Enter in a dialog (for example). This function sets or
unsets the default widget for a #GtkWindow. When setting (rather
than unsetting) the default widget it’s generally easier to call
@@ -206174,7 +209007,7 @@ the widget you’d like to make the default.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2646">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2647">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="default_widget"
@@ -206183,7 +209016,7 @@ the widget you’d like to make the default.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2647">widget to be the default, or %NULL
+ line="2648">widget to be the default, or %NULL
to unset the default widget for the toplevel</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -206196,7 +209029,7 @@ the widget you’d like to make the default.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5295">Like gtk_window_set_default_size(), but @width and @height are interpreted
+ line="5296">Like gtk_window_set_default_size(), but @width and @height are interpreted
in terms of the base size and increment set with
gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">This function does nothing. If you want to set a default
@@ -206209,19 +209042,19 @@ gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5297">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5298">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5298">width in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default width</doc>
+ line="5299">width in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default width</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5299">height in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default height</doc>
+ line="5300">height in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default height</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206230,7 +209063,7 @@ gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_default_size">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5243">Sets the default size of a window. If the window’s “natural” size
+ line="5244">Sets the default size of a window. If the window’s “natural” size
(its size request) is larger than the default, the default will be
ignored. More generally, if the default size does not obey the
geometry hints for the window (gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can
@@ -206271,29 +209104,30 @@ work in all circumstances and can lead to growing or shrinking windows.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5245">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="5246">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="width" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5246">width in pixels, or -1 to unset the default width</doc>
+ line="5247">width in pixels, or -1 to unset the default width</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="height" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="5247">height in pixels, or -1 to unset the default height</doc>
+ line="5248">height in pixels, or -1 to unset the default height</doc>
<type name="gint" c:type="gint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_deletable"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_deletable"
+ glib:set-property="deletable"
version="2.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4359">By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. Some
+ line="4360">By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. Some
[window managers][gtk-X11-arch] allow GTK+ to
disable this button. If you set the deletable property to %FALSE
using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window
@@ -206311,22 +209145,23 @@ policy involved.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4361">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4362">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4362">%TRUE to decorate the window as deletable</doc>
+ line="4363">%TRUE to decorate the window as deletable</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_destroy_with_parent"
- c:identifier="gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent">
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent"
+ glib:set-property="destroy-with-parent">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3891">If @setting is %TRUE, then destroying the transient parent of @window
+ line="3892">If @setting is %TRUE, then destroying the transient parent of @window
will also destroy @window itself. This is useful for dialogs that
shouldn’t persist beyond the lifetime of the main window they're
associated with, for example.</doc>
@@ -206338,13 +209173,13 @@ associated with, for example.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3893">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3894">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3894">whether to destroy @window with its transient parent</doc>
+ line="3895">whether to destroy @window with its transient parent</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206352,7 +209187,7 @@ associated with, for example.</doc>
<method name="set_focus" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2573">If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets
+ line="2574">If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets
it as the focus widget for the window. If @focus is %NULL, unsets
the focus widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular
widget in the toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use
@@ -206365,7 +209200,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2575">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2576">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="focus"
@@ -206374,7 +209209,7 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2576">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
+ line="2577">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
any focus widget for the toplevel window.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -206382,10 +209217,11 @@ gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_focus_on_map"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_focus_on_map"
+ glib:set-property="focus-on-map"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3839">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
+ line="3840">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this
hint.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="230"/>
@@ -206396,23 +209232,24 @@ hint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3841">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3842">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3842">%TRUE to let this window receive input focus on map</doc>
+ line="3843">%TRUE to let this window receive input focus on map</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_focus_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_focus_visible"
+ glib:set-property="focus-visible"
version="3.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12386">Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.</doc>
+ line="12387">Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="250"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -206421,13 +209258,13 @@ hint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12388">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12389">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12389">the new value</doc>
+ line="12390">the new value</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206436,7 +209273,7 @@ hint.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_geometry_hints">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4045">This function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by
+ line="4046">This function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by
the user. You can set a minimum and maximum size; allowed resize
increments (e.g. for xterm, you can only resize by the size of a
character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct.</doc>
@@ -206448,7 +209285,7 @@ character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4047">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4048">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="geometry_widget"
@@ -206457,7 +209294,7 @@ character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4048">widget the geometry hints used to be applied to
+ line="4049">widget the geometry hints used to be applied to
or %NULL. Since 3.20 this argument is ignored and GTK behaves as if %NULL was
set.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
@@ -206468,21 +209305,23 @@ character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4051">struct containing geometry information or %NULL</doc>
+ line="4052">struct containing geometry information or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Geometry" c:type="GdkGeometry*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="geom_mask" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4052">mask indicating which struct fields should be paid attention to</doc>
+ line="4053">mask indicating which struct fields should be paid attention to</doc>
<type name="Gdk.WindowHints" c:type="GdkWindowHints"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_gravity" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_gravity">
+ <method name="set_gravity"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_gravity"
+ glib:set-property="gravity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11013">Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to
+ line="11014">Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to
gtk_window_move(). See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for
more details.
@@ -206496,25 +209335,26 @@ typically “do what you mean.”</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11015">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="11016">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="gravity" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11016">window gravity</doc>
+ line="11017">window gravity</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Gravity" c:type="GdkGravity"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_has_resize_grip"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_has_resize_grip"
+ glib:set-property="has-resize-grip"
version="3.0"
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8054">Sets whether @window has a corner resize grip.
+ line="8055">Sets whether @window has a corner resize grip.
Note that the resize grip is only shown if the window
is actually resizable and not maximized. Use
@@ -206529,13 +209369,13 @@ resize grip is currently shown.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8056">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="8057">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="value" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="8057">%TRUE to allow a resize grip</doc>
+ line="8058">%TRUE to allow a resize grip</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206545,7 +209385,7 @@ resize grip is currently shown.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12425">Tells GTK+ whether to drop its extra reference to the window
+ line="12426">Tells GTK+ whether to drop its extra reference to the window
when gtk_widget_destroy() is called.
This function is only exported for the benefit of language
@@ -206560,23 +209400,24 @@ for ever calling this function in an application.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12427">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12428">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12428">the new value</doc>
+ line="12429">the new value</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized"
+ glib:set-property="hide-titlebar-when-maximized"
version="3.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3960">If @setting is %TRUE, then @window will request that it’s titlebar
+ line="3961">If @setting is %TRUE, then @window will request that it’s titlebar
should be hidden when maximized.
This is useful for windows that don’t convey any information other
than the application name in the titlebar, to put the available
@@ -206594,21 +209435,23 @@ content and visibility anyway.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3962">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3963">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3963">whether to hide the titlebar when @window is maximized</doc>
+ line="3964">whether to hide the titlebar when @window is maximized</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_icon" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_icon">
+ <method name="set_icon"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_icon"
+ glib:set-property="icon">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4753">Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. This icon is used when
+ line="4754">Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. This icon is used when
the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window
managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window
frame, or display it in other contexts. On others, the icon is not
@@ -206635,7 +209478,7 @@ for all windows in your application in one go.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4755">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4756">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="icon"
@@ -206644,7 +209487,7 @@ for all windows in your application in one go.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4756">icon image, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="4757">icon image, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf" c:type="GdkPixbuf*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206655,7 +209498,7 @@ for all windows in your application in one go.</doc>
throws="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4922">Sets the icon for @window.
+ line="4923">Sets the icon for @window.
Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.
This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon()
@@ -206664,20 +209507,20 @@ with a pixbuf created by loading the image from @filename.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4934">%TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.</doc>
+ line="4935">%TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4924">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4925">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="filename" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4925">location of icon file</doc>
+ line="4926">location of icon file</doc>
<type name="filename" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206685,7 +209528,7 @@ with a pixbuf created by loading the image from @filename.</doc>
<method name="set_icon_list" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_icon_list">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4664">Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. The icon is used when
+ line="4665">Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. The icon is used when
the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window
managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window
frame, or display it in other contexts. On others, the icon is not
@@ -206718,13 +209561,13 @@ set the icon on transient windows.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4666">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4667">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="list" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4667">list of #GdkPixbuf</doc>
+ line="4668">list of #GdkPixbuf</doc>
<type name="GLib.List" c:type="GList*">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</type>
@@ -206733,10 +209576,11 @@ set the icon on transient windows.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_icon_name"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_icon_name"
+ glib:set-property="icon-name"
version="2.6">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4808">Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon.
+ line="4809">Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon.
See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.
On some platforms, the window icon is not used at all.
@@ -206750,7 +209594,7 @@ property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4810">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4811">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="name"
@@ -206759,7 +209603,7 @@ property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4811">the name of the themed icon</doc>
+ line="4812">the name of the themed icon</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206769,7 +209613,7 @@ property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10871">Asks to keep @window above, so that it stays on top. Note that
+ line="10872">Asks to keep @window above, so that it stays on top. Note that
you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely above afterward,
because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it above,
@@ -206797,13 +209641,13 @@ dialogs.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10873">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10874">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10874">whether to keep @window above other windows</doc>
+ line="10875">whether to keep @window above other windows</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206813,7 +209657,7 @@ dialogs.</doc>
version="2.4">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10918">Asks to keep @window below, so that it stays in bottom. Note that
+ line="10919">Asks to keep @window below, so that it stays in bottom. Note that
you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely below afterward,
because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it below,
@@ -206841,13 +209685,13 @@ dialogs.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10920">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10921">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10921">whether to keep @window below other windows</doc>
+ line="10922">whether to keep @window below other windows</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206856,7 +209700,7 @@ dialogs.</doc>
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2889">Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window.</doc>
+ line="2890">Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="357"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -206865,13 +209709,13 @@ dialogs.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2891">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2892">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="modifier" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2892">the modifier mask used to activate
+ line="2893">the modifier mask used to activate
mnemonics on this window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.ModifierType" c:type="GdkModifierType"/>
</parameter>
@@ -206879,10 +209723,11 @@ dialogs.</doc>
</method>
<method name="set_mnemonics_visible"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_mnemonics_visible"
+ glib:set-property="mnemonics-visible"
version="2.20">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12306">Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.</doc>
+ line="12307">Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="245"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -206891,21 +209736,23 @@ dialogs.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12308">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="12309">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="12309">the new value</doc>
+ line="12310">the new value</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_modal" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_modal">
+ <method name="set_modal"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_modal"
+ glib:set-property="modal">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3053">Sets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction
+ line="3054">Sets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction
with other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs
on top of main application windows, use
gtk_window_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the
@@ -206919,13 +209766,13 @@ will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3055">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3056">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="modal" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3056">whether the window is modal</doc>
+ line="3057">whether the window is modal</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206937,7 +209784,7 @@ will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3451">Request the windowing system to make @window partially transparent,
+ line="3452">Request the windowing system to make @window partially transparent,
with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Values
of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1] range.) On X11
this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager
@@ -206955,13 +209802,13 @@ shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3453">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3454">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="opacity" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3454">desired opacity, between 0 and 1</doc>
+ line="3455">desired opacity, between 0 and 1</doc>
<type name="gdouble" c:type="gdouble"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -206969,7 +209816,7 @@ shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.</doc>
<method name="set_position" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_position">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2930">Sets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new
+ line="2931">Sets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new
constraint is %GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, this will also cause
the window to be repositioned to satisfy the new constraint.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="172"/>
@@ -206980,21 +209827,23 @@ the window to be repositioned to satisfy the new constraint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2932">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
+ line="2933">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="position" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2933">a position constraint.</doc>
+ line="2934">a position constraint.</doc>
<type name="WindowPosition" c:type="GtkWindowPosition"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_resizable" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_resizable">
+ <method name="set_resizable"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_resizable"
+ glib:set-property="resizable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10965">Sets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable
+ line="10966">Sets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable
by default.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="256"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -207004,21 +209853,23 @@ by default.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10967">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10968">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="resizable" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10968">%TRUE if the user can resize this window</doc>
+ line="10969">%TRUE if the user can resize this window</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_role" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_role">
+ <method name="set_role"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_role"
+ glib:set-property="role">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2448">This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
+ line="2449">This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
In combination with the window title, the window role allows a
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to identify "the
@@ -207038,23 +209889,24 @@ restoring the session.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2450">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2451">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="role" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2451">unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session</doc>
+ line="2452">unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_screen"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_screen"
+ glib:set-property="screen"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11140">Sets the #GdkScreen where the @window is displayed; if
+ line="11141">Sets the #GdkScreen where the @window is displayed; if
the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and
then remapped on the new screen.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="275"/>
@@ -207065,23 +209917,24 @@ then remapped on the new screen.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11142">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
+ line="11143">a #GtkWindow.</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="screen" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="11143">a #GdkScreen.</doc>
+ line="11144">a #GdkScreen.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen" c:type="GdkScreen*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_skip_pager_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint"
+ glib:set-property="skip-pager-hint"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3686">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
+ line="3687">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
the window in the pager. This function sets this hint.
(A "pager" is any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace
switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows
@@ -207094,23 +209947,24 @@ on the screen.)</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3688">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3689">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3689">%TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the pager</doc>
+ line="3690">%TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the pager</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_skip_taskbar_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint"
+ glib:set-property="skip-taskbar-hint"
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3636">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
+ line="3637">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="210"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -207120,23 +209974,24 @@ the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3638">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3639">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3639">%TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the task bar</doc>
+ line="3640">%TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the task bar</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_startup_id"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_startup_id"
+ glib:set-property="startup-id"
version="2.12">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2490">Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to
+ line="2491">Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to
track application startup, to provide user feedback and other
features. This function changes the corresponding property on the
underlying GdkWindow. Normally, startup identifier is managed
@@ -207154,21 +210009,23 @@ This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2492">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2493">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="startup_id" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2493">a string with startup-notification identifier</doc>
+ line="2494">a string with startup-notification identifier</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_title" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_title">
+ <method name="set_title"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_title"
+ glib:set-property="title">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2368">Sets the title of the #GtkWindow. The title of a window will be
+ line="2369">Sets the title of the #GtkWindow. The title of a window will be
displayed in its title bar; on the X Window System, the title bar
is rendered by the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch],
so exactly how the title appears to users may vary
@@ -207184,13 +210041,13 @@ document filename, for example.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2370">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2371">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="title" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2371">title of the window</doc>
+ line="2372">title of the window</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207200,7 +210057,7 @@ document filename, for example.</doc>
version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4180">Sets a custom titlebar for @window.
+ line="4181">Sets a custom titlebar for @window.
A typical widget used here is #GtkHeaderBar, as it provides various features
expected of a titlebar while allowing the addition of child widgets to it.
@@ -207218,7 +210075,7 @@ gtk_widget_show().</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4182">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="4183">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="titlebar"
@@ -207227,16 +210084,17 @@ gtk_widget_show().</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="4183">the widget to use as titlebar</doc>
+ line="4184">the widget to use as titlebar</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_transient_for"
- c:identifier="gtk_window_set_transient_for">
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_transient_for"
+ glib:set-property="transient-for">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3271">Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application
+ line="3272">Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application
window they were spawned from. This allows
[window managers][gtk-X11-arch] to e.g. keep the
dialog on top of the main window, or center the dialog over the
@@ -207262,7 +210120,7 @@ much as the window manager would have done on X.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3273">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3274">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="parent"
@@ -207271,15 +210129,17 @@ much as the window manager would have done on X.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3274">parent window, or %NULL</doc>
+ line="3275">parent window, or %NULL</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
- <method name="set_type_hint" c:identifier="gtk_window_set_type_hint">
+ <method name="set_type_hint"
+ c:identifier="gtk_window_set_type_hint"
+ glib:set-property="type-hint">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3580">By setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window
+ line="3581">By setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window
manager to decorate and handle the window in a way which is
suitable to the function of the window in your application.
@@ -207295,23 +210155,24 @@ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_type_hint() on your behalf.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3582">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3583">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="hint" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3583">the window type</doc>
+ line="3584">the window type</doc>
<type name="Gdk.WindowTypeHint" c:type="GdkWindowTypeHint"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
</method>
<method name="set_urgency_hint"
c:identifier="gtk_window_set_urgency_hint"
+ glib:set-property="urgency-hint"
version="2.8">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3739">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw
+ line="3740">Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw
the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<source-position filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.h" line="220"/>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -207321,13 +210182,13 @@ the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3741">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="3742">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="setting" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="3742">%TRUE to mark this window as urgent</doc>
+ line="3743">%TRUE to mark this window as urgent</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207338,7 +210199,7 @@ the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.22">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2410">Don’t use this function. It sets the X Window System “class” and
+ line="2411">Don’t use this function. It sets the X Window System “class” and
“name” hints for a window. According to the ICCCM, you should
always set these to the same value for all windows in an
application, and GTK+ sets them to that value by default, so calling
@@ -207354,19 +210215,19 @@ manager to restore window positions when loading a saved session.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2412">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2413">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
<parameter name="wmclass_name" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2413">window name hint</doc>
+ line="2414">window name hint</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="wmclass_class" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2414">window class hint</doc>
+ line="2415">window class hint</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="const gchar*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207374,7 +210235,7 @@ manager to restore window positions when loading a saved session.</doc>
<method name="stick" c:identifier="gtk_window_stick">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10640">Asks to stick @window, which means that it will appear on all user
+ line="10641">Asks to stick @window, which means that it will appear on all user
desktops. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely
stuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch] could unstick it
@@ -207394,7 +210255,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10642">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10643">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207404,7 +210265,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
version="2.2">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10838">Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for @window. Note that you
+ line="10839">Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for @window. Note that you
shouldn’t assume the window is definitely not full screen
afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or
[window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could fullscreen it
@@ -207422,7 +210283,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10840">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10841">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207430,7 +210291,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<method name="unmaximize" c:identifier="gtk_window_unmaximize">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10736">Asks to unmaximize @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the
+ line="10737">Asks to unmaximize @window. Note that you shouldn’t assume the
window is definitely unmaximized afterward, because other entities
(e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch])
could maximize it again, and not all window
@@ -207447,7 +210308,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10738">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10739">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207455,12 +210316,12 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<method name="unstick" c:identifier="gtk_window_unstick">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10672">Asks to unstick @window, which means that it will appear on only
+ line="10673">Asks to unstick @window, which means that it will appear on only
one of the user’s desktops. Note that you shouldn’t assume the
window is definitely unstuck afterward, because other entities
(e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could
stick it again. But normally the window will
-end up stuck. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
+end up unstuck. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
You can track stickiness via the “window-state-event” signal
on #GtkWidget.</doc>
@@ -207472,7 +210333,7 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<instance-parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="10674">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="10675">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</instance-parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207480,19 +210341,23 @@ on #GtkWidget.</doc>
<property name="accept-focus"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_accept_focus"
+ getter="get_accept_focus">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="945">Whether the window should receive the input focus.</doc>
+ line="946">Whether the window should receive the input focus.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="application"
version="3.0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_application"
+ getter="get_application">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1096">The #GtkApplication associated with the window.
+ line="1097">The #GtkApplication associated with the window.
The application will be kept alive for at least as long as it
has any windows associated with it (see g_application_hold()
@@ -207507,10 +210372,12 @@ remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL.</doc>
version="3.4"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_attached_to"
+ getter="get_attached_to">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1069">The widget to which this window is attached.
+ line="1070">The widget to which this window is attached.
See gtk_window_set_attached_to().
Examples of places where specifying this relation is useful are
@@ -207522,10 +210389,12 @@ created by #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<property name="decorated"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_decorated"
+ getter="get_decorated">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="973">Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager.</doc>
+ line="974">Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="default-height" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -207537,33 +210406,41 @@ created by #GtkTreeView.</doc>
<property name="deletable"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_deletable"
+ getter="get_deletable">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="987">Whether the window frame should have a close button.</doc>
+ line="988">Whether the window frame should have a close button.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="destroy-with-parent"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_destroy_with_parent"
+ getter="get_destroy_with_parent">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="focus-on-map"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_focus_on_map"
+ getter="get_focus_on_map">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="959">Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped.</doc>
+ line="960">Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="focus-visible"
version="2.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_focus_visible"
+ getter="get_focus_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="863">Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window.
+ line="864">Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window.
This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input
and should not be set by applications.</doc>
@@ -207572,10 +210449,12 @@ and should not be set by applications.</doc>
<property name="gravity"
version="2.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_gravity"
+ getter="get_gravity">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1038">The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for
+ line="1039">The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for
more details about window gravity.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Gravity"/>
</property>
@@ -207584,10 +210463,12 @@ more details about window gravity.</doc>
deprecated="1"
deprecated-version="3.14"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_has_resize_grip"
+ getter="get_has_resize_grip">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1001">Whether the window has a corner resize grip.
+ line="1002">Whether the window has a corner resize grip.
Note that the resize grip is only shown if the window is
actually resizable and not maximized. Use
@@ -207596,53 +210477,75 @@ grip is currently shown.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize grips have been removed.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="has-toplevel-focus" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="has-toplevel-focus"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="has_toplevel_focus">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="hide-titlebar-when-maximized"
version="3.4"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized"
+ getter="get_hide_titlebar_when_maximized">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="825">Whether the titlebar should be hidden during maximization.</doc>
+ line="826">Whether the titlebar should be hidden during maximization.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="icon" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="icon"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon"
+ getter="get_icon">
<type name="GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf"/>
</property>
<property name="icon-name"
version="2.6"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_icon_name"
+ getter="get_icon_name">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="880">The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to
+ line="881">The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to
use as the window icon. See #GtkIconTheme for more details.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="is-active" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="is-active" transfer-ownership="none" getter="is_active">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="is-maximized" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="is-maximized"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ getter="is_maximized">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="mnemonics-visible"
version="2.20"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_mnemonics_visible"
+ getter="get_mnemonics_visible">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="846">Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window.
+ line="847">Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window.
This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input,
and should not be set by applications.</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="modal" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="modal"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_modal"
+ getter="get_modal">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="resizable" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="resizable"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_resizable"
+ getter="get_resizable">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="resize-grip-visible"
@@ -207652,47 +210555,68 @@ and should not be set by applications.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1022">Whether a corner resize grip is currently shown.</doc>
+ line="1023">Whether a corner resize grip is currently shown.</doc>
<doc-deprecated xml:space="preserve">Resize grips have been removed.</doc-deprecated>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
- <property name="role" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="role"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_role"
+ getter="get_role">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="screen" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="screen"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_screen"
+ getter="get_screen">
<type name="Gdk.Screen"/>
</property>
- <property name="skip-pager-hint" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="skip-pager-hint"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_skip_pager_hint"
+ getter="get_skip_pager_hint">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="skip-taskbar-hint"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_skip_taskbar_hint"
+ getter="get_skip_taskbar_hint">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="startup-id"
version="2.12"
readable="0"
writable="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_startup_id">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="764">The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's
+ line="765">The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's
startup notification identifier. See gtk_window_set_startup_id()
for more details.</doc>
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
- <property name="title" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="title"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_title"
+ getter="get_title">
<type name="utf8" c:type="gchar*"/>
</property>
<property name="transient-for"
version="2.10"
writable="1"
construct="1"
- transfer-ownership="none">
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_transient_for"
+ getter="get_transient_for">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1054">The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for
+ line="1055">The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for
more details about transient windows.</doc>
<type name="Window"/>
</property>
@@ -207702,10 +210626,18 @@ more details about transient windows.</doc>
transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="WindowType"/>
</property>
- <property name="type-hint" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="type-hint"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_type_hint"
+ getter="get_type_hint">
<type name="Gdk.WindowTypeHint"/>
</property>
- <property name="urgency-hint" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
+ <property name="urgency-hint"
+ writable="1"
+ transfer-ownership="none"
+ setter="set_urgency_hint"
+ getter="get_urgency_hint">
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</property>
<property name="window-position" writable="1" transfer-ownership="none">
@@ -207720,7 +210652,7 @@ more details about transient windows.</doc>
<glib:signal name="activate-default" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1175">The ::activate-default signal is a
+ line="1176">The ::activate-default signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user activates the default widget
of @window.</doc>
@@ -207731,7 +210663,7 @@ of @window.</doc>
<glib:signal name="activate-focus" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1156">The ::activate-focus signal is a
+ line="1157">The ::activate-focus signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user activates the currently
focused widget of @window.</doc>
@@ -207742,7 +210674,7 @@ focused widget of @window.</doc>
<glib:signal name="enable-debugging" when="last" action="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1211">The ::enable-debugging signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
+ line="1212">The ::enable-debugging signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted when the user enables or disables interactive
debugging. When @toggle is %TRUE, interactive debugging is toggled
on or off, when it is %FALSE, the debugger will be pointed at the
@@ -207753,14 +210685,14 @@ and Ctrl-Shift-D.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1225">%TRUE if the key binding was handled</doc>
+ line="1226">%TRUE if the key binding was handled</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="toggle" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1214">toggle the debugger</doc>
+ line="1215">toggle the debugger</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207768,7 +210700,7 @@ and Ctrl-Shift-D.</doc>
<glib:signal name="keys-changed" when="first">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1194">The ::keys-changed signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators
+ line="1195">The ::keys-changed signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators
or mnemonics that are associated with @window changes.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -207777,7 +210709,7 @@ or mnemonics that are associated with @window changes.</doc>
<glib:signal name="set-focus" when="last" version="2.24">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1136">This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in
+ line="1137">This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in
this window changes.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<type name="none" c:type="void"/>
@@ -207789,7 +210721,7 @@ this window changes.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="1139">the newly focused widget (or %NULL for no focus)</doc>
+ line="1140">the newly focused widget (or %NULL for no focus)</doc>
<type name="Widget"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -207847,7 +210779,7 @@ this window changes.</doc>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2575">a #GtkWindow</doc>
+ line="2576">a #GtkWindow</doc>
<type name="Window" c:type="GtkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="focus"
@@ -207856,7 +210788,7 @@ this window changes.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwindow.c"
- line="2576">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
+ line="2577">widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset
any focus widget for the toplevel window.</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -208928,7 +211860,7 @@ as an accelerator.</doc>
deprecated-version="3.10">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1500">Returns %TRUE if dialogs are expected to use an alternative
+ line="1501">Returns %TRUE if dialogs are expected to use an alternative
button order on the screen @screen. See
gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order() for more details
about alternative button order.
@@ -208942,7 +211874,7 @@ notified if the button order setting changes.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1514">Whether the alternative button order should be used</doc>
+ line="1515">Whether the alternative button order should be used</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
@@ -208952,7 +211884,7 @@ notified if the button order setting changes.</doc>
allow-none="1">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkdialog.c"
- line="1502">a #GdkScreen, or %NULL to use the default screen</doc>
+ line="1503">a #GdkScreen, or %NULL to use the default screen</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Screen" c:type="GdkScreen*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -209270,7 +212202,7 @@ binding on @object.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6970">This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
+ line="6974">This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
@cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
@@ -209283,20 +212215,20 @@ use “else if” statements to check which window should be drawn.</doc>
<return-value transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6986">%TRUE if @window should be drawn</doc>
+ line="6990">%TRUE if @window should be drawn</doc>
<type name="gboolean" c:type="gboolean"/>
</return-value>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6972">a cairo context</doc>
+ line="6976">a cairo context</doc>
<type name="cairo.Context" c:type="cairo_t*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="6973">the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
+ line="6977">the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
window.</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
@@ -209307,7 +212239,7 @@ use “else if” statements to check which window should be drawn.</doc>
version="3.0">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7565">Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
+ line="7569">Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
If the @widget’s window is not an ancestor of @window, no
modification will be applied.
@@ -209324,19 +212256,19 @@ GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.</doc>
<parameter name="cr" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7567">the cairo context to transform</doc>
+ line="7571">the cairo context to transform</doc>
<type name="cairo.Context" c:type="cairo_t*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="widget" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7568">the widget the context is currently centered for</doc>
+ line="7572">the widget the context is currently centered for</doc>
<type name="Widget" c:type="GtkWidget*"/>
</parameter>
<parameter name="window" transfer-ownership="none">
<doc xml:space="preserve"
filename="../gtk/gtkwidget.c"
- line="7569">the window to transform the context to</doc>
+ line="7573">the window to transform the context to</doc>
<type name="Gdk.Window" c:type="GdkWindow*"/>
</parameter>
</parameters>
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
